SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC CATALOG UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

2020 – 2021 TABLE OF CONTENTS

3 TABLE OF CONTENTS

MISSION STATEMENT ...... 6 LEGAL STUDIES...... 68 HAL AND INGE MARCUS HISTORY ...... 7 MATHEMATICS...... 70 SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING ...... 163 SAINT MARTIN OF TOURS...... 8 MUSIC...... 74 CIVIL ENGINEERING...... 168 WE ARE THE SAINTS ...... 10 NURSING ...... 80 COMPUTER SCIENCE...... 172 SAINT MARTIN’S AT A GLANCE ...... 12 PHILOSOPHY...... 90 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING...... 178 STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES ...... 14 PHYSICS ...... 92 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ...... 180 HOW TO APPLY...... 16 POLITICAL SCIENCE...... 94 First year applicants ...... 16 PSYCHOLOGY ...... 98 ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL). . . 187 Transfer applicants...... 16 RELIGIOUS STUDIES ...... 102 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ...... 191 International applicants...... 17 SOCIAL JUSTICE...... 104 Schedule a visit to campus...... 17 SOCIAL WORK ...... 106 POLICIES AND PROCEDURES ...... 287 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS...... 19 SOCIOLOGY AND CULTURAL ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES...... 288 ANTHROPOLOGY ...... 110 2020-21 Degree Conferral Dates...... 20 ADMISSION...... 312 THEATRE ARTS...... 112 Bachelor’s Degrees...... 20 STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES ...... 328 General Requirements for WORLD LANGUAGES...... 114 Bachelor’s Degrees...... 20 STUDENT SUPPORT OFFICES ...... 340 Undergraduate Majors and SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ...... 119 ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS ...... 348 Areas of Study...... 21 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ...... 120 CAMPUS DINING SERVICES ...... 350 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ...... 22 ACCOUNTING ...... 122 EVENT SERVICES ...... 352 Mission ...... 24 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION ...... 126 RESIDENCE LIFE ...... 354 Learning Outcomes...... 24 STUDENT CONDUCT...... 356 CORE PROGRAM ...... 24 ECONOMICS ...... 130 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ...... 31 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION EQUAL 0PPORTUNITY EMPLOYMENT ...... 358 AND COUNSELING...... 133 CAMPUS FACILITIES ...... 360 BIOLOGY ...... 34 EDUCATIONAL STUDIES ...... 140 CHEMISTRY...... 40 FACULTY AND STAFF...... 365 CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS ...... 144 COMMUNICATION STUDIES...... 44 ELEMENTARY EDUCATION DIRECTORY...... 366 CRIMINOLOGY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE...... 48 GRADES P–8...... 150 ENGLISH ...... 50 SECONDARY EDUCATION ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES...... 54 GRADES 4–12 ...... 152 EXERCISE SCIENCE ...... 58 SPECIAL EDUCATION GENDER AND IDENTITY STUDIES ...... 62 GRADES P-12...... 156 HISTORY ...... 64 PHYSICAL EDUCATION ...... 160 INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES...... 66

4 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY TABLE OF CONTENTS 5 HISTORY

Saint Martin’s University was established in 1895 by monks of the Roman Catholic Order of Saint Benedict. The Order, the oldest in Western civilization, was founded by Saint Benedict of Nursia in about 528.

From that early time to the present, Benedictines have worked in education. Their abbey schools nurtured and protected the legacy of the classics of Western civilization. Monk scholars helped write the cultural and educational history of Europe and, in the past century, that of the United States.

Benedictine history in the United States began in 1845 when Abbot Boniface Wimmer, O.S.B., established the first American abbey school, Saint Vincent College, near Latrobe, Pennsylvania. From there, Benedictines founded high schools, colleges and universities throughout the country. Saint Martin’s is one of 18 Benedictine colleges and universities in the United States and Canada and the only one west of the Rockies. MISSION STATEMENT The site of Saint Martin’s University and Abbey, on a wooded hillside in rural Lacey, Washington, was selected in 1893 by Abbot Bernard. Saint Martin’s University is a Catholic Benedictine institution of higher education that empowers students to pursue a lifetime of learning and Saint Martin’s first enrolled boys and young men between the approximate ages of accomplishment in all arenas of human endeavor. 10 to 20. The new school admitted its first student, Angus McDonald, on Sept. 11, 1895.

Saint Martin’s students learn to make a positive difference in their own lives Both boarders and “day scholars” were accepted and taught from a curriculum of and in the lives of others through the interaction of faith, reason and service. preparatory and high school classes, plus classical and commercial college courses.

The University honors both the sacredness of the individual and the By 1897, 29 students were attending Saint Martin’s. College-level courses were added significance of community in the ongoing journey of becoming. in 1900 to provide the necessary education for candidates planning to enter the Benedictine priesthood.

Saint Martin’s became a four-year, accredited, baccalaureate-granting institution in 1940. The University became coeducational in 1965.

Saint Martin’s University also has a long history of building global relationships. In 1920, Father Placidus Houtmeyers was one of the first monks to take Catholic education principles to Beijing. Saint Martin’s strong relationships with China and Japan continue today. The University recently celebrated 30 years of collaboration with Reitaku University recently celebrated 30 years and 25 years old with Mukogawa Women’s University.

It changed its name from Saint Martin’s College to Saint Martin’s University in August 2005 to more clearly define its existing nature and programs, strengthen the University’s outreach ability and better fulfill its global mission.

6 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY HISTORY 7 SAINT MARTIN OF TOURS

Saint Martin of Tours, the patron saint of the University, figures prominently in the development of Christianity in fourth-century Europe. During his lifetime, Martin established about 3,500 churches.

Although his youth was spent as a cavalryman in the Roman army, he longed for something more. He horrified his father, a tribune in the army, by studying to become a Christian. Legend has it that Martin, while still a soldier, chanced upon a shivering beggar clutching his rags about him in the bitter cold. Martin cut his flowing cavalry cloak in two and gave half to warm the beggar. Sometime thereafter, Martin had a vision in which that beggar revealed himself to be the Lord Jesus Christ. Soon after, Martin obtained a discharge from the army.

As a free man, he began his commitment to Christianity in earnest, studying under famous scholars and teachers of the era. Soon he was considered the holiest man in France. Although he was sought as a bishop, he chose to remain a missionary until 371, when the people of Tours, France, prevailed upon him to become bishop. Saint Martin’s Abbey and University take their name from this illustrious patron.

8 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SAINT MARTIN OF TOURS 9 WE ARE THE SAINTS

WHY THE HELMET? OUR STORY OUR NEW BRAND USES AS ITS Before Saint Martin became a monk, Martin was a Roman soldier, like his father and his PRIMARY SYMBOL A ROMAN HELMET, father’s father before him. Legend has it that Martin chanced upon a shivering beggar in the bitter cold. Martin then drew his sword and cut his cloak in two and gave half to AN INTENTIONAL CALL-BACK TO OUR warm the beggar. Later, Martin received a vision in which the beggar revealed himself UNIVERSITY’S NAMESAKE, SAINT to be Jesus Christ. With that vision, Martin was inspired to leave the army and pursue MARTIN OF TOURS . his faith, becoming a monk, a teacher and eventually a bishop. He continued to live his life committed to helping others. His actions recall the Benedictine values of hospitality, community living, justice and respect for persons.

YOU ARE A SAINT! We hope you, our young women and men, throughout your time here and after, will think of Saint Martin on that path where he encountered another, acted out of compassion and in the process transformed his own life.

10 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY WE ARE THE SAINTS 11 SAINT MARTIN’S AT A GLANCE LACEY, WASHINGTON 60 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS 40+ CAMPUS CLUBS 13 DIVISION 11 SPORTS 22 MONKS ON CAMPUS 11:1 FACULTY TO STUDENT

Saint Martin’s University is located in Lacey, Washington, adjacent to Olympia, the state capital. The population of the Lacey area is about 50,000, and that of Thurston County — which includes the greater Olympia area of Lacey, Olympia and Tumwater — is about 280,000.

The beauty of the 300-acre Saint Martin’s campus reflects the rich intellectual and spiritual nature of its presence in the Pacific Northwest. The wooded areas of campus are threaded with pleasant walking trails. Many species of wildlife roam the undeveloped acres on campus and in the meadows below the main University buildings.

Located near the shores of South Puget Sound, Saint Martin’s is conveniently located near Interstate-5, less than an hour from Seattle, two hours from Portland, Oregon, and 30 minutes from Tacoma. In nearby cities, students can take advantage of events ranging from topflight art shows, concerts and theater, to professional sports. With its proximity to metropolitan areas, the greater Olympia area also attracts nationally recognized entertainers, artists and musicians, providing cultural opportunities to complement the University’s educational experience.

The University’s proximity to the state capital gives students an opportunity to watch and take part in legislative and government-related activities. Valuable student internships and work experiences can be obtained through positions in government offices and agencies.

For nature lovers, the area is exceptional. Swimming and other water activities are as close as five minutes from campus on a wealth of nearby lakes, streams and ocean inlets. Pacific Ocean beaches, just 50 miles west, offer opportunities for clamming, kite flying, deep-sea fishing and sailing. Less than an hour away, hikers, skiers, backpackers and other outdoor enthusiasts can pursue their favorite pastimes in the mountains or enjoy such spectacular Northwest attractions as Mount Rainier National Park, Mount St. Helens, the Olympic Peninsula and the San Juan Islands.

12 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SAINTSAINT MARTIN’S MARTIN’S AT UNIVERSITY A GLANCE 13 STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES

In addition to program-specific learning outcomes, all Saint Martin’s University students, supported and nurtured by faculty and staff, will aspire to …

• Develop the ability to raise vital questions, gather evidence while suspending judgment, and critique and construct compelling arguments. (CRITICAL THINKING SKILLS)

• Develop values-based convictions and act upon them. Show concern for issues that transcend their own interests and participate in civic life. (SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND CIVIC ENGAGEMENT)

• Cultivate a lifelong engagement in intellectual growth. (Lifelong learning)

• Listen carefully and thoughtfully and express ideas effectively through writing and speech. (COMMUNICATION SKILLS)

• Demonstrate an awareness of diverse perspectives in understanding issues and interacting with others as well as show an appreciation of diverse cultural values and the interconnectedness among cultures. (GLOBAL AND INTERCULTURAL COMPETENCIES)

• Assess critical needs of a situation and create a vision to address those needs. Motivate and inspire people to engage ith that vision. (LEADERSHIP SKILLS)

14 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY STUDENT LEARNING OUTCOMES 15 INTERNATIONAL APPLICANTS HOW TO APPLY First-year students Application requirements for exchange students include: FIRST YEAR APPLICANTS • Completed application • Official secondary school transcripts You are a first-year student if you have never attended college, or have earned college credits but only prior to high school graduation (usually through Running Start, • Proof of English language proficiency College in the High School, etc.). • Copy of passport Application requirements for first-year students include: Transfer students • Saint Martin’s Application or the Common Application* You are considered a transfer student if you have completed secondary school • Personal essay** and have attended college or university. • Your official and sealed high school transcript‡ Application requirements for transfer students include: • A letter of recommendation from a teacher or counselor • Completed Saint Martin’s application TRANSFER APPLICANTS • Official university transcripts • Proof of English language proficiency How long have you been out of high school? • Copy of passport We recognize some transfer applicants may have been out of high school for • Transfer eligibility form many years. • Copy of current I-20 As such, our admission counselors will tailor the application and review process to each individual student, requesting only those materials deemed necessary in order • Copy of current F-1 visa to effectively evaluate each applicant.. Making sure your community/technical college credits transfer is an important step SCHEDULE A VISIT TO CAMPUS in applying to Saint Martin’s. We have direct transfer agreements with 27 community As we celebrate 125 years at Saint Martin’s University, we look forward to welcoming colleges in the state of Washington. you and taking you on a guided tour of our beautiful campus. We hope to learn more Application requirements for transfer students include: about you and your goals and aspirations as we share all Saint Martin’s has to offer. • Saint Martin’s Application or the Common Application* Prospective undergraduate students automatically qualify for our $500 visit award for fall 2020 by participating in a campus tour. • Personal essay** Special visit options: • Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended • Saturday visits • Your official SAT/ACT scores, if applicable† • Holiday visits • Your official high school transcript, GED certificate or home school documentation, if applicable† • Overnight visits • Military credits‡ Schedule your visit today at www.stmartin.edu/visit

16 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY HOW TO APPLY 17 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

18 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY 19 UNDERGRADUATE MAJORS AND AREAS OF STUDY UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Undergraduate opportunities for major, minors, course work, areas for Washington State teaching certification, and academic certificates are indicated in the table below:

Saint Martin’s University prepares students for successful lives. Our undergraduate WASHINGTON majors span the liberal arts and science, business, education and engineering. Saint AREAS OF STUDY MAJORS MINORS COURSES ONLY TEACHING CERTIFICATE Martin’s University prides itself in smaller class sizes, a wide array of opportunities CERTIFICATE to conduct research projects, participate in practicums, cultural activities, internships, and study abroad programs. Accounting • • Art • 2020-21 DEGREE CONFERRAL DATES Biology • • • Bilingual Education • Fall 2020...... December 19, 2020 Business Administration (Concentrations Spring 2021...... May 08, 2021 in Accounting, Data Analytics, Economics, • • Summer 2021 . . . . . August 21, 2021 Finance, International Business, Management and Marketing) The full academic calendar can be found at www .stmartin .edu/academics/ Chemistry • • • academic-resourses/academic-calendar Chinese • • Civil Engineering • BACHELOR’S DEGREES Communication Studies • • Computer Science • • • The University confers the following bachelor’s degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Criminology and Criminal Justice • • Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Civil or Mechanical Engineering, Economics • Bachelor of Science in Nursing, and Bachelor of Science in Social Work. In most cases, these degree programs can be completed within eight academic semesters. Educational Studies • • Elementary Education • • GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BACHELOR’S DEGREES Electrical Engineering • English Language Learners • Students must successfully complete a minimum of 120 credit hours with a cumulative Saint Martin’s University grade point average (GPA) of at least Environmental Studies • • • 2.00, in addition to the following: Exercise Science • French • • • 40 semester credits of upper-division coursework. Geography • • A major sequence with a minimum of 20 upper division credit hours and Gender and Identity Studies • cumulative grade point average of 2.00 in all upper division courses for the major. Global Studies • • All University core requirements (please see the next catalog section) History • • • Humanities (middle level cert.) • • Support and/or elective courses necessary to meet the 120 semester credits unit requirement.

Note: some departments require more than 120 semester hours to complete the bachelor’s degree. Students should consult with their departments to determine the minimum number required for their major.

20 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 21 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS

WASHINGTON WASHINGTON AREAS OF STUDY MAJORS MINORS COURSES ONLY TEACHING CERTIFICATE AREAS OF STUDY MAJORS MINORS COURSES ONLY TEACHING CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE CERTIFICATE Information Technology • Pre-Professional Preparation Interdisciplinary Studies • Dentistry • Japanese Studies • • Law • Legal Studies • Medicine • Literary Studies • • Mathematics • • • Nursing • Mechanical Engineering • Optometry • Music • • • Pharmacy • Nursing • Physical Therapy • Philosophy • Veterinary Medicine • Physical Education (health/fitness cert.) • • Physics • Political Science • • Psychology • • Reading • • Religious Studies • • RN to BSN Nursing Program • Russian • Science (middle level cert.) • Secondary Education • Social Justice • Social Studies • Social Work (Concentrations in Substance • • Use Disorder and Trauma Studies) Sociology and Cultural Anthropology • • Spanish • • Special Education • • • Speech • Substance Use Disorder • Theatre Arts • • • Writing •

22 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 23 CORE PROGRAM MISSION CORE CURRICULUM The Core Program consists of classes which ensure deep engagement by The Core Curriculum consists of three distinct phases: Foundations, offered students and faculty in subjects which collectively constitute the heart of the at the 100-level, intended to transition incoming students into the university; learning experience at Saint Martin’s University. The Core consists of nine- Conversatio Seminars, offered at the 200-level, designed to place disciplines twelve courses plus the Capstone; roughly half the Core is offered in 4-credits, in conversation with one another in the hopes of transforming student while the rest consists of 3-credit courses. understanding of a particular question, problem, or issue; and Ora et Labora Seminars, offered at the 300-level, fashioned to transition from ora (mindful The Core Program, developed by faculty from across disciplines and colleges/ listening, reading and learning) to labora (work in the world). schools, translates the Catholic intellectual tradition and Benedictine foundations of the University into a set of academic values and practices that Foundations requirements: are fully consonant with the AAUP statement on academic freedom. All traditional first time first year students entering the university, including those with Running Start, AP and/or International Baccalaureate credits, are LEARNING OUTCOMES required to take CORE 100. Transfer students entering the university with Critical Thinking: Students will be able to raise vital questions, gather evidence fewer than 20 semester credits are also required to take CORE 100. COR110 and while suspending judgment, and construct compelling arguments. COR340W are not fulfilled with AA-DTA degree and are required of all transfer students. Transfer students without a DTA Associate’s degree or Bachelor’s Lifelong Learning: Students will be able to demonstrate the skills and degree may be required to take additional CORE courses, depending on a dispositions, such as curiosity, initiative, independence, transfer and reflection, course-by-course evaluation of their transfer coursework. that enable a lifelong engagement in intellectual growth. Students who take a Math course numbered from 121 through 201 will have Communication Skills: Students will be able to listen carefully and thoughtfully, satisfied the requirement for CORE 130. Students seeking a B.A. whose major or and to express ideas effectively, through writing and speech. minor does not require a World Language and who do not place into a 201-level language course or higher are required to take CORE 140. Social Responsibility and Civic Engagement: Students will demonstrate the ability to develop, articulate, and act upon ethical convictions, specifically in Conversatio requirements: regard to social justice concerns. Students will demonstrate the knowledge, skills, values and motivation to make a difference in the civil life of a Students are required to take one of each type of seminar; at least one of the community. five seminars taken at the 200-level must be writing intensive. It is highly recommended that students have taken COR120 or the equivalent before Global Learning and Intercultural Competence: Students will value global registering for a writing-intensive course. communities and practice/demonstrate empathetic sensitivity and awareness of diversity (e.g., ethnic, economic, religious, gender). Ora et Labora requirements: Students are required to take two different seminars; at least one of the two seminars taken at the 300-level must be writing intensive. It is highly recommended that students have taken COR120 or the equivalent before registering for a writing-intensive course.

24 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CORE PROGRAM 25 CORE PROGRAM

COR100 First-year Seminar (4) COR210* Humanities (3) A seminar that introduces students to the foundational values and practices COR210*W Humanities — Writing Intensive (4) of Catholic Benedictine education, and helps them navigate the culture of An interdisciplinary seminar that considers important questions, problems academic life by establishing a foundation of academic expectations, skills, and or issues arising in the Humanities, with a view to introducing students to practices required for success at the university. humanistic modes of inquiry.

COR110 Religious Studies (3) COR210D — World Languages A foundational course that introduces students to the academic study of COR210P — Philosophy religion, with a focus on traditional and emerging beliefs and practices that COR210R — Religious Studies shape individuals and communities both locally and globally. COR210Y — Literary Studies COR120 Critical Reading and Writing (4) COR220* Social Sciences (3) A seminar designed to develop foundational skills in critical reading, thinking COR220*W Social Sciences — Writing Intensive (4) and writing. Includes reading of and writing in a variety of rhetorics, with a special focus on the argumentative essay. An interdisciplinary seminar that considers important questions, problems or issues arising in the Social Sciences, with a view to introducing students to COR130 Quantitative Reasoning or Applied Mathematics (3) socio-scientific modes of inquiry. A foundational course in quantitative reasoning and mathematics, with a COR220C — Communication Studies special focus on applying such reasoning to practical problems. COR220E — Economics COR140* World Languages and Cultures (4) COR220G — Gender & Identity Studies A foundational course in the study of a World Language that helps prepare COR220L — World Politics students to be global citizens by providing real-world language acquisition COR220J — Criminal Justice experiences that enable them to become proficient in the areas of speaking, oral COR220P — Psychology comprehension, reading, and writing. COR220S — Society and Social Justice COR140C — Chinese COR230* Natural Sciences with Laboratory (4) COR140F — French An interdisciplinary course with a laboratory that considers important COR140J — Japanese questions, problems or issues arising in the Natural Sciences, with a view to COR140R — Russian introducing students to various scientific modes of inquiry. COR140S — Spanish COR230B — Biology w/ Lab COR230C — Chemistry w/ Lab COR230E — Environmental Science w/ Lab COR230P — Physics/Astronomy w/ Lab

26 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CORE PROGRAM 27 COR240* Artistic and Creative Expression (3) COR330 Stewardship: Responsible Use of Creation (3) COR240*W Artistic and Creative Expression – Writing Intensive (4) COR330 W Stewardship: Responsible Use of Creation — Writing A seminar that introduces students to the importance of the arts and artistic Intensive (4) expression. May include a creative and/or self-expressive component. The Rule of Saint Benedict expresses reverence toward God’s creation and COR240A — Artistic Studies demands respectful interactions with the natural world. As a Benedictine university, Saint Martin’s is committed to fostering an awareness of our own COR240M — Musical Studies ecological ethics. This seminar explores environmental issues and questions of COR240T — Theatrical Studies sustainability from an interdisciplinary perspective.

COR250* Historical and Political Studies (3) COR340 Ethics and the Dignity of Work (3) COR250*W Historical and Political Studies – Writing Intensive (4) COR340 W Ethics and the Dignity of Work — Writing Intensive (4) A course that considers the origins and development of the United States as a A seminar on critical philosophical inquiry of the human condition, right civilization and a nation, with a view to introducing students to historical and conduct, and problems of rationality, primarily focused on the western political modes of inquiry. intellectual tradition with respect to the Benedictine experience of assiduous COR250P — United States Politics study in relation to prayer, work, and community. COR250U — US History COR400 Capstone A culminating experience for students cross listed with their major capstone or COR310 Community: The Call to Serve the Common Good (3) senior research project. COR310 W Community: The Call to Serve the Common Good — Writing Intensive (4) Throughout its long history, the Benedictine monastic tradition has maintained an abiding commitment to community. This commitment involves cultivating a profound awareness of being rooted in and responsible to a particular place, as well as an ethic of mutual labor and service. This practical focus on community building finds its expression at Saint Martin’s in an attempt to forge connections between the individual and the communal, the local and the global, the past, present and future. This interdisciplinary seminar explores issues confronting global communities and situates them in their social, cultural, and/or historical context.

COR320 Hospitality and Openness to Others (3) COR320 W Hospitality and Openness to Others — Writing Intensive (4) Benedictines take tremendous pride in their hospitality. When an outsider arrives at the monastery, every effort is made to ensure the guest feels at home. In the context of the Catholic Benedictine intellectual tradition, hospitality enjoins us to be open-minded, to recognize the needs, talents and gifts of others, and to be transformed by engaging with people different than ourselves. This seminar explores questions of otherness and alterity from an interdisciplinary perspective.

28 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CORE PROGRAM 29 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

30 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY 31 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

The College of Arts and Sciences offers courses in a wide range of areas of Jeff Crane study. These areas of study are the humanities, science and mathematics, and Dean the social sciences. programs are offered through the departments of English, fine arts, history and political science, interdisciplinary studies, math, natural Ashleigh Withey Executive Assistant to the Dean sciences, nursing, philosophy, psychology, religious studies, society and social justice, and world languages.

PROGRAMS IN HUMANITIES The humanities deal with what is distinctively human: with the contributions of human beings to advances in artistic or literary expression and philosophical thought, the use and study of language, and the application of values to all human enterprises. The humanities can also be concerned with advances in science, engineering, math, psychology and other disciplines and professions when those advances are understood as part of our culture.

At Saint Martin’s University, the humanities are represented by majors in Literary Studies, interdisciplinary studies, music, religious studies, and theatre arts. A student can also choose a minor in Literary Studies, French, Japanese studies, music, philosophy, religious studies, theatre arts, and writing. Courses are also available in art, Chinese, Spanish, and speech.

PROGRAMS IN SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS The science and mathematics programs of Saint Martin’s University will prepare students well for a career in any of our major programs: biology, chemistry, environmental studies, exercise science, mathematics, or nursing. A minor in physics is also offered. The division emphasizes critical analysis skills, logical problem solving, and collaborative work skills.

PROGRAMS IN SOCIAL SCIENCES The social sciences are concerned with the development of human society, the nature of social institutions and roles, human behavior and the ideas that have shaped human life. At Saint Martin’s University, the social sciences are represented by majors in communications, criminal justice, gender and identity studies, history, political science, psychology, social work and sociology and cultural anthropology. Minors are available in communications, criminal justice, history, political science, international relations, psychology, social work, sociology and cultural anthropology. Limited coursework in geography is also offered within the social science programs.

32 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 33 BIOLOGY VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY PRE-HEALTH PROGRAMS Biology plays an important role in education and human life. The goal of the Robert Bode Saint Martin’s University has a long and successful history of placing students department of biology is to enable students to gain an understanding of the Associate Professor into professional programs. Saint Martin’s offers pre-health instruction that phenomena of living organisms. Courses are designed to demonstrate the prepares students for admission into professional healthcare graduate schools natural interrelationships among living organisms and also between them Aaron Coby including medical schools, osteopathic medical schools, dental schools, physical and their environments. Professor therapy schools, pharmacy schools and chiropractic colleges. The necessary preparatory pre-health curriculum varies from one field of study to another and The Department of Biology offers courses that prepare students for careers in Samuel Fox Associate Professor from one graduate school to another. Programs usually include: teaching, research, government and industry, and for entry into graduate and professional schools. Areas of concentration include environmental science, Megan Friesen • Completion of a four-year undergraduate degree. marine biology, microbiology, molecular biology, human biology and botany. Assistant Professor Opportunities for internships are available in these and many other areas. • Completion of a standardized preadmission examination, usually taken Under the direction of its faculty, the department also offers students the Mary Jo Hartman during a student’s junior year. (The exam required depends on the intended Associate Professor opportunity to pursue research. field of graduate study.) Margaret Olney • Completion of relevant undergraduate pre-health classes, typically including: Professor LEARNING OUTCOMES • Two semesters of general biology. Demonstrate an enhanced understanding of the fundamental principles of biology. • Two semesters of inorganic chemistry. Several upper-division biology electives. • Evolution: The diversity of life emerges over time by processes of mutation, selection, and genetic change. • Two semesters of introductory physics.

- Information Flow, Exchange, and Storage: The growth and behavior of • One or two semesters of organic chemistry. organisms are governed by the expression of genetic information in context. • Two or more semesters of mathematics.

- Structure and Function: Basic units of structure define the function of • Some schools require additional coursework in biochemistry, calculus and all living things. the social sciences.

- Pathways and Transformations of Energy and Matter: Clinical work during a student’s undergraduate career is often preferred — and Biological systems grow and change by processes based upon sometimes required — prior to acceptance into a professional healthcare school. These chemical transformation pathways and are governed by the laws of experiences are available through the department of biology’s internship program. thermodynamics. Students enrolled in pre-health programs will be assigned a pre-health advisor. - Systems: Living systems are interconnected and interacting. The advisor will design coursework that best fits individual needs and goals. • Conduct independent studies in Biology using the scientific method. Pre-health advising is provided through the biology department at Saint Martin’s. Pre-health students may select any major field of study in pursuit of • Clearly express themselves in written and oral communication. their degree, assuming that the relevant pre-health requirements are met as outlined above. • Demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the ethical issues involved in scientific endeavors.

34 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY BIOLOGY 35 REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Remaining semester hours chosen from: BIO 301 Biostatistics with Laboratory BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY BIO 305 Botany with Laboratory Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) BIO 307 Medical Botany with Laboratory Lower-Division Courses (39 semester hours) BIO 310 Marine Biology with Laboratory BIO 141 General Biology I with Laboratory and BIO 142 General Biology II with Laboratory BIO 314 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory CHM 141/142 General Chemistry with Laboratory BIO 328 Human Anatomy and Physiology I Two mathematics courses BIO 329 Human Anatomy and Physiology II PHY 141/142 General Physics with Laboratory BIO 330 Advanced Anatomy and Physiology CHM 201 Organic Chemistry I with Laboratory or equivalent BIO 344 Evolution Upper-Division Courses (30 semester hours) BIO 350 Microbial Ecology BIO 400 Senior Seminar (2 semester hours) BIO 351 Microbiology with Laboratory BIO 401 Senior Seminar Research (4 semester hours) BIO 352 Advanced Microbiology 24 semester hours, including at least one course from each of the following three categories: BIO 357 Ecological Botany with Laboratory Molecular/cellular biology: BIO 358 Ecology BIO 352 Advanced Microbiology BIO 359 Field Ecology BIO 370 Cell Biology BIO 360 Advanced Ecology BIO 375 Genetics with Laboratory. BIO 370 Cell Biology Organismal biology: BIO 380 Techniques in Laboratory Instruction BIO 305 Botany with Laboratory BIO 382 Vertebrate Embryology BIO 314 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory BIO 385 Developmental Biology BIO 328 Anatomy and Physiology I BIO 390 Internship BIO 351 Microbiology with Laboratory BIO 395 Special Topics BIO 382 Vertebrate Embryology BIO 397 Directed Study BIO 385 Developmental Biology BIO 399 Biological Research and Data Presentation Ecology: CHM 362 Biochemistry BIO 310 Marine Biology with Laboratory The following courses are recommended for students planning to pursue graduate studies in biology: BIO 344 Evolution MTH 171 Calculus I and MTH 172 Calculus II BIO 350 Microbial Ecology CHM 362 Biochemistry Ecological Botany with Laboratory BIO 357 MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics BIO 358 Ecology CHM 202/202L Organic Chemistry II/Laboratory BIO 359 Field Ecology MINOR IN BIOLOGY

36 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY BIOLOGY 37 This program is a 22-semester-hour course of study for students interested in the biological sciences but do not plan to major in biology. The biology minor consists of the following: Lower-Division Courses (8 semester hours) BIO 141 General Biology I with Laboratory BIO 142 General Biology II with Laboratory Upper-Division Courses (14 semester hours) BIO 375 Genetics with Laboratory 10 additional semester hours in biology courses numbered 300 or above (excluding BIO 390, BIO 401, BIO 402) Upper-division elective classes include the following BIO 301 Biostatistics with Laboratory BIO 305 Botany with Laboratory BIO 307 Medical Botany with Laboratory BIO 310 Marine Biology with Laboratory BIO 314 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory BIO 326 Anatomy/Physiology I BIO 329 Anatomy/Physiology II BIO 344 Evolution BIO 350 Microbial Ecology BIO 351 Microbiology with Laboratory BIO 352 Advanced Microbiology BIO 357 Ecological Botany with Laboratory BIO 358 Ecology BIO 359 Field Ecology BIO 360 Advanced Ecology BIO 370 Cell Biology BIO 380 Techniques in Laboratory Instruction BIO 382 Vertebrate Embryology BIO 385 Developmental Biology BIO 395 Special Topics BIO 397 Directed Study BIO 399 Research REVISED WASHINGTON STATE EDUCATION ENDORSEMENTS For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in biology, please refer to the requirements as outlined in the College of Education and Counseling section of the undergraduate academic catalog.

38 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY BIOLOGY 39 with a major in biology while in the University’s pre-medicine program. This curriculum is recommended for students entering the allied health fields and CHEMISTRY for those who desire to teach science at the secondary school level. Students working toward a Bachelor of Arts degree are expected to complete Elements of Research (CHM 375), Thesis (CHM 475), and Research (CHM 450). VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY The curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in chemistry is designed Chemistry is necessary to understand the world around us. Our senses work Brandy Fox ’06 to prepare students for positions in industry and government or for further because of complex chemical reactions in our bodies; all matter is made of Assistant Professor education at the graduate level. Degree requirements are based on American chemicals; and everything anywhere that exists or occurs involves chemistry. Travis Knowles Chemical Society standards. Students working toward a Bachelor of Science degree This major prepares students interested in entering industry or academia in will complete Elements of Research, Research, and Thesis (CHM 375, 450, and 475). chemistry, and is necessary for anyone interested in studying such subjects as Visiting Assistant Professor biology, physiology, psychology, geology, environmental science, engineering, Gregory Milligan An internship program is available to all chemistry majors, although it is not a law, medicine and dentistry. Professor requirement. All chemistry majors are advised to take ENG 306, Professional and Academic Writing Skills, as an elective. Arwyn Smalley LEARNING OUTCOMES Professor Prerequisites for all chemistry courses must be passed with a grade of “C-” • Competency in four of the five sub-categories of chemistry (analytical, or better. organic, biochemistry, inorganic, physical) BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY • Safely and effectively work in a chemistry laboratory environment, Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) including following procedures, designing experiments, and interpreting Major in Chemistry (66 semester hours) results Lower-Division Courses (20 semester hours of chemistry; 10 of physics; 8 of mathematics, as specified) • Utilize computer technology to collect and analyze data, simulate chemical CHM 141/141L, 142/142L General Chemistry/Laboratory systems, search literature, and prepare and give presentations CHM 201/201L Organic Chemistry I/Laboratory CHM 202/202L Organic Chemistry II/Laboratory • Use critical thinking skills to evaluate the behavior of known systems and predict the behavior of new ones PHY 141/141L General Physics/Laboratory PHY 142/142L General Physics/Laboratory • Engage with society by delivering chemical knowledge to the general public MTH 171, 172 Calculus I, II in an accessible way, and preparing for a career in industry or academia Upper-Division Courses (28 semester hours, as specified) • Effective communication of chemistry in oral and written forms, including CHM 331/331L Quantitative Analysis/Laboratory a written thesis on individual research and an oral defense of that thesis CHM 345/345L Molecular Structure Analysis/Laboratory CHM 362/362L Biochemistry/Laboratory REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS CHM 371/371L Physical Chemistry/Laboratory CHM 372/372L Physical Chemistry/Laboratory Saint Martin’s offers both a Bachelor of Arts degree and a Bachelor of Science CHM 375 Elements of Research degree in chemistry. All courses contain a strong emphasis on classroom instruction CHM 450 Research and development of competent laboratory technique. In advanced courses, CHM 475 Thesis hands-on training in operation and use of all department instruments is received.

The curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in chemistry serves the needs of those seeking a broader education. Many students opt for the Bachelor of Arts program and complete the requirements for a second degree

40 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CHEMISTRY 41 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) Major in Chemistry (68-69 semester hours) Lower-Division Courses (20 semester hours of chemistry; 10 of physics; 8 of mathematics, as specified) CHM 141/141L, 142/142L General Chemistry/Laboratory CHM 201/201L Organic Chemistry I/Laboratory CHM 202/202L Organic Chemistry II/Laboratory PHY 171/171 L Introductory Physics/Laboratory PHY 172/172L Introductory Physics/Laboratory MTH 171, 172 Calculus I,II Upper-Division Courses (30-31 hours in chemistry, as specified below) CHM 331/331L Quantitative Analysis/Laboratory CHM 345/345L Molecular Structure Analysis CHM 355 Inorganic Chemistry CHM 371/371L, 372/372L Physical Chemistry/Laboratory CHM 375 Elements of Research CHM 450 Research CHM 475 Thesis Plus at least one of the following: CHM 351 Organic Chemistry III; CHM 362/362L Biochemistry/Laboratory; CHM 395 Special Topics; MTH 322 Differential Equations

MINOR IN CHEMISTRY (30 SEMESTER HOURS, AS SPECIFIED BELOW) Lower-Division Courses CHM 141/141L, 142/142L General Chemistry/Laboratory CHM 201/201A Organic Chemistry I/Laboratory CHM 202/202L Organic Chemistry II/Laboratory Upper-Division Courses CHM 331/331L Quantitative Analysis/Laboratory Six semester hours in chemistry courses numbered 300 or above, exclusive of CHM 375, CHM 390, CHM 450, CHM 475 (only one credit of CHM 380 and one of CHM 385 may be applied toward the chemistry minor)

REVISED WASHINGTON STATE EDUCATION ENDORSEMENTS For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in chemistry, please refer to the requirements as outlined in the College of Education and Counseling section of the undergraduate academic catalog.

42 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CHEMISTRY 43 COMMUNICATION STUDIES

VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES Communication Studies is an interdisciplinary program that uses critical and Irina Gendelman Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) cultural studies to understand the central role of communication in society, Professor Communication Studies Major (43 semester hours) with a focus on social justice. This program provides a broad overview of Lower-Division Courses the different areas of communication, including the historical, institutional Dustin Zemel and social contexts of mass media and communication technologies; Assistant Professor COM 101 Introduction to Communication communication laws and ethics; rhetorical and semiotic analysis; as well as COM 200 Communication Theory or COM 201 Communication and Identity self-reflective citizen engagement and the creation of communication media COM 240 Media Research and Critical Analysis or SOC 240 Research Methods (written, oral and visual). Upper-Division Courses Communication Studies prepares students for careers in a wide range of fields, COM 300 Media Production from public relations and advertising to media arts production to work in the COM 320 Media and Culture public sector and more. Communication Studies majors are also prepared to COM 390 Internship continue their studies in graduate school, specializing in the humanities, social COM 499 Capstone Project sciences, public relations, digital media or filmmaking. 21 additional credits required from the list of approved electives, 18 of which must be upper division. LEARNING OUTCOMES MINOR IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES (25 SEMESTER HOURS) • Demonstrate a general understanding of communication concepts and Lower-Division Courses (6 semester hours) principles, including media theory and discourse analysis. COM 101 Introduction to Communication • Attain hands-on experience of various communication practices through COM 240 Media Research and Critical Analysis or SOC 240 Research Methods media production courses and internships. Upper-Division Courses (19 semester hours of approved courses in communication and electives, but must include the following) • Demonstrate an understanding of social scientific research including both COM 300 Media Production quantitative and qualitative research design. COM 320 Media and Culture • Evaluate and critique a particular question or issue through communication Approved Elective Courses and media theories, research, and policies; and convey them verbally, in Students may take an elective that is not listed below if, in the judgment of the program director, it will significantly enhance their learning writing and/or through a creative project in order to produce a Senior experience in the major. Thesis that meets the major and degree requirements, and professional COM 240 Media Research and Critical Analysis or SOC 240 Research Methods* standards. If you intend to take one of the 240 courses as an elective, it must not be the same option you selected for your lower division requirement listed above. REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS COM 340 International Communication This major offers the opportunity to pursue a production-focused or more COM 360 Communication Law and Policy theoretically oriented course of study and it is designed to provide a well- COM 380 Copy Editing and Design rounded understanding of the field of communication. COM 385 Conflict and Peace Studies COM 395 Special Topics

44 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATION STUDIES 45 Minor in Communication Studies Continued COM 396 Intercultural Communication COM 397 Directed Study COM 398 Media History COM 399 Communication Theory COM 401 Community Media Lab COM 299/WRT 299 Introduction to Journalism COM 302/WRT 302 Advanced Journalism COM 303/WRT 303 Digital Journalism COM 307/THR 307 Studies in Film COM 317/ENG 317 Language and Culture MUS 110 Applied Lessons PHL 301 Ethics PSY 320 Social Psychology SJ 370/ SOC 370 Social Action SOC 396 Intercultural Communication SOC 450 Advanced Research Methods COM 103 Interpersonal Communication COM 106 Public Address THR302 Playwriting THR 402 Playwriting WRT 306 Professional and Academic Writing

46 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATION STUDIES 47 REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS CRIMINOLOGY AND BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CRIMINOLOGY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE Major in Criminology and Criminal Justice (45-46 semester hours) Lower-Division Courses (18-19 semester hours, including:) CRIMINAL JUSTICE CJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY LS 101 Courts, the Legal Environment, and Ethics MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics The Criminology and Criminal Justice major is an interdisciplinary social Robert Hauhart CJ 210 The Correctional Environment science program preparing candidates for entry-level positions in the criminal Professor justice field and providing a solid background for advanced education in CJ 215 Police and Society graduate or law school. A major in Criminology and Criminal Justice may William Stadler SOC 240 or PSY 240 Research Methods Assistant Professor be complemented by minors in legal studies, sociology, psychology, political Upper-Division Courses (15 semester hours, including:) science, or social work. CJ 304 Criminal Courts, Legal Process, and Evidence CJ 305 Juvenile Justice and Rehabilitation LEARNING OUTCOMES CJ/SOC 325 Criminology and Juvenile Delinquency • Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of CJ 490 Internship core criminal justice concepts and principles, including the structure CJ 499 Senior Seminar and functioning of the primary systems included in the criminal justice Criminology and Criminal Justice course electives (12 semester hours) apparatus in the United States: policing, courts, and corrections

• Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of MINOR IN CRIMINOLOGY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE (24 SEMESTER HOURS) the nature of crime and delinquency and primary criminological theories, philosophies, and schools of thought which enable or suppress crime Lower-Division Courses (12 semester hours, including:) CJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice • Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding LS 101 Courts, the Legal Environment, and Ethics of justice system processing and related ethical issues related to the complexity of the core components of law CJ 210 The Correctional Environment CJ 215 Police and Society • Students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of Upper-Division Courses (3 required semester hours in Criminology and Criminal Justice) scientific research methods by conducting independent research linking theory to policy and/or practice and communicating research results CJ/SOC 325 Criminology and Juvenile Delinquency Criminology and Criminal Justice course electives (9 semester hours) • Students will be able to demonstrate the ability to engage in applied workforce and advanced studies preparation within criminology & criminal justice disciplines through the completion of an internship and the development of a professional portfolio

48 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CRIMINOLOGY AND CRIMINAL JUSTICE 49 REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ENGLISH BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LITERARY STUDIES Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) The English Department serves the university’s diverse student population by FACULTY Phase I: Introduction to Literary Studies offering a focused yet flexible program of courses in writing, literature, rhetoric, ENG 210 Literary Studies or ENG 220 Literary Foundations and literary theory. Todd Barosky Phase II: Literary Histories Associate Professor The Literary Studies curriculum introduces our majors and minors to a Choose two: substantial body of knowledge in British, American, and Anglophone literature, Jeff Birkenstein ENG 251 British Literature I, as well as literary works in translation from across the globe and throughout Professor ENG 252 British Literature II, or history. Literary Studies majors are encouraged to become familiar with a broad Julia Chavez ENG 261 American Literature array of literary traditions and critical methodologies before specializing in a Associate Professor capstone project—a research-intensive, interpretive thesis undertaken in the Phase III: Literature and Writing Electives senior year. Nathalie Kuroiwa-Lewis ENG 335 Comparative Literature or Associate Professor ENG 340 Literature in the Medieval World VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE Father Kilian J . Malvey, O .S .B . ’64 ENG 345 Literature, Race, and Ethnicity or Professor Our classes examine literature as a living process intimately connected with the ENG 350 Gender and Sexuality in Literature complex problems of its place, culture, community, and history. Stephen Mead ENG 382 Literary Theory and Criticism Professor Choose 12 additional credits of electives from ENG 302 to ENG 395 A major in Literary Studies is excellent preparation for continued professional studies at the graduate level (including law, medicine, and business); jobs that Jamie Olson Phase IV: Capstone require skills in communication, research, analysis, and public relations; and Professor ENG 499 English Seminar specialized employment in the fields of education, journalism, publishing, and Early Literature Requirement the creative arts. In their coursework toward the major, students must take at least one course that focuses on literature written before 1800.

LEARNING OUTCOMES MINOR IN LITERARY STUDIES (20 SEMESTER HOURS) • Write an essay that supports an interpretive thesis that is clearly supported. Phase I: Introduction to Literary Studies • Demonstrate proficiency with a broad array of literary traditions. ENG 210 OR Literary Studies ENG 220 Literary Foundations • Be knowledgeable of standard writing and research conventions. Phase II: Literary Histories • Broaden their knowledge base, strengthen their language skills and Choose one: cultivate an understanding of the human condition that draws on the ENG 251, British Literature I human element of the literary and written arts. ENG 252, OR British Literature II ENG 261 American Literature I Phase III: Literature and Writing Electives Choose 12 additional credits of electives from ENG 302 to ENG 395

50 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ENGLISH 51 REVISED WASHINGTON STATE EDUCATION ENDORSEMENTS For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in English language arts, please refer to the requirements as outlined in the College of Education and Counseling section of the undergraduate academic catalog.

WRITING MINOR The writing minor helps students develop the key communication, critical and creative thinking and research skills necessary to prepare them for entry to academic, professional and career-oriented fields that are writing intensive. In keeping with the Benedictine philosophy of education, the Writing Minor offers students an enriching and practical academic and spiritual experience that meets the needs of the whole person. Because its objective is to help develop students’ creative and unique qualities while preparing them to meet their career goals, the Writing Minor will deepen students’ understanding and proficiency with specific conventions, audiences and contexts applicable to all majors.

The minor gives students a well-rounded education in creative, academic and professional and journalistic writing. At the same time, it allows students to specialize and develop an area of expertise.

MINOR IN WRITING (MINIMUM 18 SEMESTER HOURS) 3 or more semester hours of literature 9 semester hours; one course from each of three categories below (of which 3 semester hours must be lower division) 6 upper-division semester hours; any two courses from the three categories below Creative Writing WRT 292 Creative Writing (3) WRT 405 Advanced Creative Writing (3) THR 302 Play Writing (3) THR 402 Play Writing II (3) Professional and Academic Writing WRT 306 Professional and Academic Writing Skills (3) WRT 320 Ethics in Writing (3) WRT 390 English Internship (3) Journalism WRT 299 Introduction to Journalism (3) WRT 302 Advanced Journalism (3) WRT 303 Digital Journalism (3)

52 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ENGLISH 53 ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

The Environmental Studies program at Saint Martin’s University is a truly FACULTY BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES interdisciplinary program, in which students gain experience in a broad spectrum of environmental topics and service learning opportunities. Jeff Birkenstein Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) Professor Lower Division Courses (16 semester hours) VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE Robert Bode ECN 202 Macroeconomics Associate Professor ENV 115, ENV 110 or ENV 105 (Select one) The Environmental Studies program incorporates the 1,500-year old Benedictine Aaron Coby tradition of creating sustainable communities of peace. It benefits from our MTH 201 Statistics Professor close proximity to the Washington State Department of Ecology and the state PLS 150, PLS 151, or PLS 152 (Select One) government in Olympia. We are also able to take advantage of the natural resources Jeff Crane SOC 102, SOC103, or SJ 110 (Select one) Dean located immediately on our campus and close by in Western Washington. Brandy Fox ’06 Upper-Division Courses (15 semester hours) Students have an opportunity to focus on a B.S. (science track) or a B.A. Assistant Professor ENV 330 Climate Change (social policy track). Sam Fox ENV 340 Global Environmental Politics The B.S. track is a degree centered in biology and the fundamental scientific processes Associate Professor ENV 390 or ENV397 Internship or Directed Study governing the environment. The degree is rooted by a broad selection of courses Megan Friesen ENV 498/PLS 498 Research Methods in ethics, service learning, social science, economics, policy, and mathematics. Assistant Professor ENV 499/PLS 499 Senior Research Paper Additional tracks may be designed in both chemistry and mathematical modeling. Irina Gendelman Elective courses chosen from following list (21 semester hours) Professor The B.A. track is a degree centered in policy and social justice issues ECN 201 Microeconomics surrounding the environment. Students receive a critical foundation in science Heather Grob ECN 371 Econometrics Associate Professor concepts and an expansive selection of electives allows a student to focus on ECN 375 Cost Benefit Analysis areas of ethics, service, economics, policy, or food sustainability. Mary Jo Hartman Associate Professor ECN 325 Evolution of Economic Thought Nathalie Kuroiwa-Lewis ENV 115, ENV 110 or ENV 105 (separate from LD requirement) LEARNING OUTCOMES Associate Professor ENV 310 Environmental Social Issues (repeatable) Upon completion of the Environmental Studies program, students will be able to: Joseph Mailhot ENV 320 Environmental Humanities (repeatable) Associate Professor • Demonstrate proficient understanding of the scientific concepts related to ENV 350 Environmental Law environmental science at a level relevant to the degree option. Gregory Milligan ENV 395 Special Topics (repeatable) Professor GPH 210 World Regional Geography • Demonstrate proficient understanding of the ethical, social and policy concepts Jamie Olson PHL 314 or 356 Philosophy of Nat/Sci or Bioethics related to environmental studies at a level relevant to the degree option. Professor PLS 200 International Relations • Effectively synthesize and relate the Ethical, Scientific and Social issues David Price PLS 320 State and Local Politics surrounding the environment. Professor Arwyn Smalley RLS 325, RLS 350, or RLS 370 • Successfully design and implement an environmental studies research Professor SJ 310 or 301 Social Justice in Film or Social Justice in Literature project that incorporates the fields relevant to the degree option. Alexis Walker • Demonstrate persuasive written and oral communication skills Assistant Professor Teresa Winstead Associate Professor 54 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 55 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES MINOR IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) A minor in Environmental Studies allows a student to link their major studies to Lower Division Courses (34 semester hours) environmental issues with a focus on science, policy or the humanities. BIO 141 & 142 General Biology I and II w/ labs Minor in Environmental Studies (19 credits) CHM 141 & 142 General Chemistry I and II w/ labs Lower Division Courses (7 credits) ECN 202 Macroeconomics ENV 110 Environmental Science w/ lab ENV 115, ENV 110 or ENV 105 (Select one) PLS 151 Intro to American public policies & issues MTH 122 or MTH 171 MTH 201 Statistics or MTH357 or BIO 301 Courses chosen from the following list (12 credits) SOC 102, or SOC 103, or SJ 110 (Select one) ENV 310 Environmental Social Issues (repeatable) Upper-Division Courses (16 semester hours) ENV 320 Environmental Humanities (repeatable) BIO 358 or BIO 359 Ecology or Field Ecology w/ lab ENV 330 Climate Change ENV 330 Climate Change ENV 340 Global Environmental Politics ENV 390 or ENV397 Internship or Directed Study (service) ENV 350 Environmental Law ENV 400 Senior Seminar ENV 395 Special Topics (repeatable) ENV 401 Senior Research Elective courses chosen from following list (15 semester hours) PLS 200 International Relations BIO 301 Biostatistics PLS 320 State and Local Politics BIO 305 Botany w/ lab BIO 310 Marine Biology w/ lab BIO 310 Marine Biology w/ lab BIO 358 Ecology w/ lab BIO 314 Invertebrate Zoology BIO 359 Field Ecology w/ lab BIO 350 Microbial Ecology BIO 358 or BIO 359 Ecology or Field Ecology w/ lab BIO 375 Genetics w/ lab CHM 201 Organic Chemistry w/ lab CHM 331 Quantitative Analysis w/ lab ENV 310 Environmental Social Issues ENV 320 Environmental Humanities ENV 340 Global Environmental Politics ENV 350 Environmental Law ENV 395 Special Topics (repeatable) GPH 210 World Regional Geography MTH 322 Differential Equations MTH 353 Linear Algebra MTH 381 Math Modeling PHL 314 or 356 Philosophy of Nat/Sci or Bioethics RLS 325, RLS 350, or RLS 370

56 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 57 BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EXERCISE SCIENCE EXERCISE SCIENCE Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog.) Major in Exercise Science (BA) (49 credit hours) Lower Division Courses (22 semester hours) The Exercise Science degree provides academic and professional preparation FACULTY BIO 121 OR Human Biology w/ lab for undergraduate students in areas related to the study of human movement Rebecca McClinon BIO 141 General Biology w/ lab and physical activity. A knowledge of developing the well-being of others is CHM 121 OR Intro to Chemistry w/ lab Lecturer key to the success of this program. CHM 141 General Chemistry w/ lab MTH 201 Statistics VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE EXS/BIO/NUR 203 Nutrition BIO 228/328 and 229/329 Anatomy & Physiology I and II with lab We strive to create a deeper understanding of how physical activity impacts Upper-Division Courses (6 semester hours) the whole person and strengthens a community. EXS 320 Motor Learning and Development Students have an opportunity to focus on a Bachelor of Science track or a EXS 499 Capstone in Exercise Science Bachelor of Arts track. Elective courses chosen from following list (21 semester hours) PE 100-117 (up to 3 CR) Physical activity electives The B.S. track is a degree centered in the health sciences while the B.A. focuses PE 301 Found of Physical Ed on physical education. The successful completion of the degree allows a student PE 302 School Health Education to enter the workforce in a variety of health and fitness careers. Students are EXS 310 Intro to Sports Medicine prepared to take certification exams related to health and fitness (examples PE 345 Psychology and Philosophy of Coaching such as: NSCA-CSCS, ACSM health fitness certifications). They are also EXS 315 Exercise Prescription and testing prepared to advance into professional health care degree programs such as EXS 390/490 Internship Physical Therapy, Athletic Training, Chiropractic, and Physician Assistance. EXS/PE 395 Special Topics Through the internship requirement, students obtain applicable job related experiences, preparing them for the job market. EXS/PE397 Directed Study PE 400 Kinesiology PE 401 Exercise Physiology LEARNING OUTCOMES EXS 405 Advanced Kinesiology w/ lab Upon completion of the Exercise Science program, students will be able to: EXS 415 Advanced Exercise Physiology w/ lab EXS 420 Biomechanics • Demonstrate proficient understanding of the scientific concepts related to PE 430 Admin of Intramural Athletics exercise science at a level relevant to the degree option (B.A. or B.S.) • Demonstrate practical knowledge of technology used in health and fitness BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EXERCISE SCIENCE evaluation, and in designing individual fitness programs. Major in Exercise Science (BS) (60 credit hours) • Exhibit professionalism and integrity in the interactions with individuals Lower Division Courses (42 semester hours) seeking care or guidance related to exercise science. Bio 141 & 142 General Biology I and II w/ labs CHM 141 & 142 General Chemistry I and II w/ labs • Articulate the importance of physical wellbeing as it relates to the health PHY 141 & 142 Gen Physics with lab of the individual and the community. MTH 201 Statistics EXS/BIO 203 Nutrition BIO 228 & 229 w/ lab Anatomy & Physiology I and II with lab

58 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY EXERCISE SCIENCE 59 Upper-Division Courses (6 semester hours) EXS 320 Motor Learning and Development EXS 499 Exercise Science Capstone Elective courses chosen from following list (12 semester hours) PE 100-117 Physical activity electives (up to 3 credits) PE 301 Found of Physical Ed PE 302 School Health Education EXS 310 Intro to Sports Medicine PE 345 Psychology and Philosophy of Coaching EXS 315 Exercise Prescription and testing EXS 390/490 Internship EXS/PE 395 Special Topics EXS/PE 397 Directed Study PE 400 Kinesiology PE 401 Exercise Physiology EXS 405 Advanced Kinesiology w/ lab EXS 415 Advanced Exercise Physiology w/ lab EXS 420 Biomechanics PE 430 Admin of Intramural Athletics

MINOR IN EXERCISE SCIENCE Lower Division Classes (11 semester hours) BIO 121 OR BIO 141 BIO 228 OR BIO 328 EXS/BIO 203 Nutrition Upper Division Classes (6 semester hours) PE 400 OR EXS405 Kinesiology OR Adv. Kinesiology w/ lab PE 401 OR EXS415 Exercise Physiology OR Adv. Exercise Physiology w/ lab Electives from this list (6-8 semester hours) PE 301 Found of Physical Ed PE 302 School Health Education EXS 310 Intro to Sports Medicine EXS 315 Exercise Prescription and testing EXS 320 Motor Learning and Development PE 345 Psychology and Philosophy of Coaching EXS/PE 395 Special Topics EXS/PE 397 Directed Study EXS 405 Advanced Kinesiology w/ lab EXS 415 Advanced Exercise Physiology w/ lab EXS 420 Biomechanics PE 430 Admin of Intramural Athletics

60 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY EXERCISE SCIENCE 61 MINOR IN GENDER AND IDENTITY STUDIES (18 SEMESTER HOURS) GENDER AND IDENTITY STUDIES Required Courses (6 semester hours) GIS200 Introduction to Gender and Identity Studies The Gender and Identity Studies program offers a comprehensive program GIS300 Feminist and Identity Theories that provides students with a multidisciplinary body of theoretical and applied FACULTY Electives (12 or more semester hours) — Students must choose one course in at least two different departments outside of GIS. knowledge about both gender and identity. Rex Casillas COM 201 Communication and Identity Associate Professor COM 320 Media and Culture VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE Julia Chavez CRJ 395 ST: Race, Gender, and Class in Criminal Justice The Gender and Identity Studies minor, in keeping with the Catholic Associate Professor ENG 350 Gender and Sexuality in Literature Benedictine tradition of hospitality and respect for persons, is committed to Emily Coyle ENG 382 Literary Theory and Criticism educational endeavors that emphasize openness to others and engagement Associate Professor GIS 250 Men and Masculinities with people different from ourselves. Irina Gendelman GIS 350 Queer Theory The program emphasizes work grounded in women’s studies, men and Professor GIS 375 Gender and Pop Culture masculinities studies, queer studies, and critical identity studies. Aaron Goings ’02 GIS 295/395 Special Topics in Gender and Identity Studies The minor gives students information about the social construction and Associate Professor HIS 305 History of American Women conceptualization of gender, gendered experiences, gender identity, and the Keri Graham ’06 HIS 319 American Working Class History change in gender roles throughout history. The program also emphasizes Instructor PLS 360 Gender and Global Politics the study of social identities and includes classes examining race, ethnicity, PSY 310 Psychology of Human Sexuality sexuality, age, (dis)ability, class, nationality, and religiosity in the social world. Robert Hauhart Professor PSY 375 Multicultural Psychology PSY 385 Psychology of Gender Lindsay Meyer REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS SJ 110 Introduction to Social Justice Assistant Professor The Gender and Identity Studies minor is interdisciplinary and widely covers SJ 301 Social Justice in Literature work from a variety of academic disciplines. Elective coursework is offered in David Price SJ 310 Social Justice in Film the departments of Communication Studies, Criminal Justice, English, History, Professor Political Science, Psychology, Social Justice, Social Work, and Sociology. To SOC 333 Women, Culture and Society emphasize the significance of an interdisciplinary understanding of gender and Teresa Winstead Associate Professor identity, students are required to take elective courses in at least two academic departments outside of Gender and Identity Studies.

62 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY GENDER AND IDENTITY STUDIES 63 HISTORY

VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HISTORY (36 SEMESTER HOURS) History is the critical examination of peoples, places, and cultures in the past, Rex Casillas Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) across the globe. The Department of History devotes itself to teaching within Associate Professor Upper Division Courses the tradition of liberal arts and professional education to produce responsible 30 upper-division semester hours in history and 6 upper division semester hours in political science. and informed persons. Julia Chavez Associate Professor History majors must take: Our graduates will attain a solid base of historical knowledge, and of global Six semester hours from HIS 356, HIS 357, HIS 358, HIS 359 historical development. They will understand how to think critically and how Emily Coyle Associate Professor Six upper-division semester hours in non-U.S. history. to communicate, in both written and oral forms, lessons and insights from HIS 498 History Research Methods the past. Our students will use their knowledge and skills to reach outside the Irina Gendelman university in service to the larger community. Professor HIS 499 Senior Seminar/Paper Six upper-division semester hours in political science Our department seeks to educate future leaders to be thoughtful, informed, Aaron Goings ’02 No more than six semester hours of internship credit may be applied toward requirements for a history major. and objective participants in the global society. Associate Professor History majors are advised to pursue additional supporting coursework in foreign languages, statistics, economics and political science. Keri Graham ’06 LEARNING OUTCOMES Instructor MINOR IN HISTORY (18 SEMESTER HOURS) • Students will strive for academic excellence as demonstrated by research, Robert Hauhart critical analysis, and written and oral communication in the major areas of Professor At least nine upper-division semester hours in history history and political science At least three upper-division semester hours in political science Lindsay Meyer • Students will develop a systematic critical analysis of prevailing political Assistant Professor ideals and the human experience over time and place David Price DOUBLE MAJOR IN HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE Students double-majoring in History and Political Science must take 30 semester hours in History and 30 semester hours in • Students will demonstrate the historical and contemporary place of the Professor Political Science. commons in American and global society, and the need to defend them Janie Sacco against private interests that seek to monopolize them in the interest of Associate Director individual, rather than the common good REVISED WASHINGTON STATE EDUCATION ENDORSEMENT Teresa Winstead • Students will develop knowledge of other cultures so as to tear down the Associate Professor For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in barriers to creating a true world community history, please refer to the requirements as outlined in the College of Education and Counseling section of the undergraduate academic catalog. • Students will demonstrate knowledge and understanding of fundamental concepts and theories in history

• Students will use appropriate historical methods to identify, articulate, and critically evaluate political problems and their potential solutions

• Students will develop critical thinking, reading, and writing skills

64 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY HISTORY 65 INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY Skills: The Interdisciplinary Studies major at Saint Martin’s University exists Jeff Birkenstein • Competency in writing, reading, speaking, and listening to further the school’s mission of integrative learning in the Benedictine Professor tradition. By studying multiple approaches to enduring and topical human • Ability to gather information via appropriate sources and to evaluate concerns, our students learn the approaches, lexicons, and methodologies of Heather Grob information critically Associate Professor discrete disciplines; at the same time, such comparative and interdisciplinary • Ability to identify discrete methodologies in their shared assumptions and exploration encourages awareness of where different disciplines share Mary Jo Hartman distinct heuristic processes and to use these methodologies productively to assumptions and where they construct distinct heuristic processes. Associate Professor define questions and explore responses. This major is designed for students who seek to engage in rigorous intellectual Father Kilian J . Malvey, O .S .B . ’64 training in understanding how varying methodologies and modes of inquiry Professor BACHELOR OF ARTS IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES raise different questions and serve different purposes. Students bring together Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the knowledge of discrete disciplines to define and analyze problems or issues, Jamie Olson catalog.) Professor envision solutions or responses, and thereby bridge disparate communities. Course of Study must follow a plan submitted to and approved by the Rico Picone Interdisciplinary Studies Board of Study. The plan must include the following: LEARNING OUTCOMES Associate Professor Twenty-four (24) upper-division semester hours in two distinct disciplines, twelve credits in each discipline Students will graduate with an appreciation of myriad modes of inquiry and a David Price Professor First-year competency in two world languages or second-year competency in one world flexibility of method that will enrich not only the skills they will bring to future language employers, but also long lives of inquiry and civic engagement. Successful completion (2.0 minimum) of two junior seminars in Interdisciplinary This major requires independence of thought and a strong work ethic. It is Studies (IDS301) particularly useful for students who wish to engage in occupations that touch on Successful completion of IDS 498 (Senior Thesis I) and IDS 499 multiple areas of human interest and/or activity. Students interested in domestic (Senior Thesis II) or international careers in fundraising, contractors, designers, architecture, grant In addition, Interdisciplinary Studies majors are expected to work with their writing, mediation, education, management or administration, for example, will advisors and the IDS Board of Study to choose a course of electives that will profit from the major’s emphasis on “ways of knowing.” not only deepen their major but also broaden their university degrees so that they might graduate with an appreciation of myriad modes of inquiry and also a Knowledge: flexibility of method.

• Understanding of some multi-cultural and transnational issues

• Familiarity with fundamental professional terminology of at least two disciplines

66 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES 67 LEGAL STUDIES

VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE BOARD OF STUDY MINOR IN LEGAL STUDIES The Legal Studies concentration is an interdisciplinary field of study composed Robert Hauhart Required Courses (9 semester hours) of law courses from the departments of Criminal Justice, Political Science, Professor A student electing to pursue a minor in Legal Studies must complete: History, Sociology, Philosophy, and the schools of Business, Education, LS 101 The Legal Environment and Ethics and Engineering. Legal Studies is administered under the direction of the Coordinator for the Criminology and Criminal Justice major. Students CJ/PLS 430 Constitutional Safeguards and Individual Liberties interested in acquainting themselves with the genesis, development, impact CJ 304 Law and Evidence and contemporary status of American law may minor in Legal Studies in s Elective Courses (12 semester hours chosen from the following) upport of their major field of study. Students interested in pursuing law school In addition to 9 semester hours of required courses, a student wishing to complete a minor in Legal Studies must complete twelve 12 hours from and/or a career in law are especially encouraged to fulfill a minor concentration the following: in Legal Studies. BUS 225 Business Law I BUS 226 Business Law II LEARNING OUTCOMES CJ/PLS 420 Philosophy of Law Students who complete the minor in Legal Studies will demonstrate CJ/PLS 379 Judicial Process knowledge of the structure, purpose, and processes employed by American CJ/SOC 410 Law and Society legal institutions. Students will acquire a working knowledge of federalism CJ 460 Criminal Law/Criminal Procedure and questions of jurisdiction that govern the respective authority of state and federal courts. Students will be able to demonstrate mastery of the rules SED 467 Legal Issues and IFSP/IEP that control the identification, validation, and introduction of evidence in GE 359 Ethics, Law, & Economics in Engineering Practice administrative and court proceedings, both civil and criminal. Students will LS 350 Environmental Law also acquire knowledge of the principal forms of common legal actions and LS 395 Special Topics in Legal Studies understand whether state or federal jurisdiction applies. LS 397 Directed Readings in Legal Studies LS 470 White Collar Crime DEGREE REQUIREMENTS A student may complete a minor concentration in Legal Studies by completing 21 semester hours in approved law related courses. Nine hours of required legal studies courses may be supplemented by 12 hours of electives from the courses listed below.

68 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY LEGAL STUDIES 69 MATHEMATICS VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY Saint Martin’s business and accounting majors will Mathematics contributes in a unique way to the development of the disciplined, Bonnie Amende • Possess the mathematical and statistical backgrounds required for their fields of rational person. It improves one’s ability to fit new concepts into a framework Professor study. Business and accounting students will demonstrate an understanding of of existing knowledge. probabilistic and statistical principles as well as be able to apply these principles Kayla Blyman in Operations Research, Applied Quantitative Reasoning, and Finance. The mathematics program at Saint Martin’s University provides a basic Assistant Professor undergraduate program for mathematics majors, supports other majors in the Saint Martin’s liberal arts majors will University and offers courses of general interest. Students graduating with a Joseph Mailhot Associate Professor • Develop an appreciation of the role of mathematics in modern society. bachelor’s degree in mathematics frequently find employment in secondary schools, Liberal arts majors will demonstrate the ability to apply mathematics to a insurance firms, and the financial or computing divisions of large companies. Benjamin Peet variety of real-world situations such as selecting the best home mortgage or Assistant Professor making investment decisions. LEARNING OUTCOMES Katherine Porter Saint Martin’s math majors will Associate Professor ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS • Possess a strong foundation in traditional mathematical areas. Students Cameron Sweet The Mathematics Department requires students who have no record of Assistant Professor will demonstrate an understanding of foundational mathematics in a three- successful completion (grade of “C-” or better) of a necessary prerequisite to semester Calculus sequence coupled with the ability to apply Calculus take the Mathematics Placement Exams. The Mathematics Placement Exams principles in Differential Equations, Mathematical Modeling, and/or will identify the course number(s) of the introductory math course(s) for which Probability and Statistics. the student is best prepared.

• Understand and write rigorous proofs for theorems, corollaries, and A recommendation of a course by the Mathematics Placement Exams will lemmas. Students will be skilled in a variety of proof methods and have be considered “an equivalent math placement exam score” in determining strong axiomatic reasoning skills. Students will be able to apply these skills prerequisites. Note, however, that a student cannot earn academic credit in the context of Geometry, Linear Algebra, Abstract Algebra, Real Analysis, through the results of the Mathematics Placement Exams. For more information and/or Complex Variables. regarding the rules for taking and retaking the Math Placement Exams, please contact the chair of the Mathematics Department. Saint Martin’s science and engineering majors will

• Possess the mathematical and statistical backgrounds required for their fields of study. Like the math majors, engineering and science students will demonstrate an understanding of foundational mathematics in a two or three-semester Calculus sequence coupled with the ability to apply Calculus principles in Differential Equations or apply Pre-Calculus to algebra-based Physics.

70 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY MATHEMATICS 71 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MATHEMATICS Students must receive a minimum grade of “C-” in all degree requirements Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) listed below, with the GPA for these courses no lower than 2.33, to graduate Lower-Division Courses (17 semester hours) with a mathematics degree or minor. CSC 101 Introduction to Computer Science or MTH 200 Mathematics for Computer Science BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS MTH 171 Calculus I Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) MTH 172 Calculus II Lower-Division Courses (29-35 semester hours) MTH 220 Introduction to Advanced Mathematics CSC 101 Introduction to Computer Science MTH 271 Calculus III MTH 353 Linear Algebra Upper-Division Courses (28-29 semester hours) MTH 171 Calculus I Three of the following four courses MTH 172 Calculus II MTH 353 Linear Algebra MTH 220 Introduction to Advanced Mathematics MTH 271 Calculus III MTH 357 Probability and Statistics Any two sequences chosen from: MTH 461 Abstract Algebra PHY 171/172 Introductory Physics MTH 471 Real Analysis I CHM 141/142 General Chemistry Three upper-division math electives, each of at least three semester hours BIO 141/142 General Biology Three approved upper-division courses, each of at least three semester hours, in one of the following supportive areas: accounting, CSC 180/200 Introduction to Programming/Intermediate Programming biology, business, chemistry, civil engineering, computer science, economics, education, mechanical engineering, philosophy, or ECN 201/202 Principles of Microeconomics/Principles of Macroeconomics physics ACC 201/202 Principles of Financial Accounting/ Principles of Managerial Accounting GE 204/205 Statics/Dynamics MINOR IN MATHEMATICS Upper-Division Courses (34-35 semester hours) MTH 353 Linear Algebra Lower-Division Courses MTH 357 Probability and Statistics MTH 171 Calculus I MTH 461 Abstract Algebra MTH 172 Calculus II MTH 471 Real Analysis I MTH 220 Introduction to Advanced Mathematics or MTH 271 Calculus III MTH 400 Senior Paper Upper-Division Courses Three upper-division math electives, each of at least three semester hours Four upper-division math electives, each of at least three semester hours Three approved upper-division courses, each of at least three semester hours, in one of the following supportive areas: accounting, biology, business, chemistry, civil engineering, computer science, economics, education, mechanical engineering, philosophy, or physics WASHINGTON STATE EDUCATION ENDORSEMENTS For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in mathematics, please refer to the requirements as outlined in the College of Education and Counseling section of the undergraduate academic catalog.

72 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY MATHEMATICS 73 ADMISSION FOR MUSIC MAJOR, MINOR, MUSIC EDUCATION MUSIC ENDORSEMENTS To help ensure the long-term success of music majors, minors, or education endorsements, students are asked to audition for entrance into the program. Your The study of music encourages students to explore the value of music in their FACULTY audition at Saint Martin’s is designed to be a positive experience, where you can lives. Students who study music at Saint Martin’s University have the advantage meet and interact with Saint Martin’s music faculty. The auditions take place on of a strong music program within a liberal arts setting. Darrell Born campus during an audition day or via recording. For specific music requirements Associate Professor contact Dr. David Wacyk (instrumental), or Professor Darrell Born (vocal). VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE David Wacyk Assistant Professor The study of music encourages students to explore the value of music in their KEYBOARD PROFICIENCY lives. Students who study music at Saint Martin’s University have the advantage All music students are required to take courses in basic piano and pass a functional of a strong music program within a liberal arts setting. Music majors earn a keyboard proficiency examination. Students with prior piano training can waive basic Bachelor of Arts degree in one of three emphases— instrumental, vocal, or music piano coursework by challenging and passing the piano proficiency examination. education endorsements. Courses in music integrate the study of music literature, Details regarding this examination are available in the Music Program office. history and theory with musical performance to develop intellect, familiarity with a variety of cultures, genres, interpersonal relationships and poise. REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS LEARNING OUTCOMES Recital The Music Program at Saint Martin’s University is designed to grow musicians Music majors must complete junior (MUS 327) and senior (MUS 427) recitals. in three areas: performances, organization of the sounds of music, and analysis of The junior recital is a half recital consisting of approximately 30 minutes of music. music. Students who successfully complete the B.A. in music should be able to: The senior recital is a full recital consisting of approximately one hour of music. • Perform capably as a soloist or within an ensemble; Music minors are required to perform a junior recital and are encouraged to perform a senior recital. Students are required to enroll in the appropriate level of • Organize the sounds of music through basic composition; applied instruction for the semester in which they perform their respective recital.

• Understand the structure and style of compositions, as performers and Ensemble Participation listeners; An undergraduate music major must earn a minimum of eight credits in large • Explain theoretical and historical elements of music through prose. ensemble participation during eight different semesters to be eligible for graduation and must be enrolled in a large ensemble during each semester of full-time study. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS A music minor must earn a minimum of four credits in large ensemble General Admission participation during four different semesters. For curricular purposes, a large ensemble is defined to mean MUS 285/385 Chorale, MUS 286/386 Band, or The Music Department encourages and welcomes all students to explore MUS 387 Orchestra. Instrumental majors are required to participate in MUS the value of music in their lives by participating in one or all of our many 286/386 or MUS 387. Vocal majors are required to participate in MUS 285/385. collaborative ensembles. Various ensemble requirements are contained in specific curricula and may vary depending on scholarship award requirements. Ensembles are open, some through audition, to all students regardless of major.

74 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY MUSIC 75 Upper-Division Standing

Before enrolling in 300-level applied lessons, a student must pass the requirements of the major area upper-division jury. This jury examination requires the demonstration of, but is not limited to, the fundamentals of the student’s major area of performance. The student must show potential to continue improving in a manner that will lead to the successful completion of the performance requirements in the degree and major emphasis.

Recital Audition

Students who have registered to perform either the junior recital (MUS 327) or the senior recital (MUS 427) must perform and pass a recital audition at least two weeks prior to the recital date. A panel of at least three music faculty members will serve as the jury to hear the audition.

Recital Attendance

MUS 100 Recital Attendance, required of music majors for six semesters and of music minors for two semesters, provides the student musician an opportunity to gain insight into performance practices and concert etiquette in addition to hearing a variety of styles and genres.

Convocation and Studio Workshop

As a component of the course Applied Lessons, students registered for the course are required to attend weekly Tuesday workshops and convocation. Convocation provides a formal forum for student performance. Studio Workshop builds student technical skills and solidifies repertoire through performance within a nurturing workshop setting.

76 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY MUSIC 77 BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC MINOR IN MUSIC (23 SEMESTER HOURS) Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) The course of study for a music minor provides opportunities for students to study music from technical, cultural and performance The music major prepares students to be involved in a variety of musical pursuits, including teaching in a studio setting, teaching music in perspectives. grades K-12, participating in a variety of performance organizations and serving as a music conductor. The program also provides preparation Core Requirements for advanced study in performance, music theory and literature. MUS 100 Recital Attendance (2 semesters at 0 credits) Lower-Division Courses (21 semester hours) MUS 105 Music Theory I (3) MUS 100 Recital Attendance (6 semesters at 0 credits) MUS 105L Music Theory I: Aural Skills Lab (1) MUS 105 Music Theory I (3) MUS 106 Music Theory II (3) MUS 105L Music Theory I: Aural Skills Lab (1) MUS 106L Music Theory II: Aural Skills Lab (1) MUS 106 Music Theory II (3) MUS 108 Music in Western Culture (3) MUS 106L Music Theory II: Aural Skills Lab (1) MUS 110 Applied Lessons — Piano (2) MUS 110 Applied Lessons: Piano (2) MUS 110 Applied Lessons — Instrument or Voice (4) MUS 112 Applied Lessons: Major instrument (4) MUS 327 Junior Recital (0) MUS 220 Basic Conducting (3) Large Ensemble* (4) Large Ensemble (4)* MUS electives (2) Upper-Division Courses (29 semester hours) * Vocal students must enroll in MUS 285/385; instrumental students must enroll in MUS 286/386 or MUS 387. MUS 305 Music Theory III (3) MUS 305L Music Theory III: Aural Skills Lab (1) REVISED WASHINGTON STATE EDUCATION ENDORSEMENTS MUS 306 Music Theory IV (3) For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement MUS 306L Music Theory IV: Aural Skills Lab (1) in choral music, instrumental music or general music, please refer to the MUS 307 Musical Form and Analysis (3) requirements as outlined in the College of Education and Counseling section of MUS 312 Applied Lessons: Major Instrument (4)** the undergraduate academic catalog. MUS 327 Junior Recital (0) MUS 330 Music History I (3) MUS 331 Music History II (3) MUS 427 Senior Recital (1) Large Ensemble (4)* 3 semester hours of approved upper-division elective credit (3) Vocal students must enroll in MUS 285/385; instrumental students must enroll in MUS 286/386 or MUS 387. ** Students must have passed the upper-division jury exam before enrolling in 300-level applied lessons.

78 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY MUSIC 79 NURSING VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY ACCREDITATION The Department of Nursing at Saint Martin’s University aspires to be recognized Teri Woo The baccalaureate degree program in nursing at Saint Martin’s University is for educating nurses who are transformational leaders, are grounded in Director of Nursing accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education Benedictine values, committed to social justice and to lifelong learning. (http://www.ccneaccreditation.org). Diane Hamilton ’91 It is dedicated to creating a learner-centered education grounded in the university Assistant Professor core values of faith, reason, service and community. The program prepares nursing WASHINGTON STATE APPROVAL graduates who are committed to evidence-based practice, social justice, and lifelong The BSN Nursing Program is approved by the Washington State Nursing Care learning to meet the needs of the global community in the 21st century. Quality Assurance Commission.

LEARNING OUTCOMES ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Graduates of the BSN Program at Saint Martin’s University will be able to The Department of Nursing offers the following paths to the BSN degree: demonstrate the following: • Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) • Integrate knowledge from a liberal arts and sciences education into nursing practice • Registered Nurse to Bachelor of Science in Nursing (RN to BSN)

• Provide leadership to foster high quality health care and improve patient safety • BSN Admission Requirements

• Translate research into evidence-based practice • Direct Admission to Nursing

• Use informatics, patient care technologies and electronic tools across the First-Year Undergraduate Admission continuum of health care settings to promote safe, high quality patient care First-Year undergraduate Bachelor of Science in Nursing applicants must • Demonstrate knowledge of healthcare policy and the legal, economic, meet the general entrance requirements of the University as outlined in the political and socio-cultural factors at the local, state, national and global university catalog and at the First-year Admissions website. levels that affect the healthcare system and nursing profession Applicants seeking admission to the nursing program are required to have 3 • Communicate and collaborate effectively to facilitate inter-professional years of high school or higher science courses, including one year of laboratory patient-centered care science and mathematics including college preparatory algebra, with grades of “B” (3.0) or higher. • Apply principles of health promotion and disease prevention to improve the health of individuals and populations Progression into the upper division nursing courses are dependent on the following: • Develop professional and ethical values that guide decision-making A cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher at the end of the second (sophomore) year at • Practice nursing from a holistic, caring framework with individuals, Saint Martin’s. families, groups, communities and populations across the lifespan and the continuum of care, with respect for cultural diversity and the autonomy of A minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher in the prerequisite sciences taken the individual who is a full partner in decision-making. at Saint Martin’s University.

80 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY NURSING 81 All prerequisite courses must be passed with a grade of B- or higher. BSN PREREQUISITE COURSES RN to BSN Nursing Program • Students may repeat one prerequisite science course one time if they BIO 121 Human Biology Prerequisites for admission to the RN to BSN Nursing Program admission to receive a grade of lower than a B-. BIO 228/328 Human Anatomy & Physiology I Saint Martin’s University: • Satisfactory completion of all clinical entry requirements, including BIO 229/329 Human Anatomy & Physiology II • Unrestricted Washington State Registered Nurse license. (Applicants background clearance, drug screen and immunizations. BIO 251 Microbiology for Applied Health currently enrolled in a nursing program may be offered provisional CHM 121 Introduction to Chemistry admission, pending passage of the NCLEX and receiving RN licensure Transfer Entry Admission which must be obtained by the end of the first semester in the program.) MTH 101 Intermediate Algebra Transfer student applicants to the upper division of the Bachelor of Science MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics • Associate degree in nursing, diploma in nursing, an international nursing in Nursing program must meet the transfer admission requirements of the NUR/EXS 203 Human Nutrition education, or a non-nursing bachelor’s degree. University as outlined in the university catalog and at the Transfer (undergrad) PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology website. Transfer applicants may state their preference for fall or spring entry • Competitive GPA, with a minimum grade of C in each nursing core and into the upper division nursing program. PSY 215 Lifespan Development prerequisite course.

Acceptance into the upper division nursing program for the Bachelor of Science • Satisfactory completion of all clinical entry requirements, including in Nursing degree is dependent on the following: background clearance, drug screen and immunizations.

• A cumulative GPA of 3.0 or above. Transfer student GPA is computed from RN to BSN Admission Process: all college-level coursework taken. • RN to BSN students can be admitted for any semester; applications will be • minimum of 3.0 GPA in all required prerequisite science courses. received and reviewed on an ongoing basis

• Completion of all nursing prerequisite courses. Prerequisite courses may be • Complete an application for admission to Saint Martin’s as a transfer student taken at any accredited college or university. • Submit an official copy of transcripts from every college attended. • Students may repeat one pre-requisite science course one time if they • Complete a FAFSA form for financial aid purposes. receive a grade of lower than a B-. Internal Transfers: Current Saint Martin’s student requests for internal transfer • Satisfactory completion of all clinical entry requirements, including to the nursing major will be considered on a space available basis. Qualified background clearance, drug screen and immunizations. applicants who wish to change their major to nursing must

• meet the first year admission criteria outlined above,

• have a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher in the prerequisite sciences taken at Saint Martin’s University,

• earn a grade of B- or higher in all pre-requisite courses, and

• have a cumulative 3.0 GPA or higher in courses taken at Saint Martin’s.

Students wishing to transfer to the BSN major must meet with the Director of Nursing to apply for transfer into the major and to develop a plan of study.

82 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY NURSING 83 Technical Standards: All nursing students must meet the Technical Standards of unethical practice constitutes grounds for immediate dismissal from the clinical the nursing program, with or without reasonable accommodation to complete component and/or the program. successfully the nursing program. All students must comply with confidentiality according to Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), Department of Nursing, and REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS University regulations.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING Graduates of the nursing program are eligible to take the NCLEX-RN exam to BSN Program Requirements obtain licensure through the National Council of State Boards of Nursing.

All students must meet the university’s graduation requirement of 120 total semester hours. Commonly, BSN graduates complete 127 semester hours of ADDITIONAL COSTS credit to complete the BSN degree at Saint Martin’s. Students transferring from Course fees are charged to each student’s account each semester. These fees a community college must complete no less than 60 credits at Saint Martin’s support the purchase of equipment, materials and supplies in the practice University. labs and clinical placements, external testing measures, as well as computer materials and software. The fee is paid with tuition following registration for BSN PROGRAM PROGRESSION nursing courses. All upper division nursing courses are taught in a sequential pattern. Once In addition to regular university costs, students must provide their own students enter the upper division courses, students must complete all courses transportation between the University campus and the clinical areas beginning in the semester to progress to the next semester in the program. Students with the first upper division nursing course. Public transportation is limited, so must adhere to the curriculum sequence as outlined in this catalog. Failure to provision for private transportation is essential. progress according to the program plan may result in dismissal or a significant Health requirement fees, student uniforms, textbooks, other learning materials, delay in graduation. and any necessary equipment are the responsibility of the student. Students must earn a grade of “C” or 2.0 in each upper division required All upper division students are required to have a laptop computer for learning nursing course. Students who do not earn a “C” or better in any course that activities and testing. Laptop must be able to support nursing education software. is a prerequisite to another nursing course may not continue in the nursing program until the prerequisite course is repeated with a grade of “C” or better.

Students may only repeat one nursing course. Repeated classes will also include those from which a student has withdrawn. Permission to continue will be granted or denied based on the circumstance related to the failure and space availability in the course.

Withdrawal from a course in failing status is considered equivalent to a course failure. Students who do not earn a “B-” or 2.50 or better in a nursing course while enrolled in the nursing program will be placed on academic probation, and may be dismissed from the nursing program.

The Department of Nursing reserves the right to withdraw nursing students who fail to achieve and maintain academic or clinical competence, or who do not demonstrate professional accountability or conduct. Unsafe and/or

84 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY NURSING 85 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING Senior I semester The curriculum plan for the traditional four-year student who does not have a registered nurse license is as follows: NUR 401 Nursing Management of Acute or Complex Conditions (4) First Year NUR 402 Nursing Management of Acute or Complex Conditions Practicum (3) COR 100 First year Seminar (4) NUR 403 Advanced Nursing Skills and Simulation Lab (2) COR 110 Religious Studies (3) NUR 420 Nursing Management of Childbearing and Childrearing Families (4) COR 120 Critical Reasoning and Writing (4) NUR 421 Childbearing Family Clinical Practicum (1) CHM 121 Introduction to Chemistry and lab (4) NUR 310 Health Policy (3) BIO 121 Human Biology (4) Senior II semester PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (4) NUR 430 Nursing Leadership (3) MTH 101 Intermediate Algebra (3) NUR 410 Promoting Population Health in the Community (3) Electives (6 credits) NUR 412 Promoting Population Health in the Community Practicum (2) Second Year NUR 495 Transition to Professional Nursing Practice (2) BIO 228 Human Anatomy &Physiology I (4) (or BIO 328) NUR 499 Capstone & Synthesis Clinical Practicum (5) BIO 229 Human Anatomy & Physiology II (4) (or BIO 329) BIO 251 Microbiology (4) (BIO 351) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING — COURSE SEQUENCING FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS PSY 215 Lifespan Development (4) (COR 220) The curriculum plan for the transfer student who does not have a registered nurse license includes meeting the core curriculum and upper division MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics (3) nursing courses. Students with a Direct Transfer Agreement will take COR 110 Religious Studies, and the upper division nursing courses. NUR 203 Human Nutrition (3) Upper Division Nursing Courses COR 210 Humanities (4) Junior I semester COR 240 Artistic and Creative Expression (3) NUR 301 Introduction to Professional Nursing (3) COR 250 Historical and Political Studies (3) NUR 302 Foundations of Nursing Practice: Prevention and Promotion of Health (2) Upper Division Nursing Courses NUR 302L Foundations of Nursing Practice Lab (2) Junior I semester NUR 302C Foundations of Nursing Practice Clinical (1) NUR 301 Introduction to Professional Nursing (3) NUR 303 Health Assessment (3) NUR 302 Foundations of Nursing Practice: Prevention and Promotion of Health (2) NURS 304 Pathophysiology and Pharmacology for Nursing Practice (3) NUR 302L Foundations of Nursing Practice Lab (2) COR 300 level NUR 302C Foundations of Nursing Practice Clinical (1) Junior II semester NUR 303 Health Assessment (3) NUR 311 Nursing Management of Chronic Diseases (4) NURS 304 Pathophysiology and Pharmacology for Nursing Practice (3) NUR 312 Nursing Management of Chronic Disease Practicum (3) COR 300 level NUR 313 Nursing Skills and Simulation Lab (2) Junior II semester NUR 350 NUR 350 Translating Research into Evidence Based Practice (3) NUR 311 Nursing Management of Chronic Diseases (4) COR 340 Ethics, Human Dignity, and Reason (4) (required for nursing) NUR 312 Nursing Management of Chronic Disease Practicum (3) Senior I semester NUR 313 Nursing Skills and Simulation Lab (2) NUR 401 Nursing Management of Acute or Complex Conditions (4) NUR 350 NUR 350 Translating Research into Evidence Based Practice (3) NUR 402 Nursing Management of Acute or Complex Conditions Practicum (3) COR 340 Ethics, Human Dignity, and Reason (4) (required for nursing) NUR 403 Advanced Nursing Skills and Simulation Lab (2) NUR 420 Nursing Management of Childbearing and Childrearing Families (4) 86 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY NURSING 87 NUR 421 Childbearing Family Clinical Practicum (1) NUR 310 Health Policy (3) Senior II semester NUR 430 Nursing Leadership (3) NUR 410 Promoting Population Health in the Community (3) NUR 412 Promoting Population Health in the Community Practicum (2) NUR 495 Transition to Professional Nursing Practice (2) NUR 499 Capstone & Synthesis Clinical Practicum (5)

RN-TO-BSN PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS All students must meet the university’s graduation requirement of 120 total semester hours, which includes accepted transfer credit and at least 30 semester hours of course work completed at Saint Martin’s University. A maximum of 90 semester hours (135 quarter hours) will be accepted in transfer toward fulfillment of requirements for the baccalaureate degree. Thirty semester hours of upper division credit will be awarded, based on verification of successful completion of the NCLEX- RN examination. Core Curriculum, nursing core and elective courses may be taken simultaneously. The program will be tailored as much as possible to meet the needs and interests of each student, taking into account the number and nature of credits accepted for transfer. Either part-time or full-time enrollment is possible.

RB-TO-BSN CORE CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS (PLEASE SEE THE CORE CURRICULUM SECTION OF THE CATALOG) Information about core curriculum requirements, most of which may be satisfied by transfer credit, is found in the Academic Policies and Procedures section of this catalog. RN to BSN students will be required to take COR 110 Religious Studies (3) and COR 340 Ethics, Human Dignity, and Reason (4). Nursing Core Courses (19 semester hours) Each core nursing course is offered at least once a year. Prerequisite or co-requisite course requirements may be waived if, in the judgment of the program director, it will significantly enhance the learning experience of the student. NUR 310 Health Policy (3) NUR 350 Translating Research into Evidence-Based Practice (3) NUR 410 Promoting Population Health in the Community (3) NUR 411 Promoting Population Health in the Community Practicum for the RN to BSN

Student (1) NUR 430 Nursing Leadership (3) NUR 450 Care Coordination and Inter-professional Collaboration (3) NUR 490 Capstone (3)

88 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY NURSING 89 PHILOSOPHY VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY Philosophy surveys the history of human thought and studies the deepest Father George J . Seidel, O .S .B . ’55 concerns of human existence. It examines the intellectual heritage of the West Professor in its historical roots and developments, but also addresses the central problems of the tradition in a systematic fashion.

LEARNING OUTCOMES The student will gain a deeper insight into a significant aspect of his or her cultural heritage.

REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY Lower-Division Courses PHL 201 Introduction to Philosophy Upper-Division Courses 15 semester hours chosen from: PHL 301 Ethics; PHL 313 Philosophy of Being; PHL 314 Philosophy of Nature and Science; PHL 333 Social Philosophy; PHL 341 Philosophy of the Self; PHL 346 Contemporary Philosophy; or PHL 397 Directed Study

90 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY PHILOSOPHY 91 REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS PHYSICS MINOR IN PHYSICS (34 SEMESTER HOURS) The minor consists of 31 semester hours of required courses and 3 upper-division VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY Semester hours in elective courses, drawn from the courses listed below Lower-Division Required Courses (21 semester hours) Physics seeks to explain the workings of the physical world encompassing a Andrea Kunder MTH 171 Calculus I vast scale from elementary particles to the cosmos. Physics interacts with fields Assistant Professor such as chemistry, biology, astronomy and engineering to provide a background PHY 171 / 171L Introductory Physics / Laboratory for study in these areas. Stephen Parker MTH 172 Calculus II Associate Professor The minor in physics is intended for students who major in related fields and PHY 172 / 172L Introductory Physics / Laboratory are interested in progressing in physics beyond the introductory sequence. MTH 271 Calculus III Upper-Division Required Courses (13 credits) LEARNING OUTCOMES PHY 303 Modern Physics with Laboratory Students who minor in physics will develop a deeper understanding of core PHY 314 Classical and Computational Mechanics physics principles and develop skills used by physicists, including laboratory PHY 399 Explorations in Physics techniques, mathematical and computational modeling, and research and One additional 3 semester hour upper-division course in a field of applied physics from the list below. Other elective courses may be counted presentation skills. toward the minor if, in the judgment of the department chair, they significantly enhance the student’s learning experience in the program. PHY 355 Solid State Physics PHY 365 Astrophysics PHY 395 Special Topics (with permission of chair).

92 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY PHYSICS 93 BACHELOR OF ARTS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE POLITICAL SCIENCE Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) Requirements:: PLS 150 Survey of American Government and Politics VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY PLS 152: Global Issues The political science major is designed to give students a foundation for Alexis Walker One course from the American Politics concentration: understanding the political world. Students will investigate politics through Assistant Professor PLS 151 The Politics of U.S. Public Policy four major subject areas: (1) American politics, (2) international and PLS 310 American Foreign Policy comparative politics, (3) power and inequality, and (4) history. PLS 320 State and Local Politics PLS 322 American Political Development LEARNING OUTCOMES PLS 330 Cold War PLS 364 U.S. Political Participation and Opinion Objectives of the major are to: PLS 366 Congress and the Presidency • Students will understand the basis of power in society, how that power is One course from the Comparative and International Politics concentration: organized and exercised, and its impact on people’s lives. PLS 200 International Relations PLS 205 Comparative Politics • Students will develop critical thinking, reading, and writing skills. GPH 210 World Regional Geography • Students will develop an informed and lasting interest in politics, including PLS 315 Politics of Globalization active participation in the political process. PLS 325 History of the Vietnam War PLS 340 Global Environmental Politics • Students will develop the skills and knowledge to pursue careers in areas PLS 352 Asia and the World such as politics, law, public policymaking, journalism, the non-profit sector, PLS 371 Model United Nations foreign service, business, activism, teaching, research, and government. PLS 376 Global Food Politics PLS 377 Global Poverty and Development One course from the Power and Inequality concentration: PLS 360 Gender and Global Politics PLS 362 American Exceptionalism PLS 367 U.S. Labor Politics PLS 368 American Political Thought PLS 372 Global Human Rights and Justice Movements PLS 377 Global Poverty and Development PLS 379 Judicial Process CJ 410 Law and Society PLS 420 Philosophy of Law PLS 430 Civil Liberties 6 semester hours in History at the 300 level or above that align with any of the three PLS concentrations:

94 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY POLITICAL SCIENCE 95 American Politics MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (18 SEMESTER HOURS): HIS 310 US Diplomatic History The political science minor offers students an introduction to the various subfields of political science and the opportunity to HIS 325 History of the Vietnam War choose courses that enable them to go deeper into the field than the introductory courses. HIS 326 Pacific Northwest History Requirements: HIS 356 Colonial American History to 1763 PLS 150 Survey of American Government and Politics HIS 357 United States History 1763-1877 PLS 152: Global Issues HIS 358 United States History 1877-1945 3 semester hours from the above listed History courses HIS 359 United States History Since 1945 Complete 9 more semester hours from PLS courses in any of the subject areas, 6 semester hours at the 300 level or above HIS 365 History of Civil War and Reconstruction Comparative and International Politics: MINOR IN GLOBAL STUDIES (18 SEMESTER HOURS): HIS 344 Nineteenth Century European History The global studies minor enables students to take a focused set of courses from different disciplines in order to understand the HIS 347 Twentieth Century Europe historical, cultural, geographical, and political factors that impact global processes. The minor has three complementary goals. HIS 410 History of Modern Egypt (1) It asks students to analyze the challenges that face an increasingly globalized society using the grounding and foundations of HIS 411 Modern Latin America the liberal arts; (2) Makes students cognizant of the interplay between local and global processes; (3) Provides students with the intellectual tools they need to understand their place and responsibilities in this globalizing and interconnected world. With a HIS 413 History of Modern Africa minor in global studies, you’ll be well prepared for careers in higher education, the non-profit sector, business, etc. HIS 415 History of the Modern Middle East Required Courses (9 credit hours) Power and Inequality: GPH 210 World Regional Geography HIS 305 History of American Women PLS 200 International Relations OR PLS 205 Comparative Politics HIS 319 American Working Class History SOC 103 Cultural Anthropology HIS 360 History of American Slavery Non-western history courses (3 credit hours) HIS 365 History of the Civil War and Reconstruction One course chosen from: HIS 370 History of American Immigration HIS 410 History of Modern Egypt HIS 435 History of Capitalism HIS 411 Modern Latin America Research Methods HIS 413 History of Modern Africa PLS 498 Research Methods in Political Science HIS 415 History of the Modern Middle East Senior Research Elective Courses (6 credit hours) PLS 499 Senior Seminar Paper Two electives chosen from: 9 more semester hours at the 300 level or above from within any of the three PLS concentrations (American Politics; Comparative and BA 420 International Business and Global Economics International Politics; Power and Inequality) or the courses listed below: PLS 315 Politics of Globalization PLS 195, 295, 395 Special Topics PLS 325 History of the Vietnam War PLS 397 Directed Study PLS 340 Global Environmental Politics PLS 390 Legislative and Administrative Internship (No more than six semester hours of credit in internships will count toward PLS 352 Asia and the World the political science major) PLS 360 Gender and Global Politics PLS 490 Legislative and Administrative Internship (No more than six semester hours of credit in internships will count toward PLS 362 American Exceptionalism the political science major) PLS 371 Model United Nations PLS 372 Global Human Rights and Justice Movements PLS 376 Global Food Politics PLS 377 Global Poverty and Development SOC 396 Intercultural Communication Or, any upper-division intercultural course with approval of the faculty advisor for Global Studies

96 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY POLITICAL SCIENCE 97 REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS PSYCHOLOGY BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY Major in Psychology (39-41 semester hours) The Department of Psychology holds the following objectives for majors, Michael Butler Major in Psychology with Research Concentration (42-45 semester hours) aligned with the American Psychological Association’s goals for the Professor Required PSY and MTH core courses: undergraduate psychology major. Emily Coyle PSY 101 Introductory Psychology The department structures coursework and field placements to integrate Associate Professor PSY 215 Lifespan Development experiential learning with rigorous study of psychology as the scientific study MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics of human beings. The department’s curriculum does not emphasize any single Lindsay Meyer Assistant Professor PSY 240 Research Methods school of thought. Instead, it provides a broad-based education in psychology Four courses drawn from each of the following topical areas (1+ course per area for 4 courses total): that gives students completing the program the skills and self-confidence to use Jeremy Newton One course in Cultural Competence a variety of perspectives in their work with people. Students have the option to Associate Professor develop research skills and obtain focused research experience through the two- PSY 375 Multicultural Sheila Steiner semester research concentration, declared separately in addition to the major. PSY 385 Psychology of Gender Professor One course in Experimental Psychology LEARNING OUTCOMES PSY 320 Social Psychology • To provide students with a knowledge base in psychology through PSY 333 Biological Psychology classroom work and field experience. PSY 420 Personality Theories PSY 430 Learning and Cognition - Aligns with APA Guideline 1: A knowledge base in psychology One course in Clinical/Counseling Psychology • To cultivate in students the skills required for scientific inquiry and critical PSY 335 Abnormal Psychology thinking. PSY 340 Interviewing - Aligns with APA Guideline 2: scientific inquiry and critical thinking PSY 345 Counseling Theories

• To foster students’ ethical development and understanding of social One additional upper division elective: responsibility in an increasingly diverse world. Other 300-400 level PSY courses as available, including topical courses listed in section 2, PSY 395 Special Topics courses, and research courses, but excluding the courses a student uses to satisfy the research concentration (if applicable; see below) - Aligns with APA Guideline 3: ethical and social responsibility in a diverse Internship requirement: world PSY 390 OR Applied Internship (minimum 3 credits) • To grow students’ capability for oral and written communication of PSY 394 Research Internship I (minimum 3 credits) psychological research, methods, and technical style. Capstone requirement: PSY 499 Senior Seminar - Aligns with APA Guideline 4: communication Optional Research Concentration • To help prepare students for entry-level positions in human services professions or graduate study in psychology and related fields.

- Aligns with APA Guideline 5: professional development

98 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY PSYCHOLOGY 99 (Optional for major, strongly advised for students interested in graduate study) For students seeking the research concentration, the equivalent of one year of research (two semesters) is required although additional experiences are strongly recommended. This can be met through the empirical capstone sequence OR through multiple or extended research internships: PSY 498 OR Advanced Research Methods and PSY 499 Senior Seminar (4.0 credits each, must be completed in sequence) PSY 394 OR Research Internship I and PSY 494 Research Internship II (minimum 3.0 credits each) PSY 394 Research Internship I and PSY 394 Research Internship I (minimum 3.0 credits each, under different supervisors)

MINOR IN PSYCHOLOGY (23-24 SEMESTER HOURS) Required PSY core courses: PSY 101 Introductory Psychology MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics PSY 240 Research Methods One course in Cultural Competence PSY 375 Multicultura OR l PSY 385 Psychology of Gender Eight credits drawn from among the following topical areas (at least one course must come from the Experimental Psychology cluster): Experimental Psychology PSY 320 Social Psychology OR PSY 333 Biological Psychology OR PSY 420 Personality Theories OR PSY 430 Learning and Cognition Clinical/Counseling Psychology PSY 335 Abnormal Psychology PSY 340 Interviewing PSY 345 Counseling Theories Additional upper division electives Other 300-400 level PSY courses, including topical courses listed in section 2 and PSY 395 Special Topics courses

100 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY PSYCHOLOGY 101 RELIGIOUS STUDIES

VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY BACHELOR OF ARTS IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES Religious Studies is an interdisciplinary department offering a major, a minor, Patrick Cooper Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) and electives, enabling students with a variety of interests to explore different Assistant Professor Major in Religious Studies (33 semester hours) religious traditions, practices, and values. Students wishing to major in Br . Luke Devine, O .S .B . ’01 Lower-Division Courses (9 semester hours) Religious Studies may choose a general degree in Religious Studies or specialize Assistant Professor with an emphasis in Biblical Studies or Christianity and Culture. RLS 110 Introduction to Religious Studies Father Kilian J . Malvey, O .S .B . ’64 Two 200 level courses: RLS 200 — Modern Theories of Religion and one course chosen from the following: RLS 205 – Introduction to Biblical Although the Judeo-Christian heritage is emphasized, the Religious Studies Professor Studies or RLS 210 – Introduction to Christian Thought department, in keeping with the Catholic Benedictine tradition, is committed to Ian Werrett ’96 Upper-Division Courses (24 semester hours) understanding and respecting all religious traditions, beliefs, and practices and Professor Seven 300 level course in one of the emphases below: to promoting an ecumenical and interfaith spirit that fosters peace, justice, and social transformation. General Degree in Religious Studies Three courses chosen from RLS 300-329, two chosen from RLS 330-349, and two chosen from RLS 350-379. One of these requirements may be satisfied by taking RLS 397 - Directed Study, RLS 398 – Internship, or RLS 399 – Spiritual Life Institute LEARNING OUTCOMES Biblical Studies Emphasis • Demonstrate a broad understanding of the world’s religious traditions, One course chosen from RLS 300-329, one chosen from RLS 350- 379, and five courses chosen from RLS 330-349. Two of the latter teachings, and practices requirements may be satisfied by taking RLS 380 - Koine Greek I, RLS 381 - Koine Greek II, RLS 382 - Biblical Hebrew I, RLS 383 - Biblical Hebrew II, RLS 397 - Directed Study, RLS 398 –Internship, or RLS 399 – Spiritual Life Institute • [For students in the Theology track] Demonstrate a broad understanding of Christianity and Culture Emphasis the Catholic and other Christian traditions One course chosen from RLS 300-329, one chosen from RLS 330-349, and five courses chosen from RLS 350-379. Two of the latter requirements • [For students in the biblical track] Demonstrate an understanding of the may be satisfied by taking RLS 380 - Koine Greek I, RLS 381 – Koine Greek II, RLS 384 - Latin I, RLS 385 - Latin II, RLS 397 - Directed Study, biblical story and approaches to its study RLS 398 –Internship, or RLS 399 –Spiritual Life Institute RLS 499 – Senior Thesis • Demonstrate the ability to interpret religious artifacts and primary religious texts in English MINOR IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES (18 SEMESTER HOURS) • Demonstrate the ability to express oneself independently both orally and in Lower Division Courses (9 semester hours) writing about religious and theological issues RLS 110 Introduction to Religious Studies • Demonstrate the ability to apply religious and ethical values and beliefs to life Two 200 level courses: RLS 200 Modern Theories of Religion and either RLS 205 - Introduction to Biblical Studies or RLS 210 - Introduction to Christian Thought. Upper Division Courses (9 semester hours) Three 300 level courses: One chosen from RLS 300-329, one chosen from RLS 330-349, and one chosen from RLS 350-379. One of these requirements may be satisfied by taking RLS 397 - Directed Study, RLS 398 – Internship, or RLS 399 – Spiritual Life Institute

102 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY RELIGIOUS STUDIES 103 SOCIAL JUSTICE

VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY MINOR IN SOCIAL JUSTICE (21 SEMESTER HOURS) The Social Justice program offers an interdisciplinary minor that focuses Robert Hauhart The minor requires completion of 9 required semester hours and 12 or more upper-division elective semester hours, drawn from on non-legal forms of justice, and the corresponding societal settings for Professor the courses listed below. injustice, in society. In addition to courses exclusively listed in Social Justice, Required Courses select courses from Criminal Justice, Political Science, History, Sociology, and David Price SJ 110/SOC 110 Introduction to Social Justice related areas contribute to the curriculum as electives. Students interested Professor in acquainting themselves with the history, development, impact, and SOC 333 Women, Culture and Society contemporary status of social justice initiatives may minor in Social Justice in CJ 430/PLS 430 Constitutional Safeguards and Individual Liberties support of their major field of study. Approved Elective Courses Electives may include up to 6 semester hours of internship credit. Additional courses may be cross-listed for social justice credit on an occasional basis. Other elective courses may be counted toward the minor if, in the judgment of the program director, they significantly enhance LEARNING OUTCOMES the student’s learning in the program. Students who complete the minor in Social Justice will demonstrate familiarity SJ 301 Social Justice in Literature with the structure of society and develop the ability to analyze issues of SJ 310 Social Justice in Film inequity across institutions, organizations, and governmental functions. Students will participate in two types of classes. First, students will take RLS 310 Religion in America traditional classes that emphasize critical thinking, issue analysis, peer CJ/SOC/WS 307 Gender, Crime and Law discussion, and oral and written communication, demonstrating proficiency SOC 316 History of Women in North American Social Work: 1848-1945 in both speaking and writing. Second, students will participate in courses that HIS 319 United States Working Class History prepare them for engagement in advocacy and human-rights work within SOC 370 Social Action local community justice initiatives as well as national and international non- governmental organizations. These courses will include independent learning ENG 350 Gender and Sexuality in Literature and field experiences with social justice organizations. SJ 390 Internship SJ 395 Special Topics SJ 397 Directed Study

104 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SOCIAL JUSTICE 105 BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK SOCIAL WORK Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) Lower-Division Courses (20 semester hours) The Social Work Program offers the following degree program and options: BIO121 & BIO 121L Human Biology/Human Biology Lab FACULTY ECN 201 Principles of Microeconomics • Bachelor of Social Work Tam Dinh PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology or PSY 215 Lifespan Development - Substance Use Disorder Concentration Associate Professor SOC 101 Modern Society and Culture or SOC 102 American Social Problems SW 210 Introduction to Social Work - Trauma Studies Concentration Lori Sirs Assistant Professor SW 240 Research Methods and Statistics • Social Work Minor Irene Hauzinger Upper-Division Courses (40 semester hour minimum) • Substance Use Disorder Minor Instructor SW 310 Human Behavior in the Social Environment SW 340 Interviewing and Assessment • Trauma Studies Minor SW 344 Case Management and Advanced Interviewing VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE Choose 3 from: CDP 400, 401, 402 The Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) program, a bachelor of science degree, TRM 400, 401, 402 prepares students for entry level generalist practice in the field of social work. SW 400, 401 The interdisciplinary curriculum is designed to provide a broad theoretical base for students to draw from for social work practice. SW 395, 397 Any upper division PSY course LEARNING OUTCOMES Any upper division SOC course SW 389 Pre-Internship Seminar Its goals are to: SW 390 Internship, taken concurrently with SW 391 Internship Seminar • increase student knowledge of social work values and methods as an SW 490 Advanced Internship, taken concurrently with SW 491 Advanced Internship Seminar (session 1) approach to intervening in human problems; SW 492 Advanced Internship, taken concurrently with SW 493 Advanced Internship Seminar (session 2) • increase student practice competencies in providing social work services to SW 498 Macro Social Work Practice and Research a diverse population in diverse life situations; SW 499 Senior Seminar • encourage students to develop ethical and analytical thinking essential for NOTE: Before enrolling in an upper-division internship (SW 490), students must meet the following requirements: professional social work; Complete 12 semester hours of required major courses on the Lacey campus Complete SW 210, SW 340, SW 344, SW 390 and SW 391 with a grade of “B” or better • increase students’ awareness of the broad profession of social work, including social welfare history, research, practice and graduate-level Have an overall grade point average of at least 2.7 opportunities. Internships may count for up to 27 semester hours toward graduation. A minimum of 12 semester hours of internships, which must include 3 semester hours of SW 390 and 9 semester hours divided between SW 490 and SW 492 are required. The social work major is offered only at the University’s Lacey campus. PLEASE NOTE: Students wishing to have a study concentration or minor appear on their official transcripts are required to declare this concentration or minor with the Office of the Registrar at least one semester prior to degree completion.

106 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SOCIAL WORK 107 Substance Use Disorder Concentration (10 credits) TRAUMA STUDIES MINOR (19 CREDIT MINIMUM) This substance use disorder concentration is for BSW students who want additional knowledge and skills in substance use This minor is for non-social work students who want additional knowledge and skills in understanding and treating individuals disorder and addictions. Students will be prepared for the Washington State Substance Use Disorder Professional Credentialing. who have experienced trauma. CDP 400: Understanding Addiction: Theories, Ethics, and Physiological Impacts SW 210 Introduction to Social Work CDP 401: Treatment of Addictions: Individual, Families, and Group Counseling SW 340 Interviewing and Assessment TRM 400 Trauma: Theories, Ethics, and Impact CDP 402: Chemical Dependency Systems, Policies and Laws TRM 401 Treatment of Trauma: Individual, Families, and Group TRM 402 Trauma Systems, Policies and Laws Trauma Studies Concentration (10 credits) Elective One of the following electives: This concentration is for BSW students who want additional knowledge and skills in understanding and treating individuals GIS 200 Intro to Gender and Identity Studies who have experienced trauma. GIS 250 Men and Masculinities TRM 400: Trauma: Theories, Ethics, and Impacts PSY 215 Lifespan Development TRM 401: Treatment of Trauma: Individual, Families, and Group Counseling PSY 335 Abnormal Psychology TRM 402: Trauma Systems, Policies and Laws PSY 445 Trauma & Recovery SOC 333 Women, Culture, and Society SOCIAL WORK MINOR (20 SEMESTER HOURS) SOC/SJ 110 Intro to Social Justice SW 400 Working with Victims of Crime For non-social work majors, who are looking to supplement their social science education with experiential learning. SW 401 Treatment with Crime Victims SW 210 Introduction to Social Work Other trauma-related electives (needs to be pre-approved by the department) SW 240 Research Methods and Statistics or PSY 240 Research Methods SW 310 Human Behavior in the Social Environment SW 340 Interviewing and Assessment SW 344 Case Management and Advanced Interviewing SW 389 Pre-Internship Seminar SW 390 Internship SW 391 Internship Seminar

SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER MINOR (19 CREDITS) This substance use disorder minor is for non-social work students who want additional knowledge and skills in substance use disorder and addictions. SW 210 Introduction to Social Work SW 340 Interview and Assessment PSY 335 Abnormal Psychology CDP 400 Understanding Addiction: Theories, Ethics, and Physiological Impacts CDP 401 Treatment of Addictions: Individual, Families, and Group Counseling CDP 402 Chemical Dependency Systems, Policies and Laws

108 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SOCIAL WORK 109 BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIOLOGY AND CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY SOCIOLOGY AND CULTURAL Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) Major in Sociology/Cultural Anthropology (39 semester hours) Lower-Division Courses ANTHROPOLOGY SOC 101 Modern Society and Culture SOC 102 American Social Problems VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY SOC 103 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The Sociology and Cultural Anthropology Program is an interdisciplinary Robert Hauhart SOC 240 Research Methods major designed to prepare students for work in a variety of fields, including Professor Upper-Division Courses (27 upper-division semester hours in sociology and cultural anthropology, including:) sociological consulting, applied anthropology consulting, museum studies and a Victor Kogan SOC 318 History of Sociology and Anthropology variety of service careers in both the public and private sector. Professor SOC 320 Social Psychology David Price SOC 350 Social Theory LEARNING OUTCOMES Professor SOC 450 Advanced Research for the Social Sciences • Demonstrate a general understanding of core sociology and cultural Teresa Winstead SOC 499 Sociology Seminar anthropology concepts/principles and core ethnographic literature, and Associate Professor Social Problems MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY AND CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY (21 SEMESTER HOURS) • Demonstrate understanding of the historical development of anthropology Lower-Division Courses and sociology, and demonstrate an understanding prominent theories and schools of thought. SOC 101 Modern Society and Culture SOC 102 American Social Problems • Demonstrate an understanding of sociological and anthropological research SOC 240 Research Methods including both quantitative and qualitative research designs. Upper-Division Courses (12 semester hours of electives in sociology and cultural anthropology) • Design and completes an individually created research project that draws on disciplinary research methods and social theory, and demonstrates both verbally and in writing a satisfactory Senior Thesis that meets professional standards.

110 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SOCIOLOGY AND CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY 111 THEATRE ARTS

VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY BACHELOR OF ARTS IN THEATER ARTS The Theatre Arts Program seeks to integrate the study of dramatic literature Darrell Born Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) and theatre history with theatrical practice as a means of developing Associate Professor Major in Theatre Arts (36 semester hours, at least 21 of which are upper-division) intellectual, physical and spiritual adventurousness, openness of mind and THR 201 Fundamentals of Theatrical Design and Technology increased understanding of the range of human experience. THR 211 Acting I LEARNING OUTCOMES THR 302 Play Writing THR 305 Styles, Periods and Practices in Theatre Courses prepare students for graduate studies, secondary school teaching THR 311 Acting II certificates and professional lives in which written and interpersonal THR 450 Directing Practicum (must have three semester hours credit) communication, aesthetic judgment, emotional understanding and organizational ability are of primary concern. ENG 251 British Literature I (to 1789) ENG 314 Drama and Performance Studies 12 semester hours chosen from: THR 250/350 Acting Practicum; THR 290/390 Internship; THR 320 Scene Design; THR 330 Costume Design; ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS THR 340 Lighting Design; THR 260/360 Design/Tech Practicum To help ensure the long-term success of theater majors, minors, or education NOTE: All students majoring in theatre arts are expected to work on each production each semester. endorsements, students are asked to audition for entrance into the program. THR 250, 260, 290, 350, 360, 390 and 450 are offered on a variable-credit basis. The number of semester hours of credit, 1 to 4, earned will be Your audition at Saint Martin’s is designed to be a positive experience, where based on the size and/or complexity of the role to be played or the production support tasks being undertaken. Proficiency in a foreign language you can meet and interact with Saint Martin’s theater faculty. The auditions is strongly recommended for those intending to apply for graduate studies leading to a master’s and/or doctoral degree. take place on campus during an audition day or via recording. For specific theater requirements contact Professor Darrell Born. MINOR IN THEATRE ARTS (21 SEMESTER HOURS) THR 201 Fundamentals of Theatrical Design and Technology THR 211 Acting I THR 250/350 Acting Practicum (must have three semester hours credit) One course chosen from: THR 305 Styles, Periods and Practices in Theatre; THR 311 Acting II One course chosen from: ENG 251 British Literature I (to 1789); ENG 314 Drama and Performance Studies Three semester hours chosen from: THR 290/390 Internship; THR 320 Scene Design; THR 330 Costume Design; THR 340 Lighting Design; THR 260/360 Design/Tech Practicum Three semester hours chosen from: THR 302 Play Writing; THR 450 Directing Practicum REVISED WASHINGTON STATE EDUCATION ENDORSEMENTS For information on the Washington state teacher education endorsement in drama, please refer to the requirements as outlined in the Education section of the Academic Catalog.

112 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY THEATRE ARTS 113 REVISED WASHINGTON STATE EDUCATION ENDORSEMENTS WORLD LANGUAGES For information on the Washington State teacher education endorsement in Japanese, French and Spanish, please refer to the requirements as outlined in the education section of the Academic Catalog. VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY Learning a world language is an integral part of any liberal arts education. Brother Boniface V . Lazzari, O .S .B . REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS The study of a world language not only opens the door to knowledge and Associate Professor understanding of another culture rich in literature and history, but also can MINOR IN FRENCH (18 SEMESTER HOURS OR EQUIVALENT*) afford a better comprehension of the student’s own language and of how Kathleen McKain Lower-Division Courses: Associate Professor languages work in general. In addition, knowledge of a world language is a FRN 201 Intermediate French marketable skill. Knowledge of a world language offers students additional FRN 202 Intermediate French opportunities in an increasingly international market. Upper-Division Courses: The Department of World Languages offers beginning through advanced Four three-credit courses at the FRN 300- or 400-level courses in Chinese, French, Japanese and Spanish. Beginning Russian courses FRN 301 May be repeated for credit. French Composition and Conversation 3 are also offered every other year. The department offers a minor in both French, and Japanese Studies, and Spanish. Studies. FRN 310 May be repeated for credit. Francophone Cinema 3 FRN 326 May be repeated for credit. Introduction to Francophone Literature 3 LEARNING OUTCOMES FRN 395 May be repeated for credit. Special Topics, French 1-4 FRN 397 May be repeated for credit. Directed Study, French 1-3 Students will be able to FRN 401 May be repeated for credit. Advanced Francophone Literature 3 • Achieve oral language competency: FRN 495 May be repeated for credit. Special Topics, French 1-4

- Students should demonstrate oral language competence in listening and Note: These courses must be conducted in French in order to count toward the French Minor. speaking appropriate to the level studied through participating in such The minor in French is based on French language proficiency. As such, students who can demonstrate proficiency beyond the 200-level may activities as oral drills, question/answer, dictation, and oral presentations request that up to a maximum of six credits required for the minor may be waived, i.e., for FRN 201 and/or FRN 202. At least one course of through workbook exercises that are accompanied by oral activities. those required for the minor must be taken at Saint Martin’s University. Students also have the option of completing a minor in French through World Language Department-approved study abroad programs. See • Achieve competency in reading a world language: department chair for more information. - Students should be able to complete in-class exercises and activities, assignments outside of class, and quizzes and tests. MINOR IN JAPANESE STUDIES (20 SEMESTER HOURS OR EQUIVALENT*) Students also have the option of completing a minor in Japanese Studies through the World Language Departments – approved student abroad • Achieve competency in writing a world language: programs. See department chair for more information. - Students should be able to write textbook exercises, workbook activities, Lower-Division Courses (13 semester hours of Japanese language, including:) translation, compositions, exams and papers. COR140J Introduction to Japanese • Demonstrate cultural and global awareness: JPN 102 Introduction to Japanese, cont. JPN 201 Intermediate Japanese - Students will show this through academic and cultural activities such as JPN 202 Intermediate Japanese, cont. drawing maps that show the influence of the world language, responses to written and oral testing, doing research and giving presentations about a target country and its culture, or participating in study abroad in the target culture.

114 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY WORLD LANGUAGES 115 Upper-Division Courses Six semester hours in courses numbered 300 or above in Japanese studies or selected from the following (must include one non-language course): JPN 301 Advanced Japanese; JPN 302 Advanced Japanese, cont.; JPN 395 May be repeated for credit. Special Topics; JPN 495 May be repeated for credit. Special Topics; PLS 352 Asia and the World or other courses numbered 300 or above that relate to Asian history and culture, subject to approval by the chair of the Department of World Languages.

SPANISH MINOR (15-21 CREDITS OR EQUIVALENT*) Lower-Division Courses: SPN201 (3) Prerequisite: SPN102 or placement SPN202 (3) Prerequisite: SPN201 or placement Upper-Division Courses: Four three-credit courses at the SPN 300- or 400-level chosen from the following: SPN301 (3) Spanish Composition and Conversation May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: SPN202, placement or instructor permission. SPN310 (3) Hispanic Theater and Cinema. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: SPN202, placement or instructor permission. SPN326 (3) Introduction to Hispanic Literature May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: SPN202, placement or instructor permission. SPN395 (1-4) Special Topics: Spanish May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: SPN202, placement or instructor permission. SPN401 (3) Advanced Hispanic Literature May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 300-level Spanish course, placement or instructor permission. SPN495 (1-4) Special Topics: Spanish May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: 300-level Spanish course, placement or instructor permission. Note: 300- and 400-level courses must be conducted in Spanish in order to count toward the Spanish minor. One elective chosen from the following: HIS211 History of Latin American Civilization (3) HIS411 Modern Latin America (3) The minor in Spanish is based on Spanish language proficiency. As such, students who can demonstrate proficiency beyond the 200-level via placement testing may request that up to a maximum six credits (i.e., 201 and/or 202) required for the minor be waived. Students may also receive credit for equivalent coursework for the 300- and 400-level courses. However, at least one course of those required for the minor must be taken at Saint Martin’s University. Students also have the option of completing a minor in Spanish through World Language Department-approved study abroad programs. See Department Chair for more information.

116 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY WORLD LANGUAGES 117 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS

118 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY 119 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS The School of Business offers a unified business program that integrates STAFF the separate functional areas of business. Customer satisfaction and the competitive need for continuous quality improvement provide the major focus Chung-Shing Lee for this integration. Emphasis also is placed on the multicultural setting of Dean business competition, both in national and international markets, and on the Angel Lyons political economy in which it operates. Executive Assistant to the Dean The School of Business offers the following degree programs and options:

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ACCOUNTING BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION With concentrations in:

• Accounting

• Business Analytics

• Economics

• Finance

• International Business

• Management

• Marketing

MINOR IN ACCOUNTING MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MINOR IN ECONOMICS

120 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 121 REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ACCOUNTING All Saint Martin’s students take the University’s Core education requirements. Accounting students take 21 semester hours of foundation courses, 24 semester hours of a common professional component, and 24 semester hours of upper- VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY level accounting courses to complete the major. Accounting is the language of business and one of the primary sources of Diane Bingaman Students seeking more information about CPA education requirements and information for decision making. Saint Martin’s University is committed to Chair, Accounting and Finance exam preparation should contact their accounting faculty advisor. its liberal arts heritage and students majoring in accounting are trained to be Director, MAcc program technically competent in their major and well-rounded professionals. Associate Professor BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ACCOUNTING Suzanne Chaille Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) LEARNING OUTCOMES Assistant Professor Foundation Courses (21-22 semester hours) Today’s accountants are actively involved in the analysis and interpretation of Timothy Madeley MTH 161 OR Mathematical Methods for Business and Social Sciences financial data and problem-solving activities. The accounting department offers Assistant Professor MTH 171 Calculus I a variety of courses to prepare graduates for responsible positions in public ACC 201 Principles of Financial Accounting practice, corporate accounting and governmental service. The undergraduate ACC 202 Principles of Managerial Accounting curriculum is comprehensive and includes courses in financial and cost BA 201 Business Statistics or MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics accounting, tax, and audit as well as the study of general business topics in finance, marketing, and management. The study of accounting helps students BA 225 Business Law I develop analytical, communication and problem-solving skills as well as master ECN 201 Principles of Microeconomics the principles that govern financial reporting and decision making. ECN 202 Principles of Macroeconomics Common Professional Component (24 semester hours) • Graduates will communicate correctly and purposefully in written and oral presentation formats. BA 300 Finance BA 302 Applied Quantitative Business Techniques • Graduates will identify problems, analyze information, form conclusions, BA 305 Business Communications and propose innovative solutions within the business context. BA 320 Operations Management • Graduates will understand and approach issues faced by business leaders BA 330 Marketing from an informed and ethical perspective. Graduates understand and BA 420 International Business and Global Economics exercise respect for other cultures and people of different faiths and races. BA 435 Corporate Finance • Graduates will demonstrate their understanding of general business theories BA 499 Business Strategy and principles. Graduates will also demonstrate general skills in Accounting, Major Requirements (24 semester hours) Economics, Finance, Management, and Marketing. Graduates will continually update their skills and competencies to stay competitive in today’s global world. ACC 301 and Intermediate Accounting I ACC 301L Accounting Lab ACC 302 Intermediate Accounting II ACC351 and ACC351L Individual Taxation and Individual Taxation Lab OR ACC352 and CC352L Business Taxation and Business Taxation La ACC 353 Cost Accounting ACC 450 and ACC 450L Auditing Auditing Lab 6 semester hours in upper-division accounting electives. Accounting students are limited to three (3) internship credits to meet this requirement.

122 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACCOUNTING 123 MINOR IN ACCOUNTING The Minor in Accounting is available to Business Administration students pursuing a non-Accounting concentration as well as to majors within the other schools and colleges of Saint Martin’s University.

MINOR IN ACCOUNTING (24 SEMESTER HOURS) ACC 201 Financial Accounting ACC 202 Managerial Accounting BA 201 Business Statistics ACC 301 Intermediate Accounting I ACC 302 Intermediate Accounting II ACC 351 OR Individual Taxation Business Taxation ACC352 ACC 353 Cost Accounting ACC 450 Audit

DOUBLE MAJOR TRACK Students may complete a double major in Accounting and Business Administration by completing one of the non-Accounting concentrations in the Business Administration program and the additional professional component requirements for Business Administration.

4 + 1 PROGRAM—BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ACCOUNTING / MASTER OF ACCOUNTANCY OR MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Students may graduate from the accounting program with the 120-credit bachelor’s degree. Those who plan to take the CPA exam are required to complete 150 semester hours for exam eligibility. Seniors with permission of the Graduate director may take up to nine (9) semester credits of graduate courses as an undergraduate student. Any credits earned can count towards the 120 semester hours required for the undergraduate degree and can also be applied towards the Saint Martin’s University MBA or MAcc degree requirements.

124 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACCOUNTING 125 CONCENTRATIONS BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION The Business Administration Program offers concentrations in: • Accounting

VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY • Business Analytics Built on the General Education foundation informed by Saint Martin’s Catholic, Gina Armer • Economics Benedictine heritage and values, Business Administration offers a unified Assistant Professor business program that integrates the separate functional areas of business. • Finance Andrew Barenberg Assistant Professor • International Business LEARNING OUTCOMES Diane Bingaman • Management Acknowledging the technologic innovation, ever-changing global marketplace, Associate Professor and challenged ecosystems currently shaping the world, the Business • Marketing Administration Program offers students an opportunity to learn and practice Suzanne Chaille general management skills, discover the need for ethical problem-solving and Assistant Professor BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION acquire functional business area expertise. Don Conant Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) Through practice and active learning, students also gain the ability to work Associate Professor Foundation Courses (21-22 semester hours) cooperatively and productively in diverse teams. They become effective writers Heather Grob and speakers, and they demonstrate sharpened professional judgment. Students Chair, Business Administration and Economics ACC 201 Principles of Financial Accounting graduate with a broad perspective on the business world and its place in our Associate Professor ACC 202 Principles of Managerial Accounting culture. Saint Martin’s graduates have the ability to work across business BA 225 Business Law I functions, adjust quickly to new situations, accept change and ambiguity as a Prashant Joshi Assistant Professor ECN 201 Principles of Microeconomics natural part of life, and become enthusiastic lifelong learners. Timothy Madeley ECN 202 Principles of Macroeconomics • Graduates will communicate correctly and purposefully in written and oral Assistant Professor MTH 161 OR Mathematical Methods for Business and Social Sciences presentation formats. MTH 171 Calculus I Shawn Newman MTH 201 Introduction to Statistics or BA 201 Business Statistics • Graduates will identify problems, analyze information, form conclusions, Instructor and propose innovative solutions within the business context. Common Professional Component (27 semester hours) Elisabeth Power BA 300 Finance • Graduates will understand and approach issues faced by business leaders Assistant Professor BA 302 Applied Quantitative Business Techniques from an informed and ethical perspective. Graduates will understand and exercise respect for other cultures and people of different faiths and races. David Slotwinski BA 305 Business Communications Instructor BA 320 Operations Management • Graduates will demonstrate their understanding of general business BA 330 Marketing theories and principles. Graduates will also demonstrate general skills in Accounting, Economics, Finance, Management, and Marketing. Graduates BA 335 Organizational Management will continually update their skills and competencies to stay competitive in BA 350 Business in Society: Ethics and Responsibility today’s global world. BA 420 International Business and Global Economics BA 499 Business Strategy Concentration (9-18 semester hours, must select one with a maximum of two concentrations permitted). Students who double major in Accounting/Business Administration may not select a concentration in Accounting.

126 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 127 Accounting: Marketing: ACC 301 Intermediate Accounting I Students must have at least 9 credit hours from any of the following courses: ACC 302 Intermediate Accounting II BA 344 Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) BA 355 Management of the Sales Force ACC 353 Cost Accounting BA 395 or BA 495 Special Topics in Marketing Business Analytics: BA 431 Consumer Behavior BA 475 Risk Management ECN 371 Econometrics MINOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION CSC 475 Designing Business Intelligence Solutions/Machine Learning The Minor in Business Administration is available to students pursuing majors within the other Schools and Colleges of Saint Martin’s Economics: University. Students must have at least 9 credit hours from any of the following courses: Foundation Courses (12 semester hours) BA 311 Money, Banking and Financial Institutions ACC 201 Principles of Financial Accounting ECN 325 The Evolution of Economic Thought BA 225 Business Law I ECN 371 Econometrics ECN 201 Microeconomics ECN 375 Cost-Benefit Analysis ECN 202 Macroeconomics ECN 395 Special Topics in Economics ECN 410 Public Finance Professional Component (12 semester hours) Finance: BA 300 Finance or other upper-level business course Students must have at least 9 credit hours from any of the following courses: BA 305 Business Communication BA 311 Money, Banking and Financial Institutions BA 330 Marketing BA 315 Investment Analysis BA 335 Organizational Management BA 395 or 495 Special Topics in Finance BA 435 Corporate Finance The semester hours for these courses only pertain to the business administration major and do not reflect the total number of semester hours ECN 410 Public Finance necessary for graduation, which is 120. International Business:

Students must have one other concentration within Business Administration in Accounting, Business Analytics, Economics, Finance, 4 + 1 PROGRAM - BACHELOR OF ARTS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Marketing or Management and must have at least 9 credit hours from the following areas: / MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION International business topics from an accredited foreign institution at the upper division level (3 credits) Seniors with permission of the MBA director may take up to nine (9) semester Successful completion of an intermediate level World Language (or additional 300 level English course for international students) credits of graduate MBA courses as electives. Any credits earned will count One additional course covering international topics from business, accounting, communications, political science, or history at the towards the 120 semester hours required for the undergraduate degree and can 300+ level with approval from the department Chair (3 credits) also be applied towards the MBA degree requirements.

Management: BA 340 Human Resource Management and at least 6 credit hours from any of the following courses: BA 303 Labor/Management Relations BA 325 Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship BA 370 Project Management BA 395 or 495 Special Topics in Management BA 470 Organizational Leadership and Change Management

128 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 129 ECONOMICS VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE As the social science that explains decision-making and competitive behavior, economics underlies all business activity. Economics also looks at alternative strategies for allocating scarce resources.

LEARNING OUTCOMES This program provides the student with a broader understanding of the social role of business, nonprofits and government in a market economy. Economics students are expected to be able to achieve the following learning outcomes. • Apply the Scientific Process to Economic Phenomena • Analyze and Evaluate Behavior and Outcomes Using Economic Concepts and Models • Use Quantitative Approaches in Economics • Think Critically about Economic Methods and Their Application • Communicate Economic Ideas in Diverse Collaborations

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The economics minor is open to all undergraduate students who are not pursuing a business degree with concentration in economics.

MINOR IN ECONOMICS Foundation Courses (9 semester hours) ECN 201 Principles of Microeconomics ECN 202 Principles of Macroeconomics MTH 201 OR Introduction to Statistics BA 201 Business Statistics Requirements (12 semester hours from the following) BA 311 Money, Banking and Financial Institutions BA 420 International Business and Global Economics ECN 325 Evolution of Economic Thought ECN 330 Ecological Economics ECN 371 Econometrics ECN 375 Cost-Benefit Analysis ECN 395 Special Topics in Economics ECN 410 Public Finance 130 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ECONOMICS 131 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION AND COUNSELING

132 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY 133 COLLEGE OF EDUCATION

to address presented issues and tasks. Our programs are developed and AND COUNSELING conducted with high expectations that students will be personally engaged in their learning, stimulated in their thinking, and genuinely challenged to expand the knowledge, skills, and dispositions within their chosen field. Faculty Saint Martin’s University’s education programs are approved by the Washington STAFF intentionally guide, coach, and support in their enhancement of relevant and State Professional Educator Standards Board. Candidates completing the meaningful teaching, counseling, and administrative skills. elementary, secondary, or special education options are eligible for certification Jeff Crane by the state of Washington. Interim Dean LEARNING OUTCOMES Certification requirements are subject to change enacted by the state’s Carina Bissett Executive Assistant to the Dean Graduates from the College of Education and Counseling’s Teacher Preparation Professional Educator Standards Board, which take precedence over Programs will demonstrate their abilities to meet professional standards requirements outlined in the University’s catalog. through effective oral and written communications, completion of realistic analysis, and critical thinking and problem solving tasks. Students also VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE demonstrate professional dispositions and organize and simultaneously manage multiple projects within established timelines. Candidates will be agents of The mission of the College of Education and Counseling is to prepare a dynamic change and educational leaders who are resilient, reflective practitioners inclusive community of reflective professionals who use their knowledge, meeting the needs of an evolving world. Those who complete our program(s) skills, and dispositions to positively transform the lives of those they serve. As a are able to function as future educators in a pluralistic, consensual, democratic community, we lead intellectual pursuits in a culture inspired by the interaction society and recognize the need for instruction in both social (group) and of faith, reason and service. Our graduates embrace the values of flexibility, personal (individual) realms. A teacher/administrator educated at Saint Martin’s equity, excellence, and compassion as reflective practitioners. will enter his or her first school prepared not only with knowledge, but also with The Education Programs at Saint Martin’s University have been constructed to strong values, an educational philosophy centered on meeting the needs of the allow for the confluence of 1,500 years of Benedictine traditions of scholarship, individual child, and a base of experience upon which to build. education, hospitality, and community with current thoughts and practices of Guiding Principles: The goal of the College of Education and Counseling is to today. The blending of tradition and modernity allows us to develop education select and prepare candidates to become outstanding P-12 professionals. The professionals with curiosity, who promote stimulating environments for College adds strong professional training programs which comply with specific increasingly diverse students, and who value the dynamics of pluralism, change, state requirements. The programs are also shaped by practitioners who serve and individuality. on its Professional Education Advisory Boards (PEAB). True to its Catholic Our purpose is to provide a distinctive professional educational experience Benedictine heritage, the College of Education and Counseling shares the in our education programs. In partnership with our candidates and P-12 University’s strong emphasis on moral and ethical values and development of professional educators, we strive to realize potential, think critically, love the whole person — intellectually, physically, and spiritually. learning, and grow in spiritual and ethical character with the goal of promoting Program Design: Spiral/Integrated Program Design: Programs have been designed the better education and welfare of children. to integrate knowledge/skills throughout courses and various learning and field Commitment to Excellence: We are committed to assuring that candidates experience opportunities. Knowledge/skills are introduced, developed, practiced, will be provided an intellectual and professional learning environment that is and mastered as candidates proceed through the program from the introductory rigorous, relevant, and realistic. Academic courses and program experiences courses/ opportunities to the core foundation courses/opportunities, to methods are purposefully designed for candidates to probe deeper, reach further, and courses/ opportunities, and, finally, to the internship or student teaching. to encourage creative and resourceful exploration of alternative pathways

134 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF EDUCATION AND COUNSELING 135 GOALS: The following three goals, therefore, lead us to the core of the College of EDUCATION AND COUNSELING PROGRAMS Education and Counseling Conceptual Framework: The undergraduate education programs include bachelor of arts degrees in the 1. Curriculum (Subject Matter Knowledge): following areas:

The College of Education and Counseling is dedicated to developing Non-Certification Programs competent professional educators who have strong knowledge in subject Major: matter. Individuals completing our programs will utilize/ communicate with • Educational Studies technology as it relates to teaching; creatively participate in free and open inquiry; and problem-solve and construct/discover new learning opportunities Minors: for themselves, P-12 students and staff. • Education 2. Pedagogy (Pedagogical Knowledge and Skills): • Reading

Individuals will develop and utilize pedagogical strategies and skills necessary Certification Programs to their program. Education Programs will provide a community for P-12 and Majors Saint Martin’s University collaboration, thus enriching pre-service through the professional performance continuum. Individuals completing our programs • Elementary Education will have participated in a variety of leadership and service opportunities and • Special Education multiple P-12 field experiences, including placements with school districts with • Secondary Education diverse student populations. Minors 3. Caring Community (Professional Dispositions): • Special Education • Physical Education The Education Programs are dedicated to developing a caring community • Admission Requirements of teacher/counselor administrator colleagues with strong ethical character, professional leadership, collaborative skill, openness to innovation, and Academic Policy for All Education Programs personal integrity. Individuals completing our programs will reflect democratic traditions — including acceptance (hospitality) of all individuals and sensitivity Candidates should review prerequisites for all courses required for their education for cultural diversity. program. Candidates who preregister will be processed on the assumption that they will satisfactorily complete all coursework presently being taken. With these goals in mind, the College of Education and Counseling’s programs were designed to supply its candidates with: Candidates must earn a grade of “C” (2.00) or better in each program course.

• an excellent background in academic and pedagogical theory and Candidates who receive a “C-” in any course required by their program are knowledge; required to retake the course. Candidates who receive two grades of “C-” or lower in any program or endorsement course, or whose overall grade point • the ability to apply that theory and knowledge in practical, daily situations, average falls below 3.0 (a “B” average), may be withdrawn from the program. technological and teaching techniques for successfully transmitting that Certification candidates must meet the professional education requirements in knowledge and application skill; effect when they are accepted to an education program within the College, not those in effect when they were admitted to the University. Ordinarily, courses • a caring, nurturing attitude toward children and colleagues; skill, completed more than seven years before admission or readmission to confidence and sensitivity in classroom leadership; an education program do not meet professional requirements. • and, the ability to gain employment. Candidates must repeat all or part of those courses with unsatisfactory grades before enrolling in the student teaching. Advisors must approve candidates for student teaching placements. 136 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF EDUCATION AND COUNSELING 137 Through pre-program requirements, the University’s education programs ensure that all candidates have knowledge in the liberal arts. During the professional sequence, candidates gain essential knowledge and skills and participate in varied field experiences in P-12 schools. University faculty, as well as local school district teachers, counselors and administrators, participate in the program and contribute to its quality and relevance.

Every College of Education and Counseling student will be prepared not only with knowledge, but also with strong values, an educational philosophy centered on meeting the needs of the individual child, and a base of practical experience on which to build.

Pre-Professional Coursework

Students who will be pursuing a certification route program (Elementary Education, Special Education, or Secondary Education) must meet the requirement for the major. All pre-professional courses must be completed at a grade of ‘C’ or higher. Anything below a ‘C-‘ will not be accepted. Courses waived with a Direct Transfer Agreement (DTA) are not waived in the pre-professional category.

All Education Programs: Waiver and Substitution Options

Waiver and substitution options are available for courses based on approved documentation of equivalent knowledge and skills. Courses will not be waived unless approved documentation is on file with the College of Education and Counseling office. All waivers/substitution requests must be filed during the first year of the program. Contact 360-438- 4333 for additional details.

ACCREDITATION CAEP Accreditation: The Teacher Education Program at Saint Martin’s University is awarded TEAC accreditation by the Inquiry Brief Commission of Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP) for a period of seven years, from October 2013 to October 2020. The accreditation does not include individual education courses that the CEC offers to P-12 educators for professional development, re-licensure, or other purposes.

Title II 2018-2019 Institutional Report Card Information: The pass rate of the WEST-E for traditional program completers is 100 percent and for alternative route program completers is 100 percent. A total of 60 candidates were enrolled during 2018-2019; 42 traditional program and 18 alternate route program candidates were enrolled in supervised student teaching during the 2018-2019 academic year. Candidates in the traditional program typically participate in 16 weeks of full-time supervised student teaching (450 hours); candidates in the alternate route program typically participate in a yearlong full-time supervised practicum and student teaching (690 hours). Complete Title II Reports are available on the University website. 138 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF EDUCATION AND COUNSELING 139 Educational Studies students are not required to complete those requirements, therefore, they are not allowed to take the classes listed above.

EDUCATIONAL STUDIES Students may want to change from the educational studies track to one of the certification track programs or vice versa. When this situation arises, a degree VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY audit must be done by an advisor and approved by the dean of the College of Education and Counseling. The Educational Studies program does not require This degree is a non-certification program and is designed for individuals Eric Boyer certain pre-professional courses to be taken. If a student decides to pursue a interested in gaining knowledge, skills, and pedagogy in education theory Assistant Professor Washington State Teaching Certification program at a later time, the student and application, in combination with one of the selected area of studies. The Marcela de Souza will be required to fulfill the pre-professional coursework (see Pre-Professional five areas of focus are: Community Education, Early Childhood Education, Requirements) obtaining a grade of ‘C’ or higher). Foundation Studies in Education and Culture, Health and Fitness, and STEM. Assistant Professor Ronald Gordon The Educational Studies program does not require certain pre-professional courses LEARNING OUTCOMES Assistant Professor to be taken. If a student decides to pursue a Washington State Teach Certification program, the student will be required to fulfill the pre-professional coursework (see This program provides opportunities for individuals who want to learn best Theresa Hickey section related to Pre-Professional Requirements) obtaining a grade of C or higher. practices to facilitate learning and to administer learning programs. This non- Assistant Professor certification program allows individuals to receive in-depth knowledge of Karen Rizzo BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATIONAL STUDIES the field of education combined with a focus area to meet their career needs. Assistant Professor Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) Program coursework also integrates the knowledge and skills of the 21st General University degree requirements are listed in the “Academic Programs and Policies” section of this catalog. century: core knowledge and skills; learning and innovation skills; information, Christopher Strople media, technology, and research; life and career skills. Students who enrolled Assistant Professor Education Courses (30 semester hours) in this program are not intended to become a certified teacher. Celeste Trimble Lower-Division Education Courses (6 semester hours) Assistant Professor ED 202 Diversity in Educational Systems (3) REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS ED 205 Child and Adolescent Development (3) This degree program allows for three upper division education courses which Upper-Division Education Courses (24 semester hours) can be chosen by the student with the help of an advisor. There are a few ED 306 Curriculum and Instruction (3) courses that students who are pursuing educational studies are not eligible ED 360 Classroom Management (3) to take because they must be completed in a public school setting. SED 359 Introduction to Exceptionalities (3) (The practicum for Educational Studies students cannot be completed in a public school setting). These courses are: ED 469 Capstone in Educational Studies (3) • ED 304 Practicum I ED 493 Internship in Educational Studies (3) • ED 408 Practicum II At least nine more semester hours in upper level education courses (9) Any 90 Hour Practicum: ED 492 Elementary Education Practicum, ED 487 Courses selected for a focus area may include but are not limited to courses from the following disciplines: (24 semester hours as Secondary Methods Practicum and Seminar, ED 423 English Language Learner approved by advisor) Practicum, ED 479 Reading Practicum, and Practicum in Special Education SED 469. Community Education: SOC, PSY, BUS, RLS, CJ, HIST, PLS • ED 494 Internship, and SED 493 Internship in Special Education Early Childhood Education: ED, ECE, PSY, SOC • ED 498 Internship Seminar Foundation Studies in Education and Culture: SOC, ED, BUS To be eligible to complete courses in a public school setting, students must take Health and Fitness: PE, ED, PSY, NUR the WEST-B exam, have background check/fingerprinting through Educational STEM: BIO, MTH, CHM, SCI, CSC, GE, CE, ME, PHY Services District, and current CPR/First Aid card for children and adults. Elective Coursework Additional elective courses as needed to meet the 120 semester credit minimum for the bachelor’s degree. 140 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY EDUCATIONAL STUDIES 141 MINOR IN READING ED 437 Methods of Teaching Intermediate Literacy OR ED 468 Secondary Literacy (3) ED 438 Literature for Children and Young Adults (3) ED 474 Methods of Teaching Primary Literacy (3) ED 475 Reader-Writer Workshop (3) ED 477 Reading Diagnosis (3) ED 479 Reading Practicum (3) ED 481 Issues and Trends in Literacy Instruction

NOTE: Completion of the Reading minor does not satisfy requirements for teacher certification or an endorsement in Reading/Literacy. Students must apply for acceptance before enrolling in any upper-division coursework. For more information about application and acceptance to the program, students should contact the College of Education and Counseling office at 360-438-4333 or [email protected].

ADVISING To insure proper sequencing of courses, students planning to enter the Saint Martin’s Educational Studies program must consult an advisor from the College of Education and Counseling.

142 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY EDUCATIONAL STUDIES 143 Students who wish to teach differently-abled students should pursue the Special Education major. As detailed below in the Competency-Based Endorsement CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS section, students with a Special Education endorsement must also possess a second endorsement. Therefore, students must also complete the Elementary Education major or Secondary Education major requirements (and any Saint Martin’s University students who wish to teach in the state of Washington additional endorsement requirements) to satisfy this state requirement. can complete certification requirements in conjunction with an undergraduate Requirements for each major are listed below. degree. The College of Education and Counseling offers three majors that satisfy programmatic certification requirements, as well as coursework for other endorsement areas as part of their state-approved certification program. COMPETENCY-BASED ENDORSEMENTS Students may pursue the following: All teacher certification candidates are required to complete one competency-based endorsement of up to 30 or more semester credits or equivalent. Although only one • Elementary Education as a Major and for Residency Teacher Certification endorsement is required, it is strongly recommended that elementary education students consider adding additional coursework toward an endorsement in special • Secondary Education as a Major and toward a content-area Residency education or a second endorsement in English language learners (ELL), middle Teacher Certification level (humanities, math, or science), Reading/Literacy, or another content area. The • Special Education as a Major, Minor, and for Residency Teacher addition of a second endorsement allows students to become more highly qualified Certification for specific teaching positions. Course requirements may be satisfied by coursework completed at a regionally accredited, state-approved college/university with a grade Students may also pursue the following minor, though this minor does not meet of “C” or better; approved waiver documentation for previous life and/or work certification requirements by itself and may require additional coursework to experience; and successful passing of the appropriate WEST-E/NES exams and lead toward an endorsement in Health/Fitness: Teacher Performance Assessment (edTPA).

• Physical Education To receive an endorsement in elementary education (grades P-8), a candidate must complete all the required courses and be recommended for a residency Students who want to teach in an elementary setting (Pre-K through 8th Grade) teaching certificate. Candidates for secondary education (grades 5-12) are should pursue the Elementary Education major. This program also satisfies recommended to have an additional academic major or equivalent (30 semester- endorsement requirements for an Elementary Education (P-8) endorsement. hour minimum) in the area in which they intend to be endorsed. Students who want to teach in a middle or secondary setting (4th grade through Saint Martin’s has been authorized by the Washington Professional Educator 12th grade) should pursue the Secondary Education major. These students Standards Board to offer residency teacher certificate competency-based typically pursue an additional academic major in the area in which they intend endorsements in the following fields: to be endorsed (e.g. Students who want a Biology endorsement should also pursue a major in Biology). Although, it is not required that students double biology French instrumental music major, it is highly recommended. bilingual education** health/fitness general music The Secondary Education major does not lead directly to a Secondary chemistry history physics Education endorsement since middle level and 5-12th grade content area drama/theatre arts Japanese reading endorsements require specialized content area knowledge. Students should early childhood education Mathematics social studies work with an advisor to determine what coursework is required in addition to early childhood special middle-level the Secondary Education major for certification and endorsement purposes. Spanish Students should also work with Student Financial Services to determine how education** humanities** these requirements may affect funding and/or financial aid packages. elementary education middle-level math special education** English language arts middle-level science**

English language learner** choral music

144 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS 145 Contact an education advisor for assistance in developing an approved Application endorsement program. Applicants must submit the following materials to be considered for acceptance For Washington State teacher education endorsements, please refer to the to all certification programs: requirements and guidelines available in the office of the College of Education and Counseling. • Online program application

*NOTE: According to the Washington Administrative Code (WAC), “a teacher who obtains a special • Pre-program planning (completed during advising appointment) education, early childhood special education, bilingual education, or English language learner • Two letters of recommendation endorsement after September 1, 2019, must earn and/or hold a second endorsement in another endorsement area. Special education, early childhood special education, bilingual education, English • Official transcripts from all colleges and universities attended for language learner… do not qualify as the other endorsement area.” coursework that satisfies programmatic and endorsement requirements (WAC 181-79A-132). Therefore, students pursuing the previously listed endorsements in this note must pursue and complete requirements for a • An overall grade point average of at least 3.0 second endorsement according to state law before they can be recommended for certification. • Taking WEST-B or scores on the SAT/ACT that meet minimum **NOTE: Dual Endorsement Requirement (WAC Change in WAC 181-79A-132 and 227): Any requirements as set by the Washington Administrative Code (WAC) candidate who seeks to earn one of the endorsements (indicated by the double star above) will be required to pair it with a second endorsement. • Pre-Residency Certificate Clearance through the Office of Superintendent of Public Instruction (OSPI) website

APPLICATION PROCEDURE • Current First Aid/CPR Certification for children and adults Because these students must meet Washington State requirements as set by • WSP/FBI Fingerprint Background Check form the Office of Superintendent of Public Instruction (OSPI), the Professional Educator Standards Board (PESB), and the Washington Administrative Code • Pre-Program Observation Requirement Documentation (WAC), a second application process must be completed before a student can be accepted into the above listed majors. • An application essay in response to a prompt provided by the College of Education and Counseling Students must apply for admission before the semester in which they complete the pre-professional sequence of courses. Students should contact the College of • Cleared fingerprints documented by a local Educational Service District Education and Counseling office for more information on the application process. (ESD 113). Fingerprints from other law enforcement agencies are not accepted. Applicants must be fingerprinted at an ESD and be cleared in To insure proper sequencing of courses, individuals planning to enter the Saint OSPI’s system. Martin’s teacher education program must consult an advisor from the College of Education and Counseling prior to taking courses.

Veterans Administration candidates must contact the veteran services representative regarding VA benefits.

146 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS 147 Once application materials are submitted, they become the property of the pre-professional, certification core, methods, and additional endorsement university and cannot be returned. Applications are accepted on a rolling basis; requirements before applying for student teaching. priority dates for consideration are the following: All student teaching candidates must have successfully attempted at least Lacey Campus one WEST-E/NES or equivalent content assessment test prior to starting their student teaching according to the WAC. Students must take and pass Summer semester (May — July) March 15 all endorsement appropriate WEST-E/NES tests prior to being recommended Fall semester (late August — December) July 15 for certification by the CEC certification specialist. Spring semester (January — May) November 15 All student teaching assignments are considered full-time work, normally requiring seven hours a day in the school plus additional time for class preparation and JBLM Campus seminars. Taking coursework during the semester of student teaching is highly discouraged. Special permission to take coursework concurrently with student Summer session (May — July) April 1 teaching is required and must be obtained prior to the end of the preceding semester. Fall session 1 (August — October) July 1 Fall session 2 (October — December) September 1 STUDENT TEACHING PLACEMENT Spring session 1 (January — March) November 1 Candidates must apply for student teaching placement the semester before Spring session 2 (March — May) February 1 student teaching will take place. Candidates must submit their application before the deadline. Applications submitted after the deadline may not be STAR Program Cohort (certification only) processed and may delay the candidate’s student teaching. Completion of an application for student teaching and assignment to a school or classroom are Summer Academy (summer start only) April 1 tentative and are based on successful completion of coursework in progress. PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS Candidates may NOT make arrangements for student teaching placement on their own. All candidates must comply with CEC and district regulations The residency teacher education program requires pre-professional courses, regarding student teaching placement. Candidates may make special requests, certification core courses, methods and/or content courses for program and/or though the College of Education and Counseling makes no guarantee of endorsement purposes, and student teaching/seminar semester hours. placement in a particular school district or school building, with a particular cooperating teacher or University supervisor, or during a particular semester. Candidates may be withdrawn from Education Programs at the discretion of the dean of the College of Education and Counseling as a result of the Staffing Candidates may NOT be placed in the same school in which a spouse or family Level II/Intervention Level II process. Saint Martin’s University makes no member is employed, or in attendance. To do so may jeopardize placement guarantees for candidates to be recommended for Washington State residency at that school and/or district and may result in termination of any/all field teacher certification based on course and field experience completion alone. experience placements in that district for the student.

The Placement Specialist/Officer and Field Experience Director(s) will work STUDENT TEACHING INTERNSHIP diligently to obtain a placement for student teaching, but final acceptance of a The teacher certification program requires a supervised student teaching. All student teacher candidate is ultimately the prerogative of the school district. degree and certification/endorsement coursework must be completed and be University supervisors will discuss individual placement problems that occur fully accepted before the student teaching. A candidate is expected to complete during an student teaching with students, but the University ultimately makes at least 12 semester hours at Saint Martin’s University before student teaching. the student teaching assignments in cooperation with school district personnel.

All teacher certification programs require a supervised student teaching Students may be withdrawn from student teaching at the discretion of the College equaling a minimum of 450 hours per the Washington Administrative Code of Education and Counseling faculty or of the administrators of the P-12 school. (WAC). Each student is expected to complete all required core curriculum,

148 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS 149 BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) Pre-Professional Requirements (34-36 semester hours) One mathematics course: Saint Martin’s CORE math course or equivalent (3) One U. S. history course (3) GRADES P–8 One world history course (3) One natural science course with laboratory (3-5) REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FACULTY PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (4) ENG 101 College Writing I (3) Pre-Professional Requirements (34-36 semester hours) Eric Boyer Assistant Professor ENG 102 College Writing II (3) Pre-Professional Requirements are meant to ensure that a teaching candidate Rebecca Campeau THR 211 Acting I -or- COM 106 Public Address (3) possesses the necessary basic skills to perform well in the classroom. Some Lecturer ED 204 Introduction to Education (3) courses overlap with Saint Martin’s University’s core curriculum requirements, ED 205 Child and Adolescent Development (3) though courses waived with a Direct Transfer Agreement (DTA) do not also Marcela de Souza Assistant Professor SOC 396 Intercultural Communications – or – ED 202 Diversity in Education Systems (3) waive coursework required below as part of the Pre-Professional Requirements HIS 326 Pacific Northwest History (3) or Washington State History, with Since Time Immemorial (STI) components. sequence. These courses equal a total of 34-36 semester hours. Ronald Gordon Assistant Professor Certification Core Requirements (22 semester hours) Student Teaching Requirement (12 semester hours) Theresa Hickey All certification students complete the certification core requirements as part of a PESB approved program: Assistant Professor ED 304 Directed Practicum Level I (1) Once the core curriculum, pre-professional, certification core, and elementary Linda Maier ED 306 Curriculum and Instruction (3) methods requirements have been met, and any additional endorsement Associate Professor ED 312 Classroom Technology (3) coursework is complete, the student will complete the program with a SED 359 Introduction to Exceptionality (3) semester-long (16 week) supervised Student Teaching. During this phase of Karen Rizzo ED 360 Classroom Management (3) the program, the student is well prepared to teach in a classroom setting for Assistant Professor ED 362 Educational Law and Issues of Abuse (3) an extended period of time and can further hone the skills they will need to Christopher Strople begin a successful teaching career. The student teaching requirement involves Assistant Professor ED 426 Methods of Teaching Language Acquisition (3) 16 weeks of classroom time, having been placed by Saint Martin’s University’s Celeste Trimble ED 470 Classroom Assessment (3) Placement Specialist in a school with whom there is an student teaching/ Assistant Professor Elementary Methods Requirements (25 semester hours) practicum agreement, where the student plans and teaches lessons, manages These courses focus on instruction in pedagogy, which will introduce students to the methods they will use on a daily basis in their intended the classroom with the supervision of a mentor teacher, and completes classroom. These blocks of methods instruction are specialized for the age and content level the student plans to teach. objectives for the final state-mandated testing called edTPA (Education ED 408 Directed Practicum Level II (1) Teacher Performance Assessment). ED 411 Methods of Teaching Mathematics (3) ED 415 Methods of Teaching Science (3) In addition to 10 credit hours of student teaching, the student will also take ED 418 Methods of Teaching Social Studies (3) a 2 credit hour seminar to accompany the student teaching where students will convene in the university classroom to discuss their student teaching ED 429 Arts and Movement (3) experiences and complete other program tasks required for degree completion ED 437 Methods of Teaching Intermediate Literacy (3) and certification. ED 438 Literature for Children and Young Adults (3) ED 474 Methods of Teaching Primary Literacy (3) ED 492 Elementary Education Practicum (3) Student Teaching Requirement (12 semester hours) ED 494 Teacher Internship (10) ED 498 Teacher Internship Seminar (2)

150 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 151 Pre-Professional Requirements (34-36 semester hours) SECONDARY EDUCATION Pre-professional requirements are as follows: • One mathematics course: Saint Martin’s CORE math course or equivalent (3) • One U.S. History course (3) GRADES 4–12 • One World History course (3) REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS FACULTY • One natural science course w/ laboratory (3-5) • PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (4) Endorsement/Academic Major Requirements Eric Boyer Assistant Professor • ENG 101 College Writing I (3) Students pursuing the Secondary Education Major who want to teach at the Rebecca Campeau • ENG 102 College Writing II (3) middle or secondary level must complete the requirements for their chosen Lecturer • THR 211 Acting I -or- COM 106 Public Address (3) content area endorsement. Students typically will declare two majors, one in secondary education, and the other in their chosen content area. For example, Marcela de Souza • ED 204 Introduction to Education (3) Assistant Professor if a student wanted to teach high school biology they would double major in • ED 205 Child and Adolescent Development (3) secondary education and biology. Although it is not required that students Ronald Gordon • SOC 396 Intercultural Communications OR double major, it is highly recommended. Assistant Professor Theresa Hickey • ED 202 Diversity in Education Systems (3) Saint Martin’s University is authorized to verify its graduates for teaching Assistant Professor • HIS 326 Pacific Northwest History (3) or Washington State History, endorsements in secondary schools (grades 4-12) in the following academic Linda Maier with Since Time Immemorial (STI) components. majors: biology, chemistry, music (choral, instrumental, general), drama, Associate Professor English, history, and mathematics. Many of the endorsement requirements Student Teaching Requirement (12 semester hours) may overlap with the content area major requirements, but it is not guaranteed. Karen Rizzo Assistant Professor That is why it is imperative that students have advisors in both the College of Once the core curriculum requirements, pre-professional, certification core, and Education and Counseling and the discipline of their second academic major or Christopher Strople secondary methods requirements have been met, and any additional academic endorsement area. Assistant Professor major/endorsement coursework is complete, the student will complete the Celeste Trimble program with a semester-long (16 week) supervised Student Teaching. During Students pursuing the Secondary Education Major must follow the application Assistant Professor this phase of the program, the student is well prepared to teach in a classroom process for all College of Education and Counseling teacher certification setting for an extended period of time and can further hone the skills they will programs before enrolling in upper division education coursework. need to begin a successful teaching career. The student teaching requirement Pre-professional requirements are meant to ensure that a teaching candidate involves 16 weeks of classroom time, having been placed by Saint Martin’s possesses the necessary basic skills to perform well in the classroom. Some University’s Placement Specialist in a school with whom there is an student courses overlap with Saint Martin’s University’s core curriculum requirements, teaching/practicum agreement, where the student plans and teaches lessons, though courses waived with a Direct Transfer Agreement (DTA) do not also manages the classroom with the supervision of a mentor teacher, and completes waive coursework required below as part of the pre-professional requirements objectives for the final state-mandated testing called edTPA (Education Teacher sequence. These courses equal a total of 34-36 semester hours. Performance Assessment). In addition to 10 credit hours of student teaching, the student will also take a 2 credit hour seminar to accompany the student teaching where students will convene in the university classroom to discuss their student teaching experiences and complete other program tasks required for degree completion and certification.

152 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SECONDARY EDUCATION 153 BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION requirements are for a baccalaureate degree and therefore are not required of post-baccalaureate non-degree seeking students. Student must still meet all Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) pre-professional, certification core, P-12 specific methods, and student teaching Endorsement/Academic Major Requirements requirements, as well as passing State required assessment in order to be Pre-Professional Requirements (34-36 semester hours) recommended for certification. Certification Core Requirements (22 semester hours) All certification students complete the certification core requirements as part of a PESB approved program: ED 304 Directed Practicum Level I (1) ED 306 Curriculum and Instruction (3) ED 312 Classroom Technology (3) SED 359 Introduction to Exceptionality (3) ED 360 Classroom Management (3) ED 362 Educational Law and Issues of Abuse (3) ED 426 Methods of Teaching Language Acquisition (3) ED 470 Classroom Assessment (3) Secondary Methods Requirements (13 semester hours) These courses focus on instruction in pedagogy, which will introduce students to the methods they will use on a daily basis in their intended classroom. These blocks of methods instruction are specialized for the age and content level the student plans to teach. ED 408 Directed Practicum Level II (1) ED 468 Secondary Literacy (3) ED 484 Secondary Methods (3) ED 487 Secondary Methods Practicum/Seminar (3) SED 461 Instructional Methods for Exceptional Learners (3) Student Teaching Requirement (12 semester hours) ED 494 Teacher Internship (10) ED 498 Teacher Internship Seminar (2)

POST-BACCALAUREATE CERTIFICATION-ONLY PROGRAM Students who already possess a bachelor’s degree can pursue a teaching certificate program as a non-degree seeking student at Saint Martin’s University. Upon successful completion of the requirements listed above for Elementary Education and Secondary Education and for Special Education below, students will be eligible to be certified as a teacher in the state of Washington. This path to certification is typically called the post-baccalaureate program or the certification-only program. For financial aid classification purposes, our post-baccalaureate program coursework is offered at the undergraduate level. Students may not carry coursework from a post-baccalaureate program toward our MiT or MEd programs or degrees. NOTE: Core curriculum

154 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SECONDARY EDUCATION 155 Pre-Professional Courses 25-26 semester hours) SPECIAL EDUCATION — GRADES P-12 Pre-professional requirements are meant to ensure that a teaching candidate possesses the necessary basic skills to perform well in the classroom. Some courses overlap with Saint Martin’s University’s core curriculum requirements, VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY though courses waived with a Direct Transfer Agreement (DTA) do not also waive coursework required below as part of the Pre-professional requirements The special education major and endorsement prepares teachers to work with Karen Rizzo sequence. These courses equal a total of 25-26 semester hours depending on differently-abled students in settings such as an inclusionary classroom, a Assistant Professor the student’s choice of the Elementary Education Major or the Secondary resource room, or a self-contained special education class. Education Major, whose pre-professional requirements the student must also meet. See table below for pre-professional requirements. REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Special Education Methods Requirements Completion of the special education major and endorsement program does (22 semester hours) not allow the certificate-holder to teach in a regular elementary or secondary classroom.* These courses focus on instruction in pedagogy, which will introduce students to the methods they will use on a daily basis in their intended classroom and Therefore, candidates also must complete the required elementary or secondary focus on differently abled students. These blocks of methods instruction are sequence, and the concluding student teaching must contain at least four weeks specialized for the age and content level the student plans to teach. of student teaching in a regular classroom. Therefore, the major requirements below contain only the requirements for the special education major. Students Student Teaching Requirement (12 semester hours) should refer to the sections on the elementary education major or the secondary education major for more information on additional requirements they must Once the core curriculum requirements, pre-professional, certification core, meet before graduation and before a certification recommendation can be made and special education methods requirements have been met, and any additional the College of Education and Counseling. academic major/endorsement coursework is complete, the student will complete the program with a semester-long (16 week) supervised Student Teaching The coursework for the special education major satisfies the endorsement Internship. Special Education students will complete their student teaching requirements for special education and can lead to an institutional endorsement with at least 4 weeks in a non-special education setting. A typical split of student recommendation in special education for all levels (P-12). The University offers teaching time can be 10 weeks in a special education setting and 6 weeks in a the option of supporting the candidate’s request for a “waiver” to teach in traditional classroom, though other student teaching experiences may differ in special education. If the candidate selects this option, he or she has three years the length of time in each setting. During this phase of the program, the student is following issuance of the waiver, granted by the state Office of Superintendent well prepared to teach in a classroom setting for an extended period of time and of Public Instruction (OSPI). The waiver in this case does not indicate waiver of can further hone the skills they will need to begin a successful teaching career. knowledge/skills, but a three-year approval to teach in Special Education while The student teaching requirement involves 16 weeks of classroom time, having completing the remaining requirements for the endorsement. Please contact the been placed by Saint Martin’s University’s Placement Specialist in a school with Special Education program director for additional information. whom there is an student teaching/practicum agreement, where the student *NOTE: According to the Washington Administrative Code (WAC), “a teacher who obtains a special plans and teaches lessons, manages the classroom with the supervision of a education, early childhood special education, bilingual education, or English language learner mentor teacher, and completes objectives for the final state-mandated testing endorsement after September 1, 2019, must earn and/or hold a second endorsement in another called edTPA (Education Teacher Performance Assessment). endorsement area. Special education, early childhood special education, bilingual education, English language learner… do not qualify as the other endorsement area.” (WAC 181-79A-132). Therefore, In addition to 10 credit hours of student teaching, the student will also take students pursuing the previously listed endorsements in this note must pursue and complete a 2 credit hour seminar to accompany the student teaching where students requirements for a second endorsement according to state law before they can be recommended for will convene in the university classroom to discuss their student teaching certification. experiences and complete other program tasks required for degree completion and certification.

156 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SPECIAL EDUCATION 157 BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SPECIAL EDUCATION *NOTE: Students should choose either the P-3rd Grade option or the 4th-12th Grade option depending on the grade level they want to pursue for a special education setting. Please contact the Special Education Director for more information about choosing the appropriate coursework Core Curriculum Requirements (Please see the Core Curriculum section of the catalog) in the Special Education Major sequence. Pre-Professional Courses 25-26 semester hours) Student Teaching Requirement (12 semester hours) One mathematics course: Saint Martin’s CORE math course or equivalent (3) SED 493 Internship: Special Education (10) PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology (4) ED 498 Teacher Internship Seminar (2) ENG 101 College Writing I (3) ENG 102 College Writing II (3) MINOR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION THR 211 Acting I-or-COM 106 Public Address (3) NOTE: Completion of the Special Education minor does not satisfy requirements for teacher certification. For a minor in Special Education, ED 204 Introduction to Education (3) individuals must apply for acceptance to a College of Education and Counseling Certification program before enrolling in any upper-division ED 205 Child and Adolescent Development (3) coursework. For more information about application and acceptance to the program, students should contact the College of Education and SOC 396 Intercultural Communications – or- ED 202 Diversity in Educational Systems (3) Counseling office at 360-438-4333 or [email protected]. One U.S. history course (3) Please see general information on the Special Education Program earlier in this catalog. One world history course (3) Upper-Division Courses (21 semester hours) One natural science course with laboratory (3-5) SED 359 Introduction to Exceptionality (3) HIS 326 Pacific Northwest History (3) or Washington State History with Since Time Immemorial (STI) components. SED 461 Instructional Methods of Exceptional Learners (3) Certification Core Requirements (22 semester hours) SED 463 Management Strategies for Exceptional Learners (3) All certification students complete the certification core requirements as part of a PESB approved program: SED 465 Transition to Adulthood for Exceptional Learners (3) ED 304 Directed Practicum Level I (1) SED 466 Assessment in Exceptional Learners (3) ED 306 Curriculum and Instruction (3) SED 467 Legal Issues and the IFSP/IEP (3) ED 312 Classroom Technology (3) SED 469 Seminar and Practicum in Special Education (3) SED 359 Introduction to Exceptionality (3) ED 360 Classroom Management (3) ED 362 Educational Law and Issues of Abuse (3) ED 426 Methods of Teaching Language Acquisition (3) ED 470 Classroom Assessment (3) Special Education Methods Requirements (22 semester hours) ED 408 Directed Practicum Level II (1) ED 424 Early Childhood Education (for P-3rd Grade)-or- ED 426 Methods of Teaching Language Acquisition (3)* SED 461 Instructional Methods for Exceptional Learners (3) SED 463 Management Strategies for Exceptional Learners (3) SED 465 Transition to Adulthood for Exceptional Learners (3) SED 466 Assessment of Exceptional Learners (3) SED 467 Legal Issues and the IFSP/IEP (3) SED 469 Seminar and Practicum in Special Education (3)

158 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SPECIAL EDUCATION 159 PHYSICAL EDUCATION VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE Courses in physical education promote the well-being of students by providing instruction in health, exercise, posture and athletic skills.

REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Please contact the College of Education and Counseling or the Department of Physical Education for current semester offerings. Lower-Division Courses (2 semester hours) Two semester hours selected from: PE 202, PE 203 or PE 204 Upper-Division Courses (18 semester hours) PE 301 Foundations of Physical Education (3) PE 310 First Aid and Athletic Injuries (3) PE 345 Psychology and Philosophy of Coaching (3) PE 400 Kinesiology (3) PE 401 Exercise Physiology (3) PE 430 Organizational Administration of PE, Intramurals and Intercollegiate Sports (3) *NOTE: Completion of the Physical Education minor does not satisfy requirements for teacher certification. For a minor in Physical Education toward a teacher certification endorsement, individuals must apply for acceptance to a College of Education and Counseling Certification program before enrolling in any upper-division coursework. For more information about application and acceptance to the program, students should contact the College of Education and Counseling office at 360-438-4333 or [email protected].

160 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY PHYSICAL EDUCATION 161 HAL AND INGE MARCUS SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING

162 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY 163 HAL AND INGE MARCUS SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE STAFF The mission of The Hal and Inge Marcus School of Engineering (HIMSE) is: David Olwell “To provide Saint Martin’s engineering and computer science graduates with an Dean education that will prepare them for successful careers in professional practice, and to prepare students for advanced graduate studies and lifelong learning, all Tamara Leger while keeping with our Benedictine tradition as the guiding principle.” Executive Assistant to the Dean

The guiding philosophy of the Hal and Inge Marcus School of Engineering is to provide both a strong fundamental liberal arts foundation and a strong technical education. The liberal arts portion of the program emphasizes ethical values, team work, effective communication, problem-solving skills and service to society and is administered in a supportive environment. It provides the broad education necessary to understand the impact of engineering solutions in a global, economic, environmental, and societal context. The professional portion of the program is student centered, recognizing, supporting and developing the unique strengths and capabilities of each individual. Additionally, the professional’s role in the team, in the company and in society is a common thread that lends cohesion to the programs.

LEARNING OUTCOMES An important component of engineering education is the development of an appreciation of societal, ethical and moral issues that accompany engineering professional practice. Hence, in addition to scientific and engineering subjects, students complete a total of 30 credit hours in the liberal arts, including English and literature, humanities and social studies, art, religion and philosophy. These courses are not taken at random but with the specific intent of developing skills necessary for graduates to function effectively in a diverse work environment. The expected outcomes of the undergraduate curriculum are given on the school’s website: www.stmartin.edu/engineering.

The Engineering Advisory Board is a voluntary group of practicing professionals who help guide HIMSE in setting these program goals and evaluating graduates.

With the Catholic, Benedictine tradition as the guiding principle, the University accomplishes its mission by recognizing the spiritual and ethical dimensions of all human activity and by celebrating the uniqueness and worth of each human being. The goal is to provide a living and learning environment that prepares

164 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 165 students for active, responsible, and productive lives in their professions and as Our faculty strive to be sensitive to the needs of non-traditional students and members of the local and global community. students who seek an education in a more personalized, supportive, small- college atmosphere. They also seek to provide professional services, seminars, In keeping with our Benedictine heritage, we provide an environment where short courses, review courses and a professional forum for members of business, spirituality, hospitality, service, and creativity can flourish. We nurture the student’s government and local industry. spirit of inquiry and discovery, including self-discovery, and provide opportunities for them to develop their skills in varied forms of communication. While most of the classes taken in the first two years of the Mechanical Engineering (ME) and Civil Engineering (CE) programs are the same, there are some minor differences. For this reason, the graduation requirements for the CE TRANSFER CREDITS and ME program are listed under each program. In addition, there is a listing of a A significant number of Saint Martin’s students elect to transfer some courses typical four-year program for CE and ME listed with the graduation requirements into the University from other accredited institutions. A course grade of a “C-” or on the School of Engineering’s website. better is required for transfer of credits. Each request from a transfer student for advanced standing is considered individually, and a detailed program is designed The requirements and typical schedule for the Computer Science (CS) program to the applicant’s needs. Courses taken in technical college programs generally are similarly posted on the website. are not acceptable for transfer. Upper division engineering coursework must be from an ABET EAC accredited program to be accepted for transfer. If you have Minimum Graduation Requirements any questions regarding your program, contact the head of your major at Saint All students must: Martin’s or the dean of The Hal and Inge Marcus School of Engineering. • Complete not less than 120 semester hours of credit. Commonly, students will need REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 126-131 semester hours of credit to complete an engineering degree at Saint Martin’s. • Complete not less than 30 semester hours at Saint Martin’s University. Undergraduate Curriculum Students transferring from a community college must complete no less than The undergraduate curriculum has been designed to meet the challenging 60 credits at Saint Martin’s University. All students must complete certain objectives stated above. Laboratory work, written and oral communications, background or prerequisite classes either at Saint Martin’s or at another critical thinking and analysis, ethics, and design-oriented activities are institution of higher learning in addition to all other requirements. For integrated throughout the curriculum. engineering students, these classes are commonly the lower division (100 and 200 level) General Engineering Classes. Students who have completed Approximately one quarter of the total number of credits required to graduate are a background or prerequisite class at another institution with an acceptable devoted to the basic sciences and mathematics, with a similar number devoted to grade will not be required to repeat this class at Saint Martin’s. the humanities, social sciences and general education topics. Roughly half of the curriculum addresses engineering and computer science topics. • Fulfill Saint Martin’s University’s general requirements for graduation including the Core Curriculum requirements. A common engineering core builds a foundation in fundamental mathematics and science, including calculus, chemistry and physics, during the student’s • All courses in ME, CE, EE, and CSC require a C- or better in all prerequisite first two years. Introductions are provided to engineering problem-solving and courses. In addition, program completion (including graduation) requires a design and computer competency. During the sophomore year, students build C- grade or better or all program-required courses. on their foundation in the sciences and mathematics. Courses are taken in advanced mathematics, natural science and engineering mechanics. ACCREDITATION Professional practice matters are included in courses introduced throughout The Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering and the Bachelor of Science the curriculum by participating practicing professional engineers. Continued in Mechanical Engineering programs are accredited by the Engineering involvement of practicing professional engineers in setting goals and evaluating Accreditation Commission of ABET, Inc., http://www.abet.org. program results is essential. It is provided by the aforementioned Engineering Advisory Board (EAB), a voluntary group of practicing Professionals and Alumni. 166 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 167 CIVIL ENGINEERING VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY • effective communicators providing quality interpersonal and leadership skills. Civil engineers plan, design, manage and construct buildings, bridges, highways, Dintie Mahamah • Students will develop an ability to use the techniques, skills, and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering practice. airports, dams, tunnels, ports, offshore structures, water supply systems, power Professor plants, space structures and wastewater collection and treatment facilities. Chris Allaire Student Outcomes: The Department of Civil Engineering provides its students with an outstanding Associate Professor Emeritus educational opportunity to enter a challenging and fulfilling professional career. Student outcomes for the civil engineering program are: Most of our students will enter professional practice in the South Sound area Floraliza Bornasal ’09 1. an ability to identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by following their undergraduate studies. Many of our graduates enroll in the Master Assistant Professor applying principles of engineering, science, and mathematics of Civil Engineering Program or the Master of Engineering Management at Saint Jae Ho Chung Martin’s as part-time students while working regionally in the profession. 2. an ability to apply engineering design to produce solutions that meet Assistant Professor specified needs with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, as LEARNING OUTCOMES James Harmon well as global, cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors Associate Professor Emeritus Civil engineering is a creative, practical and satisfying profession in high demand 3. an ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences worldwide. Most civil engineers work in industry, government or private Pius Igharo 4. an ability to recognize ethical and professional responsibilities in engineering consulting firms. A professional engineering license is mandatory for career Associate Professor Emeritus situations and make informed judgments, which must consider the impact of success as a civil engineer. Professional competence is built on afoundation of engineering solutions in global, economic, environmental, and societal contexts mathematics, physical and natural sciences, engineering sciences, design and Chun Kyung Seong Professor Emeritus laboratory experience. The basic scientific principles learned in these areas are 5. an ability to function effectively on a team whose members together provide then applied to practical problems in structures, foundations, transportation Jill Walsh leadership, create a collaborative and inclusive environment, establish systems and environmental problems. The role of the engineer as problem-solver Assistant Professor goals, plan tasks, and meet objectives and designer is the common thread throughout the engineer’s career, both during preparation and in practice. Corrie Walton-Macaulay 6. an ability to develop and conduct appropriate experimentation, analyze and Assistant Professor interpret data, and use engineering judgment to draw conclusions an ability to Program Educational Objectives: acquire and apply new knowledge as needed, using appropriate learning strategies

Within five years of graduation, our graduates will be: 7. an ability to acquire and apply new knowledge as needed, using appropriate learning strategies. • engaged in service to their profession and their communities, consistent with the Benedictine tradition to serve. Goals and expected outcomes of the Department of Civil Engineering can be found on the University website, www.stmartin.edu/academics/programs- • steadfast in pursing personal and professional growth opportunities schools/school-engineering/outcomes (e.g., continuing education, advanced degrees, professional licensing, membership in professional societies, etc.) to foster personal and organizational growth.

• capable complex problem solvers who can apply critical, sound, and ethical judgment while designing sustainable engineering systems for our society.

• valued members of their organization and successful practicing engineers.

168 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CIVIL ENGINEERING 169 REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS Civil Engineering Requirements (48-49 semester hours) In the junior and senior years, students are required to take a core program CE 100 Introduction to Civil Engineering (1) that includes structural, transportation, environmental and geotechnical CE 304/CE 304L Surveying and Surveying Laboratory (3) engineering. They also take a minimum of eight credits of electives to begin CE 308 Fluid Mechanics (3) specializing in a selected discipline area. All upper-division courses incorporate engineering design. The program culminates with a major, year-long teamwork- CE 309 Fluid Mechanics Laboratory(1) based capstone design experience in the senior year. CE 310 Civil Engineering Materials (3) CE 310L Civil Engineering Materials Laboratory (1) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING CE 321 Soil Mechanics (3) Listed below are the classes required for graduation. These classes fall into four general categories: Core; Mathematics and Science; General Engineering; and Civil Engineering. The following lists the current requirements (127-128 total semester hours) for the BSCE degree: CE 322 Soil Mechanics Laboratory (1) Core Requirements (31 semester hours) CE 323 Transportation Engineering (3) Some core requirements are included in the other degr0ee requirements below. Specifically, students of civil engineering satisfy the COR130 and COR230 CE 324 Transportation Engineering Laboratory (1) requirements in the math and science requirements of the degree program, and COR400 in their capstone design courses. They are excused from COR140, the language course. Please refer to the Academic Programs and Policies section of this catalog for more information and a list of allowed courses that CE 330 Water Resource Engineering (3) satisfy each remaining core requirement CE 350 Structural Analysis (3) Math and Science Requirements (32 Semester hours) CE 350L Structural Analysis Laboratory (1) CHM 141/145 General Chemistry/Chemistry for Engineers with Laboratory (5) CE 360 Reinforced Concrete (3) MTH 171 Calculus I (4) CE 370 Hydraulic Engineering (3) MTH 172 Calculus II (4) CE 385 Environmental Engineering (3) MTH 322 Differential Equations (3) CE 498 Senior Design (2) MTH 357 Probability and Statistics (3) CE 499 Senior Design (2) Science elective from a third area (3) (Geology, Biology, as approved) CE Elective (3) PHY 171 Introduction to Physics I with Laboratory (5) CE Elective (3) PHY 172 Introduction to Physics II with Laboratory (5) CE Elective (3 or 2) General Engineering Requirements (16 semester hours) GE 103 Graphics, Computer-aided Drafting and Solid Modeling (3) 4+1 PROGRAM—BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING / MASTER GE 204 Statics (3) OF SCIENCE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING OR MASTER OF ENGINEERING GE 205 Dynamics (3) MANAGEMENT GE 206 Mechanics of Materials (3) A student enters the Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering (BSCE)/Master of GE 207 Mechanics of Materials Laboratory (1) Science in Civil Engineering (MSCE) or Master of Engineering Management (MEM) GE 359 Professional Ethics, Legal Issues and Applied Economics in Contemporary Society (3) combined degree program by applying for admission during his or her senior year at Saint Martin’s. If accepted, up to six credit hours of approved courses may be applied toward both the bachelor’s and master’s degrees. MSCE courses, taken as undergraduates, would be fulfilling undergraduate civil engineering elective requirements. (MEM courses need to be cross-listed as MSCE courses to count towards the BSCE degree). An additional six credits of MSCE or MEM coursework may be taken as an undergraduate student and reserved for application to the master’s degree. Thus, both the undergraduate and graduate degrees in civil engineering could be earned in five academic years. 170 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CIVIL ENGINEERING 171 • Have participated in further professional development, employing the learning COMPUTER SCIENCE skills taught in their program. • Be engaged in service to their profession and communities, consistent with the Benedictine tradition to serve. The computer science department offers two degrees, a Bachelor of Science FACULTY in Computer Science (BSCS) and a Bachelor of Science in Information The computer science program is embedded in the university’s strong liberal Technology (BSIT). The department also offers a Minor in Computer Science Mario Guimarães arts curriculum. It thereby helps ready its students to pursue a broad range of careers, whether immediately upon graduation or after going on to seek an and a Certificate in Computer Science. Professor advanced degree. The program continues to evolve in response to advances Richard Beer in computer science and information technology and the needs of business VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE Professor and industry, in order to prepare its graduates for a lifetime of professional The BSCS degree offers a solid foundation in the fundamentals of computer Xuguang Chen advancement, personal satisfaction, and service to society. science. It is recommended for students who enjoy programming, mathematics Assistant Professor and science. The BSIT degree is focused on applying the latest technology to real Razvan Mezei Student Outcomes: world problems in industry. The BSIT has reduced programming, mathematics, Assistant Professor 1. An ability to analyze a complex computing problem and to apply principles and science requirements compared to the BSCS. Harold Nelson of computing and other relevant disciplines to identify solutions Saint Martin’s University and the computer science department offer unique Instructor 2. An ability to design, implement, and evaluate a computing-based solution to characteristics for students to succeed. Computer science faculty members Mark Wright meet a given set of computing requirements in the context of the program’s work with students individually and in small classes, in a rigorous educational Instructor discipline environment. The in-class portion of the program is supplemented by hands-on experience in the university’s computer labs, optional off-campus internships, 3. An ability to communicate effectively in a variety of professional contexts applied student projects and field trips to conferences such as Portland Game Expo, Linux Fest Northwest and ACM SIGCSE. We host successful career fairs 4. An ability to recognize professional responsibilities and make informed due to our close relationship with industry. judgments in computing practice based on legal and ethical principles

Our computer science instructors have a wide range of industry experience 5. An ability to function effectively as a member or leader of a team engaged including companies such as Intel, DuPont, Microsoft, Epic Systems, Oracle, in activities appropriate to the program’s discipline US Military, and Department of Transportation. Our adjunct professors are 6. An ability to apply computer science theory and software development currently working in high technology fields involving mobile application, fundamentals to produce computing-based solutions web-application, security, artificial intelligence, network or hardware/ firmware. REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS LEARNING OUTCOMES Students in both Computer Science and Information Technology take a wide range of courses such as security, web database development, data integration Program Educational Objectives: and mobile development and video game programming. Specialization is Within five years after graduating, students should: primarily accomplished through a significant two-semester capstone project opportunity. The first semester’s focus is primarily on design, while in the • Be working as a computing professional, utilizing the knowledge acquired second semester the focus is implementation. in the BS program, or be enrolled in a graduate program. In order to graduate as a computer science major or minor, or a degree in • Be engaged in the computing profession and be utilizing professional skills information technology, students must receive a minimum grade of “C-” in all to make a positive impact on society. degree requirements listed below, with the overall GPA for these courses no lower than 2.33.

172 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COMPUTER SCIENCE 173 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Core Requirements (31 semester hours) Core Requirements (35 semester hours) Some core requirements are included in the other degree requirements below. Specifically, students of computer science satisfy the COR130 and Math Requirements (9 semester hours) COR230 requirements in the math and science requirements of the degree program, and COR400 in their capstone design courses. They are MTH 161 OR Mathematical Methods for Business & Social Sciences (3) excused from COR140, the language course. Please refer to the Academic Programs and Policies section of this catalog for more information and MTH 171 Calculus I (4) a list of allowed courses that satisfy each remaining core requirement. MTH 200 Mathematics for Computer Science (3) Math Requirements (15 semester hours) MTH 201 OR Introduction to Statistics (3) MTH 171 Calculus I (4) MTH 357 Probability and Statistics (3) MTH 200 Mathematics for Computer Science (3) Foundation Courses (15 semester hours) At least 9 additional semester hours with mathematical rigor at least equivalent to introductory calculus. BA 305 OR Business Communications Science (at least 6 semester hours) ENG 306 Professional and Academic Writing Skills (3) At least six semester credit hours (or equivalent) in natural science course work intended for science and engineering majors. This course work GE 359 Professional Ethics, Legal Issues and Applied Economics in Contemporary Society (3) must develop an understanding of the scientific method and must include laboratory work. Foundation Courses (21 semester hours) CSC 101 Introduction to Computer Science (3) BA 305 OR Business Communications (3) CSC 180 Introduction to Programming (3) ENG 306 Professional and Academic Writing Skills (3) CSC 210 Database Fundamentals (3) GE 359 Professional Ethics, Legal Issues and Applied Economics in Contemporary Society (3) Upper Division Major Requirements (39 semester hours) CSC 101 Introduction to Computer Science (3) CSC 180 Introduction to Programming (3) CSC 345 Data Communications and Networking (3) CSC 200 Intermediate Programming (3) CSC 355 Web Database Development (3) CSC 210 Database Fundamentals (3) CSC 357 Video Game Development - HCI (3) CSC 220 Computer Organization and Assembly Language (3) Upper Division Major Requirements (36 semester hours) CSC 360 Introduction to Data Analysis (3) CSC 325 Computer Security (3) CSC 385 Operating System Architecture (3) CSC 340 Data Structures and Algorithms (3) CSC 423 Data Warehouse (3) CSC 345 Data Communications and Networking (3) CSC 355 Web Database Development (3) CSC 325 Computer Security (3) CSC 370 Principles of Programming Languages (3) CSC 446 Software Engineering: Analysis and Design (3) CSC 385 Operating System Architecture (3) CSC 481 Senior Project I (3) CSC 446 Software Engineering: Analysis and Design (3) CSC 482 Senior Project II (3) CSC 481 Senior Project I (3) CSC 482 Senior Project II (3) Electives Electives 9 additional credit hours of upper division electives in Computer Science 9 additional credit hours of upper division electives in Computer Science MINOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE CSC 101 OR Introduction to Computer Science CSC 160 Computing Technologies 15 additional semester hours in computer science or mathematics. At most, 3 credit hours may be in mathematics. The program must be approved by the minor advisor and department chair, with at least 6 credit hours at the 300 or 400 level. No more than 6 credit hours from the requirements for a major can also be counted toward the CSC minor. Students may take both CSC 101 and CSC 160.

174 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COMPUTER SCIENCE 175 CERTIFICATE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE Students who complete the requirements for a minor in Computer Science may be awarded a Certificate in Computer Science. A maximum of three semester hours from regionally accredited institutions may be accepted toward fulfillment of requirements for the Certificate in Computer Science. Credits earned more than seven years ago will be reviewed to determine transferability.

Students interested in applying to the certificate program can find the application on Saint Martin’s website.

Microsoft Software Systems Academy

The Microsoft Software & Systems Academy (MSSA) is a one semester program designed to provide software development training to active duty service members transitioning out of the military and eligible veterans. The program was inspired by Sen. Patty Murray’s legislation, the “VOW to Hire Heroes Act,” and serves as a bridge for America’s veterans from a military career to the technology field. The MSSA consists of 18 credit hours that award the Certificate in Computer Science, with significant additional co-curricular content. Due to the nature of this program, students must complete all program requirements with their cohort; no transfer credit may be awarded toward fulfillment of the 18 credit hour requirement.

4+1 PROGRAM—BACHELOR OF SCIENCE / MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE DEGREE A student enters the Bachelor of Science in Computer Science (BSCS)/Master of Science in Computer Science (MSCS) 4+1 degree program by applying for admission during his or her senior year at Saint Martin’s. If accepted, up to six hours of approved courses (CSC 5XX) may be applied toward both the bachelor’s and master’s degrees. An additional six credits of MSCS program coursework may be taken as an undergraduate student and reserved for application to the master’s degree. Thus, both the undergraduate and graduate degrees in computer science could be earned in five academic years.

176 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COMPUTER SCIENCE 177 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY MINOR IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (18 SEMESTER HOURS) Electrical engineering is a broad field that includes power systems, Frank Washko The minor consists of 7 semester hours of required courses and 11 upper division semester hours in elective courses, drawn from the courses listed below: control systems, microelectronics, microprocessors, computer networks, Associate Professor telecommunications (wire, wireless, satellite and fiber optic), remote sensing, Xuguang Chen Required Courses (7 semester hours) signal processing, neural networks, medical devices, optics (electro-optics, EE 316 Circuits and Mechatronics Lab (1) Assistant Professor optoelectronics and photonics) and other emerging technologies. The variety EE 345 Circuits and Mechatronics (3) Rico Picone of an electrical engineer’s work can range from the smallest integrated circuit CSC 101 OR Introduction to Computer Science (3) Associate Professor to power systems that cover entire states. CSC 180 Introduction to Programming (3) Elective Courses (11 semester hours) LEARNING OUTCOMES Five or more additional upper-division courses from the list below. Mechanical Engineering students may not use any of their ME Electives to satisfy these requirements. Students who minor in electrical engineering will develop a broad understanding of different electrical engineering topics, particularly how those topics relate with EE 458 Electronics I (2) other disciplines. Because of the broad nature of the field, electrical engineers are EE 477 Embedded Computing in Electromechanical Systems (2) involved in a wide range of engineering design projects and they must be able to ME 370 Systems Analysis and Design (3) employ knowledge from other disciplines in electrical engineering designs. They EE 433 Photovoltaics Systems Engineering (2) must also be prepared to support engineers in other disciplines. As we progress ME 454 Robotics and Automation (2) through the 21st century, the technology that surrounds us will continue to e EE 488 Electromechanical Machines (2) xpand and electrical engineers are leading the way. EE 495 Directed Study (1-4)

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The minor in electrical engineering is intended for students who major in related fields and are interested in learning electrical engineering to enhance their major.

178 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 179 LEARNING OUTCOMES MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Program Educational Objectives: Within five years of graduation, our graduates will be:

VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE FACULTY • valued members of their organization and successful practicing engineers. Mechanical engineering is ubiquitous. Mechanical engineers invent, design, Shawn Duan test, and manufacture products and systems used in virtually every segment Professor • complex problem solvers who can apply critical, sound, and ethical of society. They work in areas as diverse as aerospace, biomedical implants, Shahlaa Al Wakeel judgment while designing sustainable engineering systems for our society. energy systems, automobiles, robotics, defense, and manufacturing. Instructor • effective communicators providing quality interpersonal and leadership skills. Shelbie Davis MME’17 Mechanical engineers take products from concept to prototype to production • steadfast in pursing personal and professional growth opportunities and beyond. In preparing for lifelong learning, it is necessary to develop Engineering Lab Instructor (e.g., continuing education, advanced degrees, professional licensing, the whole person. In addition to professional competency, a balanced Daniel Einstein membership in professional societies, etc.) to foster personal and program encompassing strong written and oral communication skills and Assistant Professor organizational growth. an appreciation for the arts, humanities and social sciences is required. Isaac Jung MBA’07 Professional competence is built on a foundation of mathematics, physical • engaged in service to their profession and their communities, consistent with and natural sciences, engineering sciences, design, analysis, and laboratory Associate Professor the Benedictine tradition to serve. experience. The role of the engineer as problem-solver and designer is the Rico Picone common thread throughout the curriculum. Most mechanical engineering Associate Professor Student Outcomes: graduates take positions in industry. Some however, continue their formal Anthony de Sam Lazaro In addition, graduates will have: education in a graduate program or work in research. Professor Emeritus Practical design skills are emphasized throughout the Mechanical Engineering Frank Washko 1. an ability to identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems curriculum. A major goal of the junior year is to develop the students’ skills through Associate Professor by applying principles of engineering, science, and mathematics engineering topics equally divided between the department’s focuses in energy and 2. an ability to apply engineering design to produce solutions that meet in structures and motion. Mechanical, thermal, and systems design activities are specified needs with consideration of public health, safety, and welfare, continued in three junior-year courses. as well as global, cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors

The main goal in the senior year is to integrate knowledge in science with 3. an ability to communicate effectively with a range of audiences engineering topics, thereby developing a degree of maturity in the student’s engineering capabilities. Seniors may tailor their curricula by choosing six 4. an ability to recognize ethical and professional responsibilities in technical electives. Each of these technical electives includes design as an engineering situations and make informed judgments, which must consider important component. Students may decide to develop depth in a certain area the impact of engineering solutions in global, economic, environmental, and through a concentration, or to develop breadth in several areas. Some students societal contexts choose to pursue an independent research project under faculty direction. 5. an ability to function effectively on a team whose members together provide The senior year culminates in a two-semester sequence in engineering design. leadership, create a collaborative and inclusive environment, establish goals, The first emphasizes design considerations and methods required to solve plan tasks, and meet objectives open-ended problems, as well as written and oral communication of the design 6. an ability to develop and conduct appropriate experimentation, analyze and solution. The final design course is a capstone that requires integration of interpret data, and use engineering judgment to draw conclusions knowledge gained in preceding analysis and design courses with generation of a concept-to-prototype schema. 7. an ability to acquire and apply new knowledge as needed, using appropriate learning strategies.

180 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 181 REQUIRED COURSES OR OTHER DEGREE REQUIREMENTS General Engineering Requirements (16 semester hours) Classes required for graduation fall into four general categories: core; GE 104 Computer Applications in Engineering (3) mathematics and science; general engineering; plus mechanical engineering. GE 204 Statics (3) GE 205 Dynamics (3) The courses listed under General Education will not match the University’s GE 206/207 Mechanics of Materials with Laboratory (4) general education requirements, as some of the mathematics and science requirements fulfill the University’s general requirements. GE 359 Professional Ethics, Legal Issues and Applied Economics in Contemporary Society (3) Mechanical Engineering Requirements (52 semester hours) CONCENTRATIONS ME 100 Mechanical Engineering and Design Seminar (1) ME 201 Technical Communication (2) Students may elect to declare a Concentration within the ME degree – ME 300/L Manufacturing Processes with Laboratory (3/1) bioengineering, design and entrepreneurship, intelligent and dynamic systems and analysis, fluid mechanics and energy systems or numerical analysis – by completing ME 302 Machine Design (3) four of their six required electives from the Concentration areas outlined below. ME 303 Material Science (3) With prior approval from the department chair, one of the four electives required ME 308/309 Fluid Mechanics I with Laboratory (3/1) for a Concentration may be satisfied by a relevant offering of ME 495 or ME 497. ME 316 Mechatronics and Measurement Systems Laboratory (1) To be granted a concentration, a students oncentration application must declare ME 340 Thermodynamics I (3) the concentration with the of office of the Registrar no later than two semesters ME 345 Mechatronics (3) before graduation. ME 350 Parametric Solid Modeling (3) ME 370 Systems Dynamics and Control (3) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ME 430 and 430L Heat Transfer/Heat Transfer Laboratory (3/1) Core Requirements (31 semester hours) ME 498 Senior Design I (3) Some core requirements are included in the other degree requirements below. Specifically, students of mechanical engineering satisfy the ME 499 (3) COR130 and COR230 requirements in the math and science requirements of the degree program, and COR400 in their capstone design courses. They are excused from COR140, the language course. Please refer to the Academic Programs and Policies section of this catalog for more Six Approved ME Elective (2 – for a total of 12.0 credits) information and a list of allowed courses that satisfy each remaining core requirement. Math and Science Requirements (minimum 32 semester hours) CONCENTRATIONS REQUIREMENTS: CHEM 141 OR General Chemistry with Laboratory (5) Bioengineering Concentration: CHM 145 Chemistry for Engineering Students with Laboratory (5) ME 384 Comparative Biomechanics MTH 171 Calculus I (4) ME 385 Biomechanical Engineering MTH 172 Calculus II (4) ME 426 Computational Fluid Dynamics MTH 271 Vector Calculus (3) ME 481 Biofluid Mechanics MTH 322 Differential Equations (3) ME 482 Microfluidics and Biomedical Applications MTH 353 Linear Algebra (3) ME 486 Advanced Biomedical Engineering PHY 171 Introduction to Physics I with Laboratory (5) ME 487 Prosthetics and Medical Device Design PHY 172 Introduction to Physics II with Laboratory (5)

182 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 183 Design and Entrepreneurship Concentration: 4+1 DEGREE PROGRAM—BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ME 313 Engineering Innovation ENGINEERING / MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ME 314 Engineering Economics and Venture Finance A student enters the Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering (BSME)/ ME 317 Technology Entrepreneurship Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering (MSME) 4+1 degree program by ME 318 New Product Development applying for admission during his or her senior year at Saint Martin’s. If accepted, ME 383 Engineering Design and Creative Problem Solving up to six hours of approved graduate courses may be applied toward both the Intelligent and Dynamic Systems and Analysis Concentration bachelor’s and master’s degrees. MSME courses, taken as undergraduates, would be fulfilling undergraduate mechanical engineering elective requirements. ME 404 Finite Element Analysis An additional six credits of MSME program coursework may be taken as an ME 410 Vibration Theory undergraduate student and reserved for application to the master’s degree. ME 419 Hydraulic Control Systems Thus, both the undergraduate and graduate degrees in mechanical engineering ME 461 Control Systems I could be earned in five academic years. ME 462 Control Systems II ME 464 Flight Mechanics ME 465 Robotics ME 466 Multibody Dynamic Systems ME 467 Machine Intelligence ME 468 Modeling and Simulation ME 469 Linear Systems Theory ME 472 Digital Control ME 477 Embedded Computing for Mechanical Control Fluid Mechanics and Energy Systems Concentration: ME 426 Computational Fluid Dynamics ME 451 Intermediate Fluid Mechanics ME 464 Flight Mechanics ME 481 Biofluid Mechanics ME 482 Microfluidics and Biomedical Applications ME 341 Intermediate Thermodynamics Photovoltaics ME 440 Internal Combustion Engines ME 442 Advanced Internal Combustion Engines Numerical Analysis Concentration ME 404 Finite Element Analysis ME 422 Numerical Methods in Engineering ME 423 Numerical Optimization in Mechanical Engineering ME 426 Computational Fluid Dynamics ME 427 Metaheuristics in Engineering Optimization ME 468 Modeling and Simulation

184 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 185 ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL)

186 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY 187 ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL) VISION, MISSION, OR PURPOSE PROGRAM CURRICULUM The mission of the English as a Second Language (ESL) Program is to develop The Saint Martin’s ESL Program is centered on a core curriculum of academic students’ English proficiency so that they can matriculate. The secondary purpose English courses. In addition to these, one skills enhancement course will is to provide visiting cultural exchange students with a transformative educational be offered at each level during an ESL term, Full-time ESL students take 5 experience. academic English courses and 1 to 2 skills enhancement courses per week (18 to 21 classroom hours per week).

LEARNING OUTCOMES ESL classes are structured at five levels of communicative competence: The goals of the ESL Program are as follows: • Level 1 (Beginning) • To increase students’ English proficiency level to meet the requirement • Level 2 (Pre-intermediate) for matriculation into a degree program at Saint Martin’s University. • Level 3 (Intermediate) • To prepare students with the academic skills necessary for success in a • Level 4 (Upper-Intermediate) degree program at Saint Martin’s. • Level 5 (Advanced) • To increase students’ knowledge of American culture and values so that they can become highly engaged and active members of the Saint Martin’s LEVEL DESCRIPTION TOEFL PBT TOEFL CBT TOEFL IBT IELTS TOEIC community. 1 Beginner 375 – 414 79-104 22-33 3.5 270-354 Pre- • To increase students’ English language skills through discussion of Saint 2 415 – 444 105-129 34-44 4 355-425 Martin’s Catholic Benedictine values, reflection on the values of their own Intermediate culture, and examination of their own personal values. 3 Intermediate 445 – 474 130-150 45-52 4.5 426-500 Upper 4 475 – 499 151-172 53-59 5 501-574 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Intermediate 5 Advanced 500 – 524 173-194 61-70 5.5 575-699 No minimum TOEFL score is required for entry into the program. Level placement is based on English proficiency testing scores conducted at the The number of levels and courses offered each semester may vary based on start of the program if not beforehand. The following is a guideline for how enrollment numbers. level placement generally corresponds with students’ institutional TOEFL paper-based exam scores:

Students with a TOEFL (PBT) score of 480 – 524 and satisfactory academic progress in all ESL courses are eligible for concurrent status, which allows them to take a combination of ESL classes and undergraduate courses at Saint Martin’s. Students with TOEFL scores of 525 and above are eligible for full-time undergraduate study.

188 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE 189 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

190 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY 191 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ART 212 Three-Dimensional Art major emphasis is on contemporary BIO 121L Human Biology BIO 199 Introduction to BIO 228L Human Anatomy and Survey/Clay (3) developments in clay sculpture, a survey Laboratory (1) Biological Research (1) Physiology I lab (1) Art A studio survey of three-dimensional of historical traditions of ceramics is Laboratory experience accompanying BIO Introduction to basic biological research Laboratory experience accompanying design in clay. Using the medium of clay, included. 121 lecture. Corequisite: BIO 121. intended for students with no previous BIO 228 lecture. Corequisite: BIO228. The visual arts at Saint Martin’s the student is introduced to techniques research experience. Students will University enrich the student’s of creating sculptural form. Instruction ART 357 Fine Art Survey: Art of BIO 141 General Biology I (3) collaborate with a faculty member BIO 229 Human Anatomy and curriculum and the campus environment. includes techniques of hand-building, the Non-Western World (3) or senior research student to learn Physiology II (3) Art course offerings at Saint Martin’s Introduction to biological concepts common mold-making, wheel work and Study of the visual arts among the basic skills necessary to design and University enable a student to study to all living organisms. This survey course is A continuation of BIO228 “Human coloring, glazing and firing. Although traditional people of Africa, Asia, Oceania implement an original research project. art history, or engage in creative studio intended for prospective biology and science Anatomy and Physiology I”. Systems major emphasis is on contemporary and the Americas. In a seminar format, Coursework includes background opportunities. Saint Martin’s University majors at Saint Martin’s University. Topics covered include: endocrine, reproductive, developments in clay sculpture, a students will view art reproductions and reading to familiarize the student with offers classes in art history — a study include biochemistry, cell structure and cardiovascular, lymphatic, respiratory, survey of historical traditions of read and discuss supporting texts and techniques and the current state of of the visual arts from beginning function, energy, photosynthesis, respiration, urinary, and digestive. Prerequisite: BIO ceramics is included. writings. Students also will participate the literature, as well as a three-hour- to present and two dimensional cell division, genetics, chromosomes, DNA 228. Corequisite: BIO 229L. in supporting activities. per-week commitment to working and art — drawing, painting, and three structure and replication, transcription, ART 295 Special Topics (1-4) observing in the laboratory learning the dimensional — ceramics. translation, and evolution. Corequisite: BIO 229L Human Anatomy and To be arranged with department ART 395 Special Topics (1-4) BIO141L assays to be used in the research project. Physiology II lab (1) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. ART 157 Fine Arts Survey (3) advisor. To be arranged with department advisor. Laboratory experience accompanying BIO 141L General Biology I Study of painting, sculpture and architecture BIO 229 lecture. Corequisite: BIO 229. ART 305 Two-Dimensional Art ART 495 Special Topics (1-4) Laboratory (1) BIO 203 Human Nutrition (3) from its beginning to the present. Survey (3) To be arranged with department advisor. Laboratory experience accompanying BIO An introduction to the fundamental of BIO 251 Microbiology for Applied ART 158 Fine Arts Survey (3) A studio survey of two-dimensional 141 lecture. Corequisite: BIO 141. human nutrition as they relate to the Health (3) design. The student will solve problems Biology individual and the community. Includes Study of painting, sculpture and architecture Microbial techniques with health in drawing, painting and printmaking, BIO 142 General Biology II (3) an exploration of nutrient identity, from its beginning to the present. applications. Morphology of microbes, BIO 105 Biology (3) acquisition and utilization. The links as well as explore the development of Introduction to biological concepts common microbial metabolism, microbial genetics, between nutrition, diseases, environment two-dimensional design in Western An integrated treatment of biological to all living organisms. This survey course cultivation and growth identification ART 195 Special Topics (1-4) and social context are examined. culture and the art styles of other cultures. concepts and their relationship to basic is intended for prospective biology and and classification tests, growth control, To be arranged with department advisor. Students apply concepts to real-world Course covers decorating flat surfaces; human and social concerns. science majors at Saint Martin’s University. pathogens, disease, and host defenses. circumstances. Equivalent to EXS 203 vitality of line; perspective drawing; art Topics include biodiversity, ecology and Course does not fulfill an upper-division ART 205 Two-Dimensional Art and NUR 203. Prerequisites: BIO 121 ideas from other cultures; techniques of BIO 105L Biology Lab (1) the evolution of early life, prokaryotes, biology credit requirement. Pre-requisites: Survey (3) painting; fantasy in design; simplification or BIO 141. A series of laboratory experiences to viruses, protists, fungi, plants, and animals. BIO 121 or BIO 141, CHM 121. Corequisite: A studio survey of two-dimensional design. (its part in history and contemporary art); support the non-major biology course. Corequisite: BIO 142L. BIO 251L. The student will solve problems in drawing, printmaking; symbolism; the power of BIO 228 Human Anatomy and Must be taken concurrently with BIO 105. Physiology I (3) painting and printmaking, as well as explore distortion; and the search for artistic ideas. BIO 142L General Biology II BIO 251L Microbiology for Applied the development of two-dimensional design The study of the structure and function BIO 121 Human Biology (3) Laboratory (1) Health lab (1) in Western culture and the art styles of ART 312 Three-Dimensional Art of the human body. Topics include Laboratory experience accompanying Laboratory experience accompanying other cultures. Course covers decorating Survey/Clay (3) A one-semester survey, with laboratory, cellular organization, metabolism, of human biology, including cell BIO 142 lecture. Corequisite: BIO 142. BIO 251 lecture. Corequisite: BIO 251. flat surfaces; vitality of line; perspective A studio survey of three-dimensional histology, integumentary, skeletal and structures and functions and the general drawing; art ideas from other cultures; design in clay. Using the medium of clay, nervous systems. Prerequisite: BIO 121 organization and function of various BIO 195 Special Topics (1-4) BIO 295 Special Topics (1-4) techniques of painting; fantasy in design; the student is introduced to techniques or BIO 141. Corequisite: BIO228L. systems of the human body. Corequisite: Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Permission of the simplification (its part in history and of creating sculptural form. Instruction BIO 121L May be repeated for credit. instructor. May be repeated for credit. contemporary art); printmaking; symbolism; includes techniques of hand-building, the power of distortion; and the search for mold-making, wheel work and artistic ideas. coloring, glazing and firing. Although

192 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 193 BIO 299 Biological Research (1-2) BIO 307 Medical Botany (3) BIO 328 Human Anatomy and BIO 344 Evolution (4) diagnostic microbiology, and modeling and an initiation into kinds of Students will design and carry out This course focuses on the pivotal roles Physiology I (3) This course will address current biological epidemiology. Current topics in statistical analysis used to investigate an original research project under plants play in human nutrition, drug The first of a two-semester elective in issues and theories from an evolutionary microbiology will be covered as well the natural world. Prerequisites: BIO supervision of a faculty member. The discovery, and disease treatment. We human structure, function and patho- perspective. We will discuss the genetics as discussion of current research. 141, BIO 142, or permission of instructor. course includes a three-hour or six- will approach this through a study of physiology. Topics covered include of evolution, current and old theories Prerequisite: BIO 351 or permission Corequisite: BIO 359L. hour time commitment (depending on the interactions between plants, their tissues, integument, skeletal system, regarding natural selection, sexual of instructor. the number of credits) working in the secondary metabolites, and human articulations, muscle, CNS, PNS and selection, and genetic drift. Several specific BIO 359L Field Ecology Laboratory (1) laboratory. Students are encouraged systems. This course will emphasize autonomic functions. Prerequisites: topics will be discussed in depth, including BIO 357 Ecological Botany (3) Laboratory experience accompanying to present their findings at a scientific the roles of plant compounds in human BIO 141, BIO 142. antibiotic resistance, human evolution, This course will familiarize students with BIO 359 lecture. Corequisite: BIO 359. conference. Prerequisites: BIO 199 and/ nutrition, specifically focusing in on and conservation of genetic diversity. the roles plants play in nature. Emphasis or permission of the instructor. May be phytonutrients, antioxidants, and BIO 328L Human Anatomy and Prerequisites: BIO 141 and BIO 142. will be on how evolutionary adaptations BIO 360 Advanced Ecology (3) repeated for credit. neurotransmitters. Prerequisites: BIO 141 Physiology Laboratory I (1) allow plants to live in specific environments Focuses on one major ecosystem — and BIO 142. Laboratory experience to accompany BIO 350 Microbial Ecology (3) and interact with other organisms. such as wetlands, forests or riparian BIO 301 Biostatistics with BIO 328. Examination of how microorganisms Prerequisites: BIO 141, BIO 142. zones — and the interrelationships of Laboratory (4) BIO 307L Medical Botany Lab (1) interact with each other and with Corequisite: BIO 357L. the communities involved in such a This course is intended for biology majors A laboratory to apply concepts in BIO 329 Human Anatomy and their environment, the diversity of system. Extensive fieldwork required. and focuses on explaining the scientific Medical Botany. Students will encounter Physiology II (3) microorganisms and the methods used BIO 357L Ecological Botany Prerequisites: BIO 141, BIO 142, or Laboratory (1) interpretation of statistical tests rather than the plants and procedures describe in Continuation of BIO 328. Systems to identify and quantify them in their permission of the instructor. the mathematical logic of the tests. The class in a “hands-on” manner. Students covered include: endocrine, habitats, and the use of microorganisms Laboratory experience accompanying emphasis on the course is interpretation will improve their experimentation reproductive, cardiovascular, in industrial and biotechnology settings. BIO 357 lecture. Corequisite: BIO 357. BIO 370 Cell Biology (3) with some calculations, enabling students techniques and will utilize hypothesis- lymphatic, respiratory, digestive and Field trips and in class demonstrations A detailed survey of the molecular to better understand statistical results based reasoning to propose independent urinary. Prerequisites: BIO 328. supplement lecture. Prerequisite: BIO 141 BIO 358 Ecology with Laboratory (4) biology of eukaryotic cells. Topics include published in scientific journals. Includes experiments. or BIO 142 or permission of instructor. Analysis of the physical and biotic cellular evolution, macromolecular a laboratory where students examine BIO 329L Human Anatomy and factors involved in the distribution biochemistry, genetic mechanisms, cell commonly used statistical tests and learn BIO 310 Marine Biology with Physiology II Laboratory (1) BIO 351 Microbiology (3) and relationship of plants and animals structure and energy conversion. No lab how to choose and conduct the appropriate Laboratory (4) Laboratory experiences to accompany Structure and function of in their native environments. Broad component. Prerequisites: BIO 141/142; test of scientific data using computer An overview of marine biology. Topics BIO 329. microorganisms that illustrate biological topics that will be emphasized include CHM 141 or permission of instructor. programs such as Excel and Minitab. include basic oceanography, plankton phenomena at the cellular level. natural history, population ecology, Prerequisites: MTH 101 or MTH 121, and nekton communities, deep-sea BIO 330 Advanced Anatomy and Prerequisites: BIO 141, BIO 142. ecological interactions, communities, BIO307L Medical Botany Lab (1) and BIO 141, and BIO 142. biology, benthic communities, intertidal Physiology (3) Co-requisite: BIO 351L. and ecosystems. Laboratory and field A laboratory to apply concepts in ecology, estuaries, tropical communities experiences will also be used to study Lecture includes advanced material Medical Botany. Students will encounter BIO 305 Botany with Laboratory (4) and human impacts on the sea. Lecture BIO 351L Microbiology Laboratory (1) basic interactions in the environment. for physiology and patho-physiology the plants and procedures described in The biology of plants with an emphasis and laboratory course with laboratory Prerequisites: BIO 141, BIO 142. of human systems including the Laboratory experience accompanying class in a “hands-on” manner. Students on their evolution, biochemistry, cell and field experiences in marine biology. cardiovascular system, immune system, BIO314 lecture. Laboratory exercises will improve their experimentation biology, anatomy, and physiology. Labs Prerequisites: BIO 141 and BIO 142. BIO 359 Field Ecology (3) renal system, and reproductive systems. include the isolation, cultivation, techniques and will utilize hypothesis- will introduce plant diversity and Lab includes advanced dissections using identification, and quantification of Universal ecological principles such as based reasoning to propose independent physiology and will include small group BIO 314 Invertebrate Zoology a human cadaver. Prerequisites: BIO microorganisms and their growth evolution, population dynamics, predator experiments. research projects. One laboratory period with Laboratory (4) 141/141L, BIO 142/142L, BIO 328/328L, responses. Corequisite: BIO 351. prey relationships, competition, and life per week. Prerequisites: BIO 141 and BIO Taxonomy and interrelationships of BIO 329/329L. histories will be discussed in the lecture BIO 375 Genetics with 142 or permission of the instructor. invertebrates. Emphasis on marine BIO 352 Advanced Microbiology (4) and studies in the laboratory. Much of the Laboratory (4) animals. Includes laboratory and field Topics covered include microbial course will be spent in the field engaging The study of transmission, molecular, experiences with invertebrate organisms. genetics, virology, immunology, students in experimental design, and population genetics. Laboratory Prerequisites: BIO 141 and BIO 142. ecological measurement, observation,

194 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 195 exercises will investigate patterns of gene the characteristics of developmental of biological topics. Students prepare CHM 105L Chemistry in the quantitative exercises and activities approach to solving problems in general transmission and use modern molecular processes and mechanisms such as a proposal for Senior Research in the Community Laboratory (1) designed to illustrate, complement, and chemistry that may be applied to any type techniques for genetic analyses. One fertilization, cleavage, gastrulation, following semester with the same A series of laboratory experiences extend material discussed in CHM 121. of problem. One hour lecture per week. laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: morphogenesis, and organogenesis instructor. to supplement and support the To be taken concurrently with CHM 121. Corequisite: Concurrent enrollment CHM BIO 141 and BIO 142. exhibited in diverse organisms including development of a basic understanding One three-hour laboratory per week. 141 or 142. May be repeated for credit. early human development. Prerequisites: BIO 401 Senior Seminar Research and appreciation of chemistry and its BIO 380 Techniques in BIO 141 and BIO 142. (4) place in the global community. Must be CHM 131 Fundamentals in CHM 141 General Chemistry (4) Laboratory Instruction (1-2) Implementation of a research project taken concurrently with CHM 105. Chemistry: Problem Principles of chemistry, including Students gain experience in laboratory BIO 390 Internship (1-4) proposed in BIO 400, focused in an area Solving and stoichiometry; periodicity; atomic- instruction by participating in a Off-campus experience in the biological of study determined by the instructor. CHM 115 Introduction to Chemistry Applications (4) molecular structure and bonding; laboratory class as an assistant to the sciences, either in a work-related or Culminates in a written paper and oral and the Environment (4) This class is designed for students with gases, liquids and solids; solutions; laboratory instructor. The student may research environment. Monitored, presentation. Discipline-specific research This course is designed to introduce no prior chemistry experience and/ thermochemistry; descriptive chemistry. help prepare lab materials, supervise supervised and evaluated by an intern focus designated by the following course students to the aspects of chemistry or those who do not meet the math Prerequisite: 1) MTH 121 or equivalent the laboratory class, answer students’ supervisor and faculty member. numbers: BIO 401M (microbiology); that are most relevant to environmental prerequisite for CHM 141, and serves math placement exam score, or questions, assist in teaching laboratory BIO 401D (molecular biology); BIO 401E issues, and view these issues through to prepare students for a successful concurrent and 2) passing score on techniques to lab students, and other BIO 395 Special Topics (1-4) (ecology/ marine biology). Prerequisites: the lens of a chemist. The fundamental experience in CHM 141. The course chemistry placement exam or concurrent duties as assigned by the instructor. Prerequisite: BIO141 and BIO142, or BIO 400, and for BIO 401M: BIO 351 or chemistry behind environmental focuses on fundamental chemical enrollment in CHM 140. Students with Students may assist in revising laboratory Permission of the instructor. May be permission of instructor; for BIO 401D: topics including greenhouse gases, concepts such as the composition no prior chemistry experience should be experiments, writing or testing new repeated for credit. BIO 375 or permission of instructor; for the ozone layer, and nuclear waste are and properties of matter, physical strongly advised into CHM 131 whenever experiments, writing lab “lectures” or BIO 401E: BIO 310, BIO 358, BIO 359, or examined. An analysis of conventional and chemical changes, reactions and possible. Alternatively, successful pre-lab quizzes. Repeatable for credit. BIO 397 Directed Study (1-3) permission of instructor. and alternative energy sources, and stoichiometry, basic thermochemistry, completion of CHM 131 and CHM Maximum of two credits can apply to and simple bonding models, with an 131L fulfills both the MTH and CHM A student/faculty-selected project that the chemistry behind them, serves as a Biology requirements. Prerequisite: BIO 495 Special Topics (1-4) emphasis on applications and guided prerequisites. allows the student to do research in a framework for this learning. Permission of instructor. quantitative problem solving. These specialized area of biology. Offered on Prerequisite: Permission of the topics will be presented through the lens CHM 141L General Chemistry approval by the chair of the department. instructor. May be repeated for credit. CHM 121 Introduction to BIO 382 Vertebrate Embryology (4) Chemistry (3) of specific societal concerns, that may Laboratory (1) vary by semester. Concurrent enrollment Developmental biology of vertebrates BIO 399 Biological Research and Chemistry Fundamentals of chemistry for students Laboratory experience for General in CHM 131L. including maturation, fertilization, Data Presentation (1-3) interested in nursing. The course covers Chemistry 141, 142. Introduction to cleavage and differentiation of CHM 105 Chemistry in the laboratory techniques and manipulations. Students design and carry out an original basic chemical principles, with applications representative animals. Prerequisites: Community (3) CHM 131L Fundamentals in Qualitative and quantitative exercises research project under supervision of in organic chemistry and biochemistry. BIO 141 and BIO 142. Chemistry Laboratory (1) to illustrate complement and extend the a faculty member and are expected to Student attention is directed to Topics include measurements and Laboratory experience for CHM material presented in lecture. Strongly present their findings at a scientific selected problems facing society and conversions, atomic structure, chemical BIO 382L Vertebrate Embryology 131. Qualitative and quantitative lab recommended to be taken concurrently conference in the form of a poster or how chemistry must play a role in bonding, molecular structure, chemical Laboratory (1) exercises reinforce lecture coverage with CHM 141, 142. One three-hour oral presentation. Students can use solving those problems. Two unique reactions, solutions, elementary organic and provide students with experience laboratory per week. Laboratory exercises exploring course time to collect and analyze data features make this course of interest chemistry, and discussions about drawing conclusions and making developmental processes. Must be taken as well as to prepare for the presentation. to non-science students: a focus on biochemically relevant molecules. arguments from raw data. Must be CHM 142 General Chemistry (4) concurrently with BIO 382. Prerequisites: permission of the decision-making and the interplay taken concurrently with 131. instructor. May be repeated for credit. between science and society. Three CHM 121L Introduction to Principles of chemistry, including BIO 385 Developmental Biology (4) hours of lecture per week. Satisfies core Chemistry — Laboratory (1) stoichiometry; periodicity; atomic- CHM 140 Problem-solving in Developmental biology describes BIO 400 Senior Seminar (2) requirement, but is not a prerequisite Laboratory experience to accompany molecular structure and bonding; gases, for other chemistry courses. General Chemistry (1) liquids and solids; solutions; thermo the molecular, genetic, cellular Presentation and discussion of results of CHM121 Introduction to Chemistry. Students learn techniques for analyzing chemistry; kinetics; equilibrium; descriptive and evolutionary aspects of animal literature and laboratory investigations Introduction to laboratory techniques development. Students will explore and manipulations. Qualitative and problems and develop a formalized chemistry; introduction to organic

196 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 197 chemistry. Three hours of lecture and one CHM 195 Special Topics (1-4) CHM 202L Organic Chemistry CHM 331L Quantitative Analysis including reaction mechanisms, functional to chemical bonding and molecular hour discussion per week. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Laboratory (1) Laboratory (1) group transformations and modern spectroscopy. Prerequisites: CHM CHM 141 or permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit. Introduction to basic techniques Laboratory component of CHM 331, to synthetic methods. Three hours of lecture 142, MTH 172 or concurrent. PHY 172 for synthesis of organic compounds, illustrate, complement and supplement per week. Prerequisite: CHM 202. recommended. CHM 142L General Chemistry CHM 201 Organic Chemistry I (4) spectroscopic methods for structural lecture material. Introduction to Laboratory (1) determination, analytical separations. methods and techniques of quantitative CHM 355 Inorganic Chemistry (3) CHM 371L Physical Chemistry Structure and bonding, nomenclature, Laboratory (1) Laboratory experience for General stereochemistry, spectroscopy, Practical applications of concepts from analysis. One three-hour lab per week. Bonding, structure, reactions, kinetics, Chemistry 141, 142. Introduction to fundamentals of resonance and CHM 202. Prerequisite: CHM 202 or Prerequisites: CHM 331 or concurrent mechanisms of inorganic compounds: Laboratory experience for CHM 371/ laboratory techniques and manipulations. aromaticity and the concept of functional concurrent enrollment. One three-hour enrollment. main group, coordination, organometallic CHM 372, to illustrate, complement and Qualitative and quantitative exercises groups of principle classes of organic lab per week. and bioinorganic. Periodicity, acid-base supplement the lecture material. Must be to illustrate complement and extend the compounds. Students will be expected to CHM 345 Molecular Structure chemistry and physical techniques in taken concurrently with CHM 371/CHM material presented in lecture. One three- integrate large amounts of information CHM 295 Special Topics (1-4) Analysis (3) inorganic chemistry will be discussed 372. One three-hour laboratory per week. hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: into a coherent framework of knowledge. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Theory of operation, sample preparation, according to current theories. Three hours Prerequisites: CHM 142, MTH 172. CHM 141L or permission of instructor. Four hours of lecture per week. May be repeated for credit. separation and purification, use of of lecture per week. Prerequisite: CHM 142. Prerequisite: CHM 142 or equivalent. instrumentation and detailed interpretation CHM 372 Physical Chemistry (3) CHM 145 Chemistry for Engineering CHM 299 Laboratory Projects (1-2) of results will be investigated. Instrumental CHM 362 Biochemistry (3) Introduction to kinetic theory of Students (4) CHM 201L Organic Chemistry Students assist in a research project methods will be applied to the separation, Lecture course covering principle topics gases, real and ideal gas behavior, Basic chemical principles of structure Laboratory (1) under the supervision of the instructor. characterization and identification of of biochemistry. Emphasis on lipids, thermodynamics, chemical and phase and bonding that are important to the Introduction to basic techniques for Research progress will be monitored by unknown or uncharacterized organic, carbohydrates, proteins, acids, enzymes, equilibrium, chemical kinetics, and field of engineering are presented in physical separation, purification and the chemistry faculty on a regular basis. organometallic, and inorganic systems. hormones, vitamins and coenzymes, with quantum mechanics with application contexts that reflect the needs and identification of organic compounds. This course is not a part of the research Three lecture hours per week. Prerequisites: discussions of the applicable metabolic to chemical bonding and molecular interests of students of engineering. Emphasis on microscale techniques, track of the chemistry major. Open to all CHM 331 and CHM 202 (or concurrent) or pathways. Prerequisite: CHM 202 or spectroscopy. Prerequisites: CHM Major topics include atoms and spectroscopy; verification of principles disciplines. May be repeated for credit. permission of instructor. equivalent. Four lectures per week. 142, MTH 172 or concurrent. PHY 172 molecules; equations and stoichiometry; learned in CHM 201. Prerequisite: CHM Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. recommended. gases, liquids, and solids; periodicity; 201 or concurrent enrollment. One three- CHM 345L Molecular Structure CHM 362L Biochemistry bonding and structure; materials hour lab per week. CHM 331 Quantitative Analysis (3) Analysis Laboratory (1) Laboratory (1) CHM 372L Physical Chemistry and molecules; thermochemistry; Laboratory component of CHM 345. Laboratory methods will be introduced Laboratory (1) chemical kinetics and equilibrium; Principles and practice of analytical CHM 202 Organic Chemistry II (4) chemistry. Statistical analysis of data; Theory and hands-on instruction in the to investigate the properties and Laboratory experience for CHM 371/ electrochemistry. 3 hours of lecture and 1 operation of chemical instrumentation. metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids CHM 372, to illustrate, complement and hour of discussion per week. Building on concepts from CHM 201, detailed study of chemical equilibrium for students learn how chemical reactions precipitation, acid-base, and complexation Methods studied will include NMR, and proteins; techniques of enzyme supplement the lecture material. Must be IR UV-Vis, GC HPLC, MS Polarimetry, catalysis and isolation; research taken concurrently with CHM 371/CHM CHM 145L Chemistry for occur through a reaction mechanism reactions; oxidation-reduction analysis; Cyclic Voltammetry, and Polarimetry. methods; analytical methods such as 372. One three-hour laboratory per week. Engineering Students – approach. Common approaches to all introduction to instrumental techniques One three-hour lab per week. electrophoresis, UV-Vis, and NMR Prerequisites: CHM 142, MTH 172.. Laboratory (1) reactions are stressed, with emphasis on used for analytical chemistry. Pre-requisite: multi-step synthesis and spectroscopic CHM142/142L or permission of instructor. Prerequisites: CHM 345 or concurrent spectroscopy. Prerequisite: One three- Laboratory experience for CHM145 analysis. Students are expected to enrollment. hour laboratory per week. Concurrent CHM 375 Elements of Research (2) Chemistry for Engineering Students. integrate large amounts of information enrollment in CHM 362. First course in the capstone research Introduction to laboratory techniques into a coherent framework of knowledge. CHM 351 Organic Chemistry III (3) track. Students will learn to search, read, and manipulations. Qualitative and Four hours of lecture per week. Course is a continuation of CHM 202, CHM 371 Physical Chemistry (3) and evaluate the chemical literature quantitative exercises to illustrate and Prerequisite: CHM 201. and focuses on selected topics in organic Introduction to kinetic theory of using traditional and online methods. extend material presented in CHM145. chemistry. Designed to present advanced gases, real and ideal gas behavior, Students will then pick a research Strongly recommended to be taken areas of study not covered in CHM 201 thermodynamics, chemical and phase topic or subtopic in consultation with concurrently with CHM145. One three- or CHM 202, but which are important to equilibrium, chemical kinetics, and a chemistry faculty member. Once hour laboratory per week. an understanding of organic chemistry, quantum mechanics with application the topic is chosen, the student will

198 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 199 prepare an original research proposal CHM 390 Student Internship (3) Communication Studies COM 195 Special Topics (1-4) COM 300 Media Production (4) COM 320 Media and Culture (3) and research plan. Prerequisites: CHM Students receive professional training in Instructors and topics will vary. May be Provides a hands-on introduction to Course will focus on understanding the 331/331L, CHM 202/202L. an actual employment setting. Academic COM 101 Introduction to repeated for credit. the various pre-production, production history, functions and role of mass media credit is earned while working at a Communication (3) and post-production processes and in our society and culture. Newspapers, CHM 380 Techniques in part-time job in local industry that uses A survey of communication studies COM 200 Communication Theory techniques used in the creation of Radio, Television, Internet, iPhones, etc., Laboratory Instruction (1) students in chemistry. Prerequisite: in social interaction, international (3) media projects. Students gain practical provide unique ways to view the world. Students gain experience in laboratory Permission of instructor. communication, political communication, This course is an introductory approach experience in producing, directing, This course explores the role that the instruction by participating in a lower and communication technology and to theories associated with the study and and editing media in field productions changing media landscape plays in the division laboratory class as an assistant to CHM 395 Special Topics (1-4) society. analysis of communication. It seeks to of narrative, documentary and/or ways that we express ourselves, listen to the laboratory instructor. The student will Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. provide a broad base of understanding experimental forms. Topic and media others, share power and live our lives. help supervise the laboratory class, answer May be repeated for credit. COM 103 Interpersonal about the complexity of meaning making focus varies depending on instructor. Students will use a critical approach in students’ questions, assist in teaching Communication (3) in society and culture. May be repeated for credit. examining mass media’s evolution and laboratory techniques to lab students, and CHM 450 Research (4) Exploration of principles of interpersonal examine the challenges that it poses to other duties as assigned by the instructor. COM 302 Advanced Journalism (3) our understanding of ethics, economics Second course in the capstone research communication through a combination of COM 201 Communication and Students may assist in revising laboratory and freedom today. track. Under close supervision by a lecture, discussion, text readings, journals Identity (3) Aspects of Media Law, First Amendment experiments, writing or testing new chemistry faculty member, students and class exercises, with the goals of Investigates identity and cultural rights and various modes of reporting. experiments, writing lab “lectures” or pre- COM 340 International will follow their previously developed recognizing and understanding how and communication theories and their Prerequisite: ENG 299, WRT 299 or COM 299. lab quizzes, and some grading. Repeatable Communications (3) research plan to conduct laboratory why the student communicates as he or application for varying levels of human for credit, but only 1 credit may be used experiments. The results of these she does. Development of skills needed interactions – between individuals, COM 303 Digital Journalism (3) The course explores theoretical and toward the Chemistry minor. Prerequisite: experiments will be used to further the to make students more comfortable within groups, and across cultures. Introduces students to the theory and practical concepts of international Permission of instructor. course of the students’ research project and more effective communicators. practice needed to write stories for the communication. Historical and Students learn to say what they mean so COM 240 Media Research and contemporary perspectives of global CHM 385 Conference Preparation (1) or subproject. Prerequisite: CHM 375. digital newsroom. Students explore tools that others will understand and so that Critical Analysis (3) of RSS, blogging, mapping, photography, media will be considered, particularly This course is designed to prepare they will understand what others say, to as they relate to issues of democracy, CHM 475 Thesis (2) An overview of different approaches audio and slide production. students to attend a scientific conference. respond effectively, and to understand and cultural autonomy, and political rights. Third and final course in the three- and methodologies used by scholars Students will learn how to read scientific evaluate communication in a variety of course capstone research track. to conceptualize research and write COM 307 Studies in Film (3) journal articles, write about what they contexts. COM 360 Communication Law Students will complete literature and projects concerned with the critical How do films work? Critical survey of read, and learn to do literature research. and Policy (3) laboratory research in support of their analysis of media tests and discourse several narrative films in their historical They will investigate the conference COM 106 Public Address (3) research project. Once the research is networks. context and exploration of filmmaking Social and legal questions over session offerings, read abstracts, and completed, the student will produce Course helps students learn to speak techniques – acting, directing, editing, communication resources, rights prepare a schedule of seminar sessions a thesis describing all aspects of the publicly. Students are taught to prepare COM 295 Special Topics (1-4) screenwriting and other related topics and responsibilities. Examination of to attend at the conference. Students project and its contribution to the body of and deliver a variety of speeches: – as a means of developing tools for law and policy with respect to social who have done research in a scientific Instructors and topics will vary. May be chemical knowledge. The thesis will be informative, stimulating, convincing, analyzing films as art, popular culture communication practices, such as the field will be encouraged to present their repeated for credit. presented and defended to members of entertaining, and action-getting. and socio-political commentary. First Amendment, media ownership and research at the conference. All students Objectives include providing students intellectual property rights. the chemistry faculty and student body. COM 299 Introduction to who participate in the class will be able to with courage to express their ideas Prerequisite: CHM 450. Journalism (3) COM 317 Language and Culture (3) attend the conference. May be repeated publicly and giving a heightened sense COM 380 Copy Editing and Design for credit. Prerequisite: Permission of Course examines the nature of language CHM 495 Special Topics (1-4) of confidence with the ability to think on Fundamentals of journalistic writing, (3) instructor. including basic news story and feature and its various functions, with an their feet and with the ability to express Focus on editing copy for publications, Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. writing, interviewing, copy editing, emphasis upon English and its cultural themselves in correct English. covering grammar and style, production May be repeated for credit. media law, ethics and writing from and historical contexts. Students explore methods, news criteria, design, speeches and interviews. the structure of language and its role in identity, power and history. Course pagination, and publication. May be content varies. May be repeated for credit. repeated for credit. 200 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 201 COM 385 Conflict and Peace knowledge through the means of a CJ 195 Special Topics (1-4) and court rules regarding the admissions CJ 308 Impact of Correctional CJ 353 Drugs, the Family and Studies (3) specific medium. The focus on a specific Courses offered periodically on topics and presentation of evidence; issues of Methods (3) Society (3) Examines conflict and leadership in medium may vary, depending on announced by faculty. constitutional due process in criminal Examination of confinement and Overview of psychoactive substances, and global and local settings with a focus instructor. May be repeated for credit. cases; and problems with respect to the rehabilitation philosophies; analysis their impact on individuals, families, and on the role communication plays in CJ 210 The Correctional application of evidentiary rules in field of local, state and federal correctional society. Abuse, dependence, treatment, understanding, creating, negotiating, COM 399 Communication Theory (3) Environment (3) settings will constitute the focus of this systems. Historical background and and criminality of drug use are considered. course. Prerequisite: CJ 101 and CJ 215. and transforming conflict situations. Social and cultural theory of media and This course introduces students to the modern concepts will be analyzed. Sociocultural theories of engagement with The class will emphasize the communications applied to analysis of history and functioning of corrections Prerequisite: CJ 101. drug-use-supportive peer groups will also reconciliation movement over the past media events and texts. Students will apply CJ 305 Juvenile Justice and be examined. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or CJ as a component of the American Rehabilitation (3) 25 years, particularly between modern research methods and strategies to analyze criminal justice system. Students will CJ 310 Community 101. Equivalent to PSY 353. nation-states and indigenous peoples. media content. Topic may vary with learn about correctional philosophies This course will examine the legal history Corrections (3) instructor. May be repeated for credit. and applied correctional methods of the juvenile court and historical and An examination of community CJ 379 Judicial Process (3) COM 390 Internship (1-6) in both institutional and community contemporary approaches to juvenile corrections as viable alternatives to Course covers role of the American Approved by the department and carried COM 401 Community Media Lab (3) settings. The impact of correctional rehabilitation adopted in the United states. incarceration. Examines conceptual, court system; roots of Anglo-American out under the direction of department Students produce news and feature policies and practices on individuals Topics explored throughout this course historical, philosophical, structural, jurisprudence; political aspects of legal members and internship coordinators. stories for local media in the Pacific and communities will also be explored. will include analysis of the problems and functional and legal aspects. Prerequisite: institutions; structure of American May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: Northwest area. Requires writing and Prerequisite: CJ 101. processes of the juvenile justice system, CJ 101. court system. Equivalent to PLS 379. permission of instructor. reporting skills. May be repeated for overview of history, definitions, and Prerequisite: CJ 101 or PLS 150. credit. Prerequisites: ENG 302, WRT 302, CJ 215 Police and Society (3) nature of those correctional theories, and CJ 312 Victimology (3) programs and practices that aim to deter COM 395 Special Topics (1-4) COM 302, WRT 303, or COM 303. Review of research on the police, CJ 390 Internship (1-6) criminal conduct in juveniles through A survey of victim-offender Instructors and topics will vary. May be including selected social institutional efforts to change anti-social behavior. relationships, including the origin and Job experience in a criminal justice field. repeated for credit. COM 495 Special Topics (1-4) factors as related to their influence on Equivalent to SOC 305. scope of victimology, the victim and Prerequisite: Department permission Instructors and topics will vary. May be police systems. Prerequisite: CJ 101. administration of justice and social and junior standing. May be taken for COM 396 Intercultural repeated for credit. CJ 307 Gender, Crime and Law (3) reaction to victimization. elective credit only; repeatable for up to Communication (3) CJ 240 Forensic Science (3) six semester hours. Students who take Overview of history, definitions, and nature Cross-cultural examination of international, COM 499 Senior Seminar (3) An introductory forensic science class CJ 315 Organization and internship credit cannot participate in a of the relationship between gender and domestic and personal communication. Students write a thesis paper or create a encompassing historical development Behavior (3) practicum, CJ 450. the criminal justice system. Historically, Coursework intended for anyone whose media project. The capstone project must of forensic science, physical evidence, the American criminal justice system has A comprehensive and critical evaluation work or lifestyle may involve encounters be approved and evaluated by a committee. crime scene investigation, methods CJ 395 Special Topics (1-4) been a “man’s world” focused on crimes of the important theories, approaches of the intercultural kind. Repeatable for a total of 6 credits. and techniques of the modern crime committed by men and institutions run and current research related to the Courses offered periodically on topics laboratory and legal considerations by men. To address the historical lack of study of complex organizations and announced by faculty. COM 397 Directed Study (1-3) Criminal Justice surrounding the scientific investigation interest in women’s roles and the status administration practices of criminal of crime. Prerequisite: CJ 101. CJ 397 Directed Study (1-3) Directed study allows students to pursue of LGBT individuals within the criminal justice agencies. Prerequisite: CJ 101. CJ 101 Introduction to an area of interest as developed with justice world, the course will examine Opportunity for students with advanced Criminal Justice (3) CJ 295 Special Topics (1-4) CJ 325 Criminology and their directed study instructor. May historical and contemporary roles standing to pursue topics of special interest. Juvenile Delinquency (3) be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: An examination of the organization Courses offered periodically on topics played by women and LGBT individuals Prerequisite: Permission of advisor. permission of instructor. and jurisdiction of various agencies announced by faculty. as offenders, professionals, prisoners, Nature and causes of crime and in the criminal justice field; role of and victims. Special attention will be delinquency; efforts to control them. CJ 410 Law and Society (3) COM 398 Media History (3) police, courts, prosecution, corrections, CJ 304 Criminal Courts, Legal given to crimes against women/LGBT Equivalent to SOC 325. Prerequisite: CJ 101. Study of law and its relationship to A focused study of the evolution probation and parole; and their impact Process, and Evidence (3) individuals and the efforts to investigate, society. Instructor may focus on specific and cultural history, the distribution and involvement with the individual The organization of the criminal courts; prosecute, prevent and deter these crimes. issues as they relate to law and society. of information, and the creation of and community. the analysis of statutes, case decisions, Prerequisite: CJ 101 and SOC 101. Prerequisite: CJ 101 or PLS 150.

202 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 203 CJ 420 Philosophy of Law (3) CJ 460 Criminal Law/Criminal justice management/administration. ENG 195 Special Topics (1-4) ENG 292 Creative Writing (3) ENG 311 Studies in Nonfiction (4) This course provides an overview of Procedure (3) Placements require instructor and agency To be arranged by department. May be Introduction to the processes by which An advanced survey of nonfiction, the nature, principles, theories and The purpose of the course is to acquaint approval. Prerequisites: CJ 101, LS 101, repeated for credit. writers produce creative work. Students stressing the fundamentals of the philosophical basis of Western law. you with the constitutional requirements MTH 201, CJ 210, SOC 240, and Junior or will study writers of poetry and fiction genre and critical approaches to it. The purpose of the course is to acquaint of the 4th, 5th, and 6th Amendments Senior standing. ENG 210 Literary Studies (4) as a means of producing original work. Prerequisite: COR 210Y, ENG 210, or students with the history of ideas that regarding police conduct and the lawful This comparative genre course Prerequisite: ENG 102 or COR 120. ENG 220. CJ 495 Special Topics (1-4) constitutes the foundation for Western procedures police may employ. It will teaches students to read literature legal reasoning. Prerequisite: Sophomore be assumed that students have a general Courses offered periodically on topics with greater enjoyment and in ENG 295 Special Topics (1-4) ENG 313 Poetry and Poetics (4) standing. Equivalent to PLS 420. knowledge of the history, nature, purpose announced by faculty. greater depth by teaching the skills of To be arranged by department. May be An advanced survey of poetry, stressing and scope of the criminal justice system. analysis, interpretation, and persuasive repeated for credit. Prerequisite: COR 120. the fundamentals of the genre and CJ 430 Constitutional Consequently, we will examine the role of CJ 499 Senior Seminar (3) expression. Prerequisite: ENG 102 or critical approaches to it. Prerequisite: Safeguards and the police in our criminal justice system Major research paper on approved topic COR 120 with a “C-“ or better. ENG 299 Introduction to COR 210Y, ENG 210, or ENG 220. Individual Liberties (3) in light of Supreme Court cases that bear under direction of department chair. Final Journalism (3) on police investigation, search, detention, Investigation of the origins of the U.S. course of student’s program in criminal ENG 220 Literary Foundations (4) Fundamentals of journalistic writing, ENG 314 Drama and Performance interrogation and arrest practices. Constitution and its amendments from justice. Prerequisite: Senior standing. This course explores how literature including basic news story and feature Studies (4) Prerequisite: CJ 101 or LS 101. standpoints of criminal justice and law functions by drawing connections writing, interviewing, copyediting, An advanced survey of drama, stressing enforcement. Emphasis on studying and English CJ 470 White Collar Crime (3) between the works of the ancient and the media law, ethics and writing from the fundamentals of the genre and clarifying effects of U.S. Supreme Court modern world. Prerequisite: ENG 102 or speeches and interviews. Prerequisite: critical approaches to it. Prerequisite: decisions and how they relate to society. Overview of history, definitions, and ENG 100 English Skills (3) COR 120 with a “C-“ or better. ENG 102 or COR 120. COR 210Y, ENG 210, or ENG 220. Prerequisite: CJ 101. Equivalent to PLS 430. nature of those unlawful activities that Instruction and practice in sentence constitute ‘white collar’ law violations. structure, including English grammar ENG 251 British Literature I ENG 302 Advanced Journalism (3) ENG 317 Language and Culture (4) CJ 440 Advanced Forensic The course will examine historical and and punctuation, as well as in larger (to 1789) (4) Aspects of media law, First Amendment This course examines the nature of Science (3) contemporary conduct that has been units of composition. Course primarily A survey of the diverse genres, themes, rights, and various modes of reporting. language and its various functions, identified as government, corporate, Advanced forensic science laboratory intended for those students not placed and authors of the British Isles, from Prerequisite: ENG 299, WRT 299 or with an emphasis upon English and its occupational, and institutional crime teaching trace evidence examination, into COR 120. the Middle Ages through the 18th permission of instructor. cultural and historical contexts. Students and the law enforcement agencies and forensic serology, drug analysis, arson century. Prerequisite: ENG 210 or 220, or explore the structure of language approaches in place to investigate, analysis, physical pattern analysis, ENG 101 College Writing I (3) instructor permission. ENG 306 Professional and and its role in identity, power and prosecute, prevent and deter these questionable documents examination Introduces students to fundamental Academic Writing Skills (3) history. Course content varies. May be and firearm and tool mark examination. crimes. Prerequisites: CJ 101 or SOC 101. forms of expository writing. Emphasis on ENG 252 British Literature II (1789 Emphasis on structure of language, repeated with permission of instructor. Prerequisite: CJ 240. structure of the essay and steps common to present) (4) CJ 490 Internship (1-6) style and format used in writing inside Prerequisite: COR 210Y, ENG 210, or to the writing process. Prerequisites: A survey of British and Anglophone and outside academia. Topics include ENG 220. CJ 450 Practicum (1-15) This course is designed to address the ENG 100 with a grade of C- or better, texts from the Romantic, Victorian, technical reading and writing, research question what comes after graduation. Semester-long, full-time observation or appropriate scores on the English Modernist, and Postmodern eras, with projects, reports, correspondence and ENG 320 Literature and the This career-oriented course includes and/or research with a criminal justice Placement Exam. an eye toward emerging postcolonial other writing tasks that support writing Environment (4) internship placement with approved agency or related agency. Students voices. Prerequisite: ENG 210 or 220, or in school and the working world. An exploration of the representation of the criminal justice and related agencies along can take course only once, and are not ENG 102 College Writing II (3) instructor permission. Prerequisite: ENG 102 or COR 120. natural world in literature, with an emphasis with a weekly classroom professional permitted to take an internship, CJ Integrates the research process with on ecocritical perspectives. Prerequisite: development seminars addressing 390/490. A substantial research project writing persuasive or argumentative ENG 261 American Literature (4) ENG 310 Studies in Fiction (4) COR 210Y, ENG 210, or ENG 220. criminal justice ethics and employment is required. Elective credit only. essays. Prerequisite: A grade of “C-” opportunities. Students can concentrate A survey of the diverse literatures and An advanced survey of fiction, stressing or better in ENG 101. their placement in applied areas such cultures of the Americas from European the fundamentals of the genre and as: law enforcement, courts, corrections, colonization to the twenty-first century. critical approaches to it. Prerequisite: legal studies, loss prevention, and criminal Prerequisite: ENG 210 or 220, or COR 210Y, ENG 210, or ENG 220. instructor permission. 204 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 205 ENG 325 Studies in British be repeated once with permission of ENG 370 Rhetorical Approaches ENG 395 Special Topics (1-4) ENV 115 Chemistry of the epistemic communities, regimes, global Literature (4) instructor. Prerequisite: ENG 102. to Literature (4) To be arranged by department. May be Environment with and regional environmental governance, Changing content. May be repeated for This course focuses on rhetorical theory repeated for credit. Prerequisite: COR 120. laboratory (4) and sustainable development. credit. Prerequisite: COR 210Y, ENG 210, ENG 345 Literature, Race, and and rhetorical analysis of literary texts This course is designed to introduce or ENG 220. Ethnicity (4) and genres. Particular attention is paid ENG 397 Directed Study (1-4) students to the aspects of chemistry ENV 350 Environmental Law (3) Focusing on the rich and varied ethnic to situating the text in its historical, Composition or readings in literature. that are most relevant to environmental An introduction to United States ENG 330 Studies in American traditions of American and British social, and political context in order to Prerequisite: COR 120. issues, and view these issues through environmental laws and to the Literature (4) authors and beyond, this course understand how literature is informed the lens of a chemist. The fundamental nature, extent, and prosecution of Changing content. May be repeated for explores literatures both in and out of by rhetoric. The course may also ENG 495 Special Topics (1-4) chemistry behind environmental environmental crimes. the canon. May be repeated for credit. explore rhetorical figures, schemes, and topics including greenhouse gases, credit. Prerequisite: COR 210Y, ENG 210, To be arranged by department. May be Prerequisite: COR 210Y, ENG 210, or tropes specific to particular forms of the ozone layer, and nuclear waste are ENV 390 Internship (1-6) or ENG 220. repeated for credit. Prerequisite: COR 120. ENG 220. imaginative literature. Prerequisite: examined. An analysis of conventional Off-campus experience in Environmental COR 210Y, ENG 210, or ENG 220. and alternative energy sources, and ENG 333 Concentrated Author ENG 499 English Seminar (4) Studies either in a work-related or Studies (4) ENG 350 Gender and Sexuality in the chemistry behind them, serves as a research environment. Monitored, Literature (4) ENG 375 Literature and Law (4) Focused group seminar, led by an English framework for this learning. supervised and evaluated by an intern Intensive reading and criticism of works faculty member on a specialized topic to A study of works of literature that A survey of literary works that focus on the supervisor and faculty member. Student by one or two authors. May be repeated support student research and composition explore issues of gender and sexuality, broad theme of the law and explore topics ENV 310 Environmental Social may register for 1-6 internship credits. for credit. Prerequisite: COR 210Y, ENG of a major paper. Topic of seminar with an emphasis on critical approaches arising out of the search for social justice Issues (3) 210, or ENG 220. changes each year. Prerequisite: ENG 382. and historical contexts. Prerequisite: and the nature of legal systems. Prerequisite: A course addressing various topics ENV 395 Special Topics (1-4) COR 210Y, ENG 210, or ENG 220. COR 210Y, ENG 210, or ENG 220. surrounding environmental issues from ENG 335 Comparative Literature (4) Environmental Studies Instructors and topics will vary. May be a social science perspective. Topics An exploration of selected works of world repeated for credit. ENG 355 Spirituality and ENG 382 Literary Theory and vary and course may be repeated for literature – Anglophone, translated, or ENV 105 Earth Science with Literature (4) Criticism (4) Environmental Studies BA, but not for BS. both – with an emphasis on cultural laboratory (4) ENV 397 Directed Study (1-3) Course focuses on selected literary Advanced study in textual interpretation contexts and comparative approaches to This course introduces students to the Directed Study allows students to pursue texts as sites for the discussion, and assumptions about literature for ENV 320 Environmental literary studies. Changing content. May Earth as a system of interconnected an area of interest as developed with promulgation, and critique of religious Literary Studies majors. Examination Humanities (3) be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: spheres (atmosphere, hydrosphere, their directed study instructor. If taken to institutions, dogmas, and influence. of many contemporary theories that A course developed from a humanities COR 210Y, ENG 210, or ENG 220. lithosphere, and biosphere). Local geology satisfy the ENV Internship requirement, Changing content. May be repeated for underpin how we read and interpret prospective, which addresses topics is explored via field trips to unique course must include a service credit. Prerequisite: COR 210Y, ENG a piece of writing, including systems related to environmental studies. Topics ENG 340 Literature in the geological sites (Mt Saint Helens, Mima component. May be repeated for credit. 210, or ENG 220. (social class, gender, ethnicity, vary and course may be repeated for Medieval World (4) mounds, glacial moraines). Laboratory Prerequisite: permission of instructor. psychology, and historical forces) that Environmental Studies BA, but not for BS. An exploration of selected prose, drama, topics cover local geology, the scientific ENG 365 Literature and Film (4) circulate through written texts and that and poetry from Britain, Europe, and method, plate tectonics, atmospheric ENV 400 Senior Seminar (2) influence our interpretation of them. ENV 330 Climate Change (3) beyond, circa 700-1500. Changing content. A course that explores intersections science, and biosphere ecology. Presentation and discussion of results of Prerequisite: ENG 210 or 220. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: between literature and film as distinct This course examines the historical, literature and laboratory investigations COR 210Y, ENG 210, or ENG 220. mediums of artistic expression. Usually ENV 110 Environmental Science economic, social and scientific contexts of environmental topics. Preparation ENG 390 Internship (1-3) features cinematic adaptations of with laboratory (4) surrounding the topic of climate change. of senior research project proposal. literary texts. Changing content. May be Aspects of communication. Prerequisite: ENG 341 Shakespeare (3) Course encompasses broad topics in Intended for Environmental Studies repeated for credit. Prerequisite: COR ENG102, COR 120, or permission of ENV 340 Global Environmental Students will study, discuss and write environmental science; including species Bachelor of Science degree. 210Y, ENG 210, or ENG 220. instructor. Politics (3) about several Shakespearean works in the diversity, population dynamics, human context of other dramatic and non-dramatic population growth concerns, energy use This course introduces students to major ENV 401 Senior Research (4) Renaissance works. Content changes. May and water quality. Includes laboratory global environmental concepts and issues Literature review, development and and field experiences. such as biodiversity, climate change, implementation of a research project

206 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 207 focused in an area of study determined Equivalent to BIO 203 and NUR 203. underlying skilled performance in EXS 420 Biomechanics (3) and their individual, cultural, and social social categories become constructed and by the instructor. Culminates in a written Prerequisites: BIO 121 or BIO 141. everyday functional behaviors, sport, An analysis of the biomechanics of implications. shape what we consider to be pop culture, paper and oral presentation. Intended and dance. The teacher or practitioner’s human movement with an emphasis on what we label as pop culture, and how we for Environmental Studies Bachelor of EXS 310 Introduction to Sports role in facilitating skill learning and sports, improved performance and injury GIS 295 Special Topics in define ourselves within pop culture. Science degree. Prerequisites: BIO 358 Medicine (3) performance is emphasized. prevention. Includes basic application Gender and Identity or BIO 359, and ENV 400. Study of emergency methods used in of physical laws to performance, motion, Studies (1-4) GIS 395 Special Topics in common accidents. Students may qualify for EXS 390 Internship (1 – 3) fluid mechanics and tissue mechanics. Elective courses offered periodically on Gender and Identity ENV 498 Research Methods (3) Red Cross certificates. Equivalent to PE 310. Student experience in the exercise topics related to gender and identity studies. Studies (1-4) This course is designed to give students sciences, either in a work-related or EXS 490 I Internship (1 – 3) Elective courses offered periodically on a theoretical and practical knowledge EXS 315 Exercise Prescription research environment. Monitored, Student experience in the exercise GIS 300 Feminist and Identity topics related to gender and identity studies. of research methods in the disciplines and Testing (3) supervised and evaluated by an intern sciences, either in a work-related or Theories (3) of environmental studies and political Provides students involved in the supervisor and faculty member. research environment. Monitored, The objective of this course is to think GIS 397 Directed Studies (3) science. In this course students will promotion of physical activity with the supervised and evaluated by an intern critically about theory and methodology An examination of selected issues or choose a research topic, perform a basic knowledge necessary to safely EXS 395 Special Topics (1-4) supervisor and faculty member. as it pertains to the intersection of gender, research projects in gender and identity considerable amount of readings in the conduct exercise, health and fitness Instructors and topics will vary. May be sexuality, socioeconomic status, race, studies. Program permission required. secondary literature, make a research assessments in a variety of community repeated for credit. EXS 499 Exercise Science ability and other social identities. The design, and carry out the research settings. Topics will include: history Capstone course seeks to understand how the social Geography necessary to write a senior thesis next of assessment and its role in physical EXS 397 Directed Study (1-3) The Capstone pulls together the breadth construction of gender and identity shapes semester. Intended for Environmental GPH 210 World Regional activity promotion; purpose and methods Directed study allows students to pursue of the student’s knowledge and experience our gendered norms, behaviors, and the Studies Bachelor of Arts degree. Geography (3) for pre-evaluation and screening; an area of interest as developed with gained at Saint Martin’s University through lens in which we evaluate and normalize assessment and evaluation techniques; their directed study instructor. May others. Study of major world regions, their ENV 499 Senior Research a carefully researched original work of prescriptive program development for be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: historical backgrounds, physical features, Seminar (3) scholarship on a topic chosen by the student health and fitness; introduction of special permission of instructor. and approved by the student’s advisor. GIS 350 Queer Theory (3) climate, political dynamics and economic A major research paper exploring some population considerations; and bio- This course will provide an resources. aspect of environmental studies and/or psycho-social implications of assessment EXS 405 Advanced Kinesiology Gender and Identity Studies introduction to theoretical and practical social policy. The topic is developed in and evaluation. This course will help with lab (4) understandings of Queer Theory. It History ENV498 during the previous semester. prepare exercise science students for Exploration of anatomical and mechanical GIS 200 Introduction to Gender will examine the political and social This course is intended for Bachelor of Arts certification through the American HIS 121 World History to 1500 (3) fundamentals of human motion. and Identity Studies (3) constructions of sexuality, sexual environmental studies majors. Intended College of Sports Medicine and/or the Laboratory experience provides basic This course introduces students to the orientation, gender, desire, and the erotic The course is an examination of different for Environmental Studies Bachelor of Arts National Strength and Conditioning instrumentation and clinical skills practice. conceptualization of gender and identity “body.” It will focus on both the historical civilizations in many parts of the world degree. Prerequisite: ENV 498. Association (NSCA). in a social world. Focus will be placed on a practice of Queer Theory as an apparatus from the beginning of man’s origins to EXS 415 Advanced Exercise of the academy, and as an on-going 1500 AD. Specifically, the course looks Exercise Science EXS 320 Motor Learning and multi-disciplinary understanding of gender Physiology with lab (4) movement for universal equal rights. at the origin, religion, art, political Development (3) and identity and will examine how gender, Course promotes understanding of class, race, age, sexuality, physical ability, development and military struggles EXS 203 Human Nutrition (3) Motor Learning study focuses on the GIS 375 Gender and Pop Culture (3) theoretical and practical aspects of exercise and culture intersect and impact lives. of various cultures across the globe. An introduction to the fundamental of behavioral, biomechanical, and neural physiology as they relate to the teacher, This course looks at pop culture through Through this course students will be human nutrition as they relate to the bases of development, acquisition, coach, trainer and/or exercise specialist. GIS 250 Men and Masculinities (3) the lens of gender and how gender is able to explain basic concepts such as individual and the community. Includes an and performance of functional Laboratory experience provides basic This course introduces students to created in society. Gender doesn’t stand civilization and the effects of market exploration of nutrient identity, acquisition movement skills. Acquisition of skill is instrumentation and clinical skills practice. feminist informed men’s studies. on its own away from other political economies, warfare, and religion on the and utilization. The links between examined over the lifespan in typically The influence of gender on men’s categories including, but not limited to: formation and maintenance of cultures. nutrition, diseases, environment and social developing and impaired individuals. lives will be analyzed through an race, class & sexuality. This class will The students will also be able identify context are examined. Students apply Movement analysis is used to explain exploration of multiple masculinities take a look at how all of these identifying important historical figures as well as concepts to real-world circumstances. the neuromotor control processes the geographical regions of various

208 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 209 civilizations. Finally, students should have HIS 195 Special Topics (1-4) HIS 217 History of Chinese and include: working-class culture, industrial HIS 330 Cold War (3) HIS 357 United States History the competency to broadly explain the To be arranged with department advisor. Japanese Civilizations (3) organization, and politics; work and The course traces the origins of the 1763-1877 (3) chronological events that have occurred General survey of the history of China and community life; labor-management Cold War, its impact on the foreign Intensive overview of the United States throughout the history of the world. HIS 211 History of Latin Japan. Emphasis on the important aspects relations; changing patterns of working- and domestic policies of the United from the Revolutionary period through the American Civilization (3) of Chinese and Japanese civilizations, class protest; and a special emphasis States and Soviet Union, and the role Civil War and Reconstruction era. Examines HIS 122 World History Since on race, ethnicity, and gender in the This course studies Latin American political, social and economic factors, of perceptions and misperceptions on social, political and economic developments 1500 (3) process of working-class formation and history from the origins of pre- the impact of the West, modernization, the part of United States and Soviet that consolidated the nation. fragmentation. The course is a general examination of Columbian civilization to the development, militarism, war and decision-makers. Equivalent to PLS 330. different civilizations in many parts of independence movement from Spain revolution. HIS 358 United States History HIS 320 The History of Nazi the world from the Renaissance to World in 1810. The course focuses on the HIS 334 Medieval European 1877-1945 (3) Germany (3) War I. Specifically, the course looks at political, economic, and cultural forces HIS 295 Special Topics (1-4) History (3) Comprehensive analysis of the the political, economic and military that shaped Spanish and Portuguese To be arranged with department advisor. This course will examine one of the most Germanic migrations to the fall of emergence of the United States as a great struggles of various cultures across the Colonial America. Specifically, the radical and destructive regimes in history, Constantinople, 1453. Emphasis power. Examines crucial social, political, globe and will provide explanations to course examines indigenous societies HIS 305 History of American Nazi Germany, and the Holocaust, which on religious, political, military and economic and diplomatic developments understand the relationship between the in Mesoamerica and the Andes, the Women (3) that regime perpetrated. The course will diplomatic aspects. that moved the United States from the Western and non-Western worlds. The focus on the origins of anti-Semitism, the conquest of Latin America, colonial Survey of the history of American women periphery of international power to course also studies the technological impact of World War I on German society, socio-political organization, the late from the colonial era to the present, HIS 336 Early Modern European world leadership during World War II. and philosophical revolutions as well as the abortive experiment in democracy in the colonial crises, and the build-up to the focusing on the ways gender, race, History (3) historical figures that shaped the world 1920s, the emergence of Adolf Hitler and independence in Latin America. ethnicity, class, and location have shaped A survey of all aspects of European HIS 359 United States History into what it is today. Consequently, the the rise of the Nazi movement to power. The American women’s lives. history from 1450 to the French Since 1945 (3) course explains how global interaction course will also examine Hitler’s regime, the HIS 213 History of African Revolution. An in-depth analysis of the history of through trade, migration, religion road to war and the relationship between Civilization to 1880 (3) HIS 310 United States the post-World War II United States. and war contributed to the growing total war and genocide. Diplomatic History (3) HIS 344 Nineteenth Century interconnectivity of the modern world. At This class will examine African history, Emergence of the United States as a focusing on Sub-Saharan Africa from European History (3) the end of the course students should be A study of the origins, development and HIS 325 History of the Vietnam modern superpower will be traced the period 1000 to 1880 AD. It will able to broadly explain the chronological implementation of United States foreign War (3) The European experience from 1815 to through examination of key social, events that shaped the world at the examine various African societies in policy. Equivalent to PLS 310. World War I. political, economic and diplomatic their own right, while also considering History of the Vietnam War from 1945 to developments of the postwar period. beginning of the 20th century. 1975. Focus on U.S.-Vietnam relations; also their relationships with Europe, Asia, HIS 315 Women’s Sports HIS 347 Twentieth Century examines the French role in Indochina HIS 141 U.S. History to 1877 (3) and the Americas through the exchange History (3) Europe (3) HIS 360 History of American of Christianity and Islam, the growth and regional developments since the war’s Slavery (3) A critical survey of the origins and Critical study of European problems General survey of U.S. history through and abolition of the slave trade, and the end. Equivalent to PLS 325. historical evolution of women’s sports. and developments since 1914. This course will explore the origins, the Civil War and Reconstruction. emergence of colonialism. Course will examine key social, economic It will consider the social, political and HIS 326 Pacific Northwest History (3) expansion, and abolition of slavery in cultural variables that influenced and HIS 356 Colonial American colonial and 19th century America. and political developments in the United HIS 215 History of Islamic A survey of Pacific Northwest States during this period. shaped women’s athletics. Also examines History to 1763 (3) It will examine the experiences of Civilization (3) history from the earliest contacts enslaved people, slaveholders, and non- overall significance of the contemporary A comprehensive analysis of the ideas, Introductory survey of Middle East between Indigenous and European slaveholders in different contexts, and HIS 142 U.S. History Since 1877 (3) women’s sports revolution. events and institutions that shaped the history. Examines key political, cultural peoples to the present, with a focus examine the relationship between slavery colonial experience and development of General survey of U.S. history from the and economic developments from the on the social, cultural, political, and and racism, national politics, the economy, HIS 319 American Working- the future United States. Course spans Industrial Revolution to the present, time of Muhammad to the present. environmental history of the region that the Civil War, and society more broadly. Class History (3) period from earliest European contact including examination of key social, is now Washington, Oregon, and Idaho The course will also explore different A critical survey of working class history through the maturation of the colonies. economic and political developments (Education Program requirement in approaches to studying slavery, including in the United States from the early 19th in the United States during this period. many cases). working with secondary sources produced century to the present. Main themes will by historians of slavery, and with primary

210 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 211 sources produced by enslaved people, HIS 390 History Internship (3-9) it fluctuated between nationalism, HIS 495 Special Topics (1-4) IDS 498 Senior Thesis I (2) Courses may include topics such as: slaveholders, and others. Departmental permission and junior modernization, communist upheavals To be arranged with department advisor. After submitting a plan to the white collar crime; environmental standing required. and dictatorship while also examining Board of Study and receiving its law/environmental crime; others. HIS 365 History of the Civil War U.S.-Latin American relations. HIS 498 History Research approval, students gather substantial Prerequisite: LS 101. and Reconstruction (3) HIS 395 Special Topics (1-4) Methods(3) bibliographies and produce drafts of This is a specialized course in the history HIS 413 History of Modern their senior thesis.* LS 295 Special Topics (1-4) To be arranged with department advisor. Africa (3) This course is designed to give students of the Civil War and Reconstruction. a theoretical and practical knowledge Courses relevant to the Legal Studies Among other topics, this course HIS 397 Directed Study (1-3) This course will survey African History of research methods in the discipline IDS 499 Senior Thesis II (2) curriculum offered periodically on topics will explore the causes of the war, since 1880, with a focus on Sub-Saharan announced by the faculty. Courses may Permission of department required. of history. This class is about how Students revise and present their senior and its relation to slavery; military Africa. It will examine the European historians think about and do history. It theses before Board of Study.* include topics such as: white collar developments, and whether the war colonization of Africa, African resistance is intended to introduce students to the crime; environmental law/environmental HIS 410 The History of Modern *Students will choose a senior thesis director, and Northern victory was inevitable; to this colonization from the 19th century types of research used by historians, the crime; others. Prerequisite: LS 101. Egypt (3) subject to the approval of the Board of Study. After the wartime experiences of soldiers, until independence, and the challenges process of writing history, the theoretical This course analyzes the modern history presentation of senior thesis (IDS 499), Board of slaves, and civilians; the role enslaved and successes of the post-colonial perspectives used by historians today, LS 350 Environmental Law (3) of Egypt within an extended time span Study will share its evaluation of the thesis with people and Abraham Lincoln played period to the present day. The course and the implications of new technologies An introduction to United States between the early 19th century and the the director; director will determine its final grade. in the outcome of the war and will continually explore how Africans in the researching and writing of history. environmental laws and to the nature, extent, present. It will examine the political, emancipation; the causes of the successes have defined themselves, their relations In this course students will choose a and prosecution of environmental crimes. economic and socio-cultural foundations Legal Studies and failures of Reconstruction; and the with other Africans, and the relationship research topic, perform a considerable of modern Egypt, the influence of degree to which Northern and Southern between Africa and the rest of the world. amount of readings in the secondary Course descriptions for additional LS 395 Special Topics (1-4) the West and critically evaluate society and politics were altered by the literature, make a research design, and Legal Studies courses offered other contemporary Egypt within the Courses relevant to the Legal Studies war and Reconstruction. HIS 415 History of the Modern carry out the research necessary to write than those listed below may be found context of the modern Middle East. Middle East (3) curriculum offered periodically on topics a senior thesis the next semester. under the department from which the announced by the faculty. Courses may HIS 370 History of American Intensive overview of 19th- and 20th- courses originate. Immigration (3) HIS 411 Modern Latin America (3) include topics such as: white collar century history of the Middle East. HIS 499 Senior Seminar/Paper (3) crime; environmental law/environmental The course is designed to examine LS 101 The Legal Environment This course examines the history of Key political, economic and cultural A capstone course in which students use crime; others. Prerequisite: LS 101. the historical development of Latin and Ethics (3) immigration to the United States, developments of the region from the age both primary and secondary sources to America from its age of independence the experiences of immigrants of of European imperialism to the present write an original research paper on an This course introduces the student to LS 397 Directed Readings in in the nineteenth century to the modern diverse backgrounds, and the role that will be considered. approved topic. Prerequisite: HIS 498. the American legal system, including Legal Studies (1-3) immigration has played in shaping day nation states of the 21st century. sources of law; topical areas within the A semester of directed readings American culture. The course will The course focuses on the economic, HIS 435 History of Capitalism (3) Interdisciplinary Studies law; legal process; basic legal research political, and cultural forces that have under the supervision of the pre-law examine primary and secondary source Origins of private property, profit- methods; and ethical issues. It is the shaped Latin America. In particular, advisor. Topic to be chosen by student documents, including monographs, taking and possessive individualism. IDS 301 Junior Seminar (3) initial, introductory course in Legal novels, autobiographies, and other the course presents two major theories in consultation with pre-law advisor. Alternative explanations for the rise and Team-taught classes with changing Studies and is required for completion resources to explore the major themes, (the cultural historical legacy argument Prerequisite: Senior Standing; 3.0 GPA; fall of capitalism. Extensive reference subject matter. These seminars study of a minor in Legal Studies. The course historical trends, and cultural contexts and the external dependency argument) Permission of the pre-law advisor. to the experience of the North Atlantic significant ideas, texts, and occurrences features a broad range of guest speakers of the American immigrant experience. that influence modern Latin America community. that students are required to interpret as well as a number of field trips to LS 470 White Collar Crime (3) At the instructor’s discretion, the course today. The class studies Bolivar’s war with two distinct sets of disciplinary courts, law libraries, and law offices. may survey the history of immigration for independence and the subsequent Overview of history, definitions, and HIS 490 History Internship (3-9) methods. At least two IDS301 seminars from the colonial period to the present effect of independence on Latin nature of those unlawful activities that Departmental permission and junior are required of IDS majors. LS 195 Special Topics (1-4) day, or focus on some narrower period of America’s socioeconomic and political constitute ‘white collar’ law violations. standing required. Courses relevant to the Legal Studies American immigration history. environment. The class then studies The course will examine historical and Latin America’s political and economic curriculum offered periodically on contemporary conduct that has been development in the 20th century as topics announced by the faculty. identified as government, corporate,

212 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 213 occupational, and institutional crime MTH 110 Mathematics in Modern MTH 161 Mathematical Methods MTH 200 Mathematics for vector fields, curl, divergence, and linear transformations, and applications. and the law enforcement agencies and Society (3) for Business and Social Computer Science (3) Green’s Theorem. Prerequisite: MTH Prerequisite: MTH 172 with grade “C-” approaches in place to investigate, A course in quantitative reasoning Sciences (3) Introduction to mathematical concepts 172 with grade “C-” or better. or better. prosecute, prevent and deter these designed to examine mathematical An introduction to calculus in a business related to the field of Computer Science. crimes. Prerequisites: CJ 101 or SOC 101. problems in modern society. Topics and social sciences setting. Topics Topics include propositional logic, set MTH 295 Special Topics (1-4) MTH 357 Probability and include analysis of data and statistics, include systems of equations, matrices, theory, algorithms, basic number theory, Selected topics in math. Prerequisite: Statistics (3) LS 495 Special Topics (1-4) voting strategies, and basic financial linear programming, and calculus of induction and recurrence relations, and Instructor’s permission. May be Topics include probability expectation, Courses relevant to the Legal Studies decisions. polynomial, rational, exponential, and graph theory. Prerequisite: MTH 161 or repeated for credit. common distribution, density functions, curriculum offered periodically on topics logarithmic functions The calculus topics MTH 171 with grade “C-” or better. estimation, confidence intervals, announced by the faculty. Courses may MTH 121 Precalculus include limits, derivatives, optimization, MTH 314 History of Mathematics (3) hypothesis testing, and regression. include topics such as: white collar Mathematics (3) implicit differentiation, antiderivatives, MTH 201 Introduction to Selected topics from the three great Prerequisite: MTH 172 with grade “C-” crime; environmental law/environmental A first course designed to prepare basic integration techniques, and Statistics (3) mathematical cultures that fed or better. crime; others. Prerequisite: LS 101. students for the study of calculus, applications of integration. Prerequisite: Introduction to descriptive statistics, contemporary world mathematical focusing on algebraic skills. Topics MTH 121 with grade “C-” or better or measures of central tendency and culture: Greece 600 B.C.–600 A.D.; MTH 366 Geometry (3) Mathematics include functions (properties, operations, equivalent math placement exam score. variability, linear regression, probability, the Muslim Near East 800 A.D.–1200 Course will study several types of inverses, graphing by transformation), linear regression, sampling distributions, A.D.; and Europe 1500 A.D.–1900 geometries by considering their sets MTH 100 Math Lab (3) real and complex zeros of polynomials, MTH 171 Calculus I (4) estimation, and hypothesis testing. A.D. Course will consider both of axioms and proving theorems. A self-paced course designed to take graphing and solving equations and A first course in calculus with Prerequisite: MTH 101 or MTH 102 with technical mathematical achievement Geometries covered are finite geometries, students from their current level of math inequalities of polynomial, rational, transcendentals. Topics include limits, grade “C-” or better or equivalent math and historical and social contexts in Euclidean geometry, projective to readiness for Intermediate Algebra exponential, and logarithmic functions, continuity, differentiation, applications placement exam score. which these accomplishments took geometry and non-Euclidean geometry. using computer assisted instruction. solving systems of equations and of the derivative (implicit differentiation, place. Course is writing-intensive. Prerequisite: MTH 220 with grade “C-” inequalities; and partial fraction related rates, linear approximations, MTH 220 Introduction to Prerequisite: MTH 161 or MTH 171 or better. MTH 101 Intermediate Algebra (3) decomposition. Prerequisite: MTH 101 optimization, and graphing), Advanced Mathematics (3) with grade “C-” or better. A course designed to prepare students for or MTH 102 with grade “C-” or better or antiderivatives, definite and indefinite Introduction to abstract mathematical MTH 372 Complex Variables (3) Precalculus Mathematics. Topics include equivalent math placement exam score. integrals, and the method of substitution. reasoning through the study of symbolic MTH 322 Differential Equations (3) Introduction to complex analysis, the graphing and writing equations of lines, Prerequisite: MTH 122 with grade “C-” logic and mathematical proof. Topics Introduction to ordinary differential application of the theory of calculus to basic factoring techniques, and solving MTH 122 Precalculus II (3) or better or equivalent math placement include set theory, function and relation equations. Topics include methods for the complex numbers. Topics include equations and inequalities involving A second course designed to prepare exam score. theory, and basic number theory. finding analytical, numerical, and series complex functions, analytic and harmonic polynomials, rational expressions, students for the study of calculus, Prerequisite: MTH 171 with grade “C-” solutions to first and second order functions, complex elementary functions, radical expressions, and absolute values. focusing on trigonometry and analytic MTH 172 Calculus II (4) or better. differential equations and systems of complex integration, residue theory, and Prerequisite: MTH 100 with grade geometry. Topics include trigonometric A second course in calculus with differential equations. Existence of conformal mapping. Prerequisite: of “C-” or better or equivalent math functions, analytic trigonometry, polar transcendentals. Topics include MTH 271 Calculus III (3) solutions, uniqueness of solutions, and MTH 271 with grade “C-” or better. placement exam score. coordinates, parametric equations, polar integration techniques, applications of Expansion of the study of calculus to the use of Laplace transforms will also form of complex numbers, conic sections, the integral (area, volumes of solids of higher dimensions. Topics include vectors, be studied. Prerequisite: MTH 172 with MTH 381 Math Modeling (3) MTH 102 Beginning and and vectors. Prerequisite: MTH 121 with revolution, and arc length), sequences, equations of lines and planes, cylinders, grade “C-” or better. Introduction to the basics of Intermediate Algebra (3) grade “C-” or better or equivalent math infinite series, and calculus of parametric quadric surfaces, vector functions, mathematical modeling emphasizing A self-paced course designed to take placement exam score. and polar equations. Prerequisite: MTH curvature, multivariable functions, limits, MTH 353 Linear Algebra (3) model construction, analysis and students from their current level of math 171 with grade “C-” or better. continuity, partial derivatives, directional Introduction to linear algebra. Topics application. Students will develop to readiness for Precalculus Mathematics derivatives, gradient, optimization, include systems of linear equations, spreadsheet models and MATLAB using computer assisted instruction. MTH 195 Special Topics (1-4) multiple integration (in Cartesian, matrix operations, elementary matrices, models for problems arising in areas The course covers the same content as Selected topics in math. Prerequisite: cylindrical, and spherical coordinates), determinants, abstract vector spaces such as physics, biology, and probability Intermediate Algebra with prerequisite Instructor’s permission. May be repeated line integrals, and subspaces, linear independence and that can answer questions to real-world content from Math Lab included. for credit. spanning, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, problems. Prerequisites: MTH 172,

214 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 215 MTH 201 or MTH 357 and CSC 101. MTH 472 Real Analysis II (3) MUS 105L Music Theory I: Aural the topic will be emphasized through of private instruction per week plus MUS 295 Special Topics (1-4) Grades “C-” or better required. A second course in real analysis. Topics Skills Lab (1) recordings, musical analysis and class convocation/area recital/ studio class. To be arranged with department advisor. include convergence of series, point wise The primary goal of the Aural Skills discussion. Final exam conducted by jury. See MUS MTH 395 Special Topics (1-4) and uniform convergence of series of Lab is to produce musicians who can 110 for instructional areas. Prerequisite: MUS 305 Music Theory III (3) MUS 108 Music in Western placement audition by committee. May Selected topics in math. Prerequisite: functions, and (Riemann) integration. perceive and make sound in meaningful, Continuation of MUS 106 and beginning Culture (3) be repeated for credit. Instructor’s permission. May be repeated Prerequisite: MTH 471 with grade “C-” or consistent musical patterns. The listening studies in counterpoint. Prerequisite: for credit. better. portion includes dictation of melodies, A study of music as a cultural MUS 106. Corequisite: MUS 305L. rhythms and harmonies, perceptions phenomenon in the life of Western MUS 112 Applied Lessons (1) MTH 397 Directed Study (1-3) MTH 495 Special Topics (1-4) of musical events (e.g. meter or form), mankind. Emphasis on selected For music majors; may not be taken for MUS 305L Music Theory III: Aural A reading or research project in an area Selected topics in math. Prerequisite: and ensemble skills. Performance composers and representative audit. One hour of private instruction Skills Lab (1) includes sight-reading, conducting and masterworks. per week plus convocation/area recital/ of interest to the student. This could Instructor’s permission. May be The primary goal of the Aural Skills improvisation. Corequisite: MUS 105. studio class. Final exam conducted by be advanced study on the subject of a repeated for credit. Lab is to produce musicians who can MUS 109 History of Jazz (3) jury. See MUS 110 for instruction areas. regularly taught upper-division course or perceive and make sound in meaningful, MUS 106 Music Theory II (3) Prerequisite: placement audition by study of a topic not covered in the regular Music History of Jazz is a celebration of and consistent musical patterns. The listening committee. May be repeated for credit. curriculum. A continuation of MUS 105. Prerequisite: introduction to a genre of music which portion includes dictation of melodies, MUS 100 Recital Attendance (0) MUS 105. Corequisite: MUS 106L. can be considered a unique American MUS 195 Special Topics (1-4) rhythms and harmonies, perceptions MTH 400 Senior Paper (2-3) Through attending approved concerts art form. It is a survey focusing on the of musical events (e.g. meter or form), Students write a detailed, thesis-style and recitals, student musicians gain MUS 106L Music Theory II: Aural evolution of jazz styles, people and To be arranged with department advisor. and ensemble skills. Performance report describing the results of research insight into performance practices and Skills Lab (1) cultures of impact from its inception includes sight-reading, conducting and or independent study. Open only to etiquette, as well as hearing a variety The primary goal of the Aural Skills to the present. It emphasizes a study of MUS 220 Basic Conducting (3) improvisation. Corequisite: MUS 305. senior math majors. of styles and genres of music. Required Lab is to produce musicians who can diverse cultures, important performers, A study of basic conducting techniques of music majors for six semesters and perceive and make sound in meaningful, composers and musical techniques and score-reading skills applicable to MUS 306 Music Theory IV (3) involved in the creation and performance MTH 461 Abstract Algebra (4) music minors for two semesters, with a consistent musical patterns. The listening instrumental and choral ensembles. A continuation of MUS 305, with of this special genre. A proof-based course in the theory of minimum of five recitals per semester. portion includes dictation of melodies, Prerequisite: MUS 106. additional emphasis on contrapuntal May be repeated for transcript rhythms and harmonies, perceptions generalized algebraic systems. Topics MUS 110 Applied Lessons (1) techniques and 20th century harmony include groups, rings, and fields. inclusion. of musical events (e.g. meter or form), MUS 285 Saint Martin’s Chorale (1-3) and composition. Prerequisite: MUS 305. Prerequisites: MTH 220 and MTH 353 and ensemble skills. Performance For music minors, secondary instruments A study of sacred and secular choral Corequisite: MUS 306L. MUS 104 Music Fundamentals (3) with grades “C-” or better. includes sight-reading, conducting and and non-majors; may not be taken for literature for the large ensemble. Study of the basic elements of music improvisation. Corequisite: MUS 106 audit. One-half hour lesson per week plus Emphasis on individual vocal and MUS 306L Music Theory IV: Aural MTH 471 Real Analysis I (4) including note reading, notating music, convocation. Instruction offered in piano, musical development during rehearsals. Skills Lab (1) MUS 107 History of Rock and organ, harpsichord, voice, flute, oboe, A proof-based course in the theory of major and minor scales, key signatures Culminates in a group performance. May The primary goal of the Aural Skills Roll (3) clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, the real numbers and the foundations and clefs. be repeated for credit. Lab is to produce musicians who can horn, euphonium, trombone, tuba, of calculus. Topics include development This course presents an historical survey perceive and make sound in meaningful, MUS 105 Music Theory I (3) percussion, violin, viola, cello, contrabass, of the real number system, limits of of Rock and Roll from the musical MUS 286 College Band (1-3) consistent musical patterns. The listening harp or guitar. Final exam conducted sequences and functions, continuity and An introduction to the rudiments of and cultural environment prior to its The band provides students who perform portion includes dictation of melodies, by jury in some sections. Prerequisite: uniform continuity of functions, and music, including common practice inception through the majority of Rock’s on wind or percussion instruments rhythms and harmonies, perceptions Audition by committee. May be repeated differentiation. Prerequisites: MTH 172, harmony, analysis and ear training. sixty-year history. It explores significant an opportunity to study, rehearse and of musical events (e.g. meter or form), for credit. MTH 220, and an upper division math Corequisite: MUS 105L artists, bands and individuals, whose perform music from the extensive wind and ensemble skills. Performance contributions have made it what it is course. Grades of “C-” or better required. MUS 111 Applied Lessons (1) band repertoire. Prerequisite: Audition. includes sight-reading, conducting and today, and it demonstrates the interaction May be repeated for credit. improvisation. Corequisite: MUS 306. between and function of instruments in For music majors who need to correct the Rock format. An objective view of deficiencies in major instrument area; may not be taken for audit. One hour

216 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 217 MUS 307 Musical Form and approximately one half-hour of music. Specific ensembles will be offered based MUS 395 Special Topics (1-4) NUR 301 Introduction to NUR 303 Health Assessment (3) Analysis (3) Corequisite: MUS 310 for music minors; on student interest. May be repeated To be arranged with department advisor. Professional Nursing (3) Foundational knowledge, skills and This course advances students’ MUS 312 for music majors. for credit. An introduction to the discipline of attitudes about health assessment across understanding of music through formal, MUS 397 Directed Study (1-3) nursing, nursing theories, professional the lifespan, respecting diverse cultures, rhythmic, melodic and harmonic MUS 330 Music History I (3) MUS 385 Saint Martin’s Chorale values, standards, nursing history and ethnicities and social backgrounds. (1-3) An opportunity for students to pursue analysis. Students will develop skills and A study of major composers and research-based or scholarly projects culture, health care delivery systems, Includes 1 credit didactic and 2 credits lab. techniques that enable them visually compositions in Western culture A study of sacred and secular choral on their own initiative. Prerequisite: the scientific basis for nursing, and the and aurally to comprehend simple and prior to 1750. Includes an overview of literature for the large ensemble. Instructor’s consent. role of nursing in the delivery of health. NURS 304 Pathophysiology and complex forms, line, metric and tonal important historical events in related Emphasis on individual vocal and Critical thinking and active inquiry Pharmacology for relationships, and the like within small fields and their influence on the musical development during rehearsal. MUS 427 Senior Recital (1) into healthcare issues are introduced. Nursing Practice (3) and larger-scale musical structures. development of music. Prerequisite: Culminates in group performance. Students will examine health from A recital given by a music major in which Concepts of pathophysiology and Prerequisite MUS 306. MUS 106. Students who take MUS 385 will assume different perspectives, social justice in the student performs a music program pharmacology essential to nursing a leadership role in the chorale in their healthcare, care of self and the practice approximately one hour in length. practice. MUS 310 Applied Lessons (1) MUS 331 Music History II (3) respective sections (i.e., soprano, alto, of nursing from a holistic, caring Corequisite: MUS 312. For music minors, secondary instruments A study of the major composers and tenor, bass) and/or in the chorale in framework. NUR 310 Health Policy (3) general. May be repeated for credit. and non-majors at the upper-division compositions in Western culture MUS 430 Music in the Classroom (3) Examination of health policy and its level. See MUS 110 for instruction from 1750 to the present. Includes an NUR 302 Foundations of Nursing Introduction to teaching music in the significance to practice. Overview of areas. Prerequisite: Upper-division jury overview of important historical events MUS 386 College Band (1-3) Practice: Prevention elementary classroom designed for policy analysis, legislative and regulatory examination. May be repeated for credit. in related fields and their influence on The band provides students who perform and Promotion of elementary education classroom teachers. processes and issues such as health care the development of music. Prerequisite: on wind or percussion instruments Health (2) Course includes the study of music reform, health care costs, Medicare MUS 312 Applied Lessons (1) MUS 106. opportunity to study, rehearse and perform Foundational knowledge, skills and fundamentals and methods of teaching and Medicaid, and health insurance. music selected from the extensive wind attitudes in preparation for reflective For upper-division music majors. music in the elementary classroom. Principles of access, equity, affordability, MUS 335 Studies in Musical band repertoire. Students who enroll in nursing practice to promote and protect See MUS 112 for instruction areas. Selected interdisciplinary resources will and social justice in health care delivery. Context (3) MUS 386 will assume a leadership role health across the lifespan. Co-requisites: Prerequisite: Upper-division jury be explored. No prior musical training is Students participate in the legislative, in their respective section and/or in the NUR302L and NUR302C. Prerequisites: examination. May be repeated for credit. This course deepens students’ required. Offered on demand. regulatory and political processes. knowledge of the literature and ensemble in general. May be repeated All BSN prerequisite courses. for credit. MUS 321 Advanced Conducting (3) practices of music in their historical and MUS 495 Special Topics (1-4) NUR 311 Nursing Management NUR 302L Foundations of Nursing Continuation of basic conducting, with contemporary contexts. Its focus varies of Chronic Diseases (4) MUS 387 College Orchestra (1-3) To be arranged with department advisor. Practice Lab (2) emphasis on development of advanced by year and instructor. Prerequisite: Nursing management of common MUS 306. Required lab component accompanying choral, band and orchestra conducting This ensemble provides students with Nursing chronic diseases across the lifespan. skills. Topics include complex patterns, advanced instrumental backgrounds NUR302. Includes nursing assessment, diagnosis, MUS 375 Instrumental Chamber an opportunity to study a variety of score reading and preparation, NUR 203 Human Nutrition (3) care planning, nursing interventions and rehearsal techniques, an awareness Ensemble (1-3) challenging orchestral music with NUR 302C Foundations of Nursing symptom management, and evaluation of An introduction to the fundamentals of of age and ensemble, and appropriate These ensembles provide students with Student Orchestras of Greater Olympia Practice Clinical(1) care. Emphasis on principles of safe and human nutrition as they relate to the methodologies and pedagogies resulting advanced instrumental background (SOGO). Prerequisite: Audition. May Required clinical experience component effective care for patients with chronic individual across the lifespan and the in effective performance. Prerequisite: an opportunity to study challenging be repeated for credit. (50 hours) accompanying NUR302. disease, injury or disability. Prerequisite community. Includes an exploration MUS 220. instrumental chamber music in which courses: NUR 302, NUR 302L, NUR of nutrient identity, acquisition and his/her instrument is commonly found. MUS 389 Jazz Ensemble (1-3) 302C, NUR 303, NUR 304. Taken utilization. The links between nutrition, MUS 327 Junior Recital Students may audition for up to three A study of the basic styles of jazz and concurrently with NUR 312. diseases, environment and social context different ensembles. Each ensemble of improvisation through rehearsal and A recital given by a music major or are examined. Students apply concepts will be expected to perform for a variety performance. Prerequisite: Audition. minor in which the student performs to real-world circumstances. Equivalent of functions both on and off campus. May be repeated for credit. with another student, each performing to BIO 203 and EXS 203. Prerequisites: BIO121 or BIO141 218 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 219 NUR 312 Nursing Management NUR 350 Translating Research NUR 410 Promoting Population NUR 420 Nursing Management NUR 490 RN to BSN Capstone (2) PHL 201 Introduction to of Chronic Disease into Evidence-Based Health in the of Childbearing and An integrative experience that Philosophy (3) Practicum (3) Practice (3) Community (3) Childrearing Families (4) synthesizes learning in the core nursing An introduction into the nature and Clinical experience in the nursing Integration of the research process Examination of population health and Family-focused nursing management curriculum. Students will reflect on problems of philosophy. management of common chronic and methods with elements of evidence- community health nursing concepts of the normal physiological and successful completion of all Nursing diseases across the lifespan. Taken based practice to promote patient- for the promotion of individual, family, developmental changes, and disease Program Outcomes. Students select a PHL 295 Special Topics (1-4) concurrently with NUR 311. Includes centered, safe and effective care. group, community and population health processes encountered when caring for practice or policy problem, design a Topics to be arranged with department 3 credits clinical practicum (150 hours). Incorporation of informatics into the through the lens of social justice. Must childbearing and childrearing families. project to study or remedy the problem advisor. research process and the delivery of be taken concurrently with NUR 411 (RN Prerequisite courses: NUR 302, NUR and, when possible, implement the NUR 313 Nursing Skills and patient care. to BSN student) or NUR 412 (traditional 302L, NUR 302C, NUR 303, NUR 304. project. Involves collaboration with a PHL 301 Ethics (3) Simulation Lab (2) BSN student). Taken concurrently with NUR 421. mentor. Prerequisites: NUR 310, 350, 370, A critical inquiry of moral behavior as NUR 395 Special Topics (1-4) 410, 411, 430, and 450. Includes 30 hours Skills and procedures associated with proposed by various ethical systems managing patients with chronic disease To be arranged by Department of NUR 411 Promoting Population NUR 421 Childbearing Family of clinical practicum. Health in the Clinical Practicum (1) in the community. Lab simulation of Nursing. PHL 313 Philosophy of Being (3) selected clinical nursing skills. Community Practicum Clinical experience in the nursing NUR 495 Transition to A systematic study of the meaning of NUR 401 Nursing Management for the RN to BSN management of childbearing families. Professional Nursing being and its properties, namely, the one, NUR 320 Traditional Chinese of Acute or Complex Student (1) Taken concurrently with NUR 420. Practice (2) the true, the good and the beautiful. Medicine and Evidence- Conditions (4) Application of population health and Includes 50 hours of clinical practicum. Students will reflect on successful Based Practice (3) community health nursing concepts completion of all Nursing Program Nursing management of common, PHL 314 Philosophy of Nature Introduction to traditional Chinese for the promotion of individual, family, NUR 430 Nursing Leadership (3) Outcomes, and role transition to complex, or exacerbations of chronic and Science (3) medicine and the evidence base for its conditions seen in acute care settings. group, community and population Application of leadership theories professional nursing practice. A study of the physical world, effectiveness. Comparison of US and Prerequisite NUR 311. health through the lens of social justice. to develop skills, competencies and presuppositions and methods of the Chinese health systems. Partnerships with community members, a personal leadership style required NUR 499 Capstone & Synthesis agencies and health systems are Clinical Practicum (5) natural sciences studying that world NUR 330 Practicum at Shanghai NUR 402 Nursing Management to advance health and the nursing emphasized. Must be taken concurrently from a philosophical stance. University of of Acute or Complex profession. Strategies for collaboration Students in this course will realize the with NUR 410. Includes 50 hours of Traditional Chinese Conditions Practicum (3) with healthcare professionals to redesign full scope of baccalaureate nursing practicum for RN to BSN students. PHL 333 Social Philosophy (3) Medicine (3) Clinical experience in the nursing healthcare systems and diffuse change. practice working with multiple clients or A study of the philosophical models of management of common or complex a population typical of those that would Study of health care and traditional NUR 412 Promoting Population social groups, concentrating especially on conditions seen in acute care settings. NUR 450 Care Coordination and be assigned to a beginning professional Chinese medicine at the Shanghai Health in the Inter-professional nurse. Students select a practice or policy the 19th century. University of Traditional Chinese Includes 3 credits clinical practicum (150 Community Practicum (2) hours). Co- or prerequisite NUR 401. Collaboration (3) problem, design a project to remedy the Medicine. NUR 320 is highly Application of population health and problem and, when possible implement PHL 341 Philosophy of the Self (3) recommended prior to taking NUR 330. Analysis of the role of nurses as care NUR 403 Advanced Nursing community health nursing concepts coordinators to promote safe, quality, the project. Prerequisites: NUR 401, NUR The structure of man/woman as a for the promotion of individual, family, 402, NUR 420, NUR 421, or permission knowing and choosing being. NUR 340 Global Health (1-6) Skills and Simulation cost-effective care and resources and of Lab (2) group, community and population factors that affect the ability of nurses to of instructor. Includes 150 hours of International courses, practica or health through the lens of social justice. clinical practicum. PHL 346 Contemporary Advanced nursing skills and procedures provide care coordination. Exploration service-learning projects that promote Partnerships with community members, Philosophy (3) utilized in caring for complex patients, of strategies for inter-professional an understanding of global responses agencies and health systems are Philosophy including maternal-child patients. collaboration to promote team-based, Early 20th-century philosophy, especially to health problems. May be repeated emphasized. Must be taken concurrently Lab simulation of selected advanced patient-centered care. emphasizing the thought of Kierkegaard, for credit. with NUR 410. Includes 100 hours of PHL 195 Special Topics (1-4) nursing skills. Husserl and Heidegger. practicum for traditional BSN students. Topics to be arranged with department advisor.

220 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 221 PHL 356 Bioethics (3) as well as a daytime laboratory electricity and magnetism. Prerequisite: a physics system. Prerequisites: PHY Political Science PLS 205 Comparative Politics (3) A critical investigation of ethical theory component. Knowledge of basic algebra PHY 171, PHY 171L, and MTH 172. 172, MTH 271. MTH 271 may be taken This class is an introduction to the study in relation to medical practice, health is assumed. MTH 172 can be taken concurrently. concurrently. PLS 150 Survey of American of comparative politics. The course will care, life sciences, genetic engineering, Corequisite: PHY 172L. Government and cover a wide range of issues, including and agriculture. PHY 141 General Physics (4) PHY 355 Solid State Physics (3) Politics (3) democratization, authoritarianism, An algebra-based introduction to classical PHY 172L Introductory Physics II A study of the physics of solids, Structure, functions and processes of the role of religion in politics, political PHL 395 Special Topics (1-4) physics. Topics covered include vectors, Laboratory (1) concentrating on properties of atoms as American political system. Emphasis on institutions, gender, and economic Topics to be arranged with department kinematics, forces, rotational motion, To be taken concurrently with PHY 172. a result of their periodic arrangement impact of government and society on the development. By the end of this course, advisor. fluids and thermodynamics. Prerequisite: in a lattice. Topics may include crystal lives of Americans. students should be able to compare MTH 122. Corequisite: PHY 141L. PHY 195 Special Topics (1-4) structures, reciprocal lattices, vibrations, different types of political systems as well PHL 397 Directed Study (1-3) Lower-division lecture and lab topics. band structures, superconductivity, and PLS 151 The Politics of U.S. as to explain their political and economic PHY 141L General Physics surface physics. Prerequisites: PHY 303 Public Policy (3) development. To be arranged with departmental Laboratory (1) PHY 295 Special Topics (1-4) and PHY 314. This course will place students in the role advisor. PLS 295 Special Topics (1-4) Corequisite: PHY 141. of policymaker and explore how every step Upper-division lecture, lab and seminar PHY 365 Astrophysics (3) PHL 495 Special Topics (1-4) topics. of the policymaking process is complicated To be arranged with department advisor. PHY 142 General Physics (4) Modern astronomy is studied through by politics. Through this process, students Topics to be arranged with department the lens of physics. This course will will develop a richer appreciation for the PLS 310 American Foreign advisor. A continuation of PHY 141. Topics include PHY 303 Modern Physics with waves, sound, optics, light, electricity and Laboratory (4) examine astronomical bodies using difficulties in developing, passing and Policy (3) the physics that students have studied implementing policy solutions in a complex Physics magnetism. Prerequisite: PHY 141, PHY The 20th century saw fundamental A study of the origins, development and in prior courses. Topics may include political system. 141L. Corequisite: PHY 142L. changes in how we view our physical implementation of U.S. foreign policy. star formation and evolution, orbital PHY 105 The Physics Around Us world. “Recent” advances in physics Equivalent to HIS 310. mechanics, stellar remnants, planets, PLS 152 Global Issues (3) with Laboratory (4) PHY 142L General Physics that may be covered in this course are Laboratory (1) galaxies, the big bang, and cosmology. Critical analysis of a wide range of global PLS 315 Politics of Globalization (3) An exploration of the basic physics that is Special Relativity, Introductory Quantum Pre-requisites: PHY 303 and PHY 314. issues, including terrorism, human rights, happening all around us on an everyday Corequisite: PHY 142. Mechanics, Atomic Structure, Nuclear Globalization is a word that describes population and global environmental basis. The course is aimed at non-science Physics, and High Energy Particle a variety of contemporary social, PHY 395 Special Topics (1-4) issues, arms control, nuclear proliferation majors, so no mathematical background PHY 171 Introductory Physics I (4) Physics. 3 hours of lecture and one economic, and political processes. Upper-division lecture, lab and and globalization. beyond high school algebra will be A general introduction to physics for 3-hour lab weekly. Prerequisites: PHY This course examines the politics and seminar topics. assumed. 3 hours of lecture and one science and engineering students. 172 and MTH 271. MTH 271 can be taken power of these globalization processes. PLS 195 Special Topics (1-4) 3-hour lab weekly. Not a prerequisite Mechanics, linear dynamics, concurrently. Some issues to be explored are: What is PHY 399 Explorations in Physics (2) for other physics courses. conservation laws, rotational dynamics, To be arranged with department advisor. globalization? How do states respond to fluids, simple harmonic motion and PHY 314 Classical and Students will explore a self-chosen globalization processes? What are the PHY 110 Introduction to introduction to waves are covered. Computational topic used the multi-faceted lens of a PLS 200 International Relations (3) major challenges and forms of resistance Astronomy with Lab (4) Prerequisite or Corequisite: MTH 171. Mechanics (4) physicist. This course is intended to help The purpose of this course is to acquaint to globalization? The course will also students make connections amongst and provide students with the intellectual An introduction to astronomy, focusing Corequisite: PHY 171L. An examination of the mechanics that you with the conceptual tools used in reflect upon all of their previous physics tools they need to understand their place also on basic underlying science used to underpin most of physics coupled with the study of international politics. After courses. Prerequisite: in this globalizing world and develop as explore our Universe. Topics may include PHY 171L Introductory Physics I useful numerical methods for physics examining and comparing prominent global citizens. the formation of the solar system and the Laboratory (1) and other sciences. Topics may include international relations theories, the PHY 355 or PHY 365 or permission of Sun, extra-solar planets, observational Corequisite: PHY 171. Lagrangian and Hamiltonian mechanics, remainder of the semester will cover instructor. PLS 320 State and Local Politics (3) techniques, the Milky Way Galaxy, life in rotating bodies, numerical integration, important structures, processes, and the universe, and possibly other topics PHY 172 Introductory Physics II (4) Markov chains, and Monte Carlo PHY 495 Special Topics (1-4) issues in international relations. Some Examines the politics of state and local as desired. Course includes an observing methods, as well as a significant hands- important issues we will cover include governments, exploring how the political A continuation of PHY 171. Topics Upper-division lecture, lab and component, part of which is done at on component building and modeling terrorism, the environment, human processes, conflicts and actors differ from include waves, sound, light, optics, seminar topics. night with the instructor, rights, and international development. 222 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 223 the national level. We will have a special sustainable development. We will carceral state. Ultimately, our goal will PLS 368 American Political world hunger, and movements against PLS 420 Philosophy of Law (3) focus on politics in Washington state and also examine global environmental be to answer: is the United States really Thought (3) genetically modified crops and animals. This course provides an overview of take advantage of the great resources movements and efforts to address trans- exceptional, and if so, why? This course will examine some of the It also considers the impact of climate the nature, principles, theories and right in our own backyard. boundary environmental problems key ideas that have animated political change on global food supplies. philosophical basis of western law. through new modes of governance. PLS 364 U.S. Political discourse in the United States. We will The purpose of the course is to acquaint PLS 322 American Political Participation and seek to identify key themes, patterns, PLS 377 Global Poverty and students with the history of ideas that PLS 352 Asia and the World (3) Development (3) Opinion (3) and conflicts in thought; understand Development (3) constitutes the foundation for western This course applies historical This course will explore the explosive This course seeks to understand the how these ideas have shaped American The central focus of this course is on legal reasoning. Prerequisite: Sophomore analysis to understanding American changes rocking Asia today, with an foundation of democratic government politics in the past; and debate how and understanding the political determinants standing. Equivalent to CJ 420. government since the founding period. eye to the politics that shape and are in the United States: what people think if these ideas still matter today. of economic inequality in the Global Complementing the Introduction to shaped by them. Some of the topics this about and do in politics. We will seek to South. We will analyze the theory and PLS 430 Civil Liberties (3) American Government course, this class course will cover are the Asian economic answer several crucial questions: What PLS 371 Model United Nations (3) practices of international development, Investigation of the origins of the U.S. will examine many of the same topics, “miracle’, nuclear proliferation and do people think about government and This course is designed to provide an included its contested nature and Constitution and its amendments. like the Presidency, political parties, sustainability, and the environment and why? Why do people vote the way that introduction to the structure, activities history. We will explore a set of major Emphasis on studying and clarifying and political participation, but to a step human rights. they do? Why do some participate in and procedures of the United Nations, policy issues facing the Global South effects of U.S. Supreme Court decisions further in asking how these subjects have politics and not others? as well as some of the central features today, including economic development, and how they relate to society. PLS 360 Gender and Global changed and evolved over time. and challenges of international law and poverty, health, and the environment. We Equivalent to CJ 430. Politics (3) PLS 366 Congress and the diplomacy. Students will represent a UN will end by analyzing some case studies PLS 325 History of the Vietnam This course examines the role that Presidency (3) member at the Pacific Northwest Model of development interventions in the field, PLS 490 Legislative and War (3) gender plays in the construction of Examines the constitutional foundation, United Nations Conference. drawing lessons from stories of failure Administrative A history of the Vietnam War from 1945 international politics and the extent evolution, functions, roles and and inspirational stories of change. Internships (3-12) to 1975. Although course focuses on U.S.- to which gender “makes the world performance of Congress and the PLS 372 Global Human Rights PLS 379 Judicial Process (3) Department permission and junior Vietnam relations, it also examines the go round”. Some of the issues we will Presidency, attempting to develop a and Justice Movements standing required. French role in Indochina and regional explore in this class are war, militarism, greater understanding of the most (3) Role of the American court system. developments since the war’s end. violence against women, human rights, important relationship in American This course will introduce you to Roots of Anglo-American jurisprudence; PLS 495 Special Topics (1-4) Equivalent to HIS 325. international development, and political government. political aspects of legal institutions; key concepts and frameworks for To be arranged with department advisor. representation. The course will also understanding global human rights structure of American court system. PLS 330 Cold War (3) examine feminist and policy responses PLS 367 U.S. Labor Politics (3) Equivalent to CJ 379. and justice movements. We will focus PLS 498 Research Methods in and interventions to problems of The course traces the origins of the This course provides a historical analysis on examples of transnational justice Political Science (3) Cold War, its impact on the foreign and globalization, development, political of the changing relationship between movements, non-governmental PLS 390 Legislative and This course is designed to give students domestic policies of the U.S. and Soviet representation, and violence. business, labor, and the American state. organizations, and advocacy networks. Administrative a theoretical and practical knowledge Union, and the role of perceptions and By viewing history through the lens of The course will also examine new social Internships (3-12) of research methods in the discipline misperceptions on the part of U.S. and PLS 362 American these three central actors in American media technologies and their impacts Department permission and junior of political science. Research Methods Soviet decision-makers. Equivalent to Exceptionalism (3) politics we will develop a deeper on transnational mobilization. standing required. is a class about how political scientists HIS 330. Examining the United States in a understanding of the United States’ historical and cross-country context, political economy, including how the PLS 376 Global Food Politics (3) PLS 3595 Special Topics (1-4) think about and do political science. It is intended to introduce students to PLS 340 Global Environmental this course seeks to understand in what state has shaped the fortunes of workers This course reviews the political To be arranged with department advisor. Politics (3) ways and why America diverges from and business throughout U.S. history. the types of research used by political landscape of food and farming in scientists, the process of writing political This course introduces students to other countries. We will explore diverse the world today and examines how PLS 397 Directed Study (1-3) topics including the lack of a socialist science research, the theoretical major global environmental concepts globalization and new technologies are Departmental permission required. perspectives used by political scientists and issues such as biodiversity, labor party, the “laggard” U.S. welfare shaping it. Some issues the course seeks state, and the rise of the American today, and the implications of new climate change, global and regional to address are food commodity chains, technologies in the researching and environmental governance, and

224 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 225 writing of political science. In this PSY 240 Research Methods (4) on the scientifically-supported, clinical PSY 333 Biological Psychology (4) is on the ways in which psychologists are PSY 365 Industrial/ course students will choose a research The practice of social scientific research, applications of Yogic disciplines (e.g. In this class we will examine the involved in working alongside medical Organizational topic, perform a considerable amount methods of data collection and analysis. mindfulness, meditation, diaphragmatic structure and function of the nervous professionals to promote health and Psychology (3) of readings in the secondary literature, Emphasis on practical mastery of research breathing, postures) and Western system. We will also consider how wellness. This includes the examination Learning experiences in participatory make a research design, and carry out skills and knowledge of data sources. psychological research on them. the nervous system is involved in of the relationship between stress and management. Skill training in consensus, the research necessary to write a senior Prerequisite or corequisite: MTH 201. various behavioral and psychological illness, coping styles and techniques, arbitration, negotiation, conflict thesis next semester. PSY 315 Psychology of Religion phenomena, including sensation and stress management, coping with illness resolution and effective communication. PSY 295 Special Topics (1-4) and Spirituality (3) perception, motivation, cognition, and lifestyle changes, prevention of PLS 499 Senior Seminar Paper (3) illness, and the influence of personality To be arranged with department advisor. This course will familiarize students consciousness, stress, and psychological PSY 375 Multicultural and relationships on health and illness. Psychology with a wide variety of psychological disorders. Current information derived Psychology (4) Also sometimes known as Behavioral PSY 303 Adulthood and Aging (3) topics related to the study of religion from empirical research reports and This course investigates the bidirectional and spirituality. Topics will include: other academic sources is emphasized. Medicine, psychologists use cognitive PSY 101 Introduction to Examination of aging from socio- relationship between sociocultural historically significant psychological Prerequisites: PSY 101, PSY 240. behavioral knowledge and techniques in Psychology (4) psychological, developmental, and macro- factors and human thought and behavior theories of religion, prominent directly providing patient care. They are A general survey of the psychological psychological perspective. Social meaning by examining how major theoretical psychological theories and models PSY 335 Abnormal Psychology (3) also heavily involved in research on the aspects of human behavior: cognition, and demography of aging, physical and and empirical concepts in psychology contained within the world’s major important connections between health, motivation, learning, emotion, psychological aging, role adjustments In this course, students will receive might be understood through the religious systems, the related but distinct stress, coping, and illness. Prerequisite: perception, personality, dysfunctional associated with retirement, death and a thorough introduction to the study, multicultural lens Characteristics and psychological variables of religiosity PSY 101. behavior and treatment. Application of bereavement, health care and social research, and treatment of mental perspectives of several cultural groups and spirituality, cognitive systems of principles to an understanding of one’s service needs, age discrimination, political illnesses (i.e. the common ways in which identified by factors such as race, gender, belief, social and emotional influences PSY 345 Counseling Theories (3) own behavior and the behavior of others economic and interpersonal problems and human beings suffer from distress and class, disability status, and sexuality on belief and practice, and empirical Survey of major theories of counseling. is stressed. issues. Equivalent to SOC 303. impairment). Major topics of lecture are discussed. Knowledge from various research on specific spiritual disciplines and discussion will include: the concept sources including films, reading, and and psychological orientations toward PSY 353 Drugs, the Family and PSY 195 Special Topics (1-4) PSY 310 Psychology of Human of “abnormality” in contemporary scientific literature are analyzed and religion (that exist across religions, scientific psychology, stigma, diagnostic Society (3) integrated. Benedictine themes of To be arranged with department advisor. Sexuality (3) cultures, and time periods). procedures and criteria, the Diagnostic Overview of psychoactive substances, social justice and faith are interwoven. Focuses on physiological, psychological and Statistical Manual of Mental and their impact on individuals, families, Prerequisite: PSY 101, Sophomore Status. PSY 205 Child and Adolescent and cultural influences on human PSY 320 Social Psychology (4) Disorders (the primary diagnostic and society. Abuse, dependence, Development (3) sexuality, intimacy and the development Overview of group formation and classification system in the United treatment, and criminality of drug use PSY 380 Psychology of Group of sexual identity. Topics include sexual Survey of human development and interaction in relation to environment. States), specific mental health conditions are considered. Sociocultural theories of Processes (3) functioning from infancy through anatomy, human sexual response, How they influence the individual’s and their treatments, and ethical engagement with drug-use-supportive Study of major group therapy methods. adolescence. Emphasis on placing sexual health and illness, pregnancy needs, attitude formations, prejudices, principles related to the treatment of peer groups will also be examined. Focus on understanding the value development within the interpersonal, and childbirth, the paraphilias, sexual motivations, perceptions and individuals with mental illnesses. Prerequisite: PSY 101 or CJ 101. of different styles of leadership and social and cultural settings that give an behaviors and intimacy. communicative processes. Equivalent Equivalent to CJ 353. treatment results. individual support and direction. to SOC 320. PSY 340 Interviewing (3) PSY 312 Yoga Psychology (3) Interviewing as a practical skill in social PSY 360 History and Systems of PSY 385 Psychology of Gender (4) PSY 215 Lifespan Development (4) Students in this hybrid, lecture-seminar PSY 330 Psychology of the service and social science. Prerequisite: Psychology (3) course will learn about the philosophies, This course examines research and A survey of human development and Family (3) Junior standing. Development of the major schools of psychologies, and behavioral practices theories about the psychological functioning across the lifespan, from Survey of major systems theories used thought in psychology. Emphasis on of the Yoga tradition through lecture, experience of gender. The focus will be conception through death. Biological, by psychologists to examine family PSY 343 Health Psychology (3) developments since 1900. assigned readings (articles & book on gender role, gender differences and cognitive, and psychosocial processes life. Also covers ways in which family chapters), documentaries, group Health Psychology is a rapidly growing similarity, and practical application of are examined. experiences can affect family members discussion, and a variety of experiential field of study and practice, based on the psychology of gender in daily life. and how psychologists work with exercises. There will also be an emphasis bio-psychosocial model. The main focus dysfunctional families.

226 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 227 PSY 387 Body Image and Eating PSY 395 Special Topics (1-4) natural disasters), and the psychological PSY 495 Special Topics (1-4) rituals, myths and history of various and forms of expression it has found Disorders (3) To be arranged with department advisor. consequences of trauma are described, To be arranged with department advisor. forms of religious expression, such as especially helpful for articulating the This course focuses on cultural and including an emphasis on specific Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism mysteries of God, creation, and the psychological issues related to gender, PSY 397 Directed Study (1-3) psychological disorders associated PSY 498 Advanced Research and Buddhism. human person. A diversity of Christian with trauma. Sociocultural issues perspectives is presented. Prerequisite: body image, eating disorders, and obesity. An examination of selected issues or Design (4) (gender, race, SES) related to trauma are RLS 200 Modern Theories of RLS 110 or permission from instructor. Cultural and media messages about ideal research projects in psychology. May be In this class students gain experience highlighted. Additionally, assessment, Religion (3) body size are explored. The dangers of repeated with consent of instructor. designing and conducting research, prevention, and treatment of traumatic RLS 300 Comparative Religion (3) dieting are examined along with research analyzing data, and writing research Examination of the intellectual and social stress are discussed. Prerequisites: PSY on effective weight loss programs. We PSY 420 Personality Theories (4) reports. We will review experimental and development of the concept of religion The relationships between the religions will review the professional literature 101 and Sophomore status. as a site for academic inquiry from the of the world carry potential for tragic A survey of major theories of personality non-experimental methods of research. on anorexia, bulimia, and binge eating seventeenth century to the present day. conflict or peaceful collaboration. The development. PSY 490 Applied Psychology Then, working in teams, students disorders and look at research-based will conduct an empirical study of a This survey will highlight the contributions study of diverse religions provides methods of assessment and treatment. Internship II (1-6) of the most influential theorists, but a starting point for addressing PSY 430 Learning, Cognition, research topic chosen by the instructor. Applied psychology interns will receive attention will also be given to how the misunderstandings and developing and Behavior (4) Individually, students will develop a PSY 390 Applied Psychology training and experience in delivering research proposal for an empirical study concept of religion was created in a Western respect and mutual understanding This course covers major theories of Internship I (1-6) services to the public, through to be completed in the spring as their European Christian context and then between religions. This course explores human and animal learning, including Applied psychology interns will receive approved agencies and organization thesis projects. Prerequisites: MTH exported to, imposed on, and adapted by themes within major world religions and behavioristic and cognitivistic theories. training and experience in delivering in the region. Interns are expected to 201and PSY 240 with grades of “C-“ or various non-Western societies. Prerequisite: the relationships between them. The history of experimental psychology services to the public, through procure internship positions prior to better, senior status, and permission of RLS 110 or permission from instructor. is also emphasized in this course. Prerequisite: One of the following approved agencies and organization the beginning of an academic term. instructor. Topics include classical and operant courses - RLS 110, RLS 200, RLS 205, in the region. Interns are expected to Prerequisite: PSY 390 with a grade RLS 205 Introduction to Biblical conditioning, the biological basis RLS 210, or permission of the instructor. procure internship positions prior to of “C-“ or better or permission of PSY 499 Senior Seminar (4) Studies (3) of learning and memory, the rise of the beginning of an academic term. instructor. Repeatable up to 6.0 credits. This course will introduce students to cognitive science, models of human Senior seminar students will produce RLS 310 Religion in America (3) Minimum 3-credits is needed to meet the authorship, transmission history, and memory, and the application of learning and present an APA style, senior the major requirement for an internship. PSY 494 Psychology Research canonization of the Bible. Topics include America has been a religiously diverse and cognitive theories to bring about thesis paper on an approved topic Prerequisite: permission of the Internship II (1-6) the oral and written traditions that lie nation from the establishment of the positive behavioral changes. Prerequisite: in psychology, that demonstrates earliest settlements to our present instructor. Psychology research interns will receive behind the creation of the Bible, the PSY/SOC 240. competency with respect to both day. We will explore this rich, diverse training and experience with the scribal practices of ancient Judaism and content and writing ability. Prerequisite: religious history, with special attention PSY 394 Psychology Research design and/or execution of scientific, early Christianity, the shape and order PSY 440 Death, Dying and Grief (3) Permission of the instructor. to the ways religiously observant Internship I (1-6) psychological research, from faculty of the biblical books within various faith communities contributed to American Overview of topics related to death, on campus, or through approved communities, and the methodological Psychology research interns will receive Religious Studies society and, in turn, were influenced dying, and grief. Cultural, spiritual, agencies and organizations in the approaches that scholars use to training and experience with the by it. Or approach is both ecumenical developmental, sociological, and region. Interns are expected to procure RLS 110 Introduction to understand and interpret the contents of design and/or execution of scientific, and interfaith Prerequisite: One of the psychological considerations are internship positions prior to the start Religious Studies (3) the Old Testament, New Testament, and psychological research, from faculty on following courses - RLS 110, RLS 200, addressed. Prerequisites: PSY 101 or of an academic term. Prerequisites: Deuterocanonical books. Prerequisite: campus, or through approved agencies Religion and the relationships between RLS 205, RLS 210, or permission of the SOC 101, and senior status or instructor MTH 201, PSY 240, and PSY 394 with RLS 110 or permission from instructor. and organizations in the region. Interns religions continue to exert critical instructor. permission. Equivalent to SOC 440. grades of “C-“ or better, and permission are expected to procure internship influence in contemporary events at the of instructor. This course is repeatable RLS 210 Introduction to positions prior to the start of an local, national and global levels. This RLS 316 Religion and Literature (3) PSY 445 Trauma and Recovery (3) for credit. Maximum of 4.0 credits Christian Thought (3) academic term. Minimum 3-credits is course introduces themes, methods of can count toward Psychology elective The sacred scriptures of the world’s needed to meet the major requirement This course reviews the nature and study, and interdisciplinary approaches An overview of Christian thought for an internship. Prerequisites: MTH course of trauma as well as recovery from requirements. through a close study of the various religions are among the most meaningful in the discipline of religious studies. of humanity’s literary expressions. 201 and PSY 240 with grades of “C-“ or trauma. Types of traumas are reviewed Topics covered may include the symbols, questions it has pursued, methods it better, or permission of instructor. (e.g., interpersonal violence, combat, has used, sources it has drawn upon, Religions have also been the inspiration

228 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 229 and source material of literature beyond performing arts, gender or racial issues. understanding of the narratives, literary following courses - RLS 110, RLS 200, RLS 370 Benedictine Studies (3) Present Active Indicative, Future Passive canonically-approved texts. Students Prerequisite: One of the following genres, and canonization of Scripture. RLS 205, RLS 210, or permission of the Exploration of the Benedictine heritage Indicative, and Participles. Prerequisite: in this course will explore themes and courses - RLS 110, RLS 200, RLS 205, One of the following courses - RLS instructor. of Saint Martin’s University. Topics RLS 380 analyze the relationship between ancient RLS 210, or permission of the instructor. 110, RLS 200, RLS 205, RLS 210, or include the Rule of Benedict, the Life of and contemporary literature and various permission of the instructor. RLS 355 History of Christianity Benedict, and history of major figures RLS 382 Biblical Hebrew I (3) RLS 330 Hebrew Bible/Old religions of the world. Prerequisite: One I (3) in Benedictine history, assisting the This course will teach the fundamentals of Testament (3) of the following courses - RLS 110, RLS RLS 341 Dead Sea Scrolls (3) Survey of the history of Christianity student to connect Benedictine values Biblical Hebrew so as to facilitate a student’s 200, RLS 205, RLS 210, or permission of This course is a literary, historical, and This course will provide students with a from its foundation and propagation and heritage to their own lives, and their ability to read and interpret the Old the instructor. theological introduction to the Hebrew detailed understanding of the collection after Jesus of Nazareth’s life and death experience at Saint Martin’s University. Testament in its original language. Topics Bible: The Pentateuch, Deuteronomistic of texts known as the Dead Sea Scrolls through the attempts made by various Prerequisite: One of the following to be covered include the Hebrew alphabet, RLS 317 Religion and the Visual History, Wisdom literature, and and the era in which they were written. political and religious leaders and courses- RLS 110, RLS 200, RLS 205, pronunciation, syllabification, nouns, Arts (3) Prophets. Focus will be on major biblical In addition to discussing Greco-Roman thinkers to define, unify, and enforce RLS 210, or permission of the instructor. prepositions, adjectives, and articles. Religion has inspired some of the concepts such as creation, election and Palestine and Ancient Judaism, this the church’s teachings and practices up most profound and influential works covenants. Prerequisite: One of the course will consider the discovery, to the Protestant Reformation. Primary RLS 375 Topics in Christianity RLS 383 Biblical Hebrew II (3) of art in all media from paintings, following courses - RLS 110, RLS 200, archaeology, and contents of the Scrolls. source documents will ground class and Culture As the companion to Biblical Hebrew I, drawings, frescoes, prints, and RLS 205, RLS 210, or permission of the Special attention will be placed on the discussions. Prerequisite: One of the Exploration of thoughts and movements this course will continue to explore the illuminated manuscripts to sculpture. instructor. relationship between the Dead Sea Scrolls following courses- RLS 110, RLS 200, in the Christian world. Possible topics fundamentals of Biblical Hebrew so as Architects have designed cathedrals, and the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament. RLS 205, RLS 210, or permission of the include: the existence of God, the nature to increase a student’s ability to read and RLS 335 New Testament: The stupas, pagodas, temples, synagogues, Prerequisite: One of the following courses instructor. of Christ, the problem of evil, or broader interpret the Old Testament in its original Gospels and Acts (3) mosques and shrines as places of - RLS 110, RLS 200, RLS 205, RLS 210, or themes within the Christian traditions, language. Topics to be covered include the worship and encounters with the This course is an introduction to the permission of the instructor RLS 360 History of Christianity such as mysticism, the dignity of work, various verbal forms of Biblical Hebrew, sacred. Through their artistic work, historical and theological readings of the II (3) and eco-justice. Prerequisite: One of the such as the perfect and imperfect forms of artists have contributed symbols and various documents of early Christianity RLS 345 Topics in Biblical Survey of the history of Christianity following courses - RLS 110, RLS 200, the Qal, Niphal, and Hiphil verbal stems. images to deepen religions’ identities, known as the New Testament. Topics Studies (3) from the Protestant Reformation through RLS 205, RLS 210, or permission of the Prerequisite: RLS 382 self-understanding, and expression. covered include the dominant themes in Exploration of areas or issues in the the spread of Christian teachings by instructor. Students in this course will explore the Gospels and Acts. Students will be study of the scripture, including specific colonizers, traders, and missionaries RLS 384 Latin I (3) common themes among the world’s able to demonstrate an understanding parts of the Bible (Hebrew Scriptures up to the present day. Primary source RLS 380 Koine Greek I (3) religions as expressed in various ancient This course will teach the fundamentals of the narratives, literary genres, and and New Testament, Apocrypha, documents will ground class discussions. This course will teach the fundamentals of classical and ecclesiastical Latin so and contemporary works of visual canonization of Scripture. Prerequisite: Apocalyptic Literature) or issues (the Prerequisite: One of the following art. Prerequisite: One of the following of Koine Greek so as to facilitate a as to facilitate a student’s ability to read One of the following courses - RLS life and teachings of Jesus, the formation courses - RLS 110, RLS 200, RLS 205, student’s ability to read and interpret the and interpret the Vulgate and Christian courses - RLS 110, RLS 200, RLS 205, 110, RLS 200, RLS 205, RLS 210, or of the Canon). Prerequisite: One of the RLS 210, or permission of the instructor. RLS 210, or permission of the instructor. New Testament in its original language. sources in the original language. Topics permission of the instructor. following courses – RLS 110, RLS 200, Topics to be covered in this class include to be covered include pronunciation, the RLS 205, RLS 210, or permission of the RLS 365 Global Christianities (3) the Greek alphabet, pronunciation, four verb conjugations, the five noun RLS 325 Topics in the Study of RLS 339 New Testament: instructor. Exploration of the diverse structures, punctuation, nouns, case endings, declensions, pronouns, and adjectives. Religion Epistles and Revelation teachings, beliefs, and practices of pronouns, prepositions, and adjectives. Exploration of practices, themes, or (3) RLS 350 Christianity and Social Christianity from a global perspective. RLS 385 Latin II (3) issues in the study of religion, such as Justice (3) This course is an introduction to the Topics include tradition, authority, RLS 381 Koine Greek II (3) As the companion to Latin I, this pilgrimage, apocalypticism, scripture, historical and theological readings of the Survey of Christian thought concerning liturgical practice, ecumenical and rituals or the approaches taken by Greek so as to increase a student’s course will continue to explore various documents of early Christianity the demands of justice and the ultimate interfaith dialogue, and contemporary ability to read and interpret the New the fundamentals of classical and diverse religions to aspects of human known as the New Testament. Topics ends of human beings as individuals challenges. Prerequisite: One of the experience and thought, such as Testament in its original language. ecclesiastical Latin so as to increase a covered include the dominant themes in and as members of both local and global following courses - RLS 110, RLS 200, Topics to be covered include the various student’s ability to read and interpret interactions with science, economics, the Epistles and the Book of Revelation. communities. A service component is RLS 205, RLS 210, or permission of the global politics, popular culture, media, verbal forms of Koine Greek, such as the the Vulgate and Christian sources Students will be able to demonstrate an encouraged. Prerequisite: One of the instructor. in the original language. Topics to

230 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 231 be covered include more complex will have an opportunity to dialog with significance of the readings. Selections SJ 397 Directed Readings in an emphasis on the impact of research Special emphasis is placed on sensitivity syntactic structures, like independent academics and authors who are engaged vary but have included in the past classic Social Justice (1-3) in practice and everyday life. Social to value dilemmas, culturally competent uses of the subjunctive, relative clauses, in the study of Religion, theological texts by Kafka, Solzhenitsyn Orwell, A semester of directed readings under the statistics, descriptive and inferential, are practice, and awareness of the roles of and questions, in order to prepare reflection, and spiritual formation. Wright, and others. Prerequisite: SOC supervision of the Social Justice program used to study and understand human gender, spirituality, sexual orientation, students to read longer selections from Prerequisite: One of the following 101, CJ 101, PSY 101, or SOC/SJ 110. advisor. Topic to be chosen by student behavior and the social environment. ethnicity, and social class in practice primary sources in the second half of the courses - RLS 110, RLS 200, RLS 205, in consultation with program advisor. Students will learn how to collect, with clients. semester. Prerequisite: RLS 384. RLS 210, or permission of the instructor. SJ 310 Social Justice in Film (3) Prerequisite: Senior Standing; 3.0 GPA; organize, display, analyze, interpret, and An intensive and engaging examination permission of the program advisor. present data. SW 344 Case Management and RLS 397 Directed Study (1-3) RLS 499 Senior Thesis (3) of social justice themes in classic films. Advanced Interviewing (3) This course provides an opportunity Through the Senior Thesis, Religious Films include documentaries, Hollywood SJ 480 Service Learning in Social SW 295 Special Topics (104) This course focuses on building for students to undertake individual Studies majors pull together the breadth productions, and foreign films (with Justice (1-3) Selected topics in social work. May be advanced interviewing skills, introduces research projects as well as advanced of their knowledge and experience subtitles) Films vary but have included An important feature of many social repeated for credit. Case Management as practiced by study of topics not covered by the regular gained at Saint Martin’s University On The Waterfront, Brokeback justice initiatives is direct involvement private and publicly-funded social curriculum. Prerequisite: One of the through a carefully researched original Mountain, Titicut Follies, Desert Hearts, with community improvement efforts, SW 310 Human Behavior in the service agencies, and further develops following courses - RLS 110, RLS 200, work of scholarship on a topic chosen City of Gold, Rabbit Proof Fence, and social organizing, and political action. Social Environment (3) ethical decision-making when RLS 205, RLS 210, or permission of the by the student and approved by the others. Prerequisite: SOC 101, CJ 101, This course permits students to engage Students will gain an understanding of working with vulnerable populations. instructor. student’s advisor. The advisor serves as a PSY 101, or SOC/SJ 110. in direct social action through an theories focused on interactions between Prerequisites: SW 340. resource and, at a pace set by the student, organized service learning experience and among individuals, families, groups, RLS 398 Internship (3) will meet with the student for guidance SJ 370 Social Action (3) under the supervision of the instructor organizations, and societies. This class SW 389 Pre-Internship Seminar (1) An internship gives a student an and support. The senior thesis must be Social Action examines theories and and a grass roots/community action applies a person-in-environment and This seminar prepares students for the opportunity to gain experience in a successfully defended before graduation. methods employed by individuals and group. Prerequisite: SOC 101, CJ 101, PSY lifespan development perspective first Social Work Internship (SW390). field placement that is relevant both to Enrollment limited to RLS majors and groups desiring to bring about planned 101, or SOC/SJ 110. in conjunction with diversity in its Grounded in social work ethics, values the Religious Studies major or minor RLS double-majors. social change. Various themes of social many forms. Emphasis will be placed and professional conduct, this course and to the career goals of the student. justice are also examined in the readings Social Work on the inter-relatedness of biological, will orient students to the process of Possibilities may include Campus Social Justice and lectures. The course begins with sociological, cultural, environmental, obtaining an internship, to the resources Ministry, Service Immersion Programs, an assessment of theories of social SW 210 Introduction to Social and psychological factors that influence available in the community, and support Diversity Initiatives, Parish Faith SJ 110 Introduction to Social action and change and progresses to Work (3) human behavior. them with the goal of each student Justice (3) Formation Programs, Interfaith Works, critical examinations of case studies in This course provides a comprehensive obtaining and preparing to start their and The Priory Spirituality Center. This course will constitute an which change was affected by working introduction to the history and evolution SW 340 Interviewing and SW390 internship. Approved by the department and carried introduction to the ideas that have either within or outside of political or of the social welfare profession, policies, Assessment (3) out under the direction of department shaped the notion of social justice, bureaucratic systems. ethics, and values. Best practices This course is an introduction to the SW 390 Internship (1-6) members and internship coordinators. particularly since the inception of the and methodologies for working with basic concepts and skills of interviewing This internship course provides an United States. The course will introduce SJ 395 Special Topics (1-4) individuals, families and groups are in the social sciences and in social introductory experiential learning RLS 399 Spiritual Life Institute (3) the historical conceptions of social Courses relevant to the Social Justice viewed through the intersectionality of services. The course provides an with and application of social service Founded in 1982, this one-week summer justice in political theory and critically curriculum offered periodically on topics social justice and biopsychosocial lens. overview of theoretical concepts of principles and concepts in a community- course features scholars, theologians, examine contemporary notions of social announced by the faculty. Courses may interpersonal communications, ethics based agency. Prerequisite: Completion and public intellectuals from North justice in our society. include topics such as: genocide studies; SW 240 Research Methods and and standards of professional conduct, of SW 340 with a grade of “B” or higher America and Europe. Topics and others. Prerequisite: CJ 101, SOC 101, Statistics (3) and fundamental interviewing skills and before starting internship, or instructor speakers rotate on a yearly basis so as to SJ 301 Social Justice in PSY 101 or SJ110. techniques. Through experiential and permission. Must be taken concurrently Literature (3) This course provides an overview of the consider a wide range of issues that are scientific method principles, practices self-reflective exercises, students will with SW 391. May be repeated for credit. meant to inspire awareness and shed A close textural reading of classic and ethical considerations of qualitative be able to explore and become aware of light upon the life religious. Students literature with special attention to and quantitative research designs with their own interpersonal communication who enroll in this week-long program the social justice themes and moral style, strengths and limitations/biases.

232 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 233 SW 391 Internship Seminar (1) topics, how victims interact with various SW 493 Advanced Internship Sociology and Cultural SOC 195 Special Topics (1-4) SOC 306 Juvenile Rehabilitation (3) This internship seminar focuses on legal systems, new directions in victim Seminar – Session 2 (1) Anthropology To be arranged with department advisor. Overview of history, definitions, and nature integrating the practice competencies services, trauma recovery, and treatment An advanced internship seminar of those correctional theories, programs encountered in SW 390. Must be taken modalities for victims of crime through focused on integrating the practice SOC 101 Modern Society and SOC 240 Research Methods (3) and practices that aim to deter criminal intersectional and interdisciplinary Culture (3) concurrently with SW 390. competencies encountered in SW 492. The nature of social scientific research, conduct in juveniles through efforts to lenses. Student research will focus Corequisite: SW 492. A survey of sociology and sociological methods of data collection and analysis. change anti-social behavior. The course on trauma, PTSD, best practices, and SW 395 Special Topics (1-4) theory. Examination of the basic forms Emphasis on practical mastery of research will examine historical and contemporary evidence-based treatment modalities in Selected topics in social work. May be SW 498 Macro Social Work and processes that characterize modern skills and knowledge of data sources. approaches to juvenile rehabilitation trauma recovery. Prerequisite SW 400 repeated for credit. Practice and Research (3) society and culture. Perspectives and adopted in the United States and pursued answers of different sociologists are SOC 295 Special Topics (1-4) cross-culturally in other countries SW 490 Advanced Internship- This course centers on the investigation SW 397 Directed Study (1-4) examined. Prerequisite: CJ 101 and SOC 101. Session 1 (1-6) of larger scale social problems, and the To be arranged with department advisor. This course provides an opportunity development and implementation of This internship provides advanced SOC 102 American Social SOC 307 Gender, Crime and Law (3) for students to undertake individual social interventions that aim to effect SOC 301 Child Welfare (3) experiential learning with and Problems (3) research projects or advanced study positive change at the community, state, Overview of history, definitions, and application of social service principles Rights and needs of children; measures to of topics not covered by the regular and national levels. Administration and A survey of major social problems nature of the relationship between and concepts in community-based secure them. Prerequisite: Junior standing. curriculum. Prerequisite: Instructor management, community practice, and in American society. Emphasis gender and the criminal justice system. agency. Prerequisite: SW 390 and policy practices will be viewed from the on developing a foundation for Historically, the American criminal permission. May be repeated for credit. SOC 302 Sex, Race and Disability (3) SW 391 with a grade of “B” or higher equity, cultural competency, and ethical understanding, researching and justice system has been a “man’s world” before starting internship, or instructor SW 400 Working with Crime lens. Students will also develop skills analyzing social problems. Social meanings of sex, race and focused on crimes committed by men permission. Corequisite: SW 491. May be Victims (3) in analyzing advanced research designs disability. Comparison of biological and institutions run by men. To address repeated for credit. and evaluating social work program SOC 103 Introduction to Cultural facts with common stereotypes and the historical lack of interest in women’s This course studies the impact of crime outcomes and practice and policy Anthropology (3) discriminatory practices, current social roles and the status of LGBT individuals on victims and survivors, re-victimization, SW 491 Advanced Internship effectiveness. policies, programs, individual rights and within the criminal justice world, the society, and the criminal justice system. Studies of societies that contrast with Seminar-Session 1 (1) community responsibilities. Impact of course will examine historical and We will explore the history of victim rights Western civilization, leading to an An advanced internship seminar SW 499 Senior Seminar (3) stress on life, problems and potentials. contemporary roles played by women and the victim rights movement, theories, acquaintance with the concept of culture focused on integrating the practice and LGBT individuals as offenders, practical application of these theories, and This senior seminar provides senior level and its importance to an understanding competencies encountered in SW 490. SOC 303 Adulthood and Aging (3) professionals, prisoners, and victims. effective victim servie programs. Special social work majors with a culminating of human behavior. Corequisite: SW 490 Examination of aging from socio- Special attention will be given to crimes attention will be given to the economic, experience where they demonstrate psychological, developmental, and against women/LGBT individuals and medical, spiritual, and psychological their mastery of social work knowledge SOC 110 Introduction to Social SW 492 Advanced Internship – macro-psychological perspective. Social the efforts to investigate, prosecute, impacts of crime, as well as lifestyle and skills through the development of Justice (3) Session 2 (1-6) meaning and demography of aging, prevent and deter these crimes. changes victims make as a result of crime. an original empirical research project. This course will constitute an physical and psychological aging, role Prerequisite: CJ 101 and SOC 101. This internship provides advanced Through their senior thesis, students introduction to the ideas that have adjustments associated with retirement, SW 401 Treatment of Crime experiential learning with and will demonstrate advanced writing shaped the notion of social justice, death and bereavement, health care and SOC 316 The History of Women in Victims (4) application of social service principles skills, critical analysis and synthesis particularly since the inception of the and concepts in community-based of information, and the application of social service needs, age discrimination, North American Social This course develops advanced skills, United States. The course will introduce agency. Prerequisite: SW490 and 491 research skills. political, economic and interpersonal Work: 1848-1945 (3) knowledge, and expertise in crime the historical conceptions of social with a grade of “B” or higher before problems and issues. Focusing on the historical context, the victim advocacy as a trained crime victim justice in political theory and critically starting internship, or instructor sociological, psychological and feminist advocate, social worker, or criminal examine contemporary notions of social permission. Corequisite: SW 493. SOC 305 Juvenile Justice (3) theories of the time, and specific leaders justice professional. Topics covered justice in our society. May be repeated for credit. An examination of the legal history of the in many communities who began to include the victim rights movement and juvenile court; analysis of the problems address social ills of our young nation. victim rights, victim service programs, and processes of the juvenile justice Special focus on the Settlement House victim empowerment, crime-specific system. Equivalent to CJ 305. movement, the Women’s Clubs, and the

234 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 235 progressive era. Open to non-majors. Case Management as practiced by SOC 397 Directed Study (1-3) Substance Use Disorder CDP 402 Chemical Dependency documentation for licensure. Tutorial Equivalent to WS 316. private and publicly-funded social Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Systems, Policies, and and guidance to successfully navigate service agencies, and further develops CDP 400 Understanding Addiction: Laws (3) the licensure examination will also be SOC 318 History of Sociology and ethical decision making when SOC 440 Death, Dying and Grief (3) Theories, Ethics, and Students will examine the health provided. Anthropology (3) working with vulnerable populations. Physiological Impacts (3) care system and the services available Prerequisites: SW 210 and PSY 340. Overview of topics related to death, Theatre Arts Examination of the early sociology dying and grief. Cultural, spiritual, Students will gain an understanding for those experiencing chemical and anthropology masters; history of of the history and development of dependency/substance abuse. Using the SOC 350 Social Theory (3) developmental, sociological, and THR 101 Introduction to the sociology and anthropology in a social the major theories of the etiology of NAADAC Code of Ethics and NASW psychological considerations are Theatre (3) context; emergence of sociology and In-depth survey of the major conceptual addressed. Prerequisites: PSY 101 or addiction. Students will also examine Code of Ethics as a framework, students anthropology as sciences; probable framework of sociology, including SOC 101, and senior status or instructor the intersectionality of class, race, will also examine the relationship Actors, directors, playwrights, designers. future development. theories of group action, social order and permission. Equivalent to PSY 440. culture, and spirituality on substance between state and federal substance How do they do what they do? Find institutional change. and behavioral addiction. Topics include use laws and regulations on the stigma out by doing it yourself: exercises, SOC 320 Social Psychology (4) SOC 450 Advanced Research for understanding the pharmacological of addiction, on the accessibility and discussions and demonstrations give Overview of group formation and SOC 370 Social Action (3) the Social Sciences (3) properties and physiological effects of utilization of treatment and services, on students hands-on experience with what addictive substances and the influence the criminal justice system, and other it is like to work in professional theatre.. interaction in relation to environment. Social Action examines theories and Course studies sociological research of culture on the use of addictive social injustices. Prerequisite: CDP 400 Examination of how they influence the methods employed by individuals and methods, measurement, observation, individual in terms of needs, attitude groups desiring to bring about planned substances. THR 195 Special Topics (1-4) experimentation, survey methods, CDP 403 Chemical Dependency formation, prejudice, motivation, social change. Various themes of social sampling, questionnaire construction To be arranged with department advisor. CDP 401 Treatment of Addiction: Internship (1-9) perceptions and communicative justice are also examined in the readings and analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 240. May be repeated for credit. processes. Equivalent to PSY 320. and lectures. The course begins with Individual, Families, and Field experience where students apply Group Counseling (4) an assessment of theories of social SOC 470 White Collar Crime (3) NASW and NAADAC principles, concepts, THR 201 Fundamentals of SOC 325 Criminology and Juvenile action and change and progresses to Grounded in evidence-based clinical and ethics in a chemical dependency Theatrical Design and Overview of history, definitions, and Delinquency (3) critical examinations of case studies in skills, students will be prepared to treatment agency. Prerequisite: CDP 400, Technology (3) nature of those unlawful activities that which change was affected by working screen, assess, diagnose, and treat CDP 401, and CDP 402. Nature and causes of crime and constitute ‘white collar’ law violations. A historical study of theatrical design either within or outside of political or substance abuse disorders according to delinquency and efforts to control them. The course will examine historical and and technology (sets, costumes, lights, bureaucratic systems. the National Association of Alcoholism CDP 404 Chemical Dependency Equivalent to CJ 325. contemporary conduct that has been properties and sound) culminating in and Drug Abuse Counselors (NAADAC) Internship Seminar (1) identified as government, corporate, hands-on, collaborative theatrical design SOC 380 Marriage and the Family (3) professional ethical standards. Students SOC 333 Women, Culture and occupational, and institutional crime A seminar focused on integrating the projects. Fulfills the Fine Arts Core will learn the appropriate treatment Society (3) Sexual, marital and familial processes and the law enforcement agencies and practice competencies encountered in requirement. modalities for individuals, families, Examination of anthropological and conflicts in American society; approaches in place to investigate, the internship experience. Must be taken and groups and all the required THR 211 Acting I (3) and sociological models of gender cross-cultural examination of the family. prosecute, prevent and deter these concurrently with CDP 403 Internship. documentation for the treatment theory. Topics covered include social Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. crimes. Prerequisites: CJ 101 or SOC 101. Concurrent enrollment in CDP 403 Survey of basic acting theory and process. The American Society of construction of gender, cross-cultural technique, including vocal and physical Addiction Medicine (ASAM) criteria considerations of gender, essentialism, SOC 395 Special Topics (1-4) SOC 495 Special Topics (1-4) CDP 405 Exam and Licensure warm-ups, relaxation, Improvisation, will be the foundation for addiction domestic organization, economic gender To be arranged with department advisor. Preparation (1) scene study and ensemble awareness. To be arranged with department advisor. placement, continued care, and inequality, the politics of reproduction Students will be provided guidance No performing experience necessary. transfer/discharge. Students will also and models of engendered sexuality. SOC 396 Intercultural through the licensure process to obtain No prerequisites. SOC 499 Sociology Seminar (3) examine the intersectionality of class, Communication (3) a chemical dependency professional A major research paper on an approved race, culture, and spirituality, and its SOC 344 Case Management and certificate in accordance with NAADAC THR 250 Acting Practicum (1-4) Cross-cultural examination of international, topic under the direction of the implication on treatment. Co-occurring Advanced Interviewing (3) and Washington State requirements. domestic and personal communication. department. Prerequisite: Senior standing disorders, trauma, and HIV/AIDS brief Students who act a substantial role in a Student will also be assisted in This course focuses on building Coursework intended for anyone whose risk intervention are also addressed. theatrical production at Saint Martin’s preparing all the required material and advanced interviewing skills, introduces work or lifestyle may involve encounters of Prerequisite: CDP 400 may obtain credit for their work. the intercultural kind. 236 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 237 Prerequisites: Audition/interview and an emphasis on the practical challenges of techniques and styles of costume properties management. May be trauma. Topics include understanding criminal justice systems. Using the instructor’s permission. May be repeated of production in a contemporary rendering and construction. Prerequisite: repeated for credit. simple vs. complex PTSD, secondary International Association of Trauma for credit. context. Course may be repeated once THR 201 or instructor’s permission trauma and self-care, co-occurring Professionals (IATP) Code of Ethics and with permission of department chair. THR 395 Special Topics (1-4) disorders, addiction, different types of National Association of Social Workers THR 260 Design/Tech Practicum Prerequisite: Junior standing or THR 101 THR 340 Lighting Design (3) To be arranged with department advisor. trauma, and post-traumatic growth. (NASW) Code of Ethics as a framework, (1-4) or instructor’s permission. Stage lighting from the fundamentals of May be repeated for credit. students will also examine the Students may obtain credit for a electricity and the development of lighting TRM 401 Treatment of Trauma: relationship between state and federal substantial technical or design THR 307 Studies in Film (3) instruments to collaborative process of THR 397 Directed Study (1-3) Individual, Families, and lawsand regulations on the trauma Groups (4) sustained by victims of crime, on the contribution to a theatrical production How do films work? Critical survey of lighting theatrical productions. Prerequisite: An opportunity for students to pursue accessibility and utilization of treatment at Saint Martin’s in the areas of costume; several narrative films in their historical THR 201 or instructor’s permission. research-based or scholarly projects Building on knowledge of trauma and services, and other social injustices. lighting; set; sound or makeup design; context and exploration of filmmaking on their own initiative. Prerequisite: gained in TRM 400 Trauma: Theory, Students will become familiar with the stage management; or technical techniques — acting, directing, editing, THR 350 Acting Practicum (1-4) Instructor’s permission. May be repeated Ethics, and Impact, students will frameworks for evaluating systems of direction. Prerequisite: Instructor’s screenwriting and other related topics Students who act a substantial role in a for credit. review the major risk factors for care with respect to providing trauma- permission. May be repeated for credit. — as a means of developing tools for theatrical production at Saint Martin’s may trauma-related dysfunction, cultural informed care. TRM 400 may be taken analyzing films as art, popular culture obtain credit for their work. Prerequisites: THR 402 Play Writing II (3) factors that exacerbate or ameliorate THR 290 Internship (1-3) and socio-political commentary. dysfunction, specialized assessments for concurrently with TRM 402. Audition/interview and instructor’s Continuation of THR 302. Further identifying trauma-related symptoms, Internship with a professional or permission. May be repeated for credit. exploration of basic concepts of writing THR 311 Acting II (3) and research-supported approaches community theatre involving exposure for the stage. Students will complete WORLD LANGUAGES to treatment and prevention of PTSD to one or more of the following Survey of basic acting theory and THR 360 Design/Tech Practicum a working draft of an original play. and co-occurring disorders in the Chinese technical aspects: acting; directing; technique, with intensive focus on (1-4) Prerequisites: THR 302 or instructor’s aftermath of trauma. Major treatment stage management; costume design and scene study. No performing experience Students may obtain credit for a permission. approaches to be covered include stage- COR140C Introduction to Chinese I construction; set design and construction; necessary. Prerequisite: Junior standing substantial technical or design oriented integrated therapy models, (4) lighting design and operation; sound or instructor’s permission. Course may contribution to a theatrical production THR 450 Directing Practicum (1-4) cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), design and operation; properties be repeated once with permission of at Saint Martin’s in the areas of costume; A foundational course in the study of Advanced students may arrange to direct eye-movement desensitization and management. May be repeated for credit. department chair. lighting; set; sound or makeup design; Chinese language and culture that helps a theatrical production at Saint Martin’s. reprocessing (EMDR), Dialectical- stage management; or technical prepare students to be global citizens Prerequisite: Instructor’s permission. Behavioral Therapy (DBT), stress THR 295 Special Topics (1-4) THR 320 Scene Design (3) direction. Prerequisite: Instructor’s by providing real-world language May be repeated for credit. management techniques, group and To be arranged with department advisor. A general overview of the history of permission. May be repeated for credit. acquisition experiences that enable family therapy approaches, expressive architecture and interior design as applied them to become proficient in the areas of THR 495 Special Topics (1-4) arts therapies, psychopharmacological THR 302 Play Writing (3) to the collaborative process of creating THR 380 Literature on Film (3) speaking, oral comprehension, reading, To be arranged with department advisor. interventions, and alternative treatments. environments for the stage. Methods of and writing. Prerequisites: None The fundamentals of writing for the The study of important examples of May be repeated for credit. Self-care for the clinician will also be research and play analysis. Exploration stage: conflict, action, character, plot, literature adapted to the medium of film. emphasized, as will post-traumatic CHN 102 Introduction to Chinese II of techniques and styles of rendering and dialogue, setting and structure. Students Trauma Studies growth. Prerequisite: TRM 400 (4) work in collaboration with each other model construction. Prerequisite: THR THR 390 Internship (1-3) 201 or instructor’s permission. Fundamentals of pronunciation, and with instructor to develop their TRM 400 Trauma: Theories, Ethics, TRM 402 Trauma: Systems, Policies, Internship with a professional or grammatical forms and syntax. Language ideas into original scripts. Prerequisite: community theatre involving exposure and Impacts (3) and Laws (3) Instructor’s permission. THR 330 Costume Design (3) skills (speaking, understanding, reading to one or more of the following Students will gain an understanding of Students will examine various systems of General overview of the history of and writing) are developed through technical aspects: acting; directing; the neurobiology of trauma, including care and the services available for those THR 305 Styles, Periods and clothing design and construction as a contrasting analysis of Chinese and stage management; costume design Adverse Childhood Events (ACE’s) and who have experienced trauma. Special Practices in Theatre (3) applied to the collaborative process of English. COR 140C or equivalent and construction; set design and Adverse Life Events (ALE’s). Students focus will be on the interdisciplinary creating costumes for the stage. Methods A seminar of historical and/or modern construction; lighting design and will also examine the intersectionality intersections within the behavioral of research and play analysis. Exploration theatre styles, periods and genres with operation; sound design and operation; of class, race, culture, and spirituality on health, healthcare, education, and

238 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 239 CHN 195 Special Topics, Chinese French FRN 295 Special Topics, French Prerequisites: FRN 202 or equivalent or FRN 401 Advanced French JPN 102 Introduction to Japanese (1-4) (1-4) appropriate placement test score. Literature (3) II (4) To be arranged. COR140F Introduction to French I To be arranged. This course emphasizes developing Introduction to Japanese language (4) FRN 326 Introduction to French skills in reading and discussing French and culture. Students begin to acquire Literature (3) CHN 201 Intermediate Chinese I A foundational course in the study of FRN 301 French Composition and literary texts at the advanced level. knowledge of Japanese and the (3) French language and culture that helps Conversation (3) This course emphasizes developing skills Students explore texts written in French fundamentals of Japanese grammar. This course advances the four language prepare students to be global citizens This course emphasizes building in reading and discussing French literary from the French-speaking world, e.g., Cultural aspects of Japanese life will also skills. Prerequisites: CHN 102 or by providing real-world language competency in French in the areas of texts at the intermediate-advanced Senegal, Cote d’Ivoire, the D.R.C., the be presented. Prerequisites: COR 140J or appropriate placement test score. acquisition experiences that enable conversation and composition (writing). level. Students explore texts written in Antilles, Belgium, France, Canada, equivalent them to become proficient in the areas of As such, students are engaged in French from the French-speaking world, and Switzerland. Texts will generally CHN 202 Intermediate Chinese II speaking, oral comprehension, reading, expressing themselves in French using e.g., Senegal, Cote d’Ivoire, the D.R.C., focus on a specific time period and JPN 195 Special Topics, Japanese (3) and writing. Prerequisites: None a variety of materials from the French- the Antilles, Belgium, France, Canada, might include novels, poetry collections (1-4) Switzerland. Texts might include poetry, short story collections. Students This course advances the four language speaking world. They are required to To be arranged. FRN 102 Introduction to French II fables/fairy tales, short stories, short are expected to discuss and write in skills. Prerequisites: CHN 201 or explore points of view from the French- (4) novels. Students are introduced to French about complex literary texts. appropriate placement test score. speaking world on relevant issues and JPN 201 Intermediate Japanese (3) literary techniques, and how to discuss The course is conducted in French and Fundamentals of pronunciation, engage in cultural comparisons. They are Continuation of JPN 101 and 102. Building and write about literary texts in French. may be repeated for the French minor. CHN 295 Special Topics, Chinese grammatical forms and syntax. Language also required to reflect on and improve basic vocabulary and developing writing The course is conducted in French and Prerequisites: 300 level French course (1-4) skills (speaking, understanding, reading their use of the structural components and speaking skills. Prerequisites: JPN and writing) developed through of French through grammar study may be repeated for the French minor. or appropriate placement test score. To be arranged: Prerequisites: CHN 202 102 or appropriate placement test score. contrasting analysis of French and English. and a variety of writing activities. The Prerequisites: FRN 202 or appropriate or appropriate placement test score. placement test score. FRN 495 Special Topics, French Prerequisites: COR 140F or equivalent course is conducted in French and JPN 202 Intermediate Japanese (3) may be repeated for the French minor. (1-4) CHN 395 Special Topics, Chinese Continuation of JPN 101 and 102. FRN 195 Special Topics, French Prerequisites: FRN 202 or appropriate FRN 395 Special Topics, French To be arranged. The course is conducted in (1-4) Building basic vocabulary and (1-4) placement test score. (1-4) French and may be repeated for the French developing writing and speaking skills. To be arranged: Prerequisites: CHN 202 To be arranged. The course is conducted minor. Prerequisites: 300 level French To be arranged. Prerequisites: JPN 201or appropriate or appropriate placement test score. FRN 310 Francophone Cinema (3) in French and may be repeated for the course or appropriate placement test score. placement test score. FRN 201 Intermediate French (3) This course emphasizes improving French minor. Prerequisites: FRN 202 or CHN 397 Directed Study, Chinese (3) appropriate placement test score. Japanese Advances the four language skills: student knowledge and understanding JPN 295 Special Topics, Japanese A specialized course in Chinese language speaking, understanding, reading of the importance of Francophone (1-4) and/or literature. Prerequisite: CHN 202 FRN 397 Directed Study, French COR140J Introduction to Japanese and writing. Readings in French cinema. Students are required to or appropriate placement test score. (1-3) I (4) To be arranged. are introduced. Emphasis on explore and interact with a variety of French-language films from the A specialized course in French language A foundational course in the study of communication. Prerequisites: FRN 102 JPN 301 Advanced Japanese (3) CHN 495 Special Topics, Chinese Japanese language and culture that helps or appropriate placement test score. French-speaking world, e.g., films from and/or literature. Prerequisites: FRN (1-4) Senegal, Cote d’Ivoire, the D.R.C., Egypt, 202 or instructor permission. The prepare students to be global citizens Students will study speech, composition, complex kanji characters and advanced To be arranged: Prerequisites: CHN 202 FRN 202 Intermediate French (3) Belgium, France, and Canada. Students course is conducted in French and by providing real-world language or appropriate placement test score. are also required to reflect on the role may be repeated for the French minor. acquisition experiences that enable grammar. Focus continues to be on Advances the four language skills: and importance of cultural context Prerequisites: FRN 202 or appropriate them to become proficient in the areas building the student’s aural and oral speaking, understanding, reading within this artistic medium. Students placement test score. of speaking, oral comprehension, capabilities. Thus, a large amount of and writing. Readings in French are expected to improve their use of reading, and writing. Prerequisites: None vocabulary will be introduced. Japanese are introduced. Emphasis on the structural components of French. culture and current events also are communication. Prerequisites: FRN 201 The course is conducted in French and discussed to create better understanding or appropriate placement test score. may be repeated for the French minor. of Japanese culture as well as language. Course conducted in Japanese.

240 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 241 Prerequisites: JPN 202 or appropriate Russian equivalent. SPN 310 Hispanic Cinema and SPN 397 Directed Study, Spanish and interviews. Prerequisite: ENG 102 placement test score. Theater (3) (1-3) or COR 120. COR140R Introduction to Russian I SPN 195 Special Topics, Spanish This course emphasizes improving A specialized course in Spanish language JPN 302 Advanced Japanese (3) (4) (1-4) student knowledge and understanding and/or literature. Course Conducted WRT 302 Advanced Journalism (3) Students will study speech, composition, A foundational course in the study of To be arranged. of the importance of Hispanic cinema in Spanish. Prerequisites: SPN 202 or Aspects of media law, First Amendment complex kanji characters and advanced Russian language and culture that helps and theater. Students are required to appropriate placement test score. rights and various modes of reporting. grammar. Focus continues to be on prepare students to be global citizens SPN 201 Intermediate Spanish (3) explore and interact with a variety of Prerequisite: ENG 299, WRT 299, or building the student’s aural and oral by providing real-world language Advances the four language skills. Spanish-language films and plays from SPN 401 Advanced Hispanic permission of instructor. capabilities. Thus, a large amount of acquisition experiences that enable Prerequisites: SPN 102 or appropriate the Spanish-speaking world. Students Literature (3) vocabulary will be introduced. Japanese them to become proficient in the areas of placement test score. are also required to reflect on the role This course emphasizes developing WRT 303 Digital Journalism (3) culture and current events also are speaking, oral comprehension, reading, and importance of cultural context skills in reading and discussing Hispanic Introduces students to the theory and discussed to create better understanding and writing. Prerequisites: None SPN 202 Intermediate Spanish (3) within these artistic mediums. Students literary texts at an advanced level. Students practice needed to write stories for the of Japanese culture as well as language. are expected to improve their use of Advances the four language skills. explore texts in Spanish from the Spanish- digital news room. Students explore tools Course conducted in Japanese. RUS 102 Introduction to Russian II the structural components of Spanish. Prerequisites: SPN 201 or appropriate speaking world. Texts will generally of RSS, blogging, mapping, photography, Prerequisites: JPN 301 or appropriate (4) The course is conducted in Spanish and placement test score. focus on a specific time period and/or audio and slide production. Prerequisite: placement test score. Fundamentals of pronunciation, may be repeated. Prerequisite: SPN 202, author, and might include novels, poetry, ENG102, COR 120, or instructor grammatical forms and syntax. Language placement, or instructor permission. the short story and the play. Students are permission. JPN 395 Special Topics, Japanese SPN 295 Special Topics, Spanish skills (speaking, understanding, reading (1-4) expected to discuss and write in Spanish (1-4) SPN 326 Introduction to Hispanic and writing) are developed through a about complex literary texts. The course is WRT 306 Professional and To be arranged. Literature (3) To be arranged. Course conducted in contrasting analysis of Russian and English. conducted in Spanish and may be repeated. Academic Writing Skills (3) Japanese. Prerequisites: JPN 202 or Prerequisite: COR 140R or equivalent. This course emphasizes developing skills Prerequisite: SPN 326. SPN 301 Spanish Composition and Emphasis on structure of language, appropriate placement test score. in reading and discussing Hispanic literary Conversation (3) style and format used in writing inside Spanish texts at the intermediate-advanced level. SPN 495 Special Topics, Spanish and outside academia. Topics include This course emphasizes building JPN 397 Directed Study, Japanese Students explore texts written in Spanish (1-4) technical reading and writing, research competency in Spanish in the areas (1-3) COR140S Introduction to Spanish I from the Spanish-speaking world, e.g., To be arranged. Course conducted in projects, reports, correspondence and of conversation and writing. As such, A specialized course in Japanese (4) films and plays from Argentina, Bolivia, Spanish. other writing tasks that support writing students are engaged in expressing language and/or literature. Prerequisite: A foundational course in the study of Chile, Columbia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Mexico, in school and the working world. themselves in Spanish using a variety JPN 202 or instructor permission. Spanish language and culture that helps Peru, Spain, etc. Texts might include Writing Prerequisite: ENG 102 or COR 120. of materials from the Spanish-speaking Course conducted in Japanese. prepare students to be global citizens poetry, fables/fairy tales, short stories, world. They are required to explore Prerequisites: JPN 202 or appropriate by providing real-world language short novels. Students are introduced to WRT 292 Creative Writing (3) WRT 320 Ethics in Writing (3) points of view from the Spanish- literary techniques, and how to discuss placement test score. acquisition experiences that enable Introduction to the processes by which Advanced study on the relationship speaking world on relevant issues and and write about literary texts in Spanish. them to become proficient in the areas of writers produce creative work. Students between ethics, argumentation and engage in cultural comparisons. They are The course is conducted in Spanish and JPN 495 Special Topics, Japanese speaking, oral comprehension, reading, will study writers of poetry and fiction writing. Focus is Writing about ethical also required to reflect on and improve may be repeated. Prerequisite: SPN 202, (1-4) and writing. Prerequisites: None as a means of producing original work. issues and the moral context that informs their use of the structural components placement, or instructor permission. To be arranged. Course conducted in of Spanish through grammar study Prerequisite: ENG 102 or COR 120. these issues. Prerequisite: Japanese. Prerequisites: 300 level Japanese SPN 102 Introduction to Spanish II and a variety of writing activities. The SPN 395 Special Topics, Spanish ENG 102 or COR 120. course or appropriate placement test score. (4) WRT 299 Introduction to course is conducted in Spanish and may (1-4) Fundamentals of pronunciation, be repeated. Prerequisites: SPN 202, Journalism (3) WRT 390 English Internship (3) To be arranged. Course conducted in grammatical forms and syntax. Language placement, or instructor permission. Fundamentals of journalistic writing, Aspects of communication. Prerequisites: Spanish. Prerequisites: SPN 202 or skills (speaking, understanding, reading including basic news story and feature ENG 102, COR 120, or permission of appropriate placement test score. and writing) are developed through writing, interviewing, copyediting, media instructor. a contrasting analysis of Spanish and law, ethics and writing from speeches English. Prerequisites: COR 140S or

242 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 243 WRT 395 Special Topics (1-4) ACC 301 Intermediate ACC 351 Individual Taxation (3) ACC 358 Governmental and integrate both financial and non-financial Business Administration Accounting I (3) Non-profit Accounting (3) information into a corporate information To be arranged with department advisor. Basic federal law provisions affecting BA 201 Business Statistics (3) Prerequisite: ENG102 or COR 120. Review and intensive study of the individual income tax returns. Includes Accounting methods and reporting systems schema, the knowledge to assess concepts and standards used in determination of gross income, practices of state and local governments. controls, and an understanding of systems This course is designed to introduce WRT 405 Advanced Creative determining net income and financial adjustments to gross income and Introduction to theory of fund analysis and design. Prerequisite: ACC 202. students to the main topics of an Writing (3) position. Emphasis is on the asset side of deductible expenses, tax research, tax accounting. Prerequisite: ACC 202. undergraduate business statistics course. ACC 450 Auditing (3) The focus of this course dedicated to the Advanced study of creative writing. the balance sheet and related revenues planning, and preparation of tax returns. understanding of concepts, statistical Designed to deepen students’ creative and expenses. Prerequisite: ACC 201. ACC 390 Internship (1-6) Techniques of auditing, including language, and statistical techniques. The writing skills. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: ACC 351L Individual Taxation Lab (1) An opportunity to apply accounting theory professional ethics; legal responsibilities, course requires a practical understanding ENG 292, WRT 292, or permission of ACC 301L Accounting I Lab (1) Laboratory experiences to accompany and practice in a work environment under scope, objectives and nature of the audit; of statistical tools including Microsoft instructor. Intermediate skills and techniques ACC 351 using contemporary tax software the supervision of University faculty and an statistical sampling and auditing with Excel, which will be implemented in financial reporting and statement including: CCH Intelliconnect and Pro intern supervisor. computer systems; reporting standards throughout the course. Students are preparation and analysis. The System FX Tax or similar resources. for audit findings. Prerequisites: ACC expected to effectively use experimental SCHOOL OF BUSINESS course integrates the processing of Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent ACC 395 Special Topics in 302, BA 225, MTH 201, or BA 201. design, data analysis, and inference to accounting information with the use enrollment in ACC 351. Accounting (1-4) Accounting reach well-reasoned and appropriately of a commercial general ledger ACC 450L Audit Lab (1) Courses that cover topics as announced communicated conclusions and decisions software package. An initial ACC 352 Business Taxation (3) Laboratory experiences to accompany ACC 201 Principles of Financial by faculty. in a real-world context. Prerequisites: presentation of the software is included ACC 450 using contemporary audit Accounting (3) Study of federal law affecting returns of MTH 101 or MTH 102 with grade C- or to develop a specific understanding software including ACL Software or Fundamentals of measuring and partnerships and corporations. Includes ACC 397 Directed Study (1-3) better or equivalent math placement of menus and navigation techniques. similar resources. Prerequisites: Previous communicating financial aspects of determination of gross income and A student/faculty-selected project exam score. Discussion focuses on setup, or concurrent enrollment in ACC 450. business transactions to decision-makers. deductible expenses, tax research, tax that enables the student to research maintenance, information entry and Course includes accounting concepts and planning, and preparation of tax returns. a specialized area of accounting. BA 210 Be Career Ready (1) report generation. Specific topics of ACC 490 Internship (1-6) standards related to the determination Prerequisite: Prerequisite or concurrent Prerequisites: Junior standing and the accounting cycle are presented This practical course provides students of net income and financial position. enrollment in ACC 302. permission of advisor. An opportunity to apply accounting including journal transactions, with up-to-date tools leading to satisfy Emphasis on presentation of financial theory and practice in a work accounts receivable, accounts payable, career employment. This includes both data for investment, credit and other ACC 352L Business Taxation Lab (1) ACC 401 Advanced Accounting (3) environment under the supervision inventory, payroll, financial statements online and face-to-face instruction in decisions. Laboratory experiences to accompany of University faculty and an intern and special projects. Prerequisite: Specialized fields of accounting such interviewing techniques and developing ACC 352 using contemporary tax software supervisor. ACC 201. as business combinations, consolidated sensitivity to organization culture. ACC 202 Principles of Managerial including: CCH Intelliconnect and Pro Instruction will be provided for the statements, multinational accounting, ACC 495 Special Topics in Accounting (3) System FX Tax or similar resources. Previous development of plans for personal ACC 302 Intermediate Accounting partnerships, and foreign currency Accounting (1-4) Fundamentals of accounting emphasizing II (3) or concurrent enrollment in ACC352 transactions. Prerequisite: ACC 302. advancement and career path selection. broad concepts and standards for Courses that cover topics as announced Continuation of ACC 301. Intensive managerial planning, control, and ACC 353 Cost Accounting (3) ACC 405 Accounting Information by faculty. BA 225 Business Law I (3) study of the liability and equity side decision making. Prerequisite: ACC 201. Determination and control of cost of Systems (3) of a balance sheet, along with related Introduction to the American legal materials, labor and overhead; responsibility ACC 499 Contemporary Issues in revenues and expenses. Introduction This course provides students with system (sources of law and legal ACC 295 Special Topics in accounting; budgets; forecasting; standards; Accounting (3) of additional topics, including study an understanding of accounting process); forms of business (sole Accounting (1-4) and variance analysis. Emphasis on Course reviewing current literature on of accounting theories related to information systems theory and practice, proprietorships, partnerships, providing more sophisticated financial data major issues affecting the accounting Courses that cover topics as announced pensions, leases and earnings per share. the knowledge to take advantage of LLCs and corporations); contract law; for managerial decisions. Prerequisite: and auditing profession. Issues discussed by faculty. Prerequisite: ACC 301. new information technologies such as agency; employment law; torts; products ACC 202. database management systems, decision in relation to the current political, liability; property law; wills & trusts; support systems, expert systems and social, legal and economic environment. business ethics. telecommunications, the skills to Prerequisite: Senior standing.

244 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 245 BA 295 Special Topics (1-4) BA 305 Business Communications firms. Such topics as layout, scheduling, BA 340 Human Resource BA 355 Management of the BA 420 International Business Course covers topics announced by (3) inventory management and location Management (3) Sales Force (3) and Global Economics (3) faculty. Fundamentals of effective business analysis are covered. The study of workers’ relationships Course familiarizes students with Classical and modern theories of trade, communication form and style, business with their leaders, their jobs and management responsibilities unique sources of protectionism, economic BA 300 Finance (3) writing (letters, memos, reports, research BA 325 Fundamentals of the organization. Emphasis on how to personal sales. Planning, recruiting, interdependence among modern nations. Entrepreneurship (3) Asset management, short-term and proposals, texting), and effective management of human resources deployment, motivation and evaluation Analysis of risks and opportunities of long-term financing, capital structure, business speaking (interviews, meetings Examination of fundamental business insures that people work together are key areas covered. Text, case studies international marketing and finance. cost of capital and capital budgeting. and presentations, critical listening skills concepts of the independently owned more productively, meeting the needs and presentations will be reviewed. Prerequisite: ECN 202. Prerequisites: ACC 202, MTH 161 (or and quantitative reasoning). Emphasis venture. Survey course highlights of the individual and the goals of the Prerequisites: BA 330. MTH 171) with a C- or better, and is placed on using communication the interrelationships of the organization. Prerequisite: ENG 102 BA 425 Small Business Institute MTH 201 or BA 201. skills and technology to communicate entrepreneurial venture, government or COR 120 and BA 335. BA 370 Project Management (3) (1-3) complex data and relationships to and special interest groups. Learn foundational elements of project Provides students with hands-on BA 302 Applied Quantitative individuals and large groups. Students BA 344 Integrated Marketing management and the nature of project experience in the context of serving Business Techniques (3) will utilize telecommunications, e-video BA 326 Business Law II (3) Communications (IMC) (3) environments. Using case studies and as a consultant to local businesses. and internet and intranet enabled Exposure to and practice in the use Property law; debtor-creditor relations; Traditional media, such as mass real-world scenarios, identify the key A team approach to problem-solving communication systems and relevant of mathematical tools for aiding bankruptcy; sales law (Uniform advertising and sales promotion by defining elements of project strategy, is emphasized and practiced via a application software. Prerequisite: managerial decision-making in the Commercial Code Art. 2 and 2A); themselves no longer work. Promotional and gain a deeper understanding of group-prepared report of findings ENG 102 or COR 120. corporate and public sectors. Topics Negotiable Instruments & Documents success demands marketers focus strategy and planning issues. Apply and recommendations. include mathematical modeling, linear of Title (Uniform Commercial Code Art. on their core asset; their customers. project management steps to identify BA 311 Money, Banking and 3 and 4); Secured Transactions (Uniform Today’s marketers integrate and the scope of a project and then define its BA 431 Consumer Behavior (3) and nonlinear programming, network Financial Institutions (3) analysis, simulation and other topics at Commercial Code Art. 9); securities coordinate a diverse set of marketing requirements, approach, and outcomes. This course introduces students to the instructor’s discretion. Prerequisites: An exploration of money, banking and regulations; professional and legal tools (IMC) from media advertising to the field of consumer behavior, which MTH 161 (or MTH 171) and MTH 201 or financial markets in the contemporary responsibilities. Prerequisites: BA 225 social marketing, within an increasingly BA 390 Internship (1-6) draws from several disciplines including BA 201 both with a grade of “C-“ or better. U.S. and world economies. Examines fragmented marketplace that maximizes Opportunity for students to apply psychology, biology, and economics to role of monetary theory and policy with BA 330 Marketing (3) consistent message impact at minimal knowledge of management theory explain the processes consumers follow BA 303 Labor/Management an emphasis on financial institutions, Analysis of marketing concepts; cost. Prerequisite: BA 330. and practice in a work environment when selecting, consuming, and disposing Relations (3) markets and central banking. consumer demand and behavior; while under supervision and guidance of products and services. Students will Prerequisite: ECN 202. BA 350 Business in Society: A conceptual framework for the study marketing functions of the firm; of management faculty and an intern investigate the fundamental areas of this Ethics and of labor-management relations in the institutions in the marketing channel; supervisor. field, including internal and external BA 315 Investment Analysis (3) Responsibility (3) private and public sectors. Concentrates people, product, price and promotion influences and related effects, information on development, structure and processes Characteristics of securities, security strategies. A case course covering interrelationship BA 395 Special Topics (1-4) processing, as well as the sociological constituting the collective bargaining markets, investment strategies, securities of business decisions and society’s goals. Course covers topics announced by and economic effects of consumption. process in the United States today. and portfolio selection; management. BA 335 Organizational Cases will deal with such current social faculty. Prerequisite: BA 330. Emphasis will be on the history and legal Prerequisite or concurrent enrollment: Management (3) issues as pollution, discrimination, framework of U.S. labor-management BA 300 Study of the evolution of management, energy, poverty and corporate social BA 397 Directed Study (3) BA 435 Corporate Finance (3) responsibility. Course considers the relations and on negotiating and including differences between A student/faculty-selected project Develops analytical and decision-making BA 320 Operations Management business and social aspects of problems implementing a collective bargaining mechanistic and organic models. that enables the student to research skills in analyzing and solving complex (3) under consideration. Prerequisite: agreement. Organizational theory and interpersonal a specialized area of management. financial problems facing organizations. ENG 102 or COR 120. Relationship of factor inputs to the relationships. Prerequisites: Junior standing and Emphasis on financing of resources needed final output of the firm. Organization, permission of advisor. to attain organizational goals and on administration and internal working effective management of those resources. relationships of industrial and service Prerequisite: BA 300 or ACC 302.

246 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 247 BA 470 Organizational on student’s total University course economic growth and sustainability ECN 371 Econometrics (3) and public financial administration. ED 204 Introduction to Education Leadership and Change experience. Students should take this through effective functioning of the Foundation for economic analysis and Prerequisites: ECN 201, ECN 202. (3) Management (3) capstone course in their last semester. financial system, monetary and fiscal forecasting that includes hypothesis Introduction to education as a This course develops understanding Prerequisites: ECN 201, BA 225, BA policies, and international trade policies. testing, regression analysis and ECN 495 Special Topics in profession. A survey of educational and insight into the role of leadership 300 (or ACC 302), BA 320, BA 330, and forecasting. Apply economic theories Economics (1-4) history, curriculum, funding, and and change in business. Important areas BA 420. BA 320 and 420 may be taken ECN 295 Special Topics in using statistical software, deepen Courses offered periodically, with topics governance, especially in the United include leadership theory, self-awareness, concurrently. Economics (1-4) knowledge of economics. Requires a announced by faculty. States. Considerable attention given to leadership strategies and change Courses offered periodically, with topics strong grounding in mathematics, but will preschool-12 curriculum, particularly management. Prerequisites: BA 335. Economics announced by faculty. focus on practical issues and theoretical ECN 490 Internship (1-6) the social forces that shape it. problems of obtaining and using data to ECN 101 Principles of Economics (3) Application of economics theory and BA 475 Risk Management (3) ECN 325 The Evolution of conduct economic analysis. Prerequisites: practice in an actual work environment, ED 205 Child and Adolescent Learn how to identify, analyze and An integrated introduction to the Economic Thought (3) ECN 201, ECN 202, and MTH 201. with supervision by economics faculty Development (3) mitigate a variety of risks faced by analysis of individual firms and markets, A historical survey of economic thought and an intern supervisor. The emphasis of this class will be on organizations. Apply the process of as well as aggregate economic variables. from religion, science and philosophy and ECN 375 Cost-Benefit Analysis (3) gaining a basic understanding of research decision making to many different areas, These include inflation, unemployment its impact on contemporary economic Survey cost-benefit analysis topics, ECN 499 Senior Project (3) and theories of child and adolescent and economic growth, with a focus on such as corporate risk and compliance, theory and practice. The philosophies including principles of social welfare, Prerequisite: Senior standing. development. Provides a foundation cyber and IT risks, workplace safety the state’s role in attempts to regulate the that drive the economic way of thinking, regulation and democracy. Conduct and to be expanded on in other education risks, risk in banking and financial economy outside the market. the ideas of the great economic thinkers critically evaluate cost-benefit studies. classes. Candidates will be encouraged services, regulatory and operation and their logical connections to the world Examine best practices in empirical and COLLEGE OF EDUCATION to apply ideas and theories to education ECN 201 Principles of risk management, strategic risk will be analyzed. New economic ideas, survey methods, valuation of life and AND COUNSELING and to investigate a variety of resources Microeconomics (3) consultancy and legal risk management. evidence, problems and values are used human activities, especially use of natural for future reference. Prerequisites: BA225, BA335, and BA300 An introduction to the economic to reconsider basic disputes and major resources. Debate topics in sustainable Education (or ACC302) principles of consumer and producer contributions of the past. economics, including proper discounting, ED 230 Introduction to behavior and government regulation, uncertainty and acceptable levels of risk. ED 202 Diversity in Educational Benedictine Leaders BA 490 Internship (1-6) this course provides students with an ECN330 Ecological Economics: Prerequisites: ECN 201, MTH 161 (or Systems (3) Program (1) Opportunity for students to apply understanding of supply and demand in The Responsible Use of MTH 171) with a C- or better. The purpose of this course is to This course introduces students to the knowledge of management theory differing market structures. We consider Creation (3) investigate the impact of social influences basic concepts of leadership. Emphasis and practice in a work environment the private and social implications of A merger of ecology and economics, ECN 390 Internship (1-6) on learning and school experience in is placed on the Catholic, Benedictine while under supervision and guidance pricing and profit maximization, policies examine economic principles of Application of economics theory and children and adolescents. The roles of tradition, including the university’s of management faculty and an intern towards market failure, and sustainable employment, money and growth, practice in an actual work environment, race, poverty, gender, and other factors Benedictine values and core themes. supervisor. use of resource markets on a local level. motivation of human choices, and with supervision by economics faculty on the social contexts in which schools Students will utilize the concepts economic policies with respect to and an intern supervisor. operate will be examined and analyzed discussed in the course to develop their ECN 202 Principles of BA 495 Special Topics (1-4) management of ecosystems, biodiversity for their impact on teaching and learning own philosophy of leadership. This Macroeconomics (3) in schools. Students will apply knowledge Course covers topics announced by faculty. and ecosystem services. Students will ECN 395 Special Topics in course is foundational and is designed An introduction to the economic engage in hands on research and service Economics (1-4) of societal structures, oppression and for beginning student leaders. No privilege at a deeper level to the education BA 499 Business Strategy (3) principles of employment, money, learning to benefit the environment Courses offered periodically, with topics prerequisite. and growth, this course will provide and goals of community groups that are system or take course content to another Emphasis on strategy formulation at announced by faculty. students with an understanding of attempting to protect the environment area of society to analyze impact. The ED 295 Special Topics (1-4) upper levels of management. Course will roles individuals and institutions play in major macroeconomics measures while improving quality of life for ECN 410 Public Finance (3) Courses offered periodically on stress problem analysis and decisions perpetuating and curbing oppression and and policies. Students will learn how humans. education topics announced by the based on all environmental factors Theories, policies and practices relating privilege will be explored. measures of unemployment, inflation, faculty. May be repeated for credit. affecting the organization. This is an national income, inequality, and wealth to government revenues, expenditures integrating course designed to draw shape policy. We also focus on achieving and debts. Budgeting procedure

248 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 249 ED 297 Directed Practicum (1-3) ED 312 Technology for the management, candidates will begin ED 408 Directed Practicum Level ED 417 Methods of Teaching English language learners (students Candidate/faculty-selected student Classroom (3) to create their own philosophy of 2 (1) Health and Physical qualifying for language assistance based teaching in a specialized area. Includes Class explores ways to integrate management. Includes, but is not limited Thirty-hour classroom-based field Education (2) on state assessments). Prerequisites: 30 hour practicum plus 5 hour written computers and other technologies to, strategies for individual and group experience that connects the theory Introduction of specific instructional Last semester of coursework before final assignment per credit enrolled. Offered into classroom teaching, rather than behavior; instruction developed through learned in coursework with practical methods unique to health/physical student teaching or following completion on approval by faculty and dean of the computer skills themselves. Discussions systematic application of specific models. application. A one-hour biweekly seminar education for preschool-grade 8 of ELL endorsement coursework, or College of Education and Counseling. focus on teaching philosophies, issues Prerequisite: ED 306 or concurrent provides time for students to discuss education students. Emphasis of theory, instructor permission. (Educational May be repeated for credit. and trends in an information age. enrollment. what they are learning. Students enroll teaching strategies and integrated Studies students are not eligible to take Candidates will develop curriculum concurrently in elementary methods knowledge/skills for health and this course). ED 300 Competency Seminar (1-2) and classroom materials using e-mail, ED 362 Educational Law and courses and/or secondary reading physical education. Offered on demand. internet and selected software. Emphasis Issues of Abuse (3) courses. (Educational Studies students are Prerequisite: ED 306. ED 424 Early Childhood A seminar/independent study to assess a Education (3) candidate’s competency in state-required on development of electronic portfolio. Washington State requirements for not eligible to take this course). generic competency areas. understanding educational law and its ED 418 Methods of Teaching Important issues related to teaching ED 330 Theories of Benedictine relationship to contemporary school ED 411 Methods of Teaching Social Studies (3) primary-grade 3 emphasized. Methods, ED 304 Directed Practicum (1) Leaders Program (2) issues and problems. Addresses the Mathematics (3) Introduces education candidates curriculum and assessment specific teacher’s role in identifying, reporting, to early childhood education will be Thirty-hour classroom-based field This course explores the fundamental Objectives, materials, methods and preparing to teach preschool-grade and working with children who have reviewed, as will relationship of family experience that connects the theory approaches to leadership theory. curriculum for teaching preschool- 12 to specific methods used to teach been victims of child abuse. Covers and community to the student; classroom learned in coursework with practical Emphasis is place don’t he Servant grade 8 mathematics. Emphasis social studies. Integrated thematic unit state agencies and local school boards, environment; and promotion of social application. A one-hour biweekly Leadership and Ethical Leadership on theory, teaching strategies and planning, map-globe interpretation and university issues and law, teachers’ competence. Prerequisite: ED 306; SED seminar provides time for students to models and their application to integrated knowledge and skills of content specified in the Washington employment, tenure, academic freedom, 359 or permission of instructor. discuss what they are learning. Students leadership issues in the broader society. mathematics for elementary teachers. State Essential Academic Learning and student issues of compulsory enroll in the course concurrently with Students will utilize these models to Prerequisite: ED 306. Requirements for grades P-8 will be education. Also includes the role of ED 425 Issues and Trends in ED 306. (Educational Studies students inform their own leadership philosophy. emphasized. Course requires a 10-hour the classroom teacher as counselor. English Language are not eligible to take this course). This course helps students deepen their ED 414 Methods of Teaching observation and instruction practicum understanding of leadership theory No prerequisite required. Pacific Northwest History in preschool-grade 12 social studies. Learners and Bilingual Education (3) ED 306 Curriculum and within a Catholic Benedictine context. (3) Prerequisite: ED 306. ED 395 Special Topics (1-4) Instruction (3) No prerequisite. History of the Pacific Northwest The purpose of this course is to examine Courses offered periodically on ED 423 English Language Learner educational theories, practice and Multiple approaches to curriculum region. Emphasis on how to integrate ED 331 Benedictine Leaders education topics announced by the Practicum (3) research related to the education of and instruction emphasizing becoming this history into P-12 classrooms in all Practicum (1) faculty. May be repeated for credit. English Language Learners (ELLs) and a reflective teacher. Principles of disciplines. Includes in depth study The purpose of this course is to apply bilingual education. Topics covered in organizing, sequencing, delivering, The purpose of this course is to apply of the Since Time Immemorial tribal theoretical knowledge learned in the ED 400 Training for Mentor this course include program models; evaluating instruction. Emphasis on theoretical knowledge of Catholic, sovereignty curriculum. Prerequisite: elementary education program to the Teachers (1) increasing parent involvement; development of a thematic unit with Benedictine leadership learned in the ED 306 or concurrent enrollment. classroom setting and to gain experience recognizing linguistic and cultural biases lesson design based on state and national ED 230 and/or ED 330 courses to Training to plan and structure the working with English language learners in curricula and assessment instruments; standards. Exploration of teaching the service experience within the student teaching experience; observe ED 415 Methods of Teaching in an educational setting. This practicum bi/multicultural identity development; methods such as cooperative learning, community. 30 hours required. and critique intern’s lessons; confer Science (3) serves as an opportunity to practice historical, legal, and political foundations concept development and inquiry Prerequisite: ED 230 or ED 330. with intern on progress, strengths and Objectives, materials, methods and culturally responsive and language of bilingual education; advocacy for ELLs learning. Prerequisite: Acceptance as a weaknesses; and write intern evaluations curriculum for teaching preschool-grade proficiency appropriate instructional and their families; and the preparation teacher certification candidate. ED 360 Classroom Management and recommendations. 8 science. Emphasis on theory, teaching strategies, learning activities, and of non-ESOL (English for Speakers (3) strategies and integrated knowledge and assessment tools in an extended of Other Languages). Resources for Through an understanding of current skills of science for elementary teachers. field experience. The practicum will continuing professional development in theories and practices in classroom Prerequisite: ED 306. require candidates to spend 90 hours in a classroom containing at least 15% the fields of second language instruction

250 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 251 and bilingual education will be provided. the field of cognitive science: ED 432 Early Childhood explored through the lens of Common ED 469 Capstone in Educational ED 473 Philosophy of Reading Prerequisites: ED 306; ED 426. psycholinguistics, philosophy of Education Curriculum (3) Core Standards. Prerequisite: ED 306. Studies (3) Instruction (3) language and the mind, anthropology Important issues related to teaching This course is designed to synthesize the This course is designed to explore ED 426 Methods of Teaching and artificial intelligence. Research preschool - 3rd grade will be ED 438 Literature for Children knowledge that students have gained in the theoretical base for teaching of Language Acquisition (3) and practice related to the education of emphasized. Methods, curriculum and and Young Adults (3) their program of study, integrating their reading in grades kindergarten-8; using This course provides candidates with diverse populations will be examined. assessment specific to early childhood Nature, history and sources of children’s learning in the field with educational research-based best practices to develop concepts, theories, and research from The impact of social context factors such education will be reviewed, as well as the books. Required for elementary theory. Students will expand their a personal classroom reading philosophy. applied linguistics, second language as race, ethnicity, culture, gender and relationship of family and community certification, special education, reading, learning through extensive readings Prerequisites: ED 437 and ED 474. acquisition, and literacy development. economic status on social linguistics, to the student, classroom environment English and English Language Arts and focus on assessment and leadership Throughout the semester, candidates knowledge bases, learning styles, and promotion of social competence. endorsements. Prerequisite: ED 306. skills as it applies to their area of ED 474 Methods of Teaching will have multiple opportunities to socialization patterns and educational Prerequisite: ED 306, or concurrent concentration. Additionally, students Primary Literacy (3) demonstrate their knowledge and skills opportunity will be studied. Emphasis enrollment. ED 468 Secondary Literacy (3) will research a topic related to their will be placed on the development This course includes the theory and as they develop their own personal Explores the analysis of reading behavior student teaching. A research project is of culturally-relevant curriculum application of the literacy components of teaching style. Topics covered in this ED 435 Information Sources and through several assessment strategies, required. Concurrent enrollment with or and culturally-responsive practices. phonemic awareness, phonics, concepts course include the diversity within Retrieval (2) including informal reading inventories, prerequisite: ED 493. Prerequisites: ED 306, ED 426. of print, fluency, vocabulary, writing, the English Language Learner (ELL) Presentation and evaluation of print and miscue analysis, and classroom-based as well as comprehension skills and population, Specially Designed Academic ED 470 Classroom Assessment (3) ED 428 Reading Instruction of non-print references for kindergarten-12 assessments. Both theoretical context strategies of fiction and content area Instruction in English (SDAIE), the materials. Theory of selection and and actual assessment strategies are State and national trends of text as they pertain to teaching grades integration of English Language English Language Learners (3) methods of incorporating materials studied, and applied to content areas performance-based assessment for P-2. Current trends in primary literacy Proficiency (ELP) Standards in lesson into specific courses of instruction taught in the secondary school (Gr. 5-12). the classroom. Includes educational curriculum and assessment will be planning, the incorporation of home The course provides knowledge of will be covered. Electronic sources of The ultimate outcome is to understand statistics, standardized tests and explored through the lens of Common languages and cultures as educational various methods of reading instruction information for teachers and students how/why struggling adolescent readers classroom test construction and Core Standards. Prerequisite: ED 306. assets, the interrelationship between for English Language Learners and will be reviewed. Prerequisite: ED 306. have difficulty with comprehension, and interpretation. Also covers norm and language and culture and its effects students in bilingual education programs important ways with which to help said criterion-referenced tests, alternative ED 475 Reader-Writer Workshop on teaching and learning, appropriate with an emphasis on techniques for ED 436 Library Media in the readers. This course also explores the assessment, grading, computer (3) adaptations and assessment tools for effective instruction and assessment Instructional Program (3) reading process as it is applied to content management, conferencing skills. ELLs with special needs, and a wide of oral language development, reading The purpose of this course is to develop Issues and skills related to integration areas taught in the secondary school. Prerequisite: ED 306. an understanding of the reader-writer range of teaching practices to create an and writing. Candidates develop a This course facilitates the application inclusive, equitable, positive classroom multicultural curriculum to support of the library media center and its workshop approach to teaching reading resources into the school’s instructional of specific reading and writing ED 472 Integrated Approach to and writing as an integrated process for environment. Prerequisites: ED 306. learning to read in English. Prerequisites: strategies to assist comprehension of Phonics and Spelling (2) ED 306, ED 426. program. Prerequisite: ED 306. K-8 students. Prerequisites: ED 437, ED expository materials in all subject areas An in-depth exploration of the 438, and ED 474. ED 427 Sociolinguistics and by students at all levels of reading. Language Teaching: ED 429 Arts and Movement (3) ED 437 Methods of Teaching theoretical rationale and research base Intermediate Literacy (3) Major components of reading (fluency, for the learning and teaching of reading ED 477 Reading Diagnosis (3) Theory and Practice (3) This course explores the elements, vocabulary, and comprehension) are used This course includes the theory and skills, content and strategies of phonemic The course concerns the nature of principles, and pedagogy of visual in planning strategy lessons for use with This course explores reading application of the literacy components awareness, phonics and spelling, as they human language, what the study of art, drama, mu- sic and creative students. How to effectively deliver and assessments and how to utilize results of reading, writing, listening, speaking, are integrated into the reading program language tells us about the human movement for the elementary classroom. assesses disciplinary specific vocabulary to plan effective instructional strategies viewing, visual representation, as well in elementary school. Prerequisites: ED mind and the relation of language to its Candidates will create and participate in within one’s given content area is the for struggling readers. Analysis of as comprehension skills and strategies 437 and ED 474. cultural and educational context. The arts experiences for the class and others. primary outcome. Prerequisite: ED 306. reading behavior using informal reading scope of the course is interdisciplinary Prerequisite: ED 306. for fiction and content area text as inventories, miscue analysis and other and the topics explored reach beyond they pertain to teaching grades 3-8. assessment tools will be practiced. the boundaries of linguistics to other Current trends in intermediate literacy Current assessments are analyzed scientific disciplines that constitute curriculum and assessment will be for reliability, validity, and use in the

252 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 253 classroom. Concurrent enrollment in a to teacher candidates primary teaching ED 493 Internship in Educational Physical Education PE 310 First Aid and Athletic Special Education practicum is preferred, but not required. endorsement (subject) area. Includes 15- Studies (3) Injuries (3) May repeat 100 level courses for a Prerequisites: ED 437 and ED 474. hour seminar. Prerequisites: ED 306 and The purpose of this course is to apply Study of emergency methods used in SED 195 Special Topics (1-4) maximum of eight semester hours of ED 484 or concurrent enrollment in ED theoretical knowledge learned in the common accidents. Students may qualify Courses offered periodically on special ED 479 Reading Practicum (3) credit. Prerequisite: Permission of coach. 484. (Educational Studies students are educational studies program to the for Red Cross certificates. education topics announced by the The purpose of this course is to apply not eligible to take this course). community setting. This internship PE 202 Basketball Theory (2) faculty. Prerequisite: Permission of theoretical knowledge learned in the serves as an opportunity to practice PE 345 Psychology and instructor. May be repeated for credit. reading program. Includes a 90- hour ED 491 Added Endorsement instructional activities in an extended Fundamentals of basketball, including Philosophy of Coaching (3) Practicum (3) theories of offense and defense. Offered practicum that serves as an opportunity field experience. 120 hours required. Techniques and current practices. SED 295 Special Topics (1-4) every third semester. to observe and practice instructional Includes 90 hours of practicum plus Offered every fourth semester. Rotates Courses offered periodically on special activities in reading in an extended field 15 hours for research/lesson plan ED 494 Teacher Internship (5-10) Rotates with PE 203 and PE 204. with PE 301, PE 302, PE 430. education topics announced by the experience. Prerequisite: ED 437 and ED preparation and final paperwork. Supervised full-time student teaching in faculty. Prerequisite: Permission of 474. (Educational Studies students are Practicum involves structured an elementary school for one semester. PE 203 Baseball Theory (2) PE 395 Directed Study (1-4) instructor. May be repeated for credit. not eligible to take this course). observation, teaching preparation, Prerequisites: Completion of all required Open only to seniors and graduate teaching experience, and reflection in a Fundamentals of baseball, including coursework and endorsements leading to students who have shown both the SED 297 Directed Practicum (1-3) ED 481 Issues and Trends in P-12 setting in the added endorsement strategy and basic skills. Offered every third recommendation for certification. Course ability and need to work independently, Literacy Instruction (3) field. Includes a minimum of two semester. Rotates with PE 202 and PE 204. A candidate/faculty-selected student fees apply. (Educational Studies students principally by directed study, discussion observations by a university supervisor teaching in a specialized area for special This course is designed as a candidate- are not eligible to take this course). PE 204 Methods of Coaching and research. education. Offered on approval by special centered forum in which candidates using the Washington State Teacher Pedagogy Assessment. Field experiences Track and Field (2) education faculty and dean of College take a leadership role in the study and ED 495 Special Topics (1-4) PE 400 Kinesiology (3) of Education and Counseling. May be discussion of current reading topics and and assignments will relate to the Techniques, procedures and lesson candidate’s added endorsement area. Courses offered periodically on planning. Offered every third semester. Exploration of anatomical and mechanical repeated for credit. current research in literacy education. education topics announced by the Prerequisites: ED 437 and ED 474. Prerequisite: Acceptance to Added Rotates with PE 202 and PE 204. fundamentals of human motion. Endorsement Program; permission of faculty. May be repeated for credit. SED 395 Special Topics (1-4) instructor. PE 301 Foundations of Physical PE 401 Exercise Physiology (3) Courses offered periodically on special ED 484 Secondary Methods (3) ED 497 Directed Practicum (1-3) Education (3) Course promotes understanding of education topics announced by the Candidates learn varied instructional ED 492 Elementary Education This course is a 15-90 hour classroom- faculty. Prerequisite: Permission of methods via performance and observation A thorough investigation of modern theoretical and practical aspects of Practicum (3) based field experience assigned to physical education based on past history exercise physiology as they relate to the instructor. May be repeated for credit. of peer teaching. Also covered are students that need an extra practicum to advanced instructional planning and The purpose of this course is to apply and current trends and practices in the teacher, coach, trainer and/or exercise theoretical knowledge learned in the complete their degree or certification. field. Offered every fourth semester. specialist. SED 397 Directed Practicum (1-3) forming more effective relationships with Includes direct supervision and students. Required concurrent enrollment elementary education program to Rotates with PE 302, PE 345, PE 430. A candidate/faculty-selected student observations by instructor at the school PE 430 Organizational with ED 487. Prerequisite: ED 306. the classroom setting. This seminar teaching in a specialized area for special and specialty practicum serves as an site. No prerequisites. Instructor PE 302 School Health Education Administration of PE, education. Offered on approval by special approval is required. Course may be ED 487 Secondary Methods opportunity to practice instructional (3) Intramurals and education faculty and dean of College repeated for credit. Intercollegiate Sports (3) Practicum/Seminar (3) activities in an extended field experience. Study of multiple factors contributing to of Education and Counseling. May be Includes a 90-hour practicum in an repeated for credit. Ninety (90) hour practicum for ED 498 Teacher Internship conduct and maintenance of school health Administrative policies as they relate to elementary classroom plus a 15-hour secondary teacher candidates to Seminar (2) conditions and their relationship to the program development budget, facilities, seminar. Course may be substituted with SED 359 Introduction to integrate skills in planning, teaching and home and other community institutions. equipment, personnel, management and SED 469/MED 569 or ED 479/MED 579. Seminar for intern teachers. Must be Exceptionality (3) assessing student learning in a secondary Offered every fourth semester. Rotates public relations in directing physical (Educational Studies students are not taken concurrently with ED 494 or SED classroom (grades 6-12) middle school, with PE 301, PE 345, PE 430. education, intramural and interscholastic Introduction to philosophical, historical, eligible to take this course). 493. (Educational Studies students are and sports programs. Offered every legal and social implications of the junior high or high school. Field not eligible to take this course). experiences and assignments will relate fourth semester. Rotates with PE 301, exceptional student from an integrated, PE 302, PE 345. strategy-based pedagogical perspective.

254 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 255 Includes 10 hours of classroom experience independent living or agency-supported SED 493 Internship: Special degree. Civil engineering faculty and be taken concurrently with CE 304. CE 310 Civil Engineering as part of the course. Prerequisites: ED 306 living through presentation and Education (5-10) guest speakers expose students to work Materials (3) or concurrent enrollment. discussion of current literature, field- Supervised full-time student teaching that civil engineers do in a variety CE 308 Fluid Mechanics (3) Classroom and laboratory study of based participatory research, onsite with a split assignment. Special education of fields. Strategies for success in Course develops a fundamental the principal materials used in civil SED 445 School Drug Prevention visits and other appropriate formats. candidates will split their student engineering school and in engineering understanding of fluid behavior essential engineering, emphasizing the physical and Counseling (3) Prerequisite: SED 359. teaching between special education careers are discussed. This course should to the study of technologically important characteristics and mechanical Examines pharmacology, counseling and either elementary or secondary, be taken during the first fall semester in situations encountered in courses to properties that impact their application approaches and school programs SED 466 Assessment of depending on their endorsements. residence at Saint Martin’s University as follow in hydraulics, hydrology and to civil engineering projects. Included related to the school counselors’ role Exceptional Learners (3) Prerequisite: Completion of all required a civil engineering student. Graded P/NP. environmental engineering. Covers are soils, aggregates, asphalt, cement, in prevention, counseling and referral Study of professional practice coursework and endorsements leading to fluid properties, fluid statics, fluid concrete, wood, steel and plastic. Code- of students with drug and alcohol in special education assessment recommendation for certification. Course CE 220 Physical Geology (3) flow, viscous effects, fluid resistance, based laboratory testing procedures problems. including ecological, classroom and fees apply. (Educational Studies students Introductory study of basic concepts of dimensional analysis, dynamic to determine material properties curriculum-based assessment; norm- are not eligible to take this course). physical geology. Topics include geologic similitude, frictionless compressible and quality are introduced. General SED 461 Instructional Methods of and criterion-referenced testing; time, plate tectonics, rocks and minerals, flow and two dimensional ideal fluid mechanics of materials theory is related Exceptional Learners (3) diagnostic instruments and procedures; SED 495 Special Topics (1-4) weathering and erosion, soils, structural flow. Applications to flow measurement to the behavior of the specific materials Principles of organizing, sequencing, and alternative assessment strategies. Courses offered periodically on special geology, earthquakes, geomorphology, and flow in closed conduits and open used in upper-division design courses in delivering and evaluating instruction for Observation of school-based assessment education topics announced by the mass wasting, fluvial processes, coastal channels. Lab taken concurrently. foundations, pavements, steel, concrete exceptional learners. Effective methods techniques and practical application faculty. Prerequisite: Permission of processes, glacial processes and Prerequisites: GE 205, GE 206, MTH 322. and wood. CE 310L taken concurrently. for teaching content-area material of learned techniques is required. groundwater. A basic science elective is Co-requisite: CE 309. A minimum grade instructor. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: GE 206. A minimum grade (reading, math, science, for example). Prerequisites: SED 359 and ED 306. recommended for civil engineers prior to of C- is required for all prerequisites. of C- is required for all prerequisites. Selecting and adapting curriculum. SED 497 Directed Practicum (1-3) upper-division courses in soil mechanics SED 467 Legal Issues and the IFSP/ and foundations. Laboratory included. CE 309 Fluids Laboratory (1) Prerequisites: SED 359; ED 306. A candidate/faculty-selected student Civil Engineering IEP (3) Laboratory experiments designed teaching in a specialized area for special CE 304 Surveying (2) SED 463 Management Strategies Comprehensive study of federal and education. Offered on approval by special to provide physical demonstration CE 310L Civil Engineering for Exceptional Learners state regulations on development, education faculty and dean of College Fundamentals of plane measurement of the fundamental principles Materials Laboratory (1) (3) implementation and evaluation of of Education and Counseling. May be survey, including traverse, differential covered in CE 308, Fluid Mechanics Individualized Family Service Plans/ levels, horizontal curve layout and (taken concurrently). Experimental Laboratory study of the principal Strategies for individual and group repeated for credit. materials used in civil engineering, behavior/instruction management. Individualized Education Plans for the use of electronic and computer measurement and laboratory exercises all settings involving exceptional For ED/MED courses, see specific course adjustment of errors. Introduction to in fluid behavior, including dynamic emphasizing the physical characteristics Various competencies developed in and mechanical properties that impact systematic application of specific models populations. Communicative ethics and descriptions in the ED/MED sections of technology in surveying practice (GPS, forces, flow rates and velocity distribution collaborative strategies joining families, the catalog. GIS). Understanding of key applications in closed and open systems. Emphasis their application to civil engineering for exceptional learners. Strategies projects. Materials to be studies include for organization, administration school personnel and outside agencies of surveying in civil engineering and is placed on experimental procedures, are emphasized. Prerequisite: SED 359. construction practices. Lab taken observation and recording of data, soils, aggregates, asphalt, cement, and participation with families and SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING concrete, wood, steel and plastic. Code- other significant parties are included. concurrently. class teamwork, report writing, and SED 469 Practicum in Special relating results to theory. Prerequisite: based laboratory testing procedures Prerequisites: SED 359; ED 360. Civil Engineering Education (3) CE 304L Surveying Laboratory (1) CE 308 or concurrent registration. A are introduced. Corequisite: CE 310. A minimum grade of C- is required for all SED 465 Transitions to Adulthood CE 100 Introduction to Civil minimum grade of C- is required for all Observation, small group instruction and Fundamentals of plane surveying prerequisites. for Exceptional Learners assessment of exceptional learners in Engineering (1) including the field use of instruments prerequisites. (3) public and private sectors. Prerequisites: This course introduces civil engineering for distance measurement, transverse, CE 321 Soil Mechanics (3) Minimum of 3.33 grade point average in students to the broad field of civil differential curves and layout such as Examines the educational transition of Identification and classification of three prior SED courses. (Educational engineering and assists them in levels and staffs. Students are assigned to differently abled people from school- soils, determination and interpretation Studies students are not eligible to take determining the area(s) of emphasis they survey an area identified by the instructor based special education programs to of mechanical properties for civil this course). might want to follow for their bachelor’s to culminate in a drafted site plan. Must

256 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 257 engineering purposes, and introductory is made by student teams. Prerequisite: division structural design courses. principles to the design of reinforced procurement, construction and closeout. CE 420 Engineering Geology (3) applications in the mechanics of Junior standing. CE 350L Structural Analysis Laboratory concrete components. Prerequisites: CE Topics include construction techniques, Introduction to engineering foundations and earth structures. must be taken concurrently. Prerequisite: 321 and CE 350. A minimum grade of C- equipment management, project geology. Major topics include three- CE 324 Transportation Topics include site investigation, index GE 206. A minimum grade of C- is is required for all prerequisites. delivery, contractual arrangements, dimensional portrayal of subsurface Engineering Laboratory (1) properties, hydraulics of soils, soil required for all prerequisites. cost-estimating, critical-path method conditions, endogenic and exogenic stresses, compressibility, shear strength, Field and laboratory techniques for CE 370 Hydraulic Engineering scheduling, tracking and cost control, geological conditions applicable to slope stability, lateral earth pressures, observation and measurement of CE 350L Structural Analysis (3) trend analysis and forecasting, safety, civil engineering, land use planning, bearing capacity and settlement. Course traffic data collected under operational Laboratory (1) Application of hydraulic principles to the administration of group process and applied geomorphology and geophysics, extends engineering mechanics to the use conditions; analysis of data using Laboratory experiments designed to analysis and design of selected hydraulic leadership and economic feasibility hydrology and field methods for site- of soil as a structural material, introduces software packages. Traffic studies provide physical demonstration of the facilities including reservoirs, dams, analysis. Course material applicable specific analysis of engineering geology foundation design. Soil Mechanics include speed volume, travel time, important basic concepts and principles spillways, outlet works, open channels, to the senior capstone design courses. problems. Prerequisite: CE 321. A Laboratory must be taken concurrently. delay, turning movements, peak-hour covered in CE 350 Structural Analysis closed conduit flow, water hammer, Prerequisite: GE 359. A minimum grade minimum grade of C- is required for all Prerequisites: GE 206. CE 308 and CE 309 factor, gap, and parking. Prerequisite: I (taken concurrently). Laboratory pipe networks analysis and hydraulic of C- is required for all prerequisites. prerequisites. taken concurrently. A minimum grade of CE 323 or may be taken concurrently. A exercises include measuring reactions and machinery. Course provides the practical C- is required for all prerequisites. minimum grade of C- is required for all deflections in trusses, beams, frames and extension of fluid mechanics theory CE 405 Insitu Soil Testing (2) CE 425 Advanced prerequisites. three-hinged arches, developing shear to the design of hydraulic structures. Introduction to site investigation Transportation CE 322 Soil Mechanics Laboratory and bending moment diagram, influence Prerequisite: CE 308. A minimum grade procedures and insitu testing techniques Engineering (3) (1) CE 330 Water Resources lines for shear and bending moment of of C- is required for all prerequisites. to characterize field behavior of soils Selected topics in advanced Engineering (3) Field and laboratory testing procedures determinate structures, and building related to engineering properties. Field transportation planning techniques, used to classify soils and measure their Sustainability issues in water resources spatial structural models for study of CE 385 Environmental exercises in principles of mechanics of signalization design, airport planning mechanical properties are conducted. design, hydrologic processes, probability, bridge and building structural systems. Engineering (3) materials and structural analysis to the and design and transportation Importance of testing in geotechnical risk analysis and uncertainty, surface Introduction to the effects of pollutants design of steel structures in conformance economics. Course is designed to engineering is emphasized; appreciation runoff and flood control, groundwater CE 360 Reinforced Concrete on the environment, and to the processes with current codes. Prerequisite: CE 350. equip students with practical design- fostered for the approximations, water flow, sedimentation and erosion Design (3) and design procedures for water and A minimum grade of C- is required for all oriented knowledge of land use impacts limitations and risks inherent in applying analysis. Prerequisites: CE 308, junior Analysis and design of reinforced wastewater treatment plants. Topics prerequisites. on transportation, travel demand test results to foundation design. ASTM standing. A minimum grade of C- is concrete structures in accordance include conceptual design of unit forecasting, models of trip distribution and AASHTO standards are introduced required for all prerequisites. with the current ACI Building Code. processes and operations, pretreatment, CE 418 Seismic Evaluation (3) and traffic assignment on the road and followed. A site and subsurface Topics include basic concrete and sedimentation, filtration, aeration, Fundamentals of seismology and network. Prerequisites: CE 323, GE 359. soils investigation is undertaken. Taken CE 350 Structural Analysis I (3) reinforcing steel properties, introduction disinfection, sludge treatment and geotechnical earthquake engineering, in A minimum grade of C- is required for all concurrently with CE 321. Methods of analysis of statically to fundamental reinforced concrete disposal, and advanced treatment. The accordance with the NEHRP and USGS prerequisites. behavior and design philosophy, basic knowledge gained in chemistry procedures, with correlation to the UBC CE 323 Transportation determinate coplanar and space development of simple loads and and fluid mechanics is combined and and IBC building codes. Topics include CE 430 Foundation Design (3) Engineering (3) structures; introduction to analysis of indeterminate structures. Topics load paths, load combinations, and extended to the analysis of pollution plate tectonics, earthquake faults, Geotechnical design of foundations Planning and design of urban and include estimation of design loads, truss construction specifications. Design/ effects and design of treatment facilities. seismic magnitude and intensity, ground and retaining structures. Structural intercity transportation, emphasizing a analysis, shear and moment diagrams analysis elements include simple Prerequisites: CHM 141 or 145 and CE motion, seismic wave attenuation, requirements are combined with systems approach to problem definition of beams and frames, influence lines, and continuous beams, one-way 308. A minimum grade of C- is required development of response spectra, subsurface behavior to select and and feasible solutions. Introduces volume deflections by integration, virtual work, slabs, footings, and introduction to for all prerequisites. seismic hazard analysis, ground motion design the most suitable foundation analysis, geometric design, signalization, conjugate beam, approximate analysis columns. Students consider elements amplification, liquefaction analysis, type, focusing on safety, serviceability parking studies and development of of indeterminate structures, and basic over full range of construction and CE 403 Engineering dynamic slope stability, seismic design and economy of design. Topics include models for establishing design criteria for stiffness method with an introduction to behavior including ultimate strength, Construction of retaining walls and mitigation of subsurface exploration methods, bearing transportation structures. A formal report computer analysis techniques. Course serviceability and basic detailing. Management (3) hazardous sites. Prerequisites: CE 321, capacity and settlement analysis for of a traffic reconnaissance study of the links basic knowledge gained in Statics Students learn to apply mechanics Covers engineering project management CE 350, CE 360. A minimum grade of C- shallow and deep foundations, retaining selected site for the senior design project and Mechanics of Materials to upper of materials and structural analysis from concept through design, is required for all prerequisites. walls and abutments, sheet piles, problem

258 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 259 soils, ground improvement, slope stability materials and structural analysis to the CE 453 Matrix Structural comprising a typical project team are CE 470 Solid Waste Engineering and application, flexural analysis and and construction excavation and bracing. design of steel structures in conformance Analysis (3) examined. Prerequisites: CE 350, CE 360. (2) design, modified compression field theory Basic soil mechanics theory is extended with current design codes. Prerequisite: Senior civil engineering students who A minimum grade of C- is required for all Engineering management and principles in shear and torsion design, a strut and tie and applied to analytic and semi- CE 350. A minimum grade of C- is have completed CE350 Structural prerequisites. as applied to the collection, transport, re- analysis and design for disturbed regions, empirical approaches in the geotechnical required for all prerequisites. Analysis will extend their classical use and disposal of solid wastes. Emphasis fatigue and fracture problems in steel design of foundation systems for civil structural analysis knowledge from CE 463 Dynamics of Structure (3) on municipal wastes. Prerequisite: bridge and substructure design. Focus CE 445 Timber Design (3) engineering structures. CE350 to the advanced computer Introduction of free and forced vibrating CE 385, or Instructor permission. A will be on the reinforced concrete deck Analysis and design of wood structures and pre-stressed girder composite bridge Prerequisites CE 321, CE 322, CE 350 aided structural analysis theory and structures; equations of motion for minimum grade of C- is required for all by the allowable stress method, in structures. Design of steel girder bridge and CE 360. A minimum grade of C- is techniques currently used in practice. single and multi-degree of freedom prerequisites. accordance with the National Design also will be introduced. During the course, required for all prerequisites. Topics covered include brief summary structural system, response to harmonic, Specification for Wood Construction of matrix algebra, basic concepts of arbitrary or step excitations, analytical CE 473 Earthquake Engineering students will design and prepare structural drawings of a bridge. Prerequisites: CE CE 435 Pavement Design (2) and International Building Code. the force and displacement methods of and numerical methods of determining (3) 360 and CE 440. A minimum grade of C- is Topics include wood properties and structural analysis, forming member and natural frequency of vibration, linear and Introduction to structural design for Asphalt and concrete pavement design specifications, design of solid and glued- structure stiffness matrices, the Gaussian nonlinear system, un-damped, damped required for all prerequisites. for highways and airfields. Covers earthquake induced forces in accordance laminated members, tension members, elimination and Cholesky triangular and resonant behavior of structures. with current IBC and ASCE/SEI wheel loads and design factors, stresses CE 480 Environmental columns, beams, beam-columns, bolted inverse matrix algorithm, and examples These general concepts on the dynamic Code requirements. Topics include in flexible and rigid pavements, and nailed connections, and plywood of solving indeterminate trusses, beams behavior of buildings and bridges are Laboratory Processes (2) vehicle and traffic considerations, fundamentals of seismic ground motion, diaphragms and shear walls to resist and frames. In addition, virtual work related to the of structural responses to Laboratory analysis techniques for water soil classification and characteristics, intensity, magnitude and soil effects; lateral loads. Junior and senior civil displacement calculation, application of earthquake induced motion. Structural and wastewater evaluation, including subgrade, design methods and bases and overview of damage caused by previous engineering students learn to apply the principle of minimum potential energy, design and analysis against earthquake solids, dissolved oxygen, coliform counts, sub-bases. Combines soil mechanics earthquakes and historic development principles of mechanics of materials finite element method (FEM) and loading will be introduced. Prerequisites: BOD and microbial examinations. theory and traffic requirements for of seismic design methods; dynamic and structural analysis to the design of simple examples of FEM application CE 350, CE 453. A minimum grade of C- Prerequisite: CE 385. A minimum grade an understanding of the fundamental structural behavior; basic load path/ wood buildings in conformance with will be introduced. Students will learn is required for all prerequisites. structural element considerations; and of C- is required for all prerequisites. behavior of pavements under traffic current codes. Prerequisite: CE 350. A commercial software currently used loads, with design of material and interaction of seismic design with other minimum grade of C- is required for all by practicing engineers. Prerequisite: CE465 Traffic Capacity Analysis design requirements. Students apply CE 490 Internship (1-3) thickness to satisfy strength and prerequisites. CE350. A minimum grade of C- is (3) serviceability performance objectives. design/analysis methods to simple Coordinated through the University’s required for all prerequisites. Analyzes and evaluates capacity and timber, steel, and reinforced concrete/ Career Center and the School of Prerequisite: CE 321. A minimum grade CE 450 Structural Analysis II (3) of C- is required for all prerequisites. level of service of highway facilities masonry buildings. Introduction to Engineering, the Department of Civil Continued coverage of structural CE 460 Structural Systems using methodology of the Highway structural detailing, retrofit applications Engineering grants approval of credits Design (3) CE 440 Steel Design (3) analysis beyond CE 350 with emphasis Capacity Manual (HCM). Covers including unreinforced masonry, for work. Students who are currently on indeterminate structures based on Current professional practice in the operational, design and planning and nonstructural considerations. employed in civil engineering-related Analysis and design of structural steel traditional structural analysis theory. design of structural systems for buildings applications. Specific focus on the Prerequisites: CE 321, CE 350, CE 360, jobs are given the opportunity to members, connections and systems Topics include deflection calculation and structures. Multiple material types application of the HCM methodology to CE 440. A minimum grade of C- is discover relationships between in accordance with current AISC using principles of strain energy and are used in creating structural systems two-lane rural highways, freeways and required for all prerequisites. academic topics and professional Specification. Topics include steel virtual work, Castigliano’s theorem, designed to resist dead, live, wind multilane highways, ramps and weaving practice. Prerequisites: Junior standing properties, load combinations, design developing influence lines for statically and earthquake loads in accordance segments, urban streets and signalized CE 475 Bridge Engineering and and approval of department chair. specifications, design of tension indeterminate structures, force method with International Building Code intersections. Use of HCS software Design (3) Repeatable, however a maximum of 3.0 members, columns, beams, beam- and Betti’s Law and displacement and SEI/ASCE 7 criteria. Economical emphasized. Prerequisites: CE323. A credits can replace a required elective. columns, trusses, welded and bolted Analysis and design of bridge structures method of structural analysis including arrangements of components to achieve minimum grade of C- is required for all based on Load Resistance Factor connections and structural systems to slope deflection and moment distribution material compatibility, strength, prerequisites. CE 495 Special Topics (1-4) resist vertical and lateral loads. Senior Design (LRFD) in accordance with the methods. Prerequisites: CE 350 and CE serviceability and constructability are AASHTO and WADOT Bridge Design Selected topics in engineering civil engineering students will learn how 350L. A minimum grade of C- is required emphasized. The impacts of different to apply the principles of mechanics of Specifications. Topics on load resistant approved by the School of Engineering. for all prerequisites. professional disciplines’ responsibilities factors and parameters, live load systems Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.

260 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 261 CE 498 Senior Design I (2) Practicing engineers from the local certification from certification bodies leading to a final application project. Pre CSC 230 Introduction to Web CSC 310 Database Design and First of a two-semester capstone community are included in the panel. such as CompTIA, Microsoft, and Cisco. or Co-requisite: CSC 101 or CSC 160. A Development (3) Implementation (3) design sequence, integrating various Working professionals will be brought in minimum grade of C- is required for all This introductory course starts with This course will enhance students’ design / analysis method presented for presentations discussing important CSC 180 Introduction to prerequisites. how the web works and covers key web knowledge of database design and in CE courses, and also to providing contemporary issues. Prerequisite: Programming (3) development concepts, enabling the application by applying real world students with design experiences CE 498. Corequisite: CE360. A Introduction to object-oriented CSC 210 Database Fundamentals student to understand what it takes to scenarios. They will create stored required to be successful and productive minimum grade of C- is required for all programming through systematic (3) build a web application. Back end and procedures and triggers, import, link and engineering team members. Topics prerequisites. problem definition and design of This course introduces and explains front end development are covered, export data as well introduce to access include: effective verbal, written and appropriate solutions. A contemporary database management, key core and student will gain fundamental data over the www through a front-end technical communication, including Computer Science programming language, C#, will be used concepts, technologies and skills used knowledge to create simple web pages. application. Students are introduced report and construction document/plan throughout. in industry. It focuses on the Relational Prerequisite: CSC 101. A minimum grade to Big Data Challenges and NO-SQL CSC 101 Introduction to preparation; design project planning, Model, Designing Tables and SQL. of C- is required for all prerequisites. Databases such as MongoDB. Practical Computer Science (3) coordination and quality control; Prerequisite: CSC 101. A minimum grade Pre or Co-requisite: (CSC 101 or CSC experience will be obtained through engineering ethics; importance of and This course offers an introduction of C- is required for all prerequisites. 160) and (MTH 101 or MTH 102). A CSC 235 Introduction to Linux (3) individual projects. Prerequisite: CSC preparation for professional registration; to the field of computer science minimum grade of C- is required for all 210. A minimum grade of C- is required CSC 200 Intermediate This course introduces the basics of awareness of public policy and related and the fundamentals of computer prerequisites. for all prerequisites. Programming (3) Linux. Students learn the terminology legal issues; local, global and historic programming. It presents key topics and concepts of Linux. Command-Line perspectives of civil engineering by in the field and introduces object- The course will advance the student’s CSC 215 Network Fundamentals (3) Tools, Installation, Management and CSC 320 Project Management (3) introducing case studies of successful oriented programming and scripting knowledge of programming and skills This course introduces the fundamental Configuration of Hardware and Software Students will receive a solid grounding in civil engineering projects and design/ programming using a language such as in program design and construction. concepts of computer networking, are covered. Pre or Co-requisite: CSC all aspects of project management and a construction failures while improving Python. No prior computer science or Emphasis on advanced features of C# covering all aspects of Distributed 101 or 160. A minimum grade of C- is comprehensive introduction to the roles, communication skills. Working programming experience is necessary. language, programming techniques, networks of the internet, intranets, and required for all prerequisites. responsibilities and techniques used professionals will be brought in for Pre or Co-requisite: MTH 100 or higher. style conventions and elementary data extranets. It also covers design strategies by today’s successful project managers. presentations discussing important A minimum grade of C- is required for all structures. In addition, distributed and used in practice in industry, highlighting CSC 295 Special Topics (1-4) Students will learn to use appropriate contemporary issues. The process prerequisites. parallel topics such as floating point ISPs, Wi-Fi, and cellular networks. To be arranged with department advisor. project management software tools such culminates in an initial conceptual representation, parallel programming Prerequisite: MTH 101 or MTH 102. A as MS Project and Primavera SureTrak. design and team organization for the CSC 160 Computing Technologies paradigms and notations, Single minimum grade of C- is required for all CSC 305 SQL and Application Prerequisites: CSC 101, CSC 210, CSC design project. Prerequisites: CE 323, CE (3) Program Multiple Data (SPMD), prerequisites. Development (3) 215. A minimum grade of C- is required 330, CE350, CE 360, and CE 385. CE 323, Provides an overview and introduction to tasks and threads, performance for all prerequisites. CE 385 may be taken as co-requisites in computer concepts for specific industries issues and metrics, cross cutting and CSC 220 Computer Organization This course introduces the key the fall senior year. A minimum grade of using industry standard applications such advanced, and high level themes are and Assembly Language components of SQL including tables, CSC 325 Computer Security (3) C- is required for all prerequisites. as Microsoft and Open Source software. introduced. Prerequisites: CSC 180. A (3) views, indexes, data integrity, triggers, minimum grade of C- is required for all stored procedures and functions. This course focuses on the fundamentals Internet concepts and tools are included Overview of elementary computer of information security that are used CE 499 Senior Design II (2) in this course. This course is primarily for prerequisites. The T-SQL components are applied architecture and assembly language. using APIs in order to support the in protecting the information both in Second of a two-semester capstone design students in the certificate program. Exploration of data representation and development of applications that interact computers and traveling over computer sequence. Multi-tasked student teams CSC 205 Application digital logic to gain insight into the with SQL servers. Pre or Co-requisite: networks. It also covers security policies, take the conceptual study done in Senior CSC 162 Computing Technologies Development in C# (3) electronic environment of computers. It CSC 101 or CSC 160. A minimum grade of auditing, identifying type of threats and Design I through design development and Certification (3) An introduction to programming cloud includes processor theory. Several short C- is required for all prerequisites. vulnerabilities, strong passwords, and to produce final computations, contract Introduces advanced computing applications in C# including a coverage programs will be written in assembly using encryption. Prerequisites: MTH documents, design drawings, cost technologies relating to operating of the Visual Studio development language. Pre or Co-requisite: CSC 200. 101 or MTH 102. A minimum grade of C- estimates, and specifications. Students systems, network, database and environment. Key topics including C# A minimum grade of C- is required for all is required for all prerequisites. make written and oral presentations applications leading to industry syntax, variables, types, expressions, prerequisites. before a selected panel of judges. classes, and interfaces are introduced

262 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 263 CSC 326 Cyber Forensics (3) systems administration tasks necessary algorithms. Use of lists, trees and graphs and CSC 210. A minimum grade of C- is CSC 375 Mobile Application Prerequisite: CSC 101. A minimum grade This course introduces societal and to maintain a Windows Server will be studied. Different searching and required for all prerequisites. Development (3) of C- is required for all prerequisites. legal impact of computer activity infrastructure such as configuring sorting algorithms will be examined. This course focuses on tools used to including computer crime, intellectual and troubleshooting name resolution, Prerequisites: CSC 180 and MTH 121. A CSC 357 Game Development with design mobile applications. It covers CSC 390 Developing ASP.NET property, privacy issues, legal codes, user and group management, and minimum grade of C- is required for all HCI (3) mobile platforms, mobile browsers, and Web Applications (3) risks, vulnerabilities, countermeasures, implementing remote access solutions prerequisites. Students will have an overview of the native applications. Students design In this course, students will learn to standards for extraction, preservation, in the context of establishing and whole game development process and develop web services that access develop advanced ASP.NET MVC and deposition of legal evidence in a maintaining network access protection CSC 345 Data Communications a (Human-Computer Interaction, Design, local and remote data from various (Model-View-Controller) applications court of law. It covers recovery and and data security. Pre or Co-requisite: nd Networking (3) Sound, Animation, and Development). data sources. They will learn how to using .NET Framework tools and analysis of forensic data from computers CSC 101 or 160. A minimum grade of C- The course will introduce the basics of Games will be developed with a deploy services to hybrid environments, technologies. The focus will be on coding and other electronic devices such as is required for all prerequisites. data communications and networking, popular Game Engine (such as Unity including on-premises servers and activities that enhance the performance smartphones. Students learn modern including wireless networks, distributed 3D) or programming language. No Windows Azure, and best practices and scalability of a web application. CSC 332 Configuring Advanced forensic tools for capturing and networks of the internet, intranets, prior knowledge of these specific in terms of test usability. Strong ASP.NET MVC will be introduced and Windows Server analyzing forensic data. Prerequisites: and extranets. Students will learn environments is required. Prerequisite: programming skills are recommended. compared with Web Forms so that Services (3) CSC 325. A minimum grade of C- is the terminology and concepts of CSC 101. A minimum grade of C- is Prerequisites: CSC 180 and MTH 121. A students know when each should/could required for all prerequisites. This course examines how to achieve contemporary data communications and required for all prerequisites. minimum grade of C- is required for all be used. Pre or Co-requisite: CSC 101 a variety of IT systems performance, networking. Laboratory exercises will prerequisites. or CSC 160. A minimum grade of C- is CSC 330 Networking and Server continuity of operations and disaster consist of building a simple Local Area CSC 360 Introduction to Data required for all prerequisites. Fundamentals (3) recovery capabilities in the context Network. Prerequisite: CSC 101 or CSC Analysis (3) CSC 380 Administering and This course introduces the fundamentals of Windows Server infrastructures. It 160. A minimum grade of C- is required This course introduces Language R and Managing Databases (3) CSC 395 Special Topics (1-4) of network server architectures using the combines fundamental concepts and skills for all prerequisites. other tools, methods, and skills that data This course provides the knowledge and To be arranged with department advisor. installation and configuration processes used to deploy, provision and manage scientists need in order to understand skills needed to maintain a Database of Windows Server as a framework. server systems and infrastructures with CSC 350 User-Centered Design (3) data. Students will explore topics such Management System. It focuses on how CSC 397 Directed Study (1-3) a hands-on approach to information risk It provides an in-depth examination This course introduces students to as data manipulation, data analysis to use SQL Server features and tools To be arranged with department faculty. of server architectures, performance management. Pre or Co-requisite: CSC 101 programming in the Windows GUI with statistics, machine learning, data with relation to maintaining a database, or 160. A minimum grade of C- is required tuning, and resource access and environment using tools such as Visual communication with information including Security and Performance. CSC 410 Introduction to for all prerequisites. allocation controls. Students conduct Studio. Some content in computer visualization, and working with big data. Security features such as Access Control, Artificial Intelligence (3) a variety of server installation and graphics will also be included in Prerequisites: MTH 201 or MTH 357. A Encryption, Audit, VPD are introduced. This course introduces the wide field configuration activities, while building CSC 335 Advanced Server the course. Prerequisite: CSC 180. A minimum grade of C- is required for all Performance features such as Indexing, Administration Tools (3) of Artificial Intelligence and how AI the conceptual and practical knowledge minimum grade of C- is required for all prerequisites. Re-Writing SQL Code, and Partitioning technology is utilized in such areas as and skills necessary for server and cloud This course focuses on how to efficiently prerequisites. are introduced. Prerequisite: CSC 210. A gaming, finance, medical diagnosis, and administration. Pre or Co-requisite: CSC manage network resources including CSC 370 Principles of minimum grade of C- is required for all journalism/media. Students will learn 101 or 160. A minimum grade of C- is how to manage applications, client CSC 355 Web Database Programming Languages prerequisites. the basic concepts and applications of required for all prerequisites. health, hardware and software inventory, Development (3) (3) AI. Topics include machine learning, operating system deployment, and CSC 385 Operating System Students learn to build and deploy Principles of programming languages, probabilistic reasoning, robotics, CSC 331 Windows Server software updates. Pre or Co-requisite: Architecture (3) modern web applications that runs their concepts and constructs will be computer vision, search, game playing, Configuration and CSC 330. A minimum grade of C- is over the Internet. Different front- taught. Students will learn features of Principles of operating systems. Process and natural language understanding. Each Management (3) required for all prerequisites. end, middleware and backend various contemporary programming management, memory management, topic examines the methods, tools, and This course provides the skills and alternatives will be studied. Students languages and scripting languages. auxiliary storage management, resource CSC 340 Data Structures and techniques used to solve AI problems. knowledge necessary to implement a will learn best software practices to allocation, scheduling algorithms. Algorithms (3) Prerequisites: CSC 101 and CSC 180. A Prerequisites: CSC 200, CSC 340, MTH core Windows Server infrastructure in improve maintainability, security, and Includes batch-processing systems, minimum grade of C- is required for all 201 or MTH 357. A minimum grade of C- an existing enterprise IT environment. A study of data types, abstract data performance of their web database interacting systems, multiprogramming prerequisites. is required for all prerequisites. It focuses on the provisioning and types, data structures and associated applications. Prerequisites: CSC 180 systems and basic file systems.

264 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SAINTCOURSE MARTIN’S DESCRIPTIONS UNIVERSITY 265 CSC 415 Data Mining (3) as penetration testing or ethical CSC 450 Software Testing (3) as part of moving it to the Cloud. and Neural Networks will be covered. CSC 490 Industry Internship (1-3) This course covers the major concepts hacking. The course covers planning, The quality of a software product is It focuses on the architectural Practical tools such as Microsoft SSAS Application of concepts and techniques and techniques of data mining, such reconnaissance, scanning, exploitation, often said to be the result of good testing. considerations and decisions necessary and PowerBI will be used. Prerequisite: in an off-campus work environment. as analysis of text data and how to post-exploitation, and result reporting. As such, testing and quality assurance when building a highly available solution CSC 210 and (CSC 360 or CSC 423). A Prerequisite: Permission of department. discover interesting patterns, extract The student discovers how system is playing a critical role in software in the cloud. Pre or Co-requisite: CSC minimum grade of C- is required for all useful knowledge, and understand how vulnerabilities can be exploited development. In this course, students 205. A minimum grade of C- is required prerequisites. CSC 495 Special Topics (1-4) and learns to avoid such problems. for all prerequisites. the information can support decision will learn the fundamentals of software To be arranged with department advisor. making. It also covers statistical Prerequisites: CSC 325. A minimum testing, black box testing, white box CSC 480 Senior Project (4) grade of C- is required for all CSC 460 E-Commerce approaches applied to arbitrary text data. testing and generation of text plans A capstone course where students CSC 497 Directed Study (1-3) Prerequisite: CSC 360. A minimum grade prerequisites. and test cases. The essence of software Development (3) will apply what they have learned to To be arranged with department faculty. of C- is required for all prerequisites. quality assurance also will be covered. Students will learn how to develop create a significant software product CSC 440 Advanced Application Prerequisite: CSC 200. A minimum grade E-Commerce sites. Principles of under supervision of the instructor. Development in C# (3) Electrical Engineering CSC 423 Implementing a Data of C- is required for all prerequisites. E-Commerce and components that In most cases, projects are done in Warehouse (3) This course builds on students C# skills make successful E-Commerce and some a team environment. Some projects EE 316 Circuits and Mechatronics by focusing on advanced features of CSC 455 Cloud Technologies (3) marketing aspects will be discussed. may be sponsored by outside agents. Students will learn how to implement Lab (1) a data warehouse to support a business the C# language and includes practical This course covers core distributed Class is software engineering-oriented, Prerequisite: CSC 446, or CSC 455, or The laboratory provides hands-on intelligence solution. Students will apply techniques for coding, testing, and computing concepts related to cloud as opposed to marketing-oriented. CSC 460, or CSC 475 (CSC 475 may be experience working with various the ETL process both manually and deploying solutions in Visual Studio and computing systems and the basic Students will configure a server and taken concurrently). This course is only types of instrumentation and electrical automated using software such as MS- Microsoft Azure. Pre or Co-requisite: concepts underlying cloud services. develop websites to support electronic for students in the previous (2016-2017) components. The lab manual includes Excel and MS-SSIS with real data. They CSC 205. A minimum grade of C- is Students use services such as Azure commerce. This is a hands-on class degree program. A minimum grade of C- experiments in analog AC circuits, DC will also learn the benefits and concerns required for all prerequisites. or AWS to construct cloud services or where students will actually build and is required for all prerequisites. logical circuits, motors and generators. of the Star Model compared to other applications. Prerequisites: CSC 215 experiment with sites. Prerequisites: Lab also includes experiments involving Data Warehouse models. Prerequisite: CSC 446 Software Engineering: or CSC 345. A minimum grade of C- is CSC 180, CSC 210, CSC 215, CSC 230. A CSC 481 Senior Project I (3) Analysis and Design (3) measurement of temperature, velocity, CSC 210. A minimum grade of C- is required for all prerequisites. minimum grade of C- is required for all Part I of a capstone course where acceleration and pressure. Concurrent/ required for all prerequisites. Introduction to software engineering. prerequisites. students will apply what they have prerequisite enrollment with EE 345. A The course will introduce various CSC 456 Configuring and learned to create a significant software minimum grade of C- is required for all CSC 425 Cryptography (3) analysis and design methodologies, Deploying Cloud CSC 463 Data Visualization Tools (3) product under supervision of an prerequisites. This course focuses on the workings with emphasis on object-oriented Technologies (3) The course covers tools and techniques instructor. During part I students will methodology such as OMT (Object for summarizing data, and it introduces a attend seminars, select the project topic, of cryptographic primitives and how This course covers core distributed EE 345 Circuits and Mechatronics Modeling Technique) or UML (Unified wide aspect of visualization such as story, define the problem, perform literature they are used. It covers public key computing concepts related to cloud (3) cryptography, key exchange methods, Modeling Language) to specify and computing systems and the basic numbers, architecture, and code. Plotting review, define the methodology, prepare The student will be able to apply and signature schemes, and it provides design software systems. As an exercise, concepts underlying cloud services. systems in R will be covered, along a tentative schedule, and complete Kirchoff’s laws to analyze A.C. circuits an overview and discussion of public key the students will write a system Students will be able to use services such with basics of data graphics including the design. Prerequisite: CSC 446. A with inductive and capacitive elements infrastructure. Prerequisites: MTH 161 specification and design document of as Azure and AWS to configure, deploy visualization of multidimensional minimum grade of C- is required for all and understand the power transfer, or MTH 171. A minimum grade of C- is a non-trivial software system, which and migrate cloud based solutions. Pre or data. Prerequisites: CSC 360. A prerequisites. impedance matching and frequency required for all prerequisites. will be as the foundation for their Co-requisite: CSC 330. A minimum grade minimum grade of C- is required for all response elements of design; to design senior project (CSC 481 and CSC 482). of C- is required for all prerequisites. prerequisites. CSC 482 Senior Project II (3) controllers using operational amplifiers; CSC 426 Vulnerability Prerequisites: CSC 180, CSC 210. A Part two of a capstone course where and have sufficient knowledge of Assessment (3) minimum grade of C- is required for all CSC 457 Developing Cloud CSC 475 Machine Learning (3) students will implement and test the semiconductor physics to assemble prerequisites. Solutions (3) This course covers the major concepts project designed in part one, CSC 481 - Introduction to the principles functional circuits from available and techniques of machine learning. Data Senior Project I. Prerequisite: CSC 481. A and techniques associated with This course takes existing web transistors and integrated circuits. The Mining Models such Decision Trees, minimum grade of C- is required for all the cybersecurity practice known application and expand its functionality student will learn how to interface and Clustering, Time Series, Naive Bayes prerequisites.

266 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 267 program embedded microprocessors into transistors with an emphasis on large- Instructor Permission Required. in structures. The goal is to develop GE 205 Dynamics (3) bending and torsion in structural an automated system. Prerequisite: MTH signal behavior and digital logic circuits. computational and analytical fluency Covers kinematics; motions of particles members. Course is designed to 322 and PHY 172. A minimum grade of Prerequisite: EE345. A minimum grade General Engineering that will follow the student in their and rigid bodies and kinetics; force, supplement mechanics of materials C- is required for all prerequisites. of C- is required for all prerequisites. continued program in engineering and mass and acceleration; work and energy; classroom work with experimental GE 103 Graphics, Computer-aided science. Prerequisites: MTH 171, PHY and impulse and momentum. Newton’s verification and visualization. Emphasis Drafting and Solid EE 433 Photovoltaic Systems EE 477 Embedded Computing in 171. A minimum grade of C- is required second law is applied to the dynamics of is on practical application, laboratory Modeling (3) Engineering (2) Electromechanical for all prerequisites. particles and rigid bodies. Topics covered technique, safety, data-handling This is a combination lecture series Systems (2) Basic graphics techniques and include development and application and report-writing. As the first of and lab course elective designed to give This course is an introduction to representations (orthographic, isometric, GE 105 Introduction to of the conservation of energy; impulse the engineering laboratory classes, students the ability to understand and microprocessor-based measurement perspective) with traditional drawing Engineering Design (1) and momentum; and the conservation this course provides an important design Photovoltaic power generation and control of electrical, mechanical, and with computer-aided graphics for Introduction to engineering problem- of momentum forms of the second introduction to hands-on engineering systems for home and small utility scale and electro-mechanical systems. Topics engineering applications. Use of drafting solving and the engineering design process. law. Students learn to solve problems experimentation. Prerequisites: GE applications. Topics covered will include include microprocessor architecture, technology and solid modeling in Student teams create practical solutions requiring the application of combinations 206 or concurrent registration. A the history and future of solar cell computer memory, C programming, engineering design and plans preparation. to simple engineering design projects. of dynamics principles and to relate “real minimum grade of C- is required for all technology, electrical characteristics and hardware and software interfaces, and Course designed to build basic competency Emphasis is on stimulating interest and world” conditions to theoretical dynamic prerequisites. limitations of thin-film, polycrystalline, communications. Emphasis is placed on in interpreting and constructing technical creativity within the framework of an models and their results. Prerequisites: and mono-crystalline silicon cells, power hardware and software interface design drawings and solid models in AutoCAD open-ended repetitive, systematic process GE 204, MTH 171 and PHY 171. A GE 305 Engineering Seminar (1) conversion and maximization, off grid for real-time measurement, control, and for use in future design classes, including for generating alternatives, comparing minimum grade of C- is required for all Seminar students are given presentations and grid-interactive systems, siting and user interface. Prerequisite: CSC 101 or the senior design course. No previous potential solutions to project criteria and prerequisites. from visiting speakers and professors mounting considerations, regulatory ME 305 or GE 104. A minimum grade of computer experience required. selecting the optimum solution to achieve providing them with a better compliance, instrumentation, and system C- is required for all prerequisites. objectives. Discussions and guest lectures GE 206 Mechanics of Materials (3) understanding of what engineers do in GE 104 Computer Applications economics. Students will characterize on professionalism, ethics, economics, legal Covers the fundamentals of mechanics industry. Students have the ability to make in Engineering (3) simulated solar panels and, working in EE 488 Electromechanical issues, safety and reliability are included. that deal with the relationships between valuable contacts and invite presenters teams, will integrate balance of systems Machines (2) This course explores the role of Transfer students register for GE 305. applied loads, internal stresses and from engineering specialties of interest. components to achieve predictably cost This course provides an introduction to computer programing in analyzing a deformations in deformable bodies. Students will be responsible, either as effective power production system. As electrical machines. The course begins wide range of problems of relevance to GE 204 Statistics (3) Topics include relationships between individuals or as a team to schedule a guest the dominant technology in today’s solar with a review of circuit theory and science and engineering, with emphasis Course represents the transition stress and strain; stress analysis for speaker, conduct an interview, and submit market, the physics of silicon based solar electromagnetics, then introduces the on MATLAB as a computing framework. from theoretical studies of forces and axial force, flexure, torsion, shear and a written biography on their chosen guest cells will be explored both in lecture concept of electromechanical energy No former experience in computer equilibrium, as studied in physics, to combined loads; ultimate strength speaker. Freshmen register for GE 105. and the lab. In addition to engineering conversion, as applied to the analysis programing is required. Students are applied science. The equilibrium of a and safety factor; and deflections in Transfer students register for GE 305. principles, the economics of solar power, and design of: direct-current generators expected to have had high school level particle when acted upon by a system of beams and bars. Course represents the environmental considerations and the and motors; synchronous generators material in geometry, algebra, and forces and the equilibrium of bodies in transition from statics to upper-division GE 359 Professional Ethics, impact of photovoltaics on public policy and motors; single-phase and polyphase trigonometry, and at least one semester two and three dimensions are studied. courses in geotechnical engineering, Legal Issues and Applied will be explored. Corequisite: EE 345 motors; and actuators. Prerequisite: ME of college-level calculus and physics. Also covers equilibrium considerations fluid mechanics, machine design, Economics in or ME 345. A minimum grade of C- is 345. A minimum grade of C- is required The course will explore ideas from more for the design of trusses and machines, advanced stress analysis and structural Contemporary Society (3) required for all prerequisites. for all prerequisites. advanced calculus, matrix theory, and effects of friction on equilibrium and analysis and design. Prerequisite: GE Introduction to professional and ordinary differential equations, but it calculations of centroids and center of 204. A minimum grade of C- is required socioeconomic concepts. Ethical codes EE 458 Electronics I (2) EE 497 Directed Study (2) does do not assume that students have gravity. Prerequisites: MTH 171 and PHY for all prerequisites. of conduct are presented and case This is a first course in electronic A student/faculty-selected project or already taken courses in these subjects. 171. A minimum grade of C- is required studies discussed with an emphasis on devices. It covers device physics, course of study that allows the student to Explorations will range from series to for all prerequisites. GE 207 Materials Laboratory (1) safety and public welfare. Discussion of applications, analysis, and design of do research in a specialized area, or on a fractals, including equations that explain Experimental techniques for measuring relevant concepts in contract law, torts, circuits using transistors, semiconductor specialized topic of interest. Offered on the odd orbits of the planets, design the stresses, strains and deflections professional and product liability as diodes, amplifiers, and field-effect approval by the chair of the department. in nature and the concept of stability associated with tension, compression, they relate to society and engineering

268 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 269 practice. Introduction of economic effective use of visuals such as tables and design of structures, simple machines in an undergraduate program of study. discuss the related theory and results. ME 315 Instrumentation and analysis in decision-making, including figures to convey information in a clear, or processes, including screws, springs, Prerequisite: GE 206 and MTH 271. A Developing a team approach to the Experimental Design (2) benefit/cost ratio, capital recovery, pay- concise and engaging manner. Students bearings and gearing. Establishment minimum grade of C- is required for all experiments is a part of the learning Course introduces students to the subject back period and rate-of-return methods, learn how to adapt their communication of design criteria based on stress and prerequisites. exercise. Experimentation on fluids of engineering measurements, placing with application to economic feasibility to specific audiences and contexts. fatigue analysis and on experimental (liquid and gas), behavior of fluids, special emphasis on the fundamental studies of corporate investment projects. Prerequisite: COR 120. A minimum grade results, statistical considerations, ME 306 Intermediate Mechanics including static and dynamic forces, flow aspects of engineering measurements, Prerequisite: MTH 110 or higher. A of C- is required for all prerequisites. materials, steady and variable loading. of Materials (2) rates, velocities, jets, velocity distributions experimental techniques, sensors and minimum grade of C- is required for all Prerequisite: GE 206. A minimum grade Advanced course in strength of material and tow-tank experiments, automated measurement systems, computer- ME 300 Manufacturing Processes prerequisites. of C- is required for all prerequisites. and structural design. Prime goal is data acquisition and recording aided measurement systems, research (3) cultivating student’s capability of methods and design of experiments ME 303 Material Science (3) Mechanical Engineering Study of commonly used industrial modeling complex real-world problems ME 313 Engineering Innovation and measurement systems. Course processes, quality control, manufacturing Course provide the necessary into analytical models and solving them (2) includes open-ended design project of ME 100 Mechanical Engineering materials and numerical control. Design background of material science and numerically or analytically. Emphasis Innovation has a crucial role in the mechanical parameter measurement and Design Seminar (1) and manufacture of simple artifacts. engineering that can be applied to on indeterminate structural analysis, competitive positioning and performance systems, experimental testing, data This seminar course gives an Introduction of various processes manufacturing processes, strength of energy method, buckling problems and of organizations, for example, in creating analysis, uncertainty analysis and error introduction to Mechanical Engineering available for producing engineering materials, machine design, electrical computational structural mechanics. new products, identifying new markets, propagation, report-writing and final and to engineering design principles. artifacts from raw material. Also covers and electronics engineering. Emphasis Structural design and analysis of the transforming industries, and revitalizing presentations. Recommended concurrent ME faculty and guest speakers expose material selection and the production on heat treatments, material properties senior design project is conducted mature organizations. This course enrollment in ME 316 and ME 345. students to work that mechanical process for an application, along with the and processes and understanding of the during course. Prerequisites: MTH 322, covers concepts common and necessary Prerequisite: PHY172. A minimum grade engineers do in a variety of fields. fundamentals of statistical quality control. relationship between material structures, GE 206, GE 207. A minimum grade of C- to successful product innovation of C- is required for all prerequisites. Strategies for success in engineering Students will be required to plan the processing and properties of materials. is required for all prerequisites. development. You will learn the theories school and in engineering careers are production process and to design tooling Introduction to modern composite of creativity and idea generation, examine ME 316 Mechatronics and discussed. Engineering problem-solving for work-holding and sheet metal work. materials, corrosion and wear prevention ME 308 Fluid Mechanics (3) the role of technology in goal-setting and Measurement Systems and design principles are introduced and techniques. Modern engineering First course in fluid mechanics covers strategic management of companies. Laboratory (1) practiced by students via simple design Concurrent lab enrollment required. materials and their properties are fluid properties, fluid statics and flows, The laboratory provides hands-on activities. This course should be taken Prerequisite: GE 206. A minimum grade considered in terms of microstructure. viscous effect, dimensional analysis, two- ME 314 Engineering Economics experience working with various during the first fall semester in residence of C- is required for all prerequisites. Phase diagrams and corrosion dimensional ideal flow, flow measurement and Venture Finance (2) types of instrumentation and electrical at Saint Martin’s University as an ME mechanics. Prerequisites: CHM 141 or ME 300L Manufacturing Processes for both liquid and gas and compressible This course will consider a broad range components. Topics include DC student. Graded on a pass/no pass basis. CHM 145 and GE 206. A minimum grade Laboratory (1) flow of gases. Also covers viscous flow of questions that entrepreneurs deal with and AC circuits, electronic filters, of C- is required for all prerequisites. in pipes, as well as statistical analysis of in financial strategy, including: strategies power supplies, function generators, ME 201 Technical Communication Design of work-holding devices for experimental data, static and dynamic for raising capital; the structure of microprocessor boards, analog and (2) measurement and manufacturing, ME 305 Engineering Computer characteristics of physical signals and finance deals; economic projections in digital signals, sensors, Wheatstone metal-cutting, welding and sheet Applications(3) This course builds on skills developed experimental methods. Prerequisites GE business plans; and company valuation. bridges, AC-to-DC power conversion, metal working. Reinforces theoretical in previous writing courses, focusing on This course provides an introduction 205, GE 206, MTH 322. A minimum grade Students will gain knowledge on how real-time measurement of time response, knowledge obtained in ME 300. effective communication of technical to numerical analysis of engineering of C- is required for all prerequisites. to launch, lead, and manage a viable LabVIEW programming, and motors. Concurrent prerequisite: ME 300. information to a given audience. applications, with specific emphasis on business starting with concept validation Concurrent/prerequisite enrollment Students study and apply processes MATLAB as the primary computing ME 309 Fluid Mechanics to commercialization and successful with ME 345. A minimum grade of C- is ME 302 Machine Design (3) of written, oral and visual technical tool. Programming is taught in tandem Laboratory (1) business formation. It will also examine required for all prerequisites. Course covers theoretical and practical communication, with applications in with introductory concepts in the Lab experiments are organized and strategic management of technology design of machine parts and simple academic and professional settings. solution of linear and nonlinear systems. scheduled to support the academic and how the results of innovation ME 317 Technology systems. Includes the integration of the Students learn how to use conventions, Applications will focus on obtaining course, ME 308. Emphasis is on development are valued. Entrepreneurship (2) organization and style that are basic engineering disciplines necessary real-world solutions to several classes of conducting specific experiments, This course explores the entrepreneur’s appropriate to engineering. This includes for proper analysis, synthesis and mechanical engineering problems found observation and written reports that contribution to new ventures in

270 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 271 engineering industries as well as to engines, including internal and external ME 350 Parametric Solid organizational decision making; project ME 385 Biomechanical analysis of laminated plates, free-edge examine the nature of entrepreneurial combustion engines. Open-ended design Modeling (3) management; and problem solving Engineering (2) effect, failure modes. Prerequisite: ME behavior and its role in both small projects provide an introduction to Course concentrates on parametric processes. Use techniques to generate Course makes students aware of the 300. A minimum grade of C- is required and large technology organizations. It design in thermal sciences/engineering three dimensional (3D) solid modeling innovative product solutions that various ways in which engineers can for all prerequisites. introduces concepts and practices of and foster teamwork. Prerequisites: and delivery of two dimensional (2D) include creative critical thinking, logical contribute in the field of medicine. entrepreneurship and will offer the CHM 141 or CHM 145; PHY 172; MTH production drawing from the 3D analysis, brainstorming techniques, and Students are introduced to the ME 410 Vibration Theory (2) foundation by providing knowledge 322 which can be taken concurrently. A model. Topics include fundamentals of intuitive design. In addition to lectures mechanics of the human body’s physical Course deals with some limitations and skills relevant to the creation and minimum grade of C- is required for all parametric modeling and parametric and discussions, the course emphasizes movements and are given an overview imposed on the design of dynamic leadership of entrepreneurial ventures and prerequisites. constraints, parent/child relationships, application of these skills through of physiology and anatomy as applicable systems due to vibrations. Course covers how new technology ventures are created. generation of sketching feature real world applications, case studies, to mechanics and kinematics of joints. single and multiple degrees of freedom ME 341 Intermediate (points, lines, planes), and advanced small group discussions, and projects. Focus is on sensory organs, mechanics of systems; free and forced vibrations; ME 318 New Product Thermodynamics (2) 3D construction tools. Part modeling, Concurrent prerequisites: ME 300, ME load-bearing, dynamics of human motion spectral analysis of forcing functions and Development (2) Emphasis is placed on practical assembly modeling, surface modeling, 302, and ME 350. A minimum grade of and the causes and effects of the failures system response; vibration resonance The design of complex new products is applications of the principles of and basic motion analysis for the model C- is required for all prerequisites. of joints. A major component is the and damping; vibration transmission an essential skill of professional practice thermodynamics in cycle analysis. validation are covered with applications design of engineering artifacts to assist in and isolation; matrix methods, vibration and requires unique knowledge, skills, Applications include steam power plants, to computer aided design (CAD) software. ME 384 Comparative motion and/or replace limbs. In addition, control and damping treatments. and attitudes common to a number of refrigerators, heat pumps, and gas power Students will learn the course contents in Biomechanics (2) students design measurement techniques Prerequisites GE 205, MTH 322. disciplines. Students will explore the and refrigeration cycles. Topics such CAD lab. Engineering analysis will be applied for assessing the performance of sensory Concurrent prerequisite: MTH 353. A process of product definition, ideation, as the applications of psychrometric to the investigation of how life has organs. Prerequisite: GE 205 and GE 206. minimum grade of C- is required for all and engineering by analyzing real principles, gas mixtures, thermodynamic ME 370 Systems Dynamics and adapted to its physical environment. We A minimum grade of C- is required for all prerequisites. world problems. The unit will allow property relations, chemical and phase Control (3) will look at the incredible diversity of prerequisites. students the opportunity to examine equilibrium, the thermodynamics of This course is an introduction to the methods that enable animals to swim ME 419 Hydraulic Control humanitarian problems in disadvantaged high speed gas flows and combustion are mathematical modeling and control and fly, organisms to respond to winds ME 404 Finite Element Analysis(2) Systems (2) communities. Students will be also covered. Prerequisite: ME 340. A of systems of electrical, mechanical, and water currents, as well as examining The course introduces the finite element This course introduces fundamentals encouraged to view design problems minimum grade of C- is required for all fluid, thermal, and inter-domain (e.g. circulatory and suspension-feeding method, its mathematical foundation, of hydraulic power transmission and from holistic perspectives, paying prerequisites. electro-mechanical) elements. A system systems in various species. We will also and its use in the analysis of engineering controls at component and system attention to biases, values, and needs of dynamical approach is used, which look at the connection between the systems and structures. The course level. Fluid power transmission and ME 345 Mechatronics (3) customers and users. allows different energy domains to be properties of biological materials—such covers finite element concepts including controls are based on physical laws of This course is an introduction to modeled within a unified framework. as spider silk, jellyfish jelly, and muscle— mathematical/variational formulations, fluid mechanics and basic principles of ME 340 Thermodynamics (3) the mathematical modeling and Analysis includes the time-domain and and their structural and functional roles. shape functions, two- and three- control theory. Fundamentals: principles The first and second laws of design of electrical, mechanical, and frequency domain. Control systems We will learn how nature has inspired dimensional solids, stiffness of truss, of hydraulic power transmission, fluid thermodynamics, beyond that electro-mechanical systems. A system topics include stability, steady- many practical engineering solutions, beam, and plate members, elements properties, fluid mechanics for hydraulic introduced in elementary physics and dynamical approach is used, which state errors, and root-locus design. such as velcro, and consider how natural assembly, computer programming and power transmission, electrohydraulic chemistry courses, will be covered. allows different energy domains to be Prerequisites: MTH 353, ME 345 and GE design at the micro and macro-scales convergence. “ANSYS” and “COMSOL analogy, basic hydraulic parts (pumps, Application of thermodynamic laws to modeled within a unified framework. 205. A minimum grade of C- is required can inform creative solutions to pressing Multiphysics” finite element software valves, actuators), basic hydraulic practical engineering problems such Circuit elements covered include for all prerequisites. mechanical and biomedical problems. packages will be used. Prerequisites: GE circuits, flow and pressure control, as turbines, compressors, nozzles, resistors, capacitors, inductors, diodes, Prerequisites: GE 205, GE 206, CHM 141 104 or ME 305 and GE 206. A minimum motion control using resistance throttles, heat exchangers and mixing transistors, and operational amplifiers. ME 383 Engineering Design and or CHM 145. Concurrent prerequisite: grade of C- is required for all prereq control, and hydraulic servo systems. chambers. Emphasis is on the concept Prerequisites: MTH 322 and PHY 172. A Creative Problem Solving ME 308. A minimum grade of C- is Prerequisite: ME 308, Concurrent and practical problems of power minimum grade of C- is required for all (2) required for all prerequisites. ME 405 Structural Composites (2) Prerequisite: ME 370. A minimum grade generation, refrigeration, internal prerequisites. Learn engineering design methodologies Macro-behavior of a lamina. Stress of C- is required for all prerequisites. combustion engines and heat pumps. related to: product definition; concept transfer of short fiber composites. Primary emphasis is given to heat generation; individual, group, and Classical lamination theory, static

272 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 273 ME 422 Numerical Methods in problems. By the end of the course, the pattern search (PS) algorithm, the ME 433 Photovoltaics Systems thermodynamics and heat transfer to the Course design project consists of an Engineering (2) students should expect to be able to genetic algorithm (GA), the simulated Engineering (2) application of available energy resources optimization study among selected Selected topics in numerical methods work with others to optimize practically annealing (SA), ant colony optimization This is a combination lecture series and promote the concept of energy engine design parameters and/or the are developed to solve problems in fluid any design or system and improve its (ACO), and particle swarm optimization and lab course elective designed to give conservation through proper system design of an engine mechanical system mechanics, heat transfer, vibrations and performance. Prerequisites: GE 104 or (PSO) techniques. Weekly coding students the ability to understand and design. Prerequisites: ME 340, ME 430, or an engine system involving the acoustics. Examples include, volume- ME 305, GE 206. A minimum grade of C- exercises in MATLAB will focus on design Photovoltaic power generation and ME 430L. A minimum grade of C- is solution of a gas dynamic and/or heat control analysis for flow continuity, is required for all prerequisites. implementation, customization and systems for home and small utility scale required for all prerequisites. transfer problem. Prerequisite: ME 340. momentum and energy in rectangular, application. A substantial part of the applications. Topics covered will include A minimum grade of C- is required for all spherical and cylindrical coordinates; ME 426 Computational Fluid semester will be dedicated to applying the history and future of solar cell ME 437 Computational Heat prerequisites. applications of Fourier series; Taylor Dynamics (2) metaheuristics to an optimization technology, electrical characteristics and Transfer and Thermal series, Laplace transforms, Lagrangian This course provides an introduction problem related to the student’s limitations of thin-film, polycrystalline, Modeling (2) ME 442 Advanced Internal interpolation and the Newton- to the scientific principles and research area. Prerequisite: ME 423. and mono-crystalline silicon cells, power Application of finite difference numerical Combustion Engines (2) Raphson method to solve systems of applications of CFD. It first provides A minimum grade of C- is required conversion and maximization, off grid methods to heat transfer from steady An advanced study of modern engines, equations. Topics will change to reflect an understanding of basic numerical for all prerequisites. and grid-interactive systems, siting and two dimensional heat transfer to including the design of hybrid demands in undergraduate engineering methods used in CFD applications mounting considerations, regulatory transient three dimensional (explicit and powertrains, variable geometry engines, courses, for engineering graduate including finite difference and finite ME 430 Heat Transfer (3) compliance, instrumentation, and system implicit methods). Computations and stratified-charge, mixed cycle engines, school preparation and for general volume methods, cemented through Application of the principles of economics. Students will characterize characterization for designs of thermal and the design of components integrated professional development. Prerequisite: the implementation and use of selected conduction, convection and radiation simulated solar panels and, working in systems using commercial thermal into advanced engine designs. A further MTH 322, and ME 305 or GE 104. A methods in MATLAB. Commercial heat transfer to practical problems. teams, will integrate balance of systems software. Learn to build finite element analysis of fluid flow, heat transfer, and minimum grade of C- is required for all CFD codes are then used in a number of Study of conduction in one and two components to achieve a predictably cost models: geometric modeling, elements simulation techniques is integrated. prerequisites. analysis projects, so as to give additional dimensions, steady and transient states effective power production system. As and meshing, fields, materials and element Prerequisite: ME 440 or equivalent. A practical experience. Model problems with emphasis on classical solutions. the dominant technology in today’s solar properties, thermal/fluid boundary minimum grade of C- is required for all ME 423 Numerical Optimization are used to study the interaction of Forced and natural convection in market, the physics of silicon based solar conditions, groups, viewing, display. prerequisites. in Mechanical physical processes with numerical external and internal flows, as well as cells will be explored both in lecture Learn to evaluate the models, analysis Engineering (2) techniques, including: model stability, boiling and condensation. Introduce and the lab. In addition to engineering set up, results and plots. Applications to ME 451 Intermediate Fluid Numerical optimization applies grid generation, boundary conditions, basic calculations for heat exchangers. principles, the economics of solar power, thermal engineering problems. Thermal Mechanics (2) to most engineering activities and and turbulence models. Prerequisites: Radiation properties and exchange environmental considerations and the engineering design projects assigned will This course reinforces the fluid processes, management operations ME 308, and ME 305 or GE 104. A between surfaces also covered. Three impact of photovoltaics on public policy be modeled thermally using commercial mechanics principles learned in ME 308, activities, as well as to numerous other minimum grade of C- is required for all hours lecture. Prerequisites: ME 340, will be explored. Prerequisite: ME 316 thermal software. and builds an expanded understanding fields in science where performance prerequisites. ME 308, MTH 271 and MTH 322. Must and ME 345. A minimum grade of C- is and skill set that serves as a base for be taken concurrently with ME 430L. A required for all prerequisites. Prerequisite: ME 430. A minimum grade can be numerically quantified by a of C- is required for all prerequisites. advanced study and/or research in fluid mathematical model. The focus of ME 427 Metaheuristics in minimum grade of C- is required for all mechanics. Control volume methods are this course is to develop a practical Engineering Optimization prerequisites. ME 435 Energy Systems (2) used to model fluid flow phenomena. (2) ME 440 Internal Combustion understanding of numerical Focus is on energy systems associated Engines (2) Differential methods are derived and optimization, enhanced by a theoretical This course introduces the main ME 430L Heat Transfer Laboratory with electric power-generation. Specific used to solve for fluid fields in a variety understanding of classical gradient- metaheuristic evolutionary algorithms (1) goals are to expose the student to the Study of engine types including hybrid of conditions. Laminar boundary layer based numerical optimization methods and their applications in optimization. Lab must be taken with ME 430. various sources of energy including systems and operation, engine design analysis is taught, and students are to help guide students in their selection Students will learn several meta- Prerequisite ME 340, ME 308, MTH 271 renewable energy sources (solar and parameters, ideal and actual engine introduced to turbulence and turbulent of an appropriate method and to avoid heuristic and evolutionary algorithms and MTH 322. A minimum grade of C- is wind), nuclear, geothermal, biomass cycles, thermochemistry of fuel-air boundary layer models. Additional potential pitfalls. Implementation will and will focus on assessing their required for all prerequisites. and fuel cells. Students will develop mixtures, properties of working fluids, models and methods of fluid flow be in MATLAB but we will discuss and performance in solving practical an understanding of basic energy gas exchange processes, combustion in analysis are introduced. Prerequisites: work with several open-source toolkits optimization problems in mechanical economics, environmental impact and spark-ignition and compression-ignition ME 308. A minimum grade of C- is for solving practical optimization engineering. Presented methods include industrial risks. Relate the principals of engines, pollutant formation and control required for all prerequisites. and engine operating characteristics.

274 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 275 ME 461 Control Systems I (2) is emphasized. Application to aircraft Prerequisites: GE 205, GE 104, MTH 322. ME 469 Linear Systems Theory (2) and user interface. Prerequisite: GE 104 models of human joints. Further The feedback control of linear systems design. Prerequisites: ME 308, ME 340. A minimum grade of C- is required for all The representation, stability, controllability, or ME 305. A minimum grade of C- is applications of the biomechanics using so-called “classical” control A minimum grade of C- is required for all prerequisites. and observability of linear time-invariant required for all prerequisites. previously learned include: injury theory techniques. Root locus and prerequisites. and time-varying systems. Continuous mechanics; bone and tissue repairs; frequency-response methods are ME 467 Machine Intelligence (2) and discrete systems are represented in ME 481 Biofluid Mechanics (2) rehabilitation; implant design; surgical introduced for controlling single- ME 465 Robotics (2) An introduction to artificial/machine state space, block diagrams, and transfer This course covers the analysis of techniques relevant to orthopaedic input, single-output (SISO) systems. The course begins with a survey of the intelligence. The study of this evolving functions. Stability is explored in terms of fluid flow phenomena in the human biomechanics; and tool design. Stability is evaluated in terms of both evolving field of robotics, including and diverse topic begins with a survey Lyapunov and bounded-input, bounded- body, including the cardiovascular, Prerequisite: ME 385. A minimum grade root locus and frequency response. PID major categories such as mobile and and classification of techniques, output (BIBO). State and output feedback respiratory and other systems. of C- is required for all prerequisites. and lag-lead controllers are discussed manipulation robotics. Topics surveyed including search-based, logic-based, are introduced, with special attention to the Relationships between fluid mechanics extensively. MATLAB-based controller include effectors, actuators, locomotion, statistical, and embodied. Applications controllability and observability of linear and physiological function and disease ME 487 Prosthetics and Medical design is used throughout the course. manipulation, sensors, feedback control, of intelligent technologies explored systems. This course lays the foundation for are explored. Prerequisite: ME 308. A Devices (2) Controller hardware instantiation is control architectures, navigation, include natural language processing, further study in multiple-input, multiple- minimum grade of C- is required for all This course covers the design of also introduced. Prerequisite: ME 370 emergence, and group robotics. Upon vision, expert knowledge, game-playing, output (MIMO), state-space control theory prerequisites. prosthetics, orthotics, and medical or equivalent. A minimum grade of C- is conclusion of the survey, the focus of the and several robotics applications. Upon (i.e. “modern” control theory). Prerequisites: device design. It reviews the solution required for all prerequisites. course turns to a special topic chosen conclusion of the survey, the focus of the ME 370 or equivalent. A minimum grade of ME 482 Microfluidics and of clinical problems by use of implants by the instructor. The instructor could course turns to a special topic chosen C- is required for all prerequisites. Biomedical Applications (2) from the design and manufacturing ME 462 Control Systems II (2) choose, for instance, swarm robotics by the instructor. The instructor could This course focuses on applications perspective. Emphasis is on the role of An introduction to multiple-input, or robot kinematics and dynamics— choose, for instance, machine learning, ME 472 Digital Control (2) of fluid flow in microfluidic devices. stress analysis in the design; anatomic multiple-output (MIMO) optimal or a project. Prerequisite: ME 370 or embodiment, evolutionary robotics, or This course includes the control of Basic modern micro/nanofabrication fit, shape, and size of implants; selection control. Topics include MIMO poles equivalent. A minimum grade of C- is artificial life—or a project. sampled-data systems and z-transforms, techniques and concepts of microscale of biomaterials; instrumentation for and zeros, the Riccati equation, linear required for all prerequisites. frequency domain properties, sampling transport of momentum and materials surgical implantation procedures; and quadratic regulation (LQR), linear ME 468 Modeling and Simulation D/A and A/D conversion, controller are introduced. Applications in biology preclinical testing for safety and efficacy. quadratic Gaussian (LQG) estimation, ME 466 Multibody Dynamic (2) design via discrete time equivalents, and medicine are explored so as to Prerequisite: ME 385 or MME 585 or and Kalman filtering. Prerequisite: ME Systems (2) Analytical and numerical analysis of direct methods, state feedback, and solidify student understanding of equivalent. A minimum grade of C- is 469, ME 461. A minimum grade of C- is Analytical and numerical analysis dynamic behavior of dynamical or observers, quantization effects, LQR physical phenomena, as well as to build required for all prerequisites. required for all prerequisites. of dynamic behavior of multibody mechanical systems via multibody control and introduction to LQG an understanding of ways in which mechanical systems. Emphasis on modeling and simulation. Emphasis on optimal control. Prerequisite: ME 461 these phenomena can be harnessed in ME 488 Electromechanical ME 464 Flight Mechanics (2) understanding aspects of modeling understanding aspects of modeling and or equivalent. A minimum grade of C- is technology that greatly improves health Machines (2) Application of fluid mechanics and and analysis process associated with analysis process associated with real required for all prerequisites. care and opportunities for scientific This course provides an introduction to dynamics to flight. Aircraft lift, drag, multibody dynamic systems. Review of systems (spacecraft, automotive, etc.). discovery. Principles and applications electrical machines. The course begins propulsion, range, endurance, rate of traditional dynamic analysis methods Review of traditional dynamic analysis ME 477 Embedded Computing for covered in the course are then applied with a review of circuit theory and climb, take-off, landing, stability and including Newton-Euler, Lagrange, methods (including Kane’s method). Mechanical Control (2) through a design project, in which electromagnetics, then introduces the control are studied. Students learn to Kane’s methods. Comparison of the Comparison of the different formulations This course is an introduction to students assimilate concepts and concept of electromechanical energy apply principles of dynamics and fluid different formulations and applicability and their applicability of computer microprocessor-based measurement technologies from the course to meet conversion, as applied to the analysis mechanics to traditional flight problems of computer simulation and as well as simulation. Treatment of constraints, and control of electrical, mechanical, specific goals. Prerequisite: ME 308. and design of: direct-current generators of aircraft, such as its range, rate of climb, their applications in various multibody extraction of data from equations of and electro-mechanical systems. Topics and motors; synchronous generators stability and controllability. Emphasis dynamic systems such as robotics, motion, and computational issues. Use of include microprocessor architecture, ME 486 Advanced Biomechanical and motors; single-phase and polyphase will be on developing methods for use in molecular structures, human body, and Autolev software. Prerequisites: GE 205, computer memory, C programming, Engineering (2) motors; and actuators. Prerequisite: ME design. Students will demonstrate their wind turbines. Treatment of constraints, ME 370. Concurrent prerequisites: GE hardware and software interfaces, and This course builds on the topics from 345. A minimum grade of C- is required ability to use these methods through extraction of data from equations of 104 or ME 305. A minimum grade of C- is communications. Emphasis is placed on Biomechanical Engineering and for all prerequisites. team design problems. Safety of the flight motion, and computational issues. required for all prerequisites. hardware and software interface design challenges the student with more for real-time measurement, control, advanced dynamics and solid mechanics

276 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 277 ME 490 Internship (1-2) conducted through preliminary design, ESL 011 Foundational Writing become more culturally prepared to verb tenses and aspects, modal confident readers by learning strategies Coordinated through the University’s with students working independently. Skills I to engage in undergraduate study in auxiliaries, prepositions, comparisons, for effective reading, vocabulary Career Center and the School of Emphasis on written, graphic and oral Beginning English learners will develop the U.S. through gaining familiarity count/non-count nouns, articles, building, and critical thinking. This Engineering, the Department of communication, as well as technical foundational academic writing skills with traditional American values and determiners, and quantifiers. course is designed to introduce students Mechanical Engineering grants approval content. Prerequisites:, ME 302 and ME through engaging in the writing how they influence various aspects to the skills necessary to manage of credits for work. Students who are 370. Concurrent prerequisite: ME 430. A process from prewriting to revision. of American life. As a result of taking ESL 023 Speaking, Listening, and typical undergraduate-level reading currently employed in mechanical minimum grade of C- is required for all Students will learn to write clear and this course, students will have a better Presentation Skills II assignments. engineering-related jobs are given the prerequisites. cohesive sentences and paragraphs that understanding of life in the U.S. and be Pre-intermediate English learners will opportunity to discover relationships demonstrate effective use of grammar more sensitive to cultural differences develop effective verbal communication ESL 031 Academic Writing Skills III between academic topics and ME 499 Senior Design II (3) and vocabulary. that they encounter. skills for academic success in Intermediate English learners will professional practice. Prerequisites: Continuation of ME 498. Project is undergraduate classes. Students will develop foundational academic writing Junior standing and approval of taken through final design, construction ESL 012 Grammar I Level 2 (Pre-Intermediate) engage in academic speaking activities, skills through engaging in the writing department chair. and testing, with students working Beginning English learners will discussions, focused listening tasks, and process from prewriting to revision. in design teams. Culmination of ESL 020 Academic Reading and a process approach to planning, writing, Students will learn to write various develop the ability to use basic English Vocabulary II ME 495 Special Topics (1-4) design experience and synthesis of all grammatical structures accurately, and delivering academic presentations. genres of academic paragraphs and Selected topics in mechanical theoretical and practical knowledge meaningfully, and appropriately in spoken Pre-intermediate English learners will Students will gain confidence as they essays that demonstrate effective use engineering. Offered on approval by the into the production of an engineering and written communication. The scope develop foundational academic reading learn to effectively express and present of grammar, vocabulary, structure, and chair of the mechanical engineering artifact system. Detailed design and of this course covers the form, meaning, skills by engaging with a variety of their ideas, experiences, knowledge, and organization. This course introduces department. Prerequisite: Permission of analysis, manufacturing, fabrication and and use of basic grammar, including high-interest texts on academic subjects. opinions in class. quoting, paraphrasing, library research, Instructor. assembly will be the focus. Two hour but not limited to the verbs “be” and Students will become more effective and and the concept of plagiarism. lecture/project activities; one two-hour “have”, subject verb agreement, negation, confident readers by learning strategies ESL 024 TOEFL Skills and ME 497 Directed Study (1-2) lab per week. Prerequisites: ME 498. A word order, sentence structure, asking for effective reading, vocabulary Strategies II ESL 032 Grammar III minimum grade of C- is required for all building, and critical thinking. A student/faculty-selected project questions, verb tenses, nouns, pronouns, Pre-intermediate English learners will Intermediate English learners will develop prerequisites. adjectives, and adverbs. maximize their test performance through the ability to use fundamental grammatical allows the student to do research in a ESL 021 Academic Writing Skills II specialized area. Offered on approval by intensive study and practice of successful structures of English accurately, the chair of the department. Instructor ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE ESL 013 Speaking and Listening Pre-intermediate English learners will test-taking strategies for each of the meaningfully, and appropriately in Permission Required. (ESL) PROGRAM COURSES Skills I develop foundational academic writing three sections of the TOEFL, paper- academic speaking and writing. The scope Beginning English learners will develop skills by engaging in the writing process based test: Listening Comprehension, of this course covers the form, meaning, ME 498 Senior Design I (3) Academic Curriculum effective verbal communication skills from prewriting to revision. Students Structure & Written Expression, and and the use of fundamental grammar, will learn to write various genres of Reading Comprehension. Students will including but not limited to verb tenses First of a two-course sequence for academic success in undergraduate academic paragraphs and essays that expand their knowledge of the language and aspects, reference and possession, providing a culminating experience Level 1 ( Beginning) classes. Students will engage in academic demonstrate effective use of grammar, skills and academic vocabulary that are coordination and subordination, phrasal to seniors. Students will design a speaking activities, discussions, and ESL 010 Foundational Reading vocabulary, structure, and organization. regularly tested on the TOEFL PBT. verbs, and the passive voice. significant engineering project requiring focused listening tasks. Students and Vocabulary I will gain confidence as they learn to engineering practice and development ESL 022 Grammar II ESL 033 Speaking, Listening and Beginning English learners will develop effectively express their ideas in class. Level 3 (Intermediate) of alternatives and evaluation based Presentation Skills III foundational academic reading skills Pre-intermediate English learners on technical, financial and social ESL 030 Academic Reading and through a variety of high-interest texts on ESL 014 English Language Skills will develop the ability to use Intermediate English learners will considerations. Course will stress Vocabulary III design methods, conceptualization, academic subjects. Students will become through an Introduction fundamental grammatical structures of develop effective verbal communication synthesis, creativity, open-ended design, more effective and confident readers by to U.S. Culture I English accurately, meaningfully, and Intermediate English learners will skills for academic success in economics, safety, team-building, learning strategies for effective reading and Beginning English learners will expand appropriately in spoken and written develop foundational academic reading undergraduate classes. Students will component and system development. In vocabulary building. their knowledge of U.S. culture, values, communication. This course covers the skills through engaging with a variety of engage in academic speaking activities, the first course, projects normally will be and social concerns. Students will form, meaning, and use of fundamental high-interest texts on academic subjects. discussions, focused listening tasks, and grammar, including but not limited Students will become more effective and a process approach to planning, writing,

278 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 279 and delivering academic presentations. will learn to write various genres of based test: Listening Comprehension, and use of advanced grammar, including Northwest. Students will engage in ESL 072 (Level 3-4) English Language Students will gain confidence as they academic essays that demonstrate the Structure & Written Expression, and but not limited to verb complementation, a seminar-style course that involves Skills through Service Learning learn to effectively express and present effective use of grammar, vocabulary, Reading Comprehension. Students will focus and emphasis, register, reported academic discussions, presentations, and Student will improve English language their ideas, experiences, knowledge, and structure, and organization. This course expand their knowledge of the language speech, embedded clauses, relative clauses, collaborative project-based work. Students skills through engaging in various types opinions in class. emphasizes quoting, paraphrasing, skills and academic vocabulary that are participle clauses, adverbial clauses, will learn about places that they will of volunteer experiences in the local library research, and avoiding plagiarism. regularly testes on the TOEFL PBT. reference, substitution, and omission. visit on field trips, after which, they will community and reflecting on these ESL 034 TOEFL Skills and write reflections on their experiences and experiences through discussion and Strategies III ESL 042 Grammar IV Level 5 (Advanced) ESL 053 Speaking, Listening, and discuss what they learned. This course is writing. Students will discover how civic Intermediate English learners will Upper-intermediate English learners Presentation Skills V offered at ESL levels 1-5 as follows: participation enriches one’s education, ESL 050 Academic Reading and maximize their test performance through will develop the ability to use Advanced English learners will develop experience, and personal well-being. Vocabulary V intensive study and practice of successful advanced grammatical structures of effective verbal communication skills ESL 070A Level 1 This course expands students’ knowledge test-taking strategies for each of the English accurately, meaningfully, and Advanced English learners will develop for academic success in undergraduate ESL 070B Level 2 of the Benedictine values, particularly three sections of the TOEFL paper- appropriately in academic speaking and foundational academic reading skills classes. Students will engage in academic ESL 070C Level 3 the principle of Service, and it requires based test: Listening Comprehension, writing. Beginning with a review of the through engaging with a variety of speaking activities, discussions, focused students to think critically about ESL 070D Level 4 Structure & Written Expression, and verb tense/aspect system, the scope of this high-interest texts on academic subjects. listening tasks, and a process approach to American values, the values of their own Reading Comprehension. Students will course covers the form, meaning, and use Students will become more effective and planning, writing, and delivering academic ESL 070E Level 5 culture, and their own personal values. expand their knowledge of the language of advanced grammar, including but not confident readers by learning strategies presentations. Students will gain confidence This course is offered at ESL levels 3 to 4 skills and academic vocabulary that are limited to logical connectors, conditional for effective reading, vocabulary building, as they learn to effectively express and ESL 071 (Level 2-5) English Language as follows: regularly tested on the TOEFL PBT. sentences, relative clauses, noun and and critical thinking. This course is present their ideas, experiences, knowledge, Skills through an Introduction to U.S. adjective clauses, and subordination. designed to equip students with the and opinions in class. Culture and History ESL 072C Level 3 Level 4 (Upper-Intermediate) skills necessary to successfully manage Students will improve English language ESL 072D Level 4 ESL 043 Speaking, Listening and challenging undergraduate-level reading ESL 054 TOEFL Skills and skills through expanding their knowledge ESL 040 Academic Reading and Presentation Skills IV assignments. Strategies V of U.S. culture, history, values, and ESL 073 (Level 4-5) Developing Your Vocabulary IV Upper-intermediate English learners will Advanced English learners will social concerns. Students will become Voice: Creative Writing ESL 051 Academic Writing Skills V Upper-intermediate English learners will develop effective verbal communication maximize their test performance more culturally prepared to engage in Students will improve English writing develop foundational academic reading skills for academic success in Advanced English learners will develop through intensive study and practice undergraduate study in the U.S. through skills through the study of various skills by engaging with a variety of undergraduate classes. Students will foundational academic writing skills of test-taking strategies for each of the gaining familiarity with traditional forms of creative writing such as short high-interest texts on academic subjects. engage in academic speaking activities, through engaging in the writing process three sections of the TOEFL paper- American values, how these values fiction, poetry and drama. Students Students will become more effective and discussions, focused listening tasks, and from prewriting to revision. Students will based test: Listening Comprehension, developed historically, and how they will complete reading assignments, confident readers by learning strategies a process approach to planning, writing, learn to write various genres of academic Structure & Written Expression, and influence various aspects of American life participate in technique and style for effective reading, vocabulary and delivering academic presentations. essays that demonstrate effective use Reading Comprehension. Students will today. Students will complete assignments discussions, and experiment with building, and critical thinking. This Students will gain skills and confidence of grammar, vocabulary, structure, and expand their knowledge of the language that require them to engage with the writing in various genres. Students will course is designed for students to as they learn to effectively express organization. This course emphasizes skills and academic vocabulary that are local community and people. As a result share their work with peers in order to practice the skills necessary to manage and present their ideas, experiences, quoting, paraphrasing, research writing, regularly tested on the TOEFL PBT. of taking this course, students will have a give and receive feedback. This course is typical undergraduate-level reading knowledge, and opinions in class. avoiding plagiarism, and APA/MLA format. better understanding of life in the U.S. and offered at ESL levels 4-5 as follows: assignments. Skill Enhancement be more sensitive to cultural differences ESL 044 TOEFL Skills and ESL 052 Grammar V that they encounter. This course is offered ESL 073D Level 4 ESL 041 Academic Writing Strategies IV ESL 070 (Level 1–5) English Language at ESL levels 2-5 as follows: Advanced English learners will develop ESL 073E Level 5 Skills IV Upper-intermediate English learners will the ability to use advanced grammatical Skills through an Introduction to ESL 071B Level 2 Upper-intermediate English learners will maximize their test performance through structures of English accurately, Pacific Northwest Culture develop foundational academic writing intensive study and practice of successful meaningfully, and appropriately in Students will improve English language ESL 071C Level 3 skills by engaging in the writing process test-taking strategies for each of the academic speaking and writing. The scope skills through learning about the ESL 071D Level 4 from prewriting to revision. Students of this course covers the form, meaning, rich culture and history of the Pacific three sections of the TOEFL paper- ESL 071E Level 5

280 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 281 ESL 074 (Level 3-5) Enhancing ESL 076 (Level 4-5) English Language ESL 078 (Level 3-5) English Language ESL 080 (Level 4-5) Intercultural ESL 082 (Level 4-5) English stress, vowel sounds and rules, consonant Reading Skills through an Skills through Engaging with Skills through an Introduction to Communication Language Skills for Engineering sounds and intonation. Students will Introduction to English Literature Contemporary Issues American Film Students will improve English language This course prepares students for success practice these items through exercises, Students will improve reading skills Students will expand their knowledge of Students will improve English language skills through the study of intercultural in the Civil and Mechanical Engineering poetry, stories and dialogues. By the through the study of literature and poetry. current social, economic, environmental, skills and explore U.S. culture through communication, in particular how majors at Saint Martin’s. Students will learn end of this class, students will have a Students will engage in literary analysis, and political issues in the U.S. and American movies. Students will strengthen misunderstandings can occur due to the key language and technical vocabulary heightened awareness of the sounds of critical thinking, discussion, and writing abroad. Students will research various their English skills as they listen to unconscious cultural assumptions. for topics such as procedures and English and will be better able to hear assignments. The course will focus issues, present them in class, and engage natural speech, discuss topics that arise, Through readings, group work, class precautions, monitoring and control, and and reproduce them. They will also be on selected novels, helping to develop in discussions on how these issues accumulate idiomatic vocabulary, analyze activities, guest speakers, in-class engineering design. Students will engage better able to recognize where sentence students’ vocabulary and reading skills. should be addressed. Students will and write about what they discover, and discussions and written essays, students in reading engineering texts, listening stress belongs in English language Primary texts will be supplemented with explore the implications of their ideas become critical viewers of media. This will learn to avoid miscommunications activities involving Engineering lectures, rhythm. This course is offered at ESL relevant short stories, poems, and lectures through various discussion and debating course is offered at ESL levels 3-5 as and to become more mindful and as well as speaking and writing activities levels 1-5 as follows: on historical context and issues raised in exercises. This course is offered at ESL follows: skillful communicators in their globally such as describing technical problems and ESL 084A Level 1 the novels. This course is offered at ESL levels 4-5 as follows: interconnected world. This course is suggesting solutions. This course is offered levels 3-5 as follows: ESL 078C Level 3 offered at ESL levels 4-5 as follows: at ESL levels 4-5 as follows: ESL 084B Level 2 ESL 076D Level 4 ESL 078D Level 4 ESL 084C Level 3 ESL 074C Level 3 ESL 080D Level 4 ESL 082D Level 4 ESL 076E Level 5 ESL 078E Level 5 ESL 084D Level 4 ESL 074D Level 4 ESL 080E Level 5 ESL 082E Level 5 ESL 084E Level 5 ESL 074E Level 5 ESL 077 (Level 2-4) English Language ESL 079 (Level 4-5) English Language ESL 095 Special Topics Skills through World Cultures Skills through an Introduction to ESL 081 (Level 4-5) English Language ESL 083 (Level 4-5) University Skills for Business Preparation — Bridge to Success ESL 075 (Level 1-5) Communication Students will improve their English American Music To be arranged with department advisor. and Conversation Skills language skills through learning about Students will improve English language This course prepares students for Students will prepare to enter Special topics are offered at ESL levels 1 Students will develop conversation U.S. and world cultures in various skills and expand their knowledge of success in the Business Administration undergraduate and graduate classes at to 5 as follows: skills for academic, professional, and historical and contemporary periods. American culture and values through major at Saint Martin’s. Students will Saint Martin’s. Students will visit university social contexts. This course focuses Students will complete assignments the history of American music from the learn the key language and technical classes, review syllabi and textbooks, and ESL 095A Level 1 where they research, discuss, and on communicative fluency activities 19th century to today. The following vocabulary of management, marketing, talk to professors. The importance of class ESL 095B Level 2 that require students to interact and present the traditions of various cultures themes in American music are explored: finance, economics, and accounting. participation, group work, and critical ESL 095C Level 3 speak as much as possible, including in the U.S. and the world. In addition to the interaction of European American, Students will engage in activities such as thinking will be emphasized through games, interviews, role plays, surveys, studying cultures that are new to them, African American, and Latin American reading business and economics texts, class discussions, readings, and writing ESL 095D Level 4 and presentations. Students will gain students will share their own culture traditions, the influence of mass media listening to lectures and interviews with assignments. Students will be introduced ESL 095E Level 5 confidence in their speaking ability as they and traditions with the class and the and technology (printing, recording, radio, business leaders, having discussions and to various learning and time management university community through cultural giving presentations on relevant business strategies as well as campus resources learn to use appropriate conversational video, Internet), and the role of popular Short Term Summer Courses English for different situations. This course expos and presentations. This course is music as a symbol of identity (race, class, topics, as well as writing summaries, available. This course is offered at ESL is offered at ESL levels 1-5 as follows: offered at ESL levels 2-4 as follows: gender, generation). This course is offered emails, and reports. This course is levels 4-5 as follows: ESL 001 (Level 1-5) Academic Reading at ESL levels 4-5 as follows: offered at ESL levels 4-5 as follows: Skills ESL 077B Level 2 ESL 083D Level 4 ESL 075A Level 1 Students will develop foundational ESL 081D Level 4 ESL 075B Level 2 ESL 077C Level 3 ESL 079D Level 4 ESL 083E Level 5 academic reading skills through engaging ESL 081E Level 5 ESL 075C Level 3 ESL 077D Level 4 ESL 079E Level 5 with a variety of high-interest texts on ESL 084 (Level 1-5) Pronunciation academic subjects. Students will become ESL 075D Level 4 Workshop more effective and confident readers by ESL 075E Level 5 Students will learn and practice English learning strategies for effective reading, rhythm, syllables, word stress, sentence vocabulary building, and critical thinking.

282 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 283 This course is designed for students to ESL 003 (Level 1-5) Grammar and ESL 005 (Level 4-5) University ESL 007 (Level 1-5) Interactive ESL 009 (Level 1-5) Study Tour of practice the skills necessary to manage Writing Seminar Preparation English American Culture typical undergraduate-level reading Students will develop the ability to use Students will prepare to enter This course focuses on communicative Students will go on field trips to various assignments. This course is offered at ESL fundamental grammatical structures of undergraduate and graduate classes at fluency activities that require students locations in the Pacific Northwest, so levels 1-5 as follows: English accurately, meaningfully, and Saint Martin’s. Students will visit university to interact and speak as much as that they can immerse themselves in the appropriately in academic speaking classes, review syllabi and textbooks, and possible, including games, conversation local culture, history, and community. ESL 001A Level 1 and writing. The scope of this course talk to professors. The importance of class missions, interviews, role plays, surveys, During these trips, students will be asked ESL 001B Level 2 covers the form, meaning, and use of participation, group work, and critical and presentations. With a focus on to perform various academic assignments ESL 001C Level 3 fundamental grammar. This course is thinking will be emphasized through minimizing teacher talk-time, students specific to the location that they are offered at ESL levels 1-5 as follows: class discussions, readings, and writing are given abundant opportunities to visiting. These assignments will enable ESL 001D Level 4 assignments. Students will be introduced practice using the English language them to have a more meaningful field trip ESL 001E Level 5 ESL 003A Level 1 to various learning and time management themselves. Throughout the course, experience, expanding their knowledge ESL 003B Level 2 strategies as well as campus resources students will be required to interact of the American culture and history. This ESL 002 (Level 1-5) Speaking, available. This course is offered at ESL with native English speakers inside course is offered as a 3-week workshop at ESL 003C Level 3 Listening and Presentation Skills levels 4-5 as follows: and outside of the classroom, including ESL levels 1 to 5 as follows: Students will develop effective verbal ESL 003D Level 4 guest speakers and members of the Saint communication skills for academic ESL 003E Level 5 ESL 005D Level 4 Martin’s community. This course is ESL 009A Level 1 success in undergraduate classes. ESL 005E Level 5 offered at ESL levels 1-5 as follows: ESL 009B Level 2 Students will engage in academic ESL 004 (Level 2-5) TOEFL Skills and ESL 009C Level 3 speaking activities, discussions, focused Strategies ESL 006 (Level 1-5) English Language ESL 007A Level 1 ESL 009D Level 4 listening skills, and a process approach Students will maximize their test Skills through an Introduction of ESL 007B Level 2 to planning, writing, and delivering ESL 009E Level 5 performance through intensive study Pacific Northwest Culture ESL 007C Level 3 academic presentations. Students and practice of successful test-taking Students will improve English language will gain confidence as they learn to ESL 007D Level 4 strategies for each of the three sections of skills through learning about the effectively express and present their ESL 007E Level 5 the TOEFL, paper-bases test: Listening rich culture and history of the Pacific ideas, experiences, knowledge, and Comprehension, Structure & Written Northwest. Students will engage in opinions in class. This course is offered ESL 008 English Language Skills Expression, and Reading Comprehension. a seminar-like course that involves at ESL levels 1-5 as follows: through Experiential Learning Students will expand their knowledge academic discussions, presentations, and of the language skills and academic collaborative project-based work. Students Students will improve English language ESL 002A Level 1 vocabulary that are regularly tested on the will learn about places that they will skills by participating in experiential ESL 002B Level 2 TOEFL PBT. This course is offered at ESL visit on field trips, after which, they will learning activities that take place outside ESL 002C Level 3 levels 2-5 as follows: write reflections on their experiences and of the classroom with their American peers. Activities include drama and music ESL 002D Level 4 discuss what they learned. This course is ESL 004B Level 2 offered at ESL levels 1-5 as follows: performances, sports, dancing, games, and ESL 002E Level 5 ESL 004C Level 3 team-building activities. Enrollment in this ESL 006A Level 1 course is open to students at any ESL level. ESL 004D Level 4 ESL 006B Level 2 ESL 004E Level 5 ESL 006C Level 3 ESL 006D Level 4 ESL 006E Level 5

284 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 285 POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

286 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY 287 ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES . The Office of the Registrar is guided by the ethical standards What are the Most Common Forms of Academic 10. Assisting others to commit dishonest practice including seven days of notifying the student of the penalty. A copy of and policies of AACRAO, the American Association of Collegiate Dishonesty? impersonating another student in a test or examination, the incident report is provided to the student. If the course is Registrars and Admissions Officers. writing an assignment for another student, giving answers outside the faculty member’s home department, that chair is Academic dishonesty includes but is not limited to: to another student in a test or examination by any direct also provided a copy. 1. Submitting material that is not yours as part of your course or indirect means, and allowing another student to copy ACADEMIC DISHONESTY answers in a test, examination or any other assignment. b) The student either accepts the penalty or files a written performance, such as submitting a downloaded paper off appeal with the chair of the department offering the course. What is Academic Integrity? the Internet. Plagiarism includes but is not limited to: The appeal must specify the grounds or reasons for the appeal, Saint Martin’s University is a community of faculty, students and whether the student is appealing the charge of cheating/ 2. Using information or devices not allowed by the instructor 1. Unintended Plagiarism: Level One staff engaged in the exchange of ideas in the ongoing pursuit (such as digital devices, formulas or a computer program plagiarism, and/or the severity of the penalty prescribed. of academic excellence. Essential to our mission is a focused Although it is not intended, unintentional plagiarism is treated or data). c) The chair renders a decision on the appeal within five commitment to scholarly values, intellectual integrity and a as dishonest practice. It is usually due to lack of care, naivety, business days and informs the student in writing with a respect for the ideas, beliefs and work of others. This commitment 3. Using unauthorized materials (such as a copy of an and/or to a lack of understanding of acceptable academic copy to the dean with cognizance of the course and the extends to all aspects of academic performance. All members are examination before it is given). behavior. This kind of plagiarism is easily avoided and is dealt provost. The student accepts the decision of the chair or expected to abide by ethical standards both in their conduct and with by the instructor and the chair. The provost is notified. 4. Fabricating information, such as data for a lab report. writes to the dean within five business days seeking further their exercise of responsibility to themselves and toward other 2. Intentional Plagiarism: Level Two review of the appeal. The student may not submit additional members of the community. As an expression of our shared belief 5. Falsifying the results of your research; presenting as true or documentation at this stage. in the Benedictine tradition, we support the intellectual, social, accurate material that you know to be false or inaccurate. Intentional plagiarism is gaining academic advantage by copying or paraphrasing someone else’s work and representing emotional, physical and spiritual nurturing of students. d) The dean reviews the appeal and informs the student of his/ it as your own, or helping someone else copy your work and 6. Collaborating with others on assignments without the her decision within five business days, with a copy to the chair represent it as their own. It also includes self-plagiarism which What is Academic Dishonesty? instructor’s consent when the assessment is a task designed and provost. The chair informs the professor. The student may is when you use your own work in a different paper or program for individuals and in which individual answers are accept the decision of the dean or within five business days, ask Saint Martin’s University defines academic dishonesty as without indicating the source. As with other dishonest practices, required such as on-line assessments. the provost to additionally review his/her appeal. violating the academic integrity of an assignment, test and or intentional plagiarism is treated very seriously by the University. evaluation of any coursework. This dishonest practice occurs 7. Misrepresenting one’s own work, which includes e) The provost’s decision on the appeal, made within five when students seek to gain for themselves or another, an submitting the same paper or computer program, or parts What are the Penalties for Dishonest Practice? business days of receiving a written request for review of the academic advantage by deception or other dishonest means. thereof, for credit in more than one course without prior appeal by the student, is final. All students have a responsibility to understand the permission of each the instructor. The following steps are followed for incidents of academic requirements that apply to particular assessments and to be dishonesty and their appeal: f ) The dean may constitute ad hoc Appeals Committee(s) to 8. Misrepresenting one’s attendance in classes or at events hear the case. This committee, if constituted, must include aware of acceptable academic practice regarding the use of a) The professor encounters an incident that he or she judges required of students enrolled in the course (e.g., viewing two faculty members (one faculty member to be chosen by the material prepared by others. Therefore, it is the student’s to be cheating or plagiarism. The professor prescribes a penalty films, attending concerts, or visiting museums). student) and may also include the ASSMU President or his or responsibility to be familiar with the policies surrounding in keeping with the seriousness of the offense. The scope her designee. The ad hoc Appeals Committee hears the case, academic dishonesty as these may differ from other 9. Other forms of dishonest behavior, such as having another of the consequence prescribed by the professor is limited investigates the circumstances surrounding it, and based on institutions. person take an exam for you, altering exam answers and to the course in which the incident of academic dishonesty the facts of the case, advises the chair, dean, and provost. The requesting the exam be re-graded, communicating with was detected. In deciding on how to resolve the incident, the provost’s decision on the appeal is final. anyone other than a proctor or instructor during the exam professor may contact the student for additional information. or grade tampering. The professor files an incident report with the dean with g) In serious cases, the appeals committee or the provost cognizance of the course, with a copy to the department may recommend suspension or expulsion of the student chair with cognizance of the course and the provost within from the University.

288 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 289 h) In serious cases or in the event of multiple cases of academic Latin Honors REINSTATEMENT FROM SUSPENSION (AFTER SITTING procedures or degree requirements must consult their advisor, the dishonesty the provost may consider additional penalties chair of their department, or the dean of their college/school as beyond the scope of the course. These penalties may include A student must have a minimum of 30 hours in residence OUT A MINIMUM OF ONE SEMESTER) early as possible. to be eligible for graduation with honors. The cumulative suspension or expulsion from the university. If a student wishes to petition for reinstatement to the grade point average for all coursework completed at Saint University, she or he may petition the provost. This i) In seeking to suspend or expel the student, the provost Martin’s University that appears as part of the student’s official APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION AND COMMENCEMENT procedure is used after the student has been absent may seek the recommendation of the Academic Standards transcript will be used to determine the appropriate academic from the University for one or more semesters after Candidates for degree must file an application for graduation Committee. The provost’s decision constitutes the final honor (at the time of degree conferral) according to the academic suspension. The student must submit the petition by specified deadlines each semester. Deadlines for filing an appeal in these cases. following standards. for reinstatement, complete with explanation and plan to application are posted and applications are available on the the Provost’s Office by March 15 to be considered for fall registrar’s website: www.stmartin.edu/registrar. What are the components of an “Incident Summa cum laude: A cumulative grade point average of 3.90 to 4.0. reinstatement or October 15 to be considered for spring or Report?” Commencement ceremonies occur once a year at the close Magna cum laude: A cumulative grade point average of 3.70 to 3.89. summer reinstatement. The petition will be forwarded to of the spring semester for students earning a Saint Martin’s the Academic Standards Committee, who will review and 1. The above policy should accompany the “Incident Report.” Cum laude: A cumulative grade point average of 3.50 to 3.69. University degree. Certificate students do not participate in act on the petition. Students are notified of the decision the University Commencement, but may be recognized by 2. The “Incident Report” should specifically remind the within 3 weeks of the submission deadline. If approved for their individual departments. Students completing degree student of the right of appeal and how to appeal. reinstatement, the student must complete an Application ACADEMIC WARNING AND PROBATION requirements in each of the three graduating semesters for that for Readmission and submit it to the Office of the Registrar 3. The “Incident Report” includes the following: A student will be placed on academic warning or probation academic year (fall, spring, and summer) are encouraged to with a copy of their reinstatement approval letter. https:// when his or her cumulative grade point average falls below share in the celebration of their dedication and achievement. In www.stmartin.edu/sites/default/files/smu-files/admissions/ a) The date of the incident. 2.0. If a student falls below this minimum standard, he or she order to participate in the ceremony and to be considered for undergradreadmitapp2.pdf b) The name and student ID of the student involved. will be placed on academic warning for the first semester, and degree conferral, students must apply for graduation according probation for a second consecutive semester below a 2.0 GPA. The petition for reinstatement must consist of the to posted deadlines, and pay the $35 graduation fee. The fee is c) The course number and description. A third semester will result in suspension, and is discussed following: non-refundable, and is assessed each time a student applies for below. If placed on warning or probation, the student will be graduation. Students need to apply for graduation in order to d) A description of the assignment. 1. A written explanation that demonstrates the student’s placed on an academic contract with specific non-optional have their degree/certificates conferred, regardless of whether understanding of the reasons for her or his academic actions designed to ensure subsequent success. At semester’s they plan to participate in commencement activities. e) A description of the act or acts of academic dishonesty. difficulties; end, the student’s record will be reviewed to determine Summer applicants in good academic standing with no more f ) Evidence and/or documentation supporting the whether progress toward meeting the minimum standards has 2. A realistic plan for addressing these difficulties. This plan than six credits left to complete their degree, will be allowed conclusion that academic dishonesty occurred. been met. Even if academic progress was made, the student must be developed in consultation with the student’s may continue on probation or be placed on suspension if their to walk at Commencement providing they pre-register for g) A detailed description of the penalty. academic advisor and the Center for Student Success. overall grade point does not meet minimum standards. the remaining six credits of course work in the first summer session following commencement. Walking at commencement ACADEMIC HONORS Warning and probation limits a student to a maximum course ADVISING does not guarantee receipt of a degree. A degree or certificate load of 13 semester hours. The Provost’s Office notifies Academic advisors provide guidance and mentoring to will be conferred only upon completion of all requirements. Dean’s List students of other restrictions and requirements. students with regard to their academic plan of study. Faculty Pre-approved exceptions to the above listed policy are found All degree seeking undergraduate students who meet the advisors help students explore various academic majors, make below. These student must notify their department and the following requirements at the end of a semester qualify for the ACADEMIC SUSPENSION appropriate career choices, explain University requirements, Office of the Registrar in order for us to verify that they meet dean’s list notated on their transcript: and provide guidance in selecting classes. No student may remain on academic probation for more than one of the exception reasons listed below. Exception requests • Completion of a minimum of 12 graded semester hours two consecutive semesters. Failure to meet the conditions While advisors will aim to provide accurate information to students must be made no later than 6 weeks from the date of the There will be no extension of this during the semester. of academic probation will result in suspension from the and help them make informed choices about majors, programs commencement ceremony. University. Suspensions are typically one regular semester in and courses, students are responsible for keeping themselves timeline, as we must account for the time necessary to order • No incomplete grades during the semester. length at minimum. In extraordinary circumstances, an appeal informed about policies, procedures, academic and graduation caps and gowns. may be considered by the provost (Old Main 269). • A minimum grade point average of 3.50 during the semester. requirements. Students who have questions about policies and

290 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 291 Students on international visas that will require them to 3. Students who enroll during add/drop period may not be Attendance Policy Addressing Absences due professors and request alternative arrangements prior to return to their home country upon completion of their studies. counted absent when not formally enrolled in the course; to University Sanctioned Activities including events such as missed quizzes, exams, labs and assignments. however, it is the student’s responsibility to contact the Athletics Students participating in university sanctioned activities will Students in the Teacher Preparation Program who only instructor about class assignments and content missed. communicate, verbally and in writing, with faculty during have teaching assignments left to complete in the fall, and The Saint Martin’s University faculty, staff, and administration the first week of class about the dates they expect to be who have maintained a GPA above 3.0 may be eligible to walk 4. In individual courses, attendance may influence the grade the agree that they will work together to optimize student learning— absent for scheduled events. at commencement providing they have completed all other student receives. For absences due to university sanctioned both in and out of the classroom—by sharing the responsibility coursework for their degree. activities, please read the policy on absences below. for communicating about and minimizing class absences due 3. In the first week of class, or as soon as feasible, students to activities that are under the supervision of university faculty must give each of their professors a copy of a ‘Written RN-BSN students who apply for summer graduation will also 5. The class attendance appeal process is provided to help or staff. Students will not be routinely penalized in course Notification,’ issued by the sponsor, which details the be permitted to participate in the commencement ceremony students resolve questions with faculty and staff about the progress or evaluation for absences due to university sanctioned anticipated missed class dates for the student. This letter provided they are enrolled in their final courses prior to walking. attendance policy. activities as long as all parties follow the procedures outlined must include the student’s full name. In addition to the ‘Written Notification Letter,’ each professor will receive Beyond the pre-approved exceptions listed above, other Class Attendance Appeal Process below. This policy aims to help students, in collaboration with exceptional circumstance requests must be sent in writing to faculty and staff, navigate conflicts between class attendance and a copy of the event roster identifying the student with a the Registrar. Students with complaints that faculty or staff are not working participation in university sanctioned activities. specific club, activity etc. For student-athletes, this is the under this policy must initiate the following procedure as soon “Travel Letter.” The Saint Martin’s-JBLM commencement ceremony for as possible: Definitions students graduating in fall, spring, and summer will take place 4. Students will verify, at the faculty’s request that an absence For the purposes of this policy, approved sanctioned activities in May. Saint Martin’s-JBLM students wishing to attend both 1. Initial attempts to resolve the matter should be made in was caused by a university sanctioned event. where activities are under the supervision of faculty, staff, the Saint Martin’s-JBLM commencement and Lacey campus writing to the faculty/staff person, who shall have five (5) coaches or advisors include: 5. Students will notify sponsors of university sanctioned school days to respond to the student in writing. ceremonies may do so. activities, at least one week in advance, of potential 1. University academic competitions 2. If the student is dissatisfied with the response, he/she may conflicts between scheduled events and course ATTENDANCE request a review in writing by the appropriate department 2. Commitments on behalf of the University (e.g. ASCE, requirements. This will provide sponsors and faculty with the opportunity to communicate about the student and Research indicates that a strong positive correlation exists chair/supervisor. The chair/supervisor must meet with the ASSMU, Choir, Theater) course in question. between class attendance and academic success. Since student student and the faculty/staff person involved within five (5) school days after the student has requested the review 3. Intercollegiate athletic competitions (not practices) success is our priority at Saint Martin’s University, students are 6. Students will also remind the faculty immediately prior to and issue a written resolution to both parties within five expected to make class attendance a priority. At the same time, 4. Approved class field trips an upcoming absence. the University recognizes the value of student participation in (5) school days of the meeting.If either party should be activities beyond the classroom and that, these activities may dissatisfied with the response, a written grievance may 5. Professional activities recognized by the University related 7. Students will recognize that they are not excused from conflict with classes. be filed with the provost within five (5) school days. The to academics (e.g. professional conference attendance, etc.) academic work and that in some cases it is impossible to provost will convene a meeting involving the faculty/staff provide alternative assignments or reschedule critical Therefore, at Saint Martin’s University: person, and the student and issue a final resolution with five 6. Co-curricular service activities (e.g. Engineers Without learning experiences. (5) school days of the meeting. Borders) 1. If a student is unable to attend the first class, a student 8. Students, in consultation with course faculty and their should contact his or her instructor before the class meets. 3. This appeal process can be initiated anytime during the Procedures: academic advisors, should carefully consider whether Students who miss the first class of the semester without semester. It does not replace the final grade appeal, which a particular course, due to the nature of the learning making prior arrangements may be, at the instructor’s can only be initiated after final grades for the term have A. Responsibilities of Students Participating in University experiences involved, will work with their participation in discretion, dropped from the course. been posted. Sanctioned Activities including Athletics: a co-curricular activity and plan accordingly. 1. Students are expected to attend all classes, take all quizzes and 2. It is the responsibility of each student to be aware of exams (including final exams) except when there are conflicts 9. In the case where a student has conflicting university instructors’ attendance/grading requirements. with participation in university activities. sanctioned activities, s/he will work with the activity sponsors and the academic advisor to reach a resolution. If 2. Students are responsible to review the syllabus, note a resolution is not reached, the student may use the appeal potential conflicts, bring them to the attention of their process.

292 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 293 Student-Athletes are expected to adhere to the following: Athletic Coaches are expected to adhere to the following: 2. Faculty should take into consideration the schedules of experience. The credit is not for the experience, but for 1. No student-athlete may absent him/herself from class to Athletic supervisors and coaches will create a list for student-athletes when scheduling graded activities that are learning that is equivalent to the knowledge and skills of a attend a practice session (NCAA Bylaw). faculty showing when student-athletes are required attend in addition to those already listed on the syllabus. particular course offered at Saint Martin’s University. competitions and post on the P drive. 2. When an athletic competition takes place at Saint Martin’s 3. In case of conflict the student-athlete should follow the 2. The student’s previous learning must reflect the equivalent University (i.e., a ‘home game’), no student-athlete is 1. Athletic supervisors and coaches will take the academic student handbook for academic appeal. The Faculty Athletics of significant, university-level achievement. Insofar as authorized to be absent from any class prior to two hours calendar and schedule into account when scheduling Representative (FAR) should also be included as needed. the learning meets university-wide and departmental or before the scheduled start of the competition unless the athletic contests, practices and team meetings. program standards and requirements, the student may be eligible for credit for a specific course listed in the athlete plays baseball, soccer or softball which require 2 2. No practice session or team meeting may be scheduled CHANGE OF REGISTRATION ½ hours for pre-game preparations. If the athlete needs Academic Catalog. Learning which falls outside of the during mandated orientation sessions. Coaches must Dates relating to the student’s ability to add, drop or withdraw rehabilitation from the athletic trainer, the athlete will be existing university courses could earn credit as a Directed modify practice schedules to allow student-athletes to from courses can be found on the University’s academic allowed to be absent from class up to three hours prior to Study or Special Topics. participate in mandated orientation sessions. calendar and the registrar’s website. If a student fails to meet scheduled start of the competition. the prerequisite for a course, the Office of the Registrar will 3. The quality of the documented learning must be rigorous. C. Responsibilities of Faculty Teaching Academic Courses: Credit will only be recommended for learning that is B. Responsibilities of Faculty and Staff Sponsors of remove the course from the student schedule. Exceptions deemed to meet the standard of a grade of B or better in the University Sanctioned Activities including Athletics: 1. Faculty will make a good faith effort to accommodate will only be considered for students submitting a signed students who miss a reasonable number of classes because prerequisite override form. Any student who is marked as course for which the credit is requested. If FOCUS credit is 1. Faculty and staff leading university sanctioned activities of their participation in university sanctioned activities. never attended during the attendance accounting period by an approved, it will be denoted on the student’s transcript as P. will work to enable participating students to miss as few instructor will be administratively dropped from the course. classes as possible, keeping in view the detrimental impacts 2. Faculty will clearly articulate their attendance/grading policies 4. FOCUS credit is not awarded for learning obtained after caused by absences from the classroom. on their course syllabi. This policy should directly address matriculation at Saint Martin’s, for courses or subjects not student absences due to participation in university sanctioned COURSE NUMBER CLASSIFICATIONS offered at the university, or for physical education activity 2. Faculty and staff sponsors of university sanctioned activities courses. activities, as well as student absences due to illness, family The University gives credit for all courses numbered 100 will provide students with a written schedule by the first day functions and crises, etc. through 699 in each academic department. of classes and will post the schedules on the Saint Martin’s 5. Certain programs at Saint Martin’s University are not open to the FOCUS program. For more information, consult with the University websites. 3. Faculty are encouraged to communicate directly with Courses at the 100-200 level generally provide a foundation dean of your academic unit. students and sponsors of university sanctioned events in or overview of a discipline. They are intended primarily for 3. Faculty and staff sponsors of university sanctioned the event that a student has a specific conflict between his/ freshmen and sophomores. 6. No more than 15 cumulative semester credits (approximately activities will, as a rule, not schedule events during study her success in an academic course and his/her role in a one semester) can be granted through FOCUS. days or the week of final examinations. university sanctioned event. Courses at the 300-400 level frequently assume prior knowledge of the field and a higher level of analysis and difficulty. They are 7. FOCUS credit may not be used to fulfill the Saint Martin’s 4. They will also, whenever possible, avoid scheduling events 4. Faculty will communicate with students if excessive absences, intended primarily for juniors or seniors. University requirement that a student complete 32 Saint Martin’s during the week prior to both fall and spring break, due to caused by university sanctioned events either alone or in University credits for graduation. the fact that midterm exams are often scheduled during combination with other factors, point to withdrawal from the Courses at the 500-600 level are considered graduate courses. these weeks. class or an incomplete as an advisable option. They generally involve individual research projects, critical 8. Students who are interested in receiving FOCUS credit should discussion of issues and oral presentations. 5. Faculty and staff sponsors of university sanctioned first obtain the following two documents from the Registrar: activities will not penalize participating students for an Faculty supporting student-athletes: Guidelines for Preparing a FOCUS Portfolio and Student absence from an event if their academic success in a course 1. Student-athletes are expected to attend all classes, take all FOCUS: FINDING OPTIONS FOR COLLEGIATE Summary Sheet. For credit to be awarded, students must prohibits such absence. quizzes and exams (including final exams) except when UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES submit a portfolio documenting their learning. One portfolio is there are conflicts with inter collegiate competitions. In submitted for each course for which credit is requested. 6. If a student is a focus of concern for Early Alert, the faculty the case of missed quizzes or exams, a faculty member General Facts about the FOCUS program: 9. Students must begin the procedure for applying for FOCUS and staff sponsors will be involved, as needed, to support may choose to have the quiz or exam administered and 1. Through the FOCUS program, Saint Martin’s University credit at least one academic year before graduation and any the student in making the identified improvements. proctored through the athletics program (i.e. coach, host may grant academic credit for documented university FOCUS credit must be fully approved at least one semester faculty athletics representative). The discretion ultimately level learning students acquired through non-university before graduation. Further, all requests for FOCUS credit must lies with faculty member.

294 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 295 be made before the start of the student’s second semester. All CREDIT THROUGH TESTING in effect for the year in which they are admitted. Any gap in dates correspond to the Lacey campus calendar. studies would result in the students need to follow a more recent Saint Martin’s University may grant credit based on the results catalog year, therefore, change their degree requirements. No 10. Students pay a one-time, nonrefundable $75 registration fee of various kinds of testing. Credit granted cannot exceed 90 student may use requirements in a catalog older than seven years to become a FOCUS candidate. semester hours. Test results considered are: prior to the date of his or her graduation. 11. Matriculated students who have registered as FOCUS • Advanced Placement testing candidates will be given a full, formal review of their request • Approved credit for educational experiences in the armed DIRECTED STUDY by faculty evaluator(s), the department chair or dean of forces Directed study is designed for students who wish to research academic unit for the course requested, and the Academic and study a topic not covered in a course offering or to explore Standards Committee, who will then make a recommendation • Cambridge Credit a topic in greater depth. to the vice president of academic affairs. The VPAA will have • College-level Examination Program (CLEP, general and final say in determining whether or not FOCUS credit will be subject examination) The student, in consultation with an advisor and course granted. • International Baccalaureate (IB) examinations and instructor, initiates a directed study. The instructor’s role is to aid the student in defining the topic, suggesting resource 12. The following grid outlines the procedure and timeline for diploma material and evaluating student achievement. Together, they requesting and earning FOCUS credit for a particular Saint • Military DANTES and SST programs must complete a detailed outline, “A Proposal of Directed Martin’s University course. • United States Armed Forces Institution examinations Study,” before the student registers for the directed study. Students taking a directed study must schedule regular Official results of testing must be submitted to the Office of meetings with the faculty supervisor at the outset of the study. PROCEDURE AND TIMELINE FOR REQUESTING AND EARNING FOCUS CREDIT Admissions. Once a student has achieved 30 semester hours of Student picks up the following documents at the Registrar’s Office: Guidelines for Preparing a FOCUS Portfolio and a Student 1 credit, no additional credit for CLEP general examinations will Respective academic departments define how many hours of Summary Sheet. be applied toward degree requirements and graduation. directed study will be assigned and will approve topics and content. 2 Student meets with her/his academic advisor and discusses the potential of earning FOCUS credit for a particular course. The University’s policies for credit secured through Student obtains a current syllabus for the course from the department chair or dean of the academic unit of the course, who then To be eligible for directed study, the student must have 3 assigns one or more faculty evaluators from the department to provide guidance to the candidate. nontraditional means are available from the Office of successfully completed his or her first year. Undergraduate Admissions. transfer students must successfully complete at least one Each faculty evaluator obtains the following documents from the Registrar’s Office: Guidelines for Evaluating a FOCUS Portfolio and a 4 semester at Saint Martin’s before applying. Students must have Faculty Evaluator’s Report. With the guidance of the faculty evaluators, the candidate prepares a portfolio. Degree completion following a substantial break in studies a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 to be eligible to apply for The completed portfolio, which includes the Student Summary Sheet, is brought to the Registrar’s Office. Once the registration fee 5 is paid by the student, the student becomes a FOCUS candidate and the Registrar’s Office will return the completed portfolio to the Any student who, due to circumstances beyond his or her directed study. Faculty Evaluators. control is unable to continue attending Saint Martin’s Directed studies are not appropriate for regular catalog courses University, may contact the Office of the Registrar for a degree Within 10 working days, each faculty evaluator reviews the portfolio, completes their portion of the Student Summary Sheet, completes and may be accepted to satisfy core requirements only under 6 completion review. To be considered, the student must have a Faculty Evaluator’s Report, adds the report to the portfolio, and then forwards the portfolio to the department chair/dean. special circumstances. Additional requirements for directed study Within 10 working days, the department chair/dean reviews the portfolio, adds her/his approval or disapproval of the recommendation satisfied the following conditions: 7 are provided on the directed study request form. to each Faculty Evaluator’s Report, and then forwards the portfolio to the chair of the Academic Standards Committee. • Completed a minimum of 90 credit hours. Within 10 working days, the Academic Standards Committee reviews the portfolio and recommends a course of action to the vice 8 president of academic affairs (VPAA), who makes the final decision. • Completed 30 credit hours at Saint Martin’s University. DOUBLE MAJOR DEGREE PROGRAM Within 10 working days, the VPAA notifies the candidate by letter of the decision. The VPAA also notifies the candidate’s academic • Fulfilled half the upper-division requirements of his or A student may choose to complete a second major within 9 advisor, faculty evaluators, the department chair/dean of the course, and the registrar. her major at Saint Martin’s University the 120 semester-hour minimum required for the bachelor’s 10 If credit is approved, FOCUS fees are charged as per the current catalog and will be indicated on the transcript. degree. The student is required to have his or her advisor’s DEGREE COMPLETION TIME LIMIT approval in both majors. Students working toward a degree at Saint Martin’s University Prior to selecting a second major, the student should consult with are expected to meet the graduation requirements contained in an advisor to determine if his or her choice is feasible and practical. the undergraduate section of the University’s academic catalog

296 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 297 No credit overlap is allowed in upper level requirements for 1. The right to inspect and review his or her education records FERPA is: Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department Student Recruitment Information included in the each major. However, if a specific course is required by both within 45 days of the day the University receives a written of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, Washington, D.C., Solomon Amendment is listed below. programs, it may be approved as satisfying both requirements. request for access. The request to inspect records should 20202-4605. Approval and sign-off by advisors in both majors is necessary. specify items for review and should be submitted to the 1. Name In compliance with FERPA regulations, Saint Martin’s registrar, dean, department chair, or other appropriate 2. Address (home and mailing) A double major does not mean two degrees. It means that within official. The University official will make arrangements University has identified certain pieces of student information a single degree a student has concentrated on two majors. for access and notify the student of the time and place as directory information. Directory information and records 3. Telephone (home and mailing) where the records can be inspected. If the records are not requested under the Solomon Amendment (more information A second baccalaureate degree must differ from the first in will be found below) may be released to third-parties without 4. Age title. For example, a student may qualify for a bachelor of arts maintained by the University official to whom the request was submitted, that official shall advise the student of the student consent. Saint Martin’s University defines directory degree with a major in psychology and for a bachelor of science information as the following: 5. Place of birth degree in civil engineering by completing requirements in each correct official to whom the request should be addressed. 6. Level of education program. Generally, this will require more than the minimum 2. The right to request amendment to education records the • Dates of Attendance 120 semester hours. student believes to be inaccurate. If the University decides • Major 7. Academic major not to amend the record as requested by the student, the • Degree or Certificate Received 8. Degrees received ENROLLMENT University will notify the student of the decision and advise the student of his or her right to a hearing regarding the • Degree Conferral Date All students are expected to report to campus on the date Procedure for releasing information to military request for amendment. Additional information regarding • Honors officially listed in the Saint Martin’s University academic recruiter: hearing procedures will be provided to the student when catalog. New students will not be enrolled unless they have Any request for information beyond directory information will notified of their right to a hearing. received official notice of acceptance from the Office of require a signed release from the student. Students have the 1. Under the Solomon Amendment, information will be released for military recruitment purposes only. The Admissions. A full-time student is one carrying a minimum 3. The right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable right to restrict disclosure/release of directory information military recruiters may request student recruitment enrollment of 12 credit hours. information contained in the student’s education records, to third-parties. Please contact the Office of the Registrar for information once each term or semester for each of the except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure additional information. 12 eligible units within the five branches of the service: FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT without consent. Student educational records can be Solomon Amendment is a federal law that allows military (FERPA) & SOLOMON AMENDMENT disclosed without prior consent to school officials with recruiters to access some address, biographical and academic - Army: Army, Army Reserve, Army National Guard legitimate educational interests. A school official is a program information on students age 17 and older. Saint Martin’s University is in compliance with the federal person employed by the University in an administrative, - Navy: Navy, Navy Reserve Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974. supervisory, academic or research role or a support staff The Department of Education has determined the Solomon - Marine Corps: Marine Corps, Marine Corps Reserve The University guarantees each student the right to inspect position (including law enforcement unit personnel Amendment supersedes most elements of FERPA. An and review his or her personal educational records. For more and health staff members); a person or company with institution is therefore obligated to release data included - Air Force: Air Force, Air Force Reserve, Air Force information, visit http://www2.ed.gov/policy/gen/guid/fpco/ whom the University has contracted (such as an attorney, in the list of “student recruiting information,” which goes National Guard ferpa/index.html. auditor or collection agent); a person serving on the beyond Saint Martin’s University’s directory information. University’s board of trustees; or a student serving on However, if the student has submitted a request to the Office - Coast Guard: Coast Guard, Coast Guard Reserve an official committee such as a disciplinary or grievance of the Registrar to restrict the release of his/her directory Notification of Rights Under Family Educational 2. The request should be submitted in writing on letterhead committee or a student who is assisting another school information, then no information from the student’s education Rights and Privacy Act for Postsecondary clearly identifying the unit of service requesting the official in performing his or her tasks. A school official record will be released under the Solomon Amendment. Institutions student recruitment information. has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her 3. The request should specify whether the information provides students certain rights with respect to their Saint professional responsibility. needed is for the current or previous semester. Martin’s University records. These rights include: Students have the right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by Saint Martin’s University to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the office that administers

298 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 299 GRADES Grade Point Average (GPA) A student must request an “I” grade by speaking with the 1) a faculty assigned grade at the end of the specified faculty member of her/his course and then by submitting a timeframe for completion; or 2) to a default grade of Grades are issued at the end of the semester and at the end of Grade point average (GPA) is computed by dividing the total formal request (details below). “F” for those who fail to complete the requirements in each session. Grades are awarded on the following basis: number of grade points by the total number of semester hours the specified timeframe. The Registrar’s Office will also attempted (removing any calculation for courses that are A faculty member may assign a grade of “I” at his/her notify both the faculty and the student when a revision to GRADING SYMBOL DEFINITION VALUE PER CREDIT not computed in the GPA as noted above). The cumulative discretion based on unforeseen circumstances beyond the an incomplete grade has been processed. grade point average represents the student’s performance for student’s control. A Excellent 4.00 Note: The removal of an “I” grade to a passing one is the student’s responsibility. all courses completed at Saint Martin’s. The Saint Martin’s A- Excellent 3.67 The student must be in good academic standing in the course All coursework must typically be completed by the end of the next regular ( fall University transcript reflects Saint Martin’s University grade (passing grade), and have completed a minimum of 50% of the or spring) semester after the incomplete was granted. An incomplete will remain B+ Good 3.33 point only and is so labeled. coursework at the time the incomplete is requested. on the student’s transcript for one (1) regular semester ( fall or spring), or until B Good 3.00 the instructor submits a grade change (whichever occurs first). Requests for B- Good 2.67 XF Grade An incomplete must be requested prior to Finals Week for an extended additional semester must be discussed with the instructor, and if 16 week courses, or the last week of a shorter term session. approved, the instructor must notify the Registrar’s Office prior to conversion of C+ Satisfactory 2.33 This grade should be assigned by a faculty member when a the incomplete grade to an F. C Satisfactory 2.00 student stops attending a class and fails to officially withdraw. The grade of XF has no quality point value and is calculated in Procedures for Requesting and Receiving an “I” C- Satisfactory 1.67 Grade: If a grade change has not been submitted within the allotted the GPA the same as an F. time frame, the “I” grade will convert to an F or designated D+ Poor 1.33 • Prior to the last week of the semester, the student must letter grade indicated by the faculty on the incomplete form, D Poor 1.00 Transfer Credit Acceptance Policy discuss with his/her faculty member the reason for the and will remain part of the student’s permanent official record. D- Poor 0.67 Only letter grades of C- or better will be accepted for transfer request of an “I” grade, and submit to the faculty an F Failing 0.00 to Saint Martin’s University. P, NP, or letter grades below C- incomplete form, which details the work yet to be completed. Change of Grade • The faculty member must indicate on the form the letter Failure (Non- from another institution will not be considered for elective A grade change requested due to instructor error and/or the XF 0.00 grade the student will earn if she/he fails to complete the Attendance) and/or graduation requirements. conversion on an incomplete grade, may be filed with the Office of required coursework by the specified deadline. Typically not computed the Registrar within one semester of the initial grade assignment, and W Withdrawal Pass/No Pass Grades to be completed by the end of the following regular in GPA will not require a dean’s signature. All other grade change requests semester. Extension requests for up to an additional will require the appropriate college dean signature. You may obtain not computed Pass/No Pass grading options are only available for specific semester can be approved by the faculty member, who AU Audit (No Credit) a Grade Change Form by contacting the Office of the Registrar. in GPA courses. Normally, these will be workshops, independent studies, must notify the Registrar’s Office of the extended time. not computed directed studies, internships, and/or student teaching. Appeals for time beyond 1 year, must be submitted by the I Incomplete Notes: In certain extraordinary circumstances, a faculty member may find in GPA • Pass/No Pass grades do not calculate into the GPA. student directly to the provost. himself/herself compelled to assign a temporary grade to his/her entire class. Faculty are advised not to use the “I” grade as a temporary grade. Extraordinary not computed • The faculty member may add additional comments P Pass • Core courses may not be taken for a Pass/No Pass grade. circumstances might include, for example, unexpected health-related setbacks in GPA relating to the reasons for the incomplete grade, and for the faculty member during the period when final papers/examinations have • Only under special circumstances — and with instructor, to be graded and grades submitted to the registrar. In such circumstances, if all not computed must include the specific work required to remove the NP No Pass advisor, and department chair approval — can a letter graded student in the class are passing the course, the faculty member may assign a in GPA incomplete grade before approving the request with course be taken with the Pass/No Pass option. standard letter grade such as a “P” to the entire class, inform students that his his/her signature. is a temporary grade, and change the grade to what is assigned to each student • Once a grading option is selected, it will not be changed. • The student must submit the approved incomplete form within the next four weeks. The faculty member must communicate with students in advance to inform them of the above process, and he/she must inform his/her • The equivalent to a C- or better is required to receive a to the Registrar’s Office prior to the final week of the chair, dean, and the registrar about the circumstances which warrant such action. Pass grade. semester. Process for Filing a Grievance about a Course Incomplete Grade Policy • The faculty member has sole responsibility for assigning/ approving an incomplete grade via the incomplete form. Procedure or a Grade The grade of “I” (incomplete) signifies that a student has not completed all required course work for a class in which she/he • The Registrar’s Office is responsible for recording the Academic problems related to a course, a professor or a grade is enrolled. incomplete, and for converting the “I” grade to either: should be solved at the lowest level possible. If the problem cannot be resolved directly between the student and the faculty member 300 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 301 involved or if the student is unable to find resolution with the the complaint as necessary and appropriate. faculty member involved, then the following steps may be taken. The Provost’s Office will provide the student with a written response and explanation regarding the findings in a timely It is the intent of the procedure that a student be given a fair manner. Copies of that response will be filed with the hearing and provided with a resolution process that protects the academic unit dean, the instructor and the department chair rights and recognizes the responsibilities of both the affected of the course in question. Decisions of the provost are final. student and the faculty member(s). NOTE: For complaints or problems that include possible harassment and/or INDEPENDENT STUDY discrimination, please refer to the student conduct and policies section of the current student handbook. An independent study course enables a student to take a course listed in the catalog on an individualized basis. Independent 1. The student should address the issue directly with the study may not be used when repeating a failed course. faculty member or members involved in a timely manner. Requirements are similar to those for directed study and are For example, if the student is given a grade that he or she provided on the independent study request form. thinks is unwarranted, he or she should ask the faculty member for clarification about grading criteria and his or INTERNSHIPS her evaluation of coursework immediately after receiving the grade in question. Internships are program-related work experiences that primarily provides learning and personal growth; and are 2. If the complaint remains unresolved, the student should available for students in several disciplines. take a written explanation of the situation and copies of relevant documents to the dean of the faculty member’s Students should consult their advisor and department chair academic unit. A student can obtain the name and location concerning requirements, procedures and availability. Any of the dean directly from the Office of Academic Affairs at student seeking credit for completed internship hours, must be the University’s Lacey campus (Old Main 269; telephone enrolled in the appropriate course during the add/drop period 360-438-4310). If the grievance is related to the Saint for the semester they will be completing hours. Credit will not Martin’s-JBLM campus you will also need to contact the be applied beyond the semester of the internship contract/ Saint Martin’s-JBLM Dean (360-438-4333). agreement. Internships will be graded on a P/NP basis. 3. The dean will read the written explanation and related WASHINGTON, DC PROGRAMS documentation and consult with the department chair of the course in question. The dean or chair will investigate the Saint Martin’s University gives students the opportunity to details of the complaint as necessary and appropriate. The participate in the Washington Semester Program through dean or chair will then provide the student with a written Washington, D.C.’s American University. In this program, response and explanation regarding the findings in a timely students work as interns in Congress, government agencies manner. Copies of that response will be filed with the dean or private associations; attend seminars in which prominent of the school or college, the appropriate department chair, officials participate; and engage in academic inquiry in their and the instructor of the course in question. chosen area of concentration. Students can choose from one of the following Washington Semester concentrations: If the dean is the faculty member involved in the complaint, • American Politics or if the complaint cannot be resolved with the dean, then the student should take the complaint to the Provost’s Office at the • Foreign Policy Lacey campus (Old Main 269; 360-438-4310). The Provost’s • Global Economics and Business Office will read the student’s written explanation and related • International Law and Organizations documentation. The provost will investigate the details of

302 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 303 • Journalism and New Media physical or mental health-related condition which impairs his Voluntary medical leaves do not constitute an adjustment The student will also need to schedule a meeting with the • Justice and Law or her ability to function safely or successfully as a student in charges. It is designed to preserve the academic record. dean of students to review their plan for sustained health and and requires the student’s withdrawal during a semester or Extenuating circumstances may allow for an adjustment safety. This should include recommendations for ongoing • Public Health Policy an absence of one or more semesters from the University. provided sufficient documentation is provided. treatment, on or off-campus. Students with disabilities may be • Sustainable Development Voluntary medical leaves of absence are coordinated through eligible for reasonable accommodations and/or special services the dean of students. Students granted medical leaves of Students must contact the dean of students to request a return in accordance with the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the LEAVE OF ABSENCE absence are expected to use the time away from the University from a voluntary medical leave of absence. This contact should Americans with Disabilities Act. Students are responsible for for treatment and recovery. be made with sufficient notice to complete the application communicating their requests for academic accommodation to Leave of absence are types of withdrawals granted to students and approval process before the beginning of the semester in Disability Support Services. on the basis of extenuating personal circumstances. Requests for voluntary medical leave for the current semester which the student wishes to return (at least two weeks prior must be submitted no later than the last day of classes as to start of classes). The dean of students or designee considers After considering the student’s request and supporting Emergency, Military, or Family Care Leave published in the academic calendar. Students with significant the approval of return from leave, and may consult with the documentation, if the dean of students determines the student health issues that arise during the final exam period should Counseling and Wellness Center, other relevant professionals, is not ready to return to the University, the student will be Saint Martin’s University students are expected to manage their contact their academic dean’s office, and may also wish and/or campus administrators, before recommending or advised of that decision in writing. The written response to academic schedules and withdraw from any courses they are to apply for a medical leave for the following semester. In approving the leave. The student must receive approval to the student will also include recommendations to enhance unable to complete by the deadlines provided in the normal circumstances in which adequate care cannot be provided in a return from leave before registering for courses or applying for the student’s chance of approval the next time the student’s academic schedule. The University will, however, consider short timeframe, a leave of absence for the following term may on-campus residence for the semester. request is considered. If the student disagrees with the requests for an emergency, military, or family care leaves of be a requirement for approval of a student request for medical dean’s decision and believes they are ready to return to the absence from a student who experiences an urgent personal withdrawal. Documentation of the serious nature of the health The request to return must include supporting documentation University immediately, the student may submit a request for situation. Examples of such situations include, a death or serious condition must be provided by a certified medical or mental from the student’s treating medical or mental health reconsideration to the dean within five days after receiving illness in the immediate family, orders to deploy, or other serious health professional. Requests for leave are considered by professional, providing evidence that the health condition has the decision. The request for reconsideration should explain and unexpected circumstances, which requires the student to dean of students or designee, who may meet with the student been, or is being, addressed and that the student is capable of why the student disagrees with the dean’s recommendations withdraw from all courses after the regular academic deadline and consult with the Counseling and Wellness Center and successfully resuming study and functioning safely as a member and whether there are alternate steps that can be taken that for withdrawal. Documentation of the serious nature of the other relevant professionals and/or campus administrators as of the University community. Depending on the individual will allow the student to be able to return safely and be able to emergency must be provided to the Office of the Registrar. appropriate, before recommending or approving the leave. circumstances of the voluntary medical leave, the student may succeed academically during the current term, and may include be asked to provide additional documentation concerning When this type of leave is granted, the course grade awarded any additional documentation from treating providers or other When a voluntary medical leave of absence is granted, the the nature and duration of treatment, recommendations for is normally a W (withdrawn) in all courses unless the student professionals that the student wants the dean to consider. The course grade awarded is normally a W (withdrawn) in all ongoing care once the student has returned from leave, or to initiates and receives appropriate approval for an incomplete (I) dean will respond to the student’s request for reconsideration courses unless the student initiates and receives appropriate provide releases to the Counseling and Wellness Center to grade in any course. If the student is granted an incomplete (I) within five days of receiving the request. approval for an incomplete (I) grade in any course. If the allow communication with treatment providers, the dean of grade, he or she must complete the requirements of the courses student is granted an incomplete (I) grade, he or she must students, and/or the Behavioral Intervention Team, regarding according to the guidelines specified by the instructor and policy complete the requirements of the courses according to the the student’s safe return to campus. outlined in the academic catalog. Leave of absence forms guidelines specified by the instructor and policy outlined in can be found in the “forms” section on the Office of the the academic catalog. Depending upon the individual circumstances of the medical Registrar’s webpage. leave, the student may also be asked to provide a brief Students must move out of residence within three days of statement describing: Voluntary Medical Leave approval of the medical leave of absence. Students are not eligible to participate in student employment or activities nor • The student’s experience away from the University, While Saint Martin’s University prides itself on providing a visit the residence halls without prior approval effective the including the activities undertaken while on leave; range of support services to students with medical and mental date of approval of the medical leave of absence and for the • The student’s current understanding of the factors health conditions, on occasion, students may experience duration of their medical leave. leading to the need for the leave, and the insights the health needs requiring a level of care that exceeds what the student has gained from treatment and time away; and University can appropriately provide. In such circumstances, Saint Martin’s University will consider requests for a voluntary • How the student plans to ensure a successful return to medical leave of absence from a student experiencing a the University.

304 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 305 Involuntary Medical Leave of Absence program, housing, and/or other University services, and their academic transcript and all applicable charges for those NON-DEGREE STUDENTS the reasons that an involuntary leave is being considered. courses will remain. While on involuntary leave, the student In situations where a student is unable or unwilling to carry The student shall have the opportunity to respond with may visit campus only as specified in the notice, or as otherwise “Non-degree students” are those who are not seeking an out substantial self-care obligations, where current medical information that he/she believes should be considered. authorized in writing by the dean of students or designee. academic degree from Saint Martin’s. They may enroll without knowledge and/or the best available objective evidence indicates formal admission to the University, but the maximum course that a student poses a significant risk to the health or safety of 5. The dean of students or designee will direct the student All students subject to an involuntary leave of absence are entitled load permitted in any one semester is 11 semester hours. They others, or where a student poses an actual risk to their own safety to this policy and will encourage the student to agree to a to appeal the decision in writing to the provost or designee within may enroll for as many terms as desired for the purpose of not based on mere speculation, stereotypes, or generalizations voluntary leave of absence, thereby eliminating the need to three days of receiving notice from the dean of students. Upon educational enrichment or transfer of courses to another about individuals with disabilities, and the student does not want complete the process for an involuntary leave. reviewing the documentation associated with the initial decision institution. However, they must meet all prerequisites for to take a leave voluntarily, the dean of students has the authority to and consulting with appropriate University officials, the provost the classes taken and will be subject to the same academic 6. The dean of students or designee will confer with others place the student on an involuntary leave of absence. or designee will decide whether to uphold, reverse, or amend the standards as degree-seeking students, including maintaining a as may be appropriate to obtain information relevant to the dean’s determination, at which point no further appeal is permitted. minimum cumulative GPA of 2.0 to avoid academic warning, University’s determination of whether an involuntary leave Threats to Self or Others probation, or suspension. A non-degree student may become is necessary. If involuntary leave is not imposed, the University may impose a degree student by applying for and being granted formal In the event that the University is presented with a credible conditions and/or requirements under which the student is 7. The dean of students or designee will consider whether admission to Saint Martin’s University. report that a student has: (a) threatened or attempted suicide; (b) allowed to remain enrolled in the University’s programs. the student’s actions are disruptive of the learning engaged in efforts to prepare to commit suicide; (c) expressed Application for regular admission must be made prior to the environment, pose a threat to the safety of others, and/or The University reserves the right to notify a parent, guardian, or a preoccupation with suicide; (d) threatened to inflict serious student’s completion of the last 60 semester hours required for pose a direct threat to the safety of the student himself/ other person, of the circumstances leading to the consideration harm upon another; (e) engaged in efforts to obtain weapons a degree at Saint Martin’s. herself. They will also consider accommodations that of involuntary leave, if notification is deemed appropriate. In or other dangerous items in order to inflict serious harm upon may be provided that would mitigate the need for an addition, if leave is imposed, the parent, guardian, or other another; (f ) expressed a preoccupation with harming others; or For admission as a degree seeking student, a non-degree involuntary leave. The consideration must person may be asked to make arrangements for the safe removal (g) engaged in other behavior that poses a significant danger of student must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 (C) be based upon the student’s conduct, actions, and of the student from campus. causing substantial harm to the health or safety of the student or or higher, with at least 30 semester hours of officially approved statements, and not merely upon speculation, a remote risk others, the University may require the student to participate in a coursework. of harm, or the knowledge or belief that the student is an After an involuntary leave, a formal request for reinstatement professional assessment with a licensed counselor, psychiatrist, individual with a disability. must be submitted to the dean of students who will decide No special admission procedure is required for occasional psychologist, or physician. These sessions are designed to foster whether or not to approve the reinstatement. The dean workshops or short- term courses. the students’ willingness and ability to maintain a reasonable 8. The University may require the student to undergo a mental of students may condition reinstatement upon receipt of concern for their own welfare and the welfare of others. or physical examination if doing so is likely to facilitate a a certification from one or more appropriate healthcare more informed decision. Additionally, in order to assist professional(s) providing evidence that the behavior that REGISTRATION Involuntary Leave with judging the risk of harm, the University may request precipitated the need for the involuntary leave has been No student will receive credit for any course in which he or Before placing any student on an involuntary leave authorization to consult with the healthcare professionals ameliorated and that the student is able to participate in the she is not registered. After a student has registered for classes, of absence, Saint Martin’s University will conduct an that are or have provided services to the student. University’s programs without disruption of the learning changes to a schedule must be properly approved and recorded environment and without posing a threat to personal or by the registrar. If a student fails to meet the prerequisite for a individualized assessment to determine if there are reasonable 9. Following these consultations and examinations (if any), accommodations that would permit the student to continue to community safety. course, the Office of the Registrar will remove the course from the dean of students or designee will make a decision the student schedule. Exceptions will only be considered for participate in the campus community without taking a leave regarding the involuntary leave of absence and will provide This involuntary medical leave policy is not intended to of absence. Involuntary leave is intended to be invoked only students submitting a signed prerequisite override form. Any written notice of the decision to the student. take the place of disciplinary actions under Saint Martin’s student who is marked as never attended during the attendance in extraordinary circumstances, when a student is unable University Student Code of Conduct, and does not preclude or unwilling to take a voluntary leave of absence. When the If involuntary leave is imposed, the notice shall identify whether accounting period by an instructor will be administratively sanctions, including the removal or dismissal of students from dropped from the course. University considers imposing an involuntary leave, the dean of the student is being withdrawn from the academic program, the University, University residence halls, or other University students or designee will initiate the following procedures: campus housing, and/or other University services and the time facilities or services, for violations of the Code of Conduct or when the student must depart from campus (if applicable), other University policies. 4. The dean of students or designee will notify the student that and the steps that must be taken when the student wishes an involuntary leave is being considered; whether the leave to re-enroll. If a student is removed from courses due to an being considered would require leave from the academic involuntary withdrawal, W (withdrawn) grades will appear on

306 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 307 REPEATING COURSES STUDENT CLASSIFICATION Transcripts will not be released for any student or former Students attending the university who expect to receive student who has an unresolved financial obligation with the educational benefits from the Veterans Administration Students may repeat a course in which a grade of D, F, or NP • First Year: Has completed less than 30 semester hours. university. must meet the following requirements set by the Veterans is received or a student fails to achieve the minimum grade • Sophomore: Has completed at least 30, but less than Administration and the university. Failure to comply with Transcripts can be ordered in person or online at the following needed for a requirement, prerequisite or endorsement. 60 semester hours. regulations could result in student debt. The highest grade received will be used in computing the link: https://www.stmartin.edu/academics/academic-resources/ cumulative grade point average, and credit will be allowed • Junior: Has completed at least 60, but less than office-registrar/request-transcripts. We will not accept email • It is the student’s responsibility to take courses only only once toward fulfilling graduation requirements. 90, semester hours. requests for transcripts. Currently enrolled students can view/ within their degree plan. Courses outside of their degree • Senior: Has completed at least 90 semester hours. print their unofficial transcripts online via the self-service portal plan will not be paid by the Veterans Administration Number of Times a Class May be Repeated at no charge. Transcripts ordered in office are $15.00 each and • No benefits will be paid for XF,V or W grades. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY transcripts ordered via the link above are $8.00 each. Transcript A course may be repeated twice. (That means a student may fees are subject to change. • No benefits will be paid for repeated courses that were enroll in the class a total of three times, the original enrollment Students are responsible for meeting academic regulations. successfully completed as transfer work or previously and two repeats.) For this purpose, an enrollment is one in They also are expected to truthfully complete all documents Release of these records is protected by the Family Educational through the university. which the class is included on the transcript, either with a pertaining to their university studies and activities. Failure to Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). • Spouses of active duty servicemen do not qualify to grade or a “W”. An enrollment that is changed in the drop/ do so may constitute grounds for disciplinary action. receive Yellow Ribbon funding or the housing allowance. add period and does not appear on the transcript is not an VETERANS • Saint Martin’s University does not offer tuition waivers enrollment for this purpose. STUDENT RIGHT-TO-KNOW ACT Saint Martin’s University’s academic programs of study are for dependents of deceased or 100% disabled veterans A student who has reached the limit may petition to be allowed Saint Martin’s University adheres to the requirements of the approved by the Washington State Higher Education Coordinating (chapter 35 recipients). to enroll an additional time. The petition will be submitted to Federal Student Right- to-Know Act in providing certain Board’s State Approving Agency (HECB/SAA) for enrollment of the dean of the student’s school or college for a recommendation information about the University. Information on the persons eligible to receive educational benefits under Title 38 and WAIVER OF DEGREE REQUIREMENTS and then forwarded to the provost for a decision. institution, academics, financial assistance, graduation rates, Title 10 USC. The university establishes degree requirements, both general institutional security policies and crime statistics, athletic and program-specific, to assure that the student has completed program participation rates and financial support data is The Veterans Affairs representative counsels and advises RESIDENCY REQUIREMENTS students about regulations and rules set forth by the U.S. academic course work with appropriate content and rigor, available on the University website, www.stmartin.edu. as defined by the faculty, appropriate to meet the student Students must complete 30 semester hours in residence at Saint For questions or additional information, please contact the Veterans Administration and Saint Martin’s University. Martin’s University. At least one-half of the upper-division learning outcomes for the degree awarded. The university Office of Admission, 360-438-4485. It is the veteran’s responsibility to be fully informed of all semester hours in each major sequence must be included in the also establishes prerequisite requirements for courses and academic regulations affecting his or her satisfactory progress. 30-hour minimum. other academic policies in the catalog. TRANSCRIPTS A student’s progress will be monitored by midterm and final grades. Students may petition, under exceptional circumstances, SCHEDULE LIMITATIONS A transcript is a copy of a student’s permanent academic to have a degree requirement waived for compelling cause. record which is maintained for all Saint Martin’s University The administration’s regional office will be notified within The university does not waive the minimum number of credits To be considered a full-time student for financial aid purposes, students by the Office of the Registrar. An official transcript 30 days of less-than-satisfactory progress or dismissal from required for graduation. A degree requirement waiver petition a student must be enrolled for 12 semester hours of credit for is one bearing the University seal, the official signature of the University; of the student’s withdrawal or non-attendance must include evidence that the student will have attained fall/spring semesters. Summer schedules are limited to 12.0 the registrar, and is either provided to the student in a sealed in courses that would result in a change of certification; or of the university and program student learning outcomes. Such credits, with no more than 6.0 credits per session, and 9.0 envelope or delivered (by mail) to someone other than the student’s complete withdrawal from the University. degree requirement waivers require endorsement by the credits taken concurrently. A normal class load is 15 hours, the student. An unofficial transcript will contain the same although students may elect to carry up to 18 credits. Under information as an official, but will be produced on plain white A veteran whose benefits have been terminated will not exceptional circumstances, the class load may be increased to paper and does not bear the official signature or seal. Other be certified for reenrollment unless a federal Veteran’s a maximum of 20 semester hours and additional tuition will colleges/universities will likely need an official transcript for Administration counseling psychologist approves. In the case be assessed. Any increase beyond 18 credits requires approval transfer course determination. of illness or other extenuating circumstances, these standards of the student’s advisor. It will be considered only for those will be applied on an individual basis. students who demonstrate a record of exemplary academic performance at Saint Martin’s University.

308 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 309 relevant department chair and dean and are approved by the Complete exit from the University provost. Documentation of any such waiver is maintained by the registrar with a copy in the student’s advising file. Students wishing to completely withdraw from the University must fill out an electronic Complete Exit Form which is found Students may petition to have prerequisites waived for a given on the Office of the Registrar’s webpage. course, for a good reason. Such a waiver is only granted if it assures a reasonable probability of student success at a level Before submitting this form, be sure to check with Student commensurate with the university’s expectations. A waiver Financial Services to determine the financial impact of of a course prerequisite currently requires endorsement by withdrawing from your classes. You will be responsible for the course instructor. Documentation of any such waiver is any charges incurred as a result of this withdrawal. maintained by the registrar. Also note that if you withdraw after the drop period but before Students may petition to waive other academic policies, the withdrawal deadline, your transcript will indicate a “W” including among others those covering repeating courses, for each course. If you withdraw after the withdrawal deadline, online courses, and taking courses at other schools while you will receive a grade for each course. enrolled at Saint Martin’s University. These petitions are A student withdraws in good standing if the student is not typically reviewed by student advisor, the college/school dismissed for scholarship deficiencies, has disciplinary holds, dean, or by the provost. and/or is not on academic probation at the time of withdrawal. WITHDRAWAL POLICY Withdrawal from courses

Withdrawal from courses at Lacey Campus: Students may withdraw from a course by completing the drop section of the add/drop form and returning the form to the Office of the Registrar. Withdrawal from a course will be reflected on the student’s transcript as a “W.”

Each semester, the Office of the Registrar announces the date for the official last day to withdraw from courses. This date can be found on the academic calendar and the registrar’s website.

Withdrawal from courses at Saint Martin’s-JBLM: Students may withdraw from a course by completing the drop section of the add/drop form and returning the form to any Saint Martin’s-JBLM campus office. Withdrawal from a course will be reflected on the student’s transcript as a “W.”

Each semester, the Office of the Registrar announces the date for the official last day to withdraw from courses. This date can be found on the academic calendar and the registrar’s website.

310 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 311 The Saint Martin’s University application is preferred, but we Leadership and service are also important in the University’s also utilize the Common Application. First-year and transfer effort to form a well-rounded and active student body. ADMISSION applicants may choose either application which are available on Applicants should take the time to complete the relevant the Saint Martin’s website at www. stmartin.edu. Saint Martin’s sections of the application and provide a comprehensive outline does not require an application fee for either application. regarding the applicant’s service and leadership activities. One Admission to Saint Martin’s University is based on a • Summer Session admission letter of recommendation from a teacher or school counselor is comprehensive review. Traditional indicators of a potential • Graduate admission [see Graduate Academic Catalog] Upon an individual’s submission of all materials, the Office of required; additional letters (up to three) are welcome. student’s academic ability are considered important and are Admissions will review the application and notify the applicant of A description of each application procedure follows. carefully weighed in all admission decisions. Consideration is a decision. As noted, students admitted before one of the priority Applicants should consult the Office of Admissions to better also given to an applicant’s life experiences, rigor of previous review deadlines will receive priority consideration for institutional understand the average academic profile of admitted students. courses, level of motivation, leadership, and commitment UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION financial aid, as well as state and federal financial aid. After Students with an academic profile below this average are also to service. The Office of Admissions welcomes applications to the Lacey February 15, financial aid resources may be limited. Please contact encouraged to apply as every applicant is assessed holistically, the University’s Financial Aid Office with questions or concerns with their unique circumstances considered. The University website, www.stmartin.edu, contains a wealth campus for domestic first-year, Running Start, transfer, and returning student admission. Details regarding returning about application guidelines or the availability of financial aid. of information, including contact information for University PROGRAM-SPECIFIC ADMISSIONS: student admission are in the section titled Application for officials and offices. The Office of Admissions can answer most First-Year Student Admission questions or direct applicants to the appropriate person or Readmission. Education: Students who wish to apply for any of the office. Applicants are also encouraged to visit their preferred undergraduate education programs must also complete and Saint Martin’s University practices rolling admission, meaning A first-year student is someone who has never attended college campus; Saint Martin’s main campus is located in Lacey, submit an application for admiss0ion to the College of Education Saint Martin’s accepts applications and makes admission or has earned college credits prior to high school graduation Washington, with extended campuses located at Joint Base and Counseling. Admission to Saint Martin’s University does decisions throughout the year for fall and spring semesters. (such as Running Start or College in the School credits). Lewis-McChord (Saint Martin’s-JBLM). not secure admission into an education program. For specific While students may apply and be admi Although admission to Saint Martin’s University is not based on requirements, please contact the College of Education and For more information about admission to Saint Martin’s tted to the University throughout the year, their date of entry any single criterion, demonstrated academic achievement is an Counseling office, 360-438-4333, for admission information or to University, please contact: Office of Admissions, Saint Martin’s into programs and courses will occur at the next official start important consideration. High school transcripts, class rank, a schedule an interview. Information related to admission for the University, 5000 Abbey Way SE, Old Main 256, Lacey, WA 98503- of the semester following their admission into Saint Martin’s. letter of recommendation from a teacher or guidance counselor Residency Teacher program can be found under the College of 7500. Telephone: 360-438-4596. Email: admissions@stmartin. Admitted students may not begin their coursework after and a personal essay are the primary vehicles through which the Education and Counseling section of this catalog. edu; website: www.stmartin.edu. For information about Saint semester, session, or term classes have begun and have been University evaluates academic preparation and fit. Saint Martin’s Martin’s-JBLM campus offerings, please call 253-964-4688. in session. Applicants should consult the Office of Admissions is test optional but students are still encouraged to submit test Engineering: Mathematics (college prep) with Pre-Calculus or its website for details regarding application and enrollment scores for additional consideration for merit scholarships. is recommended to meet the prerequisites for the engineering Application Types deposit deadlines. Individual circumstances are always considered, and applicants program. are encouraged to submit any and all relevant information There are different application procedures depending on the Applicants for the fall term are welcome to apply beginning Nursing: First-year undergraduate direct entry applicants to in writing or contact an admission counselor in the Office of program in which the applicant is interested. August 1 the previous year, and are strongly encouraged to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) program must meet apply by one of the University’s priority application review Admissions to fully explain their educational background. the general entrance requirements of the University as outlined • Undergraduate admission (first-year/running start and deadlines: October 1, November 1, December 1, February 1, or Candidates for admission will be evaluated using the high earlier in “First-Year Student Admissions.” More information transfer applicants to the Lacey campus) March 1. Applications received ahead of a priority application school transcript submitted at the time of application. Decisions can be found on the first-year admissions website. may be deferred until additional information, such as 7th- or • International student admission, undergraduate level review deadline will be given priority consideration for Transfer student applicants to the upper division of the BSN admissions and financial aid. Applications received after these 8th-term grades are available. Students may also be placed on • Veteran student admission, undergraduate level program must meet the transfer admission requirements of the priority review periods will be reviewed on a rolling basis. hold while their application for admission is considered, with • Saint Martin’s-JBLM admission further details regarding the review timeline and process clearly University as outlined in the Undergraduate Catalog and the Note: Applicants for the traditional Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) communicated to the applicant. Merit-based scholarships will requirements set forth by the Saint Martin’s University Nursing • Readmission of former Saint Martin’s students program for the fall term are strongly encouraged to apply early beginning be awarded based upon the information available at the time an department as listed below. Applicants will be reviewed one • Teacher certification program admission [see College August 1 the previous year, to be reviewed for direct entry to the BSN Program. admission decision is made. New information may be submitted time per year and will be considered for both the fall and of Counseling and Education section in this catalog] Application deadline for entering first-year applicants: February 1. until August 15 for a change in merit consideration. Students that spring semester cohorts. • Certificate program, post-secondary level, admission are home schooled and have not had Running Start Credit will be required to provide test scores.

312 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ADMISSION 313 Applicants seeking direct entry to the BSN program are required English — 4 years to have the following: At least three years of study should be from college preparatory • 3 years of high school or higher science courses, composition and English literature. One year may be satisfied by including one year of laboratory science with grades of courses in drama, public speaking, debate or journalism. “B” (3.0) or higher Mathematics —3 years • Mathematics including college preparatory algebra with College preparatory algebra and geometry is encouraged. One grades of “B” (3.0) or higher. additional year in advanced mathematics is recommended for Acceptance for transfer students into the upper division program students majoring in the sciences, engineering, or business. for the BSN is dependent on the following: Science — 3 years • A cumulative GPA of 3.0 or above. Transfer student GPA College preparatory science, including one year of a laboratory is computed from all college-level coursework taken. science is encouraged. Three years of science with two years of • A minimum of 3.0 GPA in all required prerequisite laboratory science are recommended for students majoring in science courses. engineering, nursing, or the sciences. • Completion of all nursing prerequisite courses before Social Science — 2 years starting at Saint Martin’s University. Prerequisite courses This may be satisfied through history, psychology, political may be taken at any accredited college or university and science, economics, sociology and/or cultural anthropology students may submit an application before prerequisites coursework. have been completed. World Language — 2 years • Students may repeat one pre-requisite science course one Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in Social Work time if they receive a grade of lower than a B-. students must complete four semester hours (Core140) of • Satisfactory completion of all clinical entry requirements, one World Language. This may be satisfied through the study including background clearance, drug screen and of Chinese, French, Japanese, Russian, or Spanish. Students immunizations. with previous World Language experience may request course • Complete transfer applications to the BSN program are placement or proficiency testing. See the Core Requirements due January 15. Students will be notified of admission, section for additional information. wait list, or denial for the BSN program in February. Academic Electives — 3 years Social Work: Acceptance into the Bachelor of Science in Social Additional courses in English, mathematics, laboratory science Work (BSW) program requires a program-specific admission and world language will strengthen a student’s application process. Please check the BSW section and webpage for more for admission. Honors, International Baccalaureate (IB) and information. College in the High School courses will add to the academic rigor of the student’s high school curriculum.

HIGH SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS Students who do not meet these academic requirements or It is strongly recommended that high school applicants to Saint fulfill recommended course patterns may still be offered Martin’s complete an academic program that includes the admission but may be required to take remedial courses following: depending on their academic major.

High school students are encouraged to submit their application materials during the first semester of their senior year.

314 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ADMISSION 315 FIRST-YEAR APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS UNIVERSITY CREDIT FOR HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS/RUNNING AP COURSE AP SCORE TRANSFER COURSE CREDITS EARNED START/AP/IB, CLEP0 Saint Martin’s University does not charge an application fee. Art History 3 or better COR 240A 3 To apply for first-year admission, students must submit: High school students earning college credit will be considered Art: 2D 3 or better COR 240A 3 first-year students for University admission purposes. College- Art: 3D 3 or better COR 240A 3 • Saint Martin’s application or the Common Application level credit will be evaluated in a manner consistent with Art: Drawing 3 or better COR 240A 3 • A 250-500 word personal essay, as instructed on the standard transfer equivalency programs. Students must submit application official college transcripts to receive credit for college courses Biology 3 or better BIO 141/BIO 141L 4 Calculus BC 4 or 5 MTH 171/MTH 172 8 • Official high school transcript, GED, HSED certificate, completed while in high school. Calculus BC 3 MTH 171 4 or home school documentation Running Start Calculus AB 4 or 5 MTH 171 4 • Official transcripts from all colleges or universities Running Start students must follow first-year application Chemistry 3 CHM 141 4 attended as part of Running Start or other College in procedures and meet first-year admission standards. Chemistry 3 and 1 yr AP Chem CHM 141L 1 the High school programs (if applicable) Chemistry 4 or 5 CHM 141/CHM 142 8 Advanced Placement (AP) • Optional test scores from the College Board’s SAT Chemistry 4 or 5 and 1 yr AP Chem CHM 141L/CHM 142L 10 exam or American College Testing’s ACT exam may be Students participating in the College Board’s Advanced Chinese 3 or better COR140C 4 submitted for additional scholarship consideration. Saint Placement (AP) exams may receive lower-division English Comp. Politics 3 or better PLS 205 or COR 220S 3 Martin’s institutional codes, to have your exam scores elective credit for exam scores of 4 or 5. reported to the Office of Admissions, are 4674 for the Computer Science A 3 or better CSC 180 3 SAT and 4474 for the ACT. Saint Martin’s does allow Computer Science Principles 4 or 5 CSC 101 3 screen shots of the test scores to be sent directly by the Eng. Lit/Comp 3 or better ENG Elective LD 6 student to their admission counselor as well. Enviro. Science 3 or better BIO110 4 • A letter of recommendation from a teacher or guidance French 3 or better COR 140F 4 counselor (one letter is required; applicants may send Geography 3 or better GPH 210 3 up to three letters) German 3 or better COR 140 4 • BSN applicants only: Nursing supplemental essay Italian 3 or better COR 140 4 questions Japanese 3 or better COR 140 4 Latin 3 or better COR 140 4 HOME SCHOOL APPLICANTS Macroecon. 3 or better ECN 202 or COR 220E 3 We welcome home schooled students and are considered a tier- Microecon. 3 or better ECN 201 3 one home school university. Home-schooled applicants will be Music Theory 3 or better MUS 108 3 evaluated on an individual basis. Applicants should supply as much Physics 1 3 or better PHY 141 4 information as possible about their home school experience. If Physics 2 3 or better PHY 142 4 not transcribed through a homeschool partnership, descriptions Physics C: Elec 3 or better PHY 172 4 of all courses, with reading lists, may be required. If courses have Physics C: Mechanics 3 or better PHY 171 4 been taken at a local high school or college, transcripts must be Psychology 3 or better PSY 101 or COR 220P 3 submitted. Students that are home schooled and have not had Spanish Lang. 3 or better COR 140S 4 Running Start Credit will be required to provide test scores. Spanish Lit. 3 or better COR 140S 4 Statistics 3 or better MTH 201 3 US History 4 or 5 COR 250U 3 US Politics 3 or better PLS 150 or COR 250P 3 World History 4 or 5 HIS 121 or HIS 122 3

316 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ADMISSION 317 International Baccalaureate (IB) College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) IB EXAM SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CREDITS Saint Martin’s University awards University course credit for COURSE Saint Martin’s University awards University course credit for CLEP exams as follows. IB exams on which students achieve a score of 5 or higher, on Art (visual) COR 240A 3 both Standard Level and Higher Level exams. Biology COR 230B 4 CLEP EXAM CLEP SCORE TRANSFER COURSE CREDITS EARNED Students who earn the IB Diploma will be awarded up to 30 Chemistry – SL CHM 141/141L 5 French (Level 1&2) 50+ COR 140F 4 credits of university-level work at Saint Martin’s University. CHM 141/141L AND CHM German (Level 1&2) 50+ COR 140 4 Chemistry – HL 10 The IB Diploma can meet the following core requirements if the 142/142L Spanish (Level 1&2) 50+ COR 140S 4 diploma student achieves a score of 5 or higher on the individual Classical languages COR 140 4 Principles of Microeconomics 50+ ECN 201 3 exams for each respective area: – HL Principles of Macroeconomics 50+ ECN 202 or COR 220E 3 Computer science CSC 101 3 • COR 140 World language (4 credits for Higher Level) Financial Accounting 50+ ACC 201 3 Dance COR 240 3 • COR 240 Fine arts (3 credits) Introductory Business Law 50+ BA 225 3 Economics COR 220E 3 • COR 230 Natural science with lab (4 credits) Introductory Sociology 50+ SOC 101 3 Film COR 240 3 • COR 130 Math (3 credits) Calculus 65+ MTH 171 4 French language & COR 140F 4 • COR 220 or 250 (3-6 credits, depending on courses taken) lit – HL Chemistry 50+ CHM 141 (no lab) 4 German language & College Algebra 50+ MTH 101 3 IB Diploma students will also earn additional credits, either COR 140 4 as specific Saint Martin’s University courses (see Table below) lit – HL Precalculus 50+ MTH 121 3 or lower division elective credits, depending on the total Geography COR 250P 3 Precalculus 65+ MTH 122 3 diploma score. *Mathematics COR 130 3 History of the US I 50 COR 250U 3 • 24 points = 24 total credits Music COR 240M 3 History of the US II 50 COR 250U 3 Physics COR 230P 4 • 25 points = 25 total credits American Government 50 COR 250P 3 Psychology PSY 101 3 Introductory Psychology 50 PSY 101 or COR 220P 3 • 26 points = 26 total credits Spanish language & COR 140S 4 Introductory Sociology 50 SOC 101 or COR 220S 3 • 27 points = 27 total credits lit – HL American Literature 50 Elective Credit 3 • 28 points = 28 total credits Sports, exercise and COR 230 4 Analyzing and Interpreting Literature 50 Elective Credit • 29 points = 29 total credits health science College Composition 65 ENG 101 * 3 Theater COR 240T 3 • 30 points or more = 30 total credits College Composition Modular 65 ENG 101 * 3 Students who complete IB coursework but not the diploma *Students needing a specific math course for the major will need to take the math English Literature 50 Elective Credit 3 will also receive university credit for IB exams, both Standard placement test and be placed into the appropriate course. Humanities 50 Elective Credit ** 3 Level (SL) and Higher Level (HL), on which they earn a 5 or higher. Specific Saint Martin’s University courses correspond 3 to the IB exams, as shown in the Table below. Other IB exams * Will not count for COR 120 will be considered on a case-by-case basis. ** Will not count for COR 210

318 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ADMISSION 319 PROVISIONAL ENROLLMENT PROGRAM (PREP) professional objectives to inform an admissions decision. A maximum of 90 semester hours (135 quarter hours) from • Official high school transcript, GED certificate or home Additional information regarding an applicant’s qualification regionally accredited institutions will be accepted toward school documentation, if applicable (applicant has earned Saint Martin’s Provisional Enrollment Program (PrEP) is for admission may be requested by the Office of Admissions fulfillment of requirements for a baccalaureate degree. 20 or fewer semester credits post-high school) a uniquely-designed program assist students to thrive in if deemed necessary. Transfer credits from a two-year regionally accredited college both our community and beyond. This is for students whose • Test scores from the SAT or the ACT, if applicable may not exceed 60 semester hours (90 quarter hours). No more academic preparation is below our normal admission criteria (applicant has earned 20 or fewer semester credits post Saint Martin’s University participates in transfer agreements than 30 semester hours (45 quarter hours) earned by extension but of whom we believe have the grit and determination to be high school). These test scores can be sent as a screenshot with 29 community colleges in the state of Washington. or extended learning programs will be accepted. Credits earned successful with support. Saint Martin’s PrEP assists students as long as the student name and test date is visible. Community college graduates who have a Direct Transfer more than seven years ago will be reviewed to determine who are poised to be successful in college and offers additional Associate (DTA) Degree completed after 1990 and are admitted transferability. The only potential exception is transfer credit • For those who have prior military credits: All scores from focused academic advising, mentoring, and support to help to Saint Martin’s will begin with junior standing. By obtaining deemed equivalent to the University’s Core requirements, U.S. Armed Forces Institution Examinations (USAFI) make the transition from high school a successful one. A a DTA degree, students will have satisfied Saint Martin’s which do not have an expiration or time limit for transfer. and/or (DANTES) and/or College Examination Program limited number of students will be accepted into the PrEP core requirements (Gen Ed) with the exception of COR 110 (CLEP). Other documentation such as DD Form 214, DD program each year. For additional information please contact (Religious Studies) and CORE 340W (Ethics). REVERSE TRANSFER Form 295, AARTS transcripts, CCAF transcripts, and DLI the Office of Admissions. transcripts. Transfer credits not included in a Direct Transfer Associate Students who have been admitted to Saint Martin’s University Transfer Student Admission Degree, such as an AS-T, AS/MRP, or its equivalent, will without a DTA associate degree, and who have at least 60 The transfer admission deadlines are as follows: be evaluated on a course-by-course basis, and credits will transferrable quarter credits, or 40 transferable semester • Fall application deadline: August 1; Enrollment deposit A transfer student is someone who has completed one or more be applied to academic major requirements according to credits, from a Washington community or technical college, deadline: August 15 college credits following high school graduation. established guidelines and policies. Saint Martin’s University may be eligible to earn a DTA associate degree from their transfer institution. This is accomplished by transferring Saint • Spring application deadline: December 15; Enrollment If an applicant has completed 20 or fewer transferable semester does not transfer in grades below a “C-”. There is no expiration Martin’s University credits back to the community or technical deposit deadline: January 1 credits or 30 or fewer transferable quarter credits (generally to time limit on undergraduate transfer credits deemed college, which may then apply the credits towards its own • Summer application deadline: April 15; Enrollment deposit one year) of college or university at the time of their application, equivalent to the University’s core requirements. Community associate degree requirements. deadline: May 1 they are considered transfer students and should apply using college graduates who have a Direct Transfer Associate of Science Degree completed before 1990 may be admitted to the transfer application but will be required to submit additional To activate this policy, students must alert the Office of Saint Martin’s but still may be required to take several core materials. We recognize some applicants who fit this profile the Registrar that they wish to have their courses reverse INTERNATIONAL UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION courses as determined by the University’s Registrar following may have been out of high school for several years. Admissions transferred, and are responsible for ensuring that the receiving Saint Martin’s University welcomes applications from an official transcript evaluation. will tailor the application and review process to each individual institution awards credit and the DTA associate degree. international students. To apply for undergraduate admission, student. Of note, transfer applicants with 20 or fewer semester ASSOCIATE DEGREES FROM OUTSIDE WASHINGTON Students must then provide the Saint Martin’s University all international students must submit the following items: credits (or 30 or fewer quarter credits) accrued post-high school Registrar with an official transcript posting the DTA associate • The online application for undergraduate studies. will be eligible for first-year scholarships. Saint Martin’s University also recognizes Associate of Arts degrees degree prior to their final semester or term before graduation. from regionally-accredited institutions in the following states, and • Official transcripts from prior college or university Students transferring from other colleges or universities will treat these degrees as equivalent to the Washington Associate TRANSFER APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS level academic institutions. International transcripts are considered for admission on the basis of academic degree, provided they are completed prior to matriculation at will be evaluated by the Office of International achievement, life experience, professional objectives and Saint Martin’s University does not charge an application fee. Saint Martin’s University: Programs and Development. The University reserves community involvement. To apply for transfer admission, students must submit: the right to request any student to submit an officially- • Arizona: Associate of Arts with the Arizona General • An application, Saint Martin’s application preferred vetted transcript if documents present challenges in Transfer applicants should submit the Saint Martin’s Education Curriculum (AGEC) - A track; Application or the Common Application online. Go to • A personal essay, as instructed on the application interpretation/evaluation. However, Saint Martin’s • California: Associate of Arts with the Intersegmental www.stmartin.edu for additional information. reserves the right to require an external evaluation of General Education Transfer Curriculum (IGETC) track; • Official transcripts from all colleges and universities any document from outside of the U.S. at any time in attended. Saint Martin’s University will only accept Applications for admission are evaluated on an individual • Oregon: Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer Degree (AA/OT). your academic career at Saint Martin’s, from application basis to determine admissibility, and transcripts are evaluated transfer coursework from regionally accredited colleges through graduation. to determine transferability of credit. Applicants are Students with Associate of Arts degrees from other regionally and universities See list under the International encouraged to provide as much information as possible about accredited institutions may request, at the time of admission, to Undergraduate Admissions section for additional policies their previous education, life experience and educational/ have their degrees evaluated for the same recognition. regarding transcripts.

320 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ADMISSION 321 • The declaration of finances form with an attached statement English proficiency may be confirmed in one of the following EXAM OPTIONS from an official institution (e.g. a bank, sponsoring agency, options: (*) English proficiency may be met with the Test of English as or scholarship provider) on official letterhead showing a • Your Predicted IB Higher-Level English A result is 5 or a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or the International English minimum amount of funds to cover one full academic year higher. Language Testing System (IELTS), Test of English for of study at Saint Martin’s University. International Communication (TOEIC), Pearson Test of • You received a grade of “B” or higher on your English Saint Martin’s University welcomes applications from English (PTE), Global Test of English Communication (GTEC), O-Level exam (GCSE, IGCSE, SPM, etc.). international students. To apply for undergraduate admission, Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT), or American College Testing all international students must submit the following items: • You studied for a minimum of one academic year at an (ACT), Graduate Record Examination (GRE)-Graduate accredited U.S. secondary school in which English is the Admissions only. 1. The online application for undergraduate studies primary language of instruction and your cumulative GPA was 3.0 or higher on a 4.0 scale 2. Official transcripts from prior college or university level TOEFL: TOEFL: IELTS: PTE GTEC SAT ACT academic institutions. International transcripts will be • You studied at a U.S. college or university for a minimum PAPER INTERNET ACADEMICS TOEIC ACADEMIC CBT (TOTAL (COMPOSITE evaluated by the Office of International Programs and of one academic year, earned a minimum of 24 college- BASED BASED SCORE) SCORE) Development. The university reserves the right to request level semester credits (or 36 quarter credits) and have Full Admission 525 71 6.0 700 48 1126 1030 20 any student to submit an officially-vetted transcript if completed the equivalent of ENG 101 or ENG 102 with a documents present challenges in interpretation/evaluation. grade of B or higher. Conditional However, Saint Martin’s reserves the right to require an Admission: • You attended ELS Education Services, Inc. (Successful 480-524 54-70 5.0-5.5 600-699 42-47 1001-1125 960-1020 18-19 external evaluation of any document from outside the Completion of ELS level 112 Intensive Program — English Concurrent status U.S. at any time in your academic career at Saint Martin’s, for Academic Purposes) from application through graduation. Conditional 1000 or • Approved English Proficiency Exam Admission: Full- 479 or lower 53 or lower 4.5 or lower 599 or lower 41 or lower 950 or lower 17 or lower lower 3. If an applicant intends to use any of their prior credits • You are from one of the following countries where time ESL for their SMU degree, then they would need to have the English is recognized as the official language international transcript evaluated by an external agency. VETERANS APPLICATIONS Martin’s request for certification electronic form (found on Such a requirement would not hinder admission to the Anguilla Gilbraltar Solomon Islands the Office of the Registrar’s webpage) each session or semester university, but would give the applicant ample time to get Antigua and Barbuda Grenada South Africa Yellow Ribbon Program to ensure continuous receipt of benefits prior to certification. the evaluation completed before a degree audit for conferral Austrailia Guyana St. Kitts and Nevis Saint Martin’s University will not certify students in advance; is complete (and have the courses added to transcript). Bahamas Ireland St. Lucia Saint Martin’s University is an approved institution for the students must be registered with advisor approval and only Barbados Jamaica St. Vincent & the education and training of veterans. Saint Martin’s is a Yellow 4. The declaration of finances form with an attached statement courses within the student’s degree plan will be certified to the Belize Kenya Grenadines Ribbon Program school and supporter of the Post 9/11 GI VA. Saint Martin’s will not participate in accelerated pay if the from an official institution (e.g. a bank, sponsoring agency, Bermuda Liberia Swaziland Bill. The University does not cap the number of students or scholarship provider) on official letterhead showing a student is using Chapter 33. The VA pays directly to the school. Botswana Malawi Tanzania who can participate in the Yellow Ribbon Program. Yellow Tuition and fees will not be reported to the VA prior to bills being minimum amount of funds to cover one full academic year British Virgin Islands Mauritius Trinidad & Tobago Ribbon benefits replace other forms of Saint Martin’s financial of study at Saint Martin’s University. assessed, or before the add/drop period is over to ensure accuracy Canada Montserrat Turks & Caicos Islands assistance such as merit scholarships and grants. of costs. It is the student’s responsibility to promptly notify the Christmas Islands New Zealand Uganda VA representative of any changes they make to their schedule Evidence of English Proficiency Grand Cayman Islands Nigeria United Kingdom Saint Martin’s is also a designated “Military Friendly School” and continues to be recognized every year for our service to the including, withdrawals, adds, and drops. Failure to promptly We offer a number of ways for you to confirm your English Dominica Philippines United States military community. report any changes to registration could lead to an overpayment language skills are strong enough for you to begin your studies Falkland Islands Samoa (Western) Vanuatu and the student may be responsible for debt repayment. at Saint Martin’s University. Fiji Seychelles Vatican City Students admitted to the University and eligible to receive VA Gambia Sierra Leone Zambia benefits must contact their respective veteran’s representative Veterans Administration/Vocational Ghana Singapore Zimbabwe and submit the necessary paperwork for certification. The Rehabilitation student must submit a copy of their Certificate of Eligibility Applicants applying through Veterans Administration or * Saint Martin’s University reserves the ability to require English proficiency sent by the VA and must also complete and submit the Saint testing should it be deemed necessary. Vocational Rehabilitation programs should schedule an

322 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ADMISSION 323 appointment with an admission counselor through the Office • Official high school transcript, GED certificate or home Certificate and Certification Programs If the applicant answers “Yes” to the criminal history of Admissions or any extended campus to complete all required school documentation, if requested question, the applicant will be contacted by the Admissions • Certificate in Computer Science academic degree plans and necessary paperwork. Applicants • All scores from U.S. Armed Forces Institution Office. During the review process, the applicant will provide • Microsoft Software & Systems Academy (MSSA) to the University should allow a minimum of two weeks from Examinations (USAFI) and/or (DANTES) and/or College additional information and details regarding his or her felony certification program the time of their advising appointment for completion of Examination Program (CLEP). and/or misdemeanor history. The applicant will be asked transcript evaluation, academic degree program, financing • Elementary or Secondary Teacher Residency to provide explanation of each felony and/or misdemeanor, In addition, for transfer credit assessment, active duty documentation and additional information. Certification (Note: A bachelor’s degree is required prior with the option to include official documentation, letters of and retired personnel must submit the following forms or to enrolling in this program) recommendation, a release to obtain related documentation transcripts: SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY AT JOINT BASE LEWIS- and information, as well as additional information the • A Joint Services Transcript (JST) – or – a Community ADMISSIONS POLICY FOR APPLICANTS WITH applicant would like to be considered. The assigned admissions MCCHORD (SAINT MARTIN’S-JBLM) ADMISSION College of the Air Force (CCAF) transcript. counselor will compile the information for the review. Saint Martin’s University has extended campus locations at Joint CRIMINAL HISTORY • Defense Language Institute (DLI) transcripts for foreign The Admissions Review Committee will make the determination Base Lewis-McChord. Saint Martin’s-JBLM is for the primary Saint Martin’s University is committed to the safety and language transfer credit assessment. whether or not to admit the applicant, assuming all other benefit of non-traditional students, active-duty service members welfare of all members of the campus including its students, application requirements are satisfied. The Admissions Review and their families; non-military-affiliated students may attend Please note: Saint Martin’s University will only accept up to staff, faculty, and visitors. The University requires that all Committee is composed of the director of admissions and the Saint Martin’s-JBLM; however, military-affiliated students have 30 credit hours for professional military education and training applicants for admissions disclose previous criminal history director of public safety. priority registration. Classes are designed to meet the needs of as recommended by the American Council on Education. to Saint Martin’s University as part of the admissions process. working adults and offer a combination of traditional and hybrid This policy applies to all applicants for admission to Saint Admission may be denied to an applicant based on prior classes in the evenings, weekends, and online. Information about Degree and program options offered through Martin’s University. criminal convictions, including but not limited to: incidents the Saint Martin’s-JBLM campus can be found at https://www. Saint Martin’s-JBLM where admission creates a risk to the safety or welfare of the Consideration of disciplinary and criminal conviction in Saint stmartin.edu/directory/saint-martins-jblm. University community, to specific individuals or to the public, The follow degree and program options are offered at the Saint Martin’s University admission: or where admission poses a potential risk to property. After Applicants should submit the Saint Martin’s-JBLM Martin’s-JBLM campus: Saint Martin’s University considers multiple factors when evaluating all information provided by the applicant as well as Campus Application at https://admissions.stmartin.edu/ Bachelor of Arts Degree reviewing applications for admission. This also applies other information available to the review team, the admissions apply/?sr=ef94fd8d-4ee4-a9c7-a5608a0d532c by online format whether an applicant has a school disciplinary record and/ team will make a determination within a reasonable amount of for admission to the Saint Martin’s-JBLM campus. • Accounting or criminal history. An applicant will not automatically or time given the individual circumstances as to whether or not Recent high school graduates are required to apply to, and if • Business Administration with concentrations in unreasonably be denied admission due to criminal history or the applicant will be offered admission to the University. The admitted, complete their degree program at the Lacey campus accounting and management disciplinary action. However, additional information may be applicant will be informed of the decision in writing. unless there are highly exceptional circumstances. Only the • Criminology/Criminal Justice requested to provide greater context to the nature and timing An applicant may appeal a decision made under this policy to Lacey campus offers the full range of support services often of violations prior to an admission decision being made. • Elementary Education the dean of enrollment who will make the determination for the necessary for timely and successful degree completion for All applicants seeking admission to Saint Martin’s University University and give written notice to the applicant regarding freshmen and sophomore students. Questions about which • Secondary Education are required to answer questions regarding a felony, the decision. The applicant’s request for appeal must include campus is right for you should be directed to an admission • History misdemeanor, academic suspension, or expulsion. specific grounds that justify the appeal. If the applicant wishes counselor in the Office of Admissions. • Political Science to appeal beyond the dean of enrollment, the president of the • Have you ever been convicted of, pled guilty to, or pled no University will review the applicant’s materials and the resulting Application requirements for Saint Martin’s- • Psychology contest to a felony? (Y/N answer options) decision will be final. JBLM application: • Special Education • Have you ever been convicted of, pled guilty to, or pled no Saint Martin’s University reserves the right to deny admission • Completing the Saint Martin’s-JBLM application for Bachelor of Science Degree contest to a misdemeanor? (Y/N answer options) to any applicant or rescind admission to any applicant Admission online, at www.stmartin.edu/admissions-aid/ • Have you ever been subject to disciplinary action, such as consistent with Saint Martin’s University policies, including how-to-apply/continuing-education. • Computer Science expulsion or suspension, from any academic institution any applicant who provides false or misleading information to • Information Technology • Official transcripts from all colleges, universities and (high school, college, etc.)? (Y/N answer options) the University. military service schools attended

324 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ADMISSION 325 ACCEPTANCE OF AN UNDERGRADUATE OFFER OF during the deferral year their admission status is considered will be forwarded to the Academic Standards Committee, who More information about certification programs can be found under invalid and they will be required to submit college transcripts will review and act on the petition. Students are notified of the the College of Education and Counseling section of this catalog. ADMISSION for review and re-evaluation for admission. If the student decision within 3 weeks of the submission deadline. If approved Students will be notified of a decision regarding their completed more than 20 semester credits during the deferral for reinstatement, the student must complete an application CERTIFICATE PROGRAM ADMISSION application for admission as soon as a decision is available. year they would be considered a transfer student and would for undergraduate re-admission and submit it to the Office necessitate a change in student status. of the Registrar with a copy of their reinstatement approval Saint Martin’s offers a limited number of post-secondary certificate Following a notification of admission, students who plan to enroll letter. https://www.stmartin.edu/sites/default/files/smu-files/ programs. Completion of these programs results in a Saint Martin’s- at Saint Martin’s must submit an enrollment deposit of $200. The admissions/undergradreadmitapp2.pdf issued certificate, not an associate or bachelor’s degree. These are enrollment deposit may be submitted online by logging into the APPLICATION FOR READMISSION different from the teacher certification programs required by the student application portal. This deposit is credited to the student’s Students who have attended Saint Martin’s University but The petition for reinstatement must consist of the following: Washington State Professional Educator Standards Board. account for the first semester of enrollment. Saint Martin’s were not enrolled the previous semester and left in good 1. A written explanation that demonstrates the student’s Those applying for a certificate program, post-secondary level, University recommends that the enrollment deposit be submitted standing (i.e., were not suspended) must submit an application understanding of the reasons for her or his academic should contact the Office of Admissions for direction to the correct by May 1 for fall semester enrollment and by January 1 for spring for readmission to the Office of Admissions. Students difficulties; application. Those applying must have an official high school semester enrollment. The enrollment deposit is not refundable previously enrolled through Saint Martin’s University at JBLM diploma, GED, HSED certificate, or home school documentation after these dates. Applicants are encouraged to contact the Office (-Saint Martin’s-JBLM) should submit their application for 1. A realistic plan for addressing these difficulties. This and must have a minimum of a passing score to apply. of Admissions for specific information regarding the submission readmission to the administrative office at the nontraditional plan must be developed in consultation with the student’s of an enrollment deposit. campus if they have been away two or more sessions (equal to academic advisor and the Center for Student Success. one complete semester). Students who have attended another Saint Martin’s has a two-year residency policy for first year students SUMMER SESSION ADMISSION college or university during their absence must submit official to live on campus unless they meet the waiver requirements in the Reinstatement from Suspension for Conduct or Summer session courses offered at the Lacey campus will transcripts from each institution. Students are eligible for student handbook. Students who will be living on campus are also Behavior vary in length and beginning and end dates. Please see the readmission for up to seven years following their last enrolled required to submit a housing contract and $200 housing deposit. academic calendar for specific session dates. The curriculum, academic term at Saint Martin’s. If a student has not been Students who have been suspended from Saint Martin’s University Housing documents and the housing deposit may be submitted which complements that of the regular academic year, provides enrolled for more than seven years at Saint Martin’s, the for conduct or behavior may seek reinstatement from the Office online on the Next Steps webpage. The housing deposit is opportunities to make up academic deficiencies, accelerate student must reapply for admission; students are reminded that of the Dean of Students. Details regarding the procedure to appeal refundable when the student moves off campus, provided the terms progress toward graduation, and undertake a variety of new degree requirements may apply. Coursework that is older for reinstatement after conduct-related suspensions are available and conditions of the housing contract are met. personally enriching learning experiences. Students from any than seven years will not typically transfer, with the exception in the Office of the Dean of Students, Old Main 206 or call. 360- institution may apply, provided they meet the prerequisite Residence hall assignments and pre-registration appointments of credits from courses deemed equivalent to the University’s 438-4367. Students who have been permanently expelled from the and program participation requirements for the courses in are assigned after the enrollment deposit is received. Core requirements. Students will be required to complete University may not seek readmission and will not be readmitted. which they wish to enroll. Those not matriculated at Saint degree requirements in accordance with the catalog at the time In all cases listed here, students are strongly advised to contact Martin’s University should contact their home institution about Additional registration documents may also be required prior of their re-entry into the University. As with all applicants, the the Student Financial Service Center and request specific transferability of the credits. to enrollment. Admitted students are encouraged to work student’s application will be evaluated holistically, taking into closely with their admission counselor or contact the Office of information as it pertains to reinstating a previous financial aid account academic, service, and leadership considerations. During summer, the Office of International Programs and Admissions for specific information regarding next steps for package or reapplying for financial aid. Development (OIPD) offers language instruction and cultural admitted and/or deposited students. Reinstatement from Suspension for Academics enrichment programs for students from many parts of the (after sitting out a minimum of one semester) TEACHER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM ADMISSION world, extending the hospitality and warm welcome for which Saint Martin’s University and the Pacific Northwest are known. DEFERRING ADMISSION If a student wishes to petition for reinstatement to the Saint Martin’s University’s education programs are approved An attractive array of summer courses is offered on the main Students may defer their offer of admission for one year. To be University, she or he may petition the provost. This procedure by the Washington State Professional Educator Standards campus, online and at the Saint Martin’s-JBLM campus. able to do the deferral a student must pay the $200 admission is used after the student has been absent from the University Board. Candidates completing the elementary, secondary, or deposit to hold their future spot. If more than one year goes for one or more semesters after academic suspension. The special education options are eligible for certification by the by and the student does not enroll in classes, the student will student must submit the petition for reinstatement, complete state of Washington. GRADUATE ADMISSION be required to reapply for admission. If a student chooses a with explanation and plan to the Office of the Provost by March Certification requirements are subject to change enacted by Information concerning admission to the University’s individual “gap year” and does not take any college classes they will come 15 to be considered for fall reinstatement or October 15 to be the state’s Professional Educator Standards Board, which take graduate programs is contained in the Graduate Academic Catalog. in at the same status. If a student enrolls in another college considered for spring or summer reinstatement. The petition precedence over requirements outlined in the University’s catalog.

326 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ADMISSION 327 STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES

Endorsing the Catholic Benedictine values of faith, reason, Financial aid awards SFSC forms are available online at: https://www.stmartin.edu/ Zero credits earned resulting outstanding balance. service, and community, the Student Financial Service Center admissions-aid/financial-aid/resources-and-forms . supports the mission of Saint Martin’s University to empower Financial aid is a combination of federal, state and institutional Satisfactory Academic Progress: The Student Financial students in their pursuit of learning and honors their sacredness funding intended to help students meet the costs of their Eligibility for financial aid Service Center monitors Satisfactory Academic Progress as individuals as well as their families and our community in an educational expenses. Eligibility for the various forms of (SAP) for all students receiving federal, state and/or Students who are officially admitted and are enrolled in a degree efficient and caring professional manner. This service reflects financial aid is determined based upon the results from the institutional financial aid. This process is separate from or certificate-granting program are eligible for financial aid, with the Benedictine traditions of hospitality, communication, and Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). If, on the the academic progress that is monitored by the Academic the exception of MSSA. Students must meet federal and state respect while maintaining a high level of accuracy and integrity. basis of the student’s overall academic merit and financial need, Standards Committee. All financial aid recipients must meet requirements to be eligible for federal and state financial aid. Our purpose is to provide efficient and welcoming service to all they are eligible for additional funds at the time of packaging, a quantitative measure (number of credits earned) and a Saint Martin’s University will award Saint Martin’s University qualitative measure (cumulative grade point average) each of the Saint Martin’s community, and empathetic and reverent Financial aid renewal is based on maintaining Satisfactory institutional aid. measurement period. counsel to our students and their families in regards to their Academic Progress (SAP) and meeting any other conditions of the financial education concerns, inquiries, or limitations. The estimated cost of attendance at Saint Martin’s depends on: award. Failure to do so may result in the student being placed on SAP is reviewed each semester for both financial aid and warning or probationary financial aid status. non-financial aid recipients. Students who fail to meet SAP • Academic status: Undergraduate, graduate, STAR or standards for one semester will be placed on warning status. FINANCIAL AID Eligibility for aid is based on full time enrollment status as post-baccalaureate study Extended campus students are reviewed on the same schedule, defined below: Applying for financial aid • Location: Lacey campus or Saint Martin’s-JBLM campus terms 1 and 2 comprising fall semester an2d terms 3 and 4 comprising spring semester. Students who fail to meet The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) is • Housing: On-campus or living off-campus • Undergraduate students — 12 credits SAP standards for two or more semesters will be placed on required to apply for financial aid at Saint Martin’s University. • Graduate students — 6 credits New Student award letters are sent out beginning in late probation status and will need to appeal to regain aid eligibility. The FAFSA should be completed online at www.fafsa.ed.gov as November. Award letters will only be generated for accepted • Saint Martin’s-JBLM students — 6 credits per eight-week soon as possible after October 1 of each year. The Saint Martin’s students and will be issued based on the date their FAFSA was session (sessions 1 and 2 comprise fall semester, sessions UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS University FAFSA code is 003794. received. New students selected for verification will receive an 1 and 2 comprise spring semester; and summer session, for 1. At the completion of each semester, students must have Priority Deadline for Filing Your FAFSA Application estimated award that is subject to change based on completion a total of 5 terms at Saint Martin’s-JBLM) or 12 credits for attained a cumulative and term grade point average of 2.00 of the verification requirement. each semester or higher. • January 1 (Applies to students in all programs) Continuing student award letters will be made available on Students enrolling less than full-time will have their financial 2. Students must complete, with a passing grade, at least 67 aid adjusted to reflect the credits enrolled. Financial aid notifications student’s SFSC Student Aid Portal beginning in March. Award percent of all courses attempted. All credit-bearing courses letters for continuing students will also be generated in order Eligibility for aid is also dependent on the student’s class taken are counted. Attempted credits include grades of F SFSC STUDENT AID PORTAL of the date the students’ FAFSA application was received. standing (defined below): (fail), W (withdrawn), I (incomplete) and XF (unofficial Continuing students will receive an email to their Saint Martin’s Students can view all of their financial aid information online withdrawal). The completion percentage is calculated by University email account to alert them that their award is at: https://selfservice.stmartin.edu/NetPartnerStudent/ First year ...... 0–29 semester credit hours earned dividing earned credits by attempted credits. Students may available for viewing on their SFSC Student Aid Portal. review their transcript through Self-Service (transcripts). * Students must have a financial aid record already established at Saint Sophomore/second year...... 30–59 credits earned Martin’s University for the academic year in order to access the SFSC Student Special circumstances. Saint Martin’s University accepts Junior/third year ...... 60–89 credits earned Aid Portal. Students who have not begun the financial aid application process appeals of financial aid based on the family’s special financial circumstances. Special circumstances may include (but are can get started by completing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid. Senior/fourth year...... 90 or more credits earned Enter Saint Martin’s University’s school code 003794 on the application and we not limited to): job loss, change in marital status, private will automatically receive a copy. Once the information is received, students can school expenses, etc. To request consideration for a special start using the SFSC Student Aid Portal. circumstance, students must submit a special circumstance appeal form, additional documentation may be requested.

328 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES 329 STUDENT PLACED ON WARNING circumstances presented by the student. Decisions by this The amount of financial aid earned and what must be • Federal TEACH Grant TOTAL NUMBER OF ATTEMPTED STATUS IF TOTAL COMPLETED committee are final. If an appeal is approved, the student will returned will be determined for complete withdrawals prior • Federal Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant CREDITS: be placed on warning status and they will be eligible to receive to completing 60% of the term. Students will be notified in CREDITS: • Other Title IV Programs financial aid. writing if any federal aid must be returned and what their 6 credits 3–5 credits balance to the university will be. Unearned aid is based on a *Work-study wages earned are not included in the return of federal financial aid 7 credits 3–5 credits Copies of the SAP policy and information on the appeals daily pro-rated scale. Once a student has completed more than calculations. process are available from the Student Financial Service Center 8 credits 3–5 credits 60% of the term, they are considered to have earned all of their and online at www.stmartin.edu/sites/default/files/users/ federal aid. NON-FEDERAL AID ADJUSTMENTS 9 credits 5–8 credits user666/satisfactory_academic_progress_2018-19_0.pdf If the student received grant aid from the State of Washington 10 credits 5–8 credits If you are considering a withdrawal from the University, during a term they withdrew, a percentage of those funds must Verification: Verification refers to the process that confirms please contact the Student Financial Service Center prior 11 credits 5–8 credits be returned to the state. The return calculation is based on the accuracy of information a student (and a student’s parent, to completing the withdrawal process. 12 credits or more 6–11 credits when applicable) has submitted on his or her FAFSA. If the time remaining in the term. If the last date of attendance occurs after 50% of the term, the state grant award is 3. An undergraduate student may not exceed 180 attempted credits selected for verification, students will be required to submit Unofficial Withdrawal: An unofficial withdrawal is when a additional documentation to verify the accuracy of their aid student stops attending school and does not notify the school considered 100% earned and no state grant repayment is due. a. Engineering students are allowed an extended eligibility. SFSC will be unable to finalize or disburse any of his or her withdrawal. The following circumstances are maximum time frame of 192 attempted credit hours financial aid funding until this process has been completed. classified as unofficial withdrawals: INSTITUTIONAL AID ADJUSTMENTS The Student Financial Service Center will return Washington College Grant: Please be advised that the 4. Student stopped attendance after initially participating in a Limits on financial aid institutionally-funded aid based on the amount of tuition costs Washington College Grant has its own Satisfactory Academic course, and is issued an “XF” grade. refunded to the student. Progress policy which will be reviewed at the beginning of Limit on Total Aid: The total amount of aid from all sources 5. The student did not begin the withdrawal process or each semester prior to disbursement. cannot exceed the student’s cost of attendance. This includes Saint Types of financial aid Martin’s, state and federal programs, and private or “outside” otherwise notify the school of the intent to withdraw 1. Washington College Grant recipients must have completed scholarships. In the rare case that a student reaches this limit, the due to illness, accident, grievous personal loss, or other Eligibility for financial aid at Saint Martin’s University is no more than 125% of the maximum length of their program University first reduces loans, then if necessary, any Saint Martin’s circumstances beyond the student’s control. determined by a student’s academic record, activities in high credits (160 credits) in order to remain eligible for SNG. funds. There are exceptions to this policy, as dictated by federal In the event a student is considered to be an unofficial withdrawal, school or Catholic parish, personal background, financial 2. To meet minimum satisfactory progress standards, regulations for veterans and ROTC. Please contact the Student the student could be subject to a 50% or higher loss of aid eligibility aid eligibility (determined by the FAFSA application), or a Washington College Grant recipients must complete at Financial Service Center for complete details. that could result in an outstanding balance due. combination of these factors. Available awards include: least one-half of the original amount of credits for which Maximum timeframe to receive aid — institutional: SAINT MARTIN’S SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS the aid was calculated and disbursed. Undergraduate students at Saint Martin’s University are FEDERAL AID ADJUSTMENTS eligible to receive institutional financial aid for eight full-time The Student Financial Service Center has 30 days in which to Athletic Award: Scholarship offered to recruited athletes and at 3. An otherwise eligible student may receive a Washington the discretion of the coaches. College Grant for a maximum of five years (ten full-time semesters (prorated for transfers students based on number of determine the amount of a student’s federal aid was ‘earned’ equivalent terms). The Washington State Higher Education credits transferred into the institution). Students who need an and ‘unearned’ as defined in federal regulations, and then Benedictine Institute Scholarship: Up to 10 students are Coordinating Board (HECB) monitors the number of terms extra semester to complete their academic program may appeal return aid in the following order: selected annually to explore the meaning and application of to the Student Financial Service Center for a review of their each student receives the College Grant at each college or • Federal Direct Graduate PLUS loan Benedictine values in the context of a 21st-century world. university the student has attended. circumstance. Benedictine Institute Scholars are awarded a $10,000 annual • Federal Direct PLUS loan scholarship that is renewable over four years, and are expected Satisfactory Academic Progress Appeals: Students who fail Withdrawal & return of Title IV funds policy • Federal Unsubsidized Direct Stafford Loan to participate in various activities throughout the year. No to maintain Satisfactory Academic Progress for two or more Financial aid (Federal/State/Institutional/Private) is awarded • Federal Subsidized Direct Stafford Loan scholarship application is required; all first-year applicants to terms will be placed on suspended eligibility status and will Saint Martin’s are considered. be denied financial aid. Students may appeal this decision in based on intent to attend the entire school term. Complete • Perkins Loan withdrawals from the university, will impact a student’s writing, but all appeals must be received before the midpoint • Federal Pell Grant Benefactors Scholarship: Donor-sponsored scholarship for of the semester. Appeals are reviewed by the Satisfactory eligibility for the amount of funds originally awarded. continuing students that demonstrate need. • Federal SEOG Grant Academic Progress Appeals Committee based on extenuating

330 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES 331 Catholic High School Scholarship: Scholarship for students STATE GRANTS Other means for paying education costs EXPENSES who graduated from a Catholic school. Washington College Grant (WCG): A grant based on family Parent PLUS Loan: A non-need-based loan parents may All fees are subject to change with a 30-day notice. Family Discount: A reduction in tuition for students with financial eligibility as defined by state regulation. borrow for their child’s education. another family member simultaneously attending as a full-time, Washington State College Bound (CBS): A grant based Undergraduate tuition rates — 2020-2021 degree-seeking student. Private or Alternative Loan: A non-need-based loan on family financial eligibility as defined by state regulation. borrowed from a private lender such as a bank or credit union. • Full-time student (12-18 semester credits): $39,500 per Gala: Donor-sponsored scholarship for new students that Student must have applied in the 7th or 8th grade. academic year demonstrate need. Outside Scholarships: Many scholarships are offered by STUDENT LOANS businesses, foundations, and philanthropic organizations. • Part-time and overload: $1,320 per semester credit for Legacy Scholarship: Award given to a student with a parent, 1 to 11 credits, and per credit above 18 Federal Direct Student Loan – Subsidized: Need-based Students are encouraged to apply for all scholarships that sibling, spouse or grandparent who graduated from Saint Martin’s loan borrowed by the student. Eligibility is based on financial might apply to them, even if they are small. Students are • Engineering, Business, Computer Science, and Nursing University, College or High School. need and requires the student to be enrolled at least half-time required to report any outside scholarships received. Saint classes (undergraduate and graduate): $80 tuition Martin’s will not reduce University aid unless the amount surcharge per semester credit Merit Scholarship: Scholarship based on high school and maintain satisfactory academic progress. No repayment is falls under our limit on total aid policy. academic achievement, community service and leadership. required and no interest accrues while the student is enrolled • Audit (no credit): $660.00 per semester hour The awards are entitled Chancellor, President, Dean and at least half-time. There is a six-month grace period after the Payment Plan: Saint Martin’s University offers students the • FOCUS program: $75 application fee; $150 per semester Faculty Scholarships, and the University Grant. student ceases to be enrolled at least half-time, during which option of utilizing a monthly payment plan. Payment plans need hour awarded no payments are expected and interest will begin to accrue. to be established prior to the start of the semester. Students and Parish Youth Leadership Scholarship: Scholarship for Final tuition charges are based on the student’s class schedule families can set up a monthly payment plan for the semester students who did not graduate from Catholic schools but Federal Direct Student Loan – Unsubsidized: Unsubsidized as recorded on the last day for adding or changing classes, or an annual plan for the school year through Nelnet Campus were leaders in Catholic parish youth groups and were loans are available to students regardless of financial need and which is an official date listed in the academic calendar. Commerce (formerly Tuition Management Systems). There is no recommended by parish pastors or youth group advisors. accrue interest during enrollment. At least half-time enrollment Any approved changes occurring after this date may cause is required. No payments are expected but interest will accrue interest charge however, students are assessed an enrollment fee additional adjustments to charges. The University may assess Additional scholarship information can be found online at: while the student is enrolled. to participate in a payment plan. Information will be provided additional fees for testing, labs and other services. www.stmartin.edu/sfs in the Student Financial Service Center (SFSC) and on the SFSC Federal Work-Study (FWS) website once the information becomes available. *The tuition rates listed above refer to the Lacey campus and online (WEB) classes. FEDERA––L GRANTS Saint Martin’s-JBLM rates vary and can be found on the Saint Martin’s University Federal Work Study: a need-based employment program, Third Party Sponsors: If a student’s account balance is website under Saint Martin’s-JBLM. Federal Pell Grant: Need-based award, eligibility and amount on or off campus. Federal Work- Study is first earned and then to be paid by a corporate or foreign sponsor, government determined by the federal government. issued in a payroll check or direct deposit. The amount earned agency, scholarship foundation, trust account, or other outside Residence charges source, the student must provide proof of incoming payment Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant is not deducted from tuition. information to the Student Financial Service Center in advance Year/Semester (SEOG): A need-based grant, award amounts are determined to avoid any financial holds. by the total funds available. Baran Hall Double room charges: (year $5,050/ semester $2,525) Federal TEACH Grant: A grant awarded to students who For more information Single room charges: (year $5,580/ semester $2,890) agree to teach for four years as a highly-qualified teacher in a Please call the Student Financial Service Center at 360-438- high-need field at a low-income school after completing their Spangler Hall Suites 4389 or email [email protected]. Center hours are degree. If the four-year service requirement is not met, the Double room charges: (year $5,920/ semester $2,875) Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. funds must be repaid as an unsubsidized Federal Direct Loan. Single room charges: (year $6,760/ semester $3,380) and Wednesdays from 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. The center is closed on University observed holidays, and is located on Saint Martin’s Spangler Hall Apartments Lacey campus, 5000 Abbey Way SE, Lacey, Washington 98503. Single room charges: (year $7,860/ semester $3,930)

332 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES 333 Burton Hall Apartments STUDENT SERVICES FEES • Applied lessons in music: $195 per credit. Refund policy Single room charges: (year $7,540/ semester $3,770) • Student Activity Fee (nonrefundable): $140 per semester, • Professional Development Certification Fee: A $300 fee Double room charge: (year $6,700/ semester $3,350) GENERAL INFORMATION Lacey campus undergraduates only is assessed to students who enroll in Student Teaching, either undergraduate or graduate level, as required by the Saint Martin’s University measures its classes in semester Parsons Hall • Health Center Fee (nonrefundable): $80 per semester, Lacey State of Washington. credits. Most programs on the Lacey campus and specific Saint Triple room charges: (year $4,860/ semester $2,430) campus undergraduates only Double room charges: (year $5,860/ semester $2,930) • Undergraduate Graduation Fee: A $40.00 nonrefundable Martin’s-JBLM programs are divided into two semesters of 16 • Student Health Insurance: All students enrolled half- Single, shared bath, graduation fee is assessed each time a student applies for weeks each. Some programs on the Lacey campus, online (WEB) time or more on the Lacey campus are required to be room charges: (year $6,760/ semester $3,380) graduation. classes, and most at Saint Martin’s-JBLM offer two eight-week covered by health insurance. Students will be required Single, private bath, sessions per semester. Eight-week courses have a different to present evidence of current insurance by submitting room charges: (year $7,380/ semester $3,690) PAYMENT refund schedule than those meeting 16 weeks, so be sure to an approved online waiver by the semester deadline or review the proper schedule when considering changes to your All fees are due and payable in full prior to the first day of Board Charges the student will be required to pay the charges for the schedule. Two six-week summer sessions also are offered on the the semester or term. Gold Plan (year $6,960/ semester $3,480) mandatory health insurance coverage. Waivers are valid Lacey campus, as are eight and twelve-week sessions, depending for the entire academic year if submitted and approved Silver Plan (year $6,550/ semester $3,275) All students, regardless of campus they are enrolled, must pay in on the program. Refund procedures and calculations will vary by by the deadline for fall semester. Students are encouraged Bronze Plan (year $6,250/ semester $3,125) full or have financial arrangements secured prior to the first day campus and by the semester and session in which the student is to check their Saint Martin’s University emails regularly Commuter (year $2,310/ semester $1,155) of the semester/session. This includes students who are receiving enrolled. GoArmyEd students will follow the eight-week tuition for important announcements and deadline information. financial aid or sponsored assistance. Failure to complete this refund policy regardless of where they are enrolled. For other housing options, contact the Office of Housing and Costs are subject to change by the University’s insurance financial obligation will result in a late validation fee of $50. Residence Life, 360-412-6163. provider at the beginning of each academic year. ACTION REQUIRED BY STUDENT Saint Martin’s University accepts the following methods of Residential programming fee: $20 per semester charged to Estimated costs, based on 2019/2020 academic year Students expecting a refund from class withdrawal must comply payment in person or by mail: cash, check, money order or all students residing on campus in University residence halls. with the published deadline dates, and must officially withdraw/ Fall ...... $1,030.00 traveler’s check. drop their course(s). It is the student’s responsibility to remove New student damage deposit/room reservation: $200.00 Spring/Summer...... $1,637.64 The following methods of payment are accepted online: themselves from any course(s) they are not attending. Failure to Please see “Refund Policy” in this section of the academic Summer...... $752.76 VISA, MasterCard, Discover and American Express. A service complete the withdrawal/drop process will result in a grade for catalog for a description of refund policies for room and board fee of 2.5 percent is assessed at the time of processing. Free the course(s) and charges for enrollment. deposits as well as room damage deposits. REGISTRATION FEES electronic check (e-Check) payment is also accepted online. Students enrolled through the Saint Martin’s-JBLM campus must Credit card payments are not accepted in person, by mail, • Enrollment deposit: $200: nonrefundable after May 1 notify their respective campus administrative office; and those Fee schedule phone, email or fax. For further information, please contact the (summer/fall) and December 15 (spring) attending the Lacey campus would contact the Office the Registrar. Student Financial Service Center 360-438-4389. All fees listed are 2020-2021 rates. • Late validation fee (nonrefundable): $50 (charge effective OFFICIAL WITHDRAWAL — DATE DETERMINATION after first day of class) For more information • Laboratory and special class fees (nonrefundable): Fee Date of withdrawal or drop is determined by the date the information is includedon each semester’s schedule. Fees Please call the Student Financial Service Center at 360-438- written notification is received by the Office of the Registrar or, may be charged for specific laboratories. 4389 or email [email protected]. Center hours are if enrolled through the Saint Martin’s-JBLM campus, the date Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. written notification is received by respective Saint Martin’s- SPECIAL FEES and Wednesdays from 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. The center is closed on JBLM office staff. • Library, the Computer Resource Center and other University observed holidays, and is located on Saint Martin’s University technology services. Lacey campus, 5000 Abbey Way SE, Lacey, Washington 98503. **Failure to attend class does not constitute an official withdrawal.** • FOCUS program credits and credit by examination Property loss or damage (nonrefundable): $75 application fee; $150 per credit. • School of Engineering Program Fee (nonrefundable) Saint Martin’s University does not assume responsibility for $35.00 per semester. loss of money, securities or personal property held by students. Damage of school property is charged to the responsible student or repaired at his or her expense. 334 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES 335 REFUND CALCULATIONS AND APPEALS 8 to 12 Week Sessions (Saint Martin’s-JBLM and some Lacey programs) Refunds are based on total charges, not on amounts already (All GoArmyEd students follow this policy) paid. Please note that if the student is receiving financial aid, the Student Financial Service Center will determine whether Date of withdrawal Percentage of tuition charges dropped financial aid requires an adjustment. This is based on the Federal Return of Title IV Funds Policy. Federal and state Prior to first day of term and from 1 to 8 calendar days . . . 100 awards may have to be repaid before the student is eligible for From 9 to 12 calendar days...... 50 a refund. The student is responsible for any balance remaining From 13 to 16 calendar days ...... 25 due to a withdrawal or aid adjustment. After 16 calendar days...... 0 NONREFUNDABLE PAYMENTS Six-Week Sessions (Generally summer sessions) Certain fee payments to the University are nonrefundable. The Date of withdrawal Percentage of tuition charges dropped fee section of this catalog specifies those nonrefundable fees (including laboratory fees, student activity fees, health center Prior to the first day and through the first day of the term. 100 fees, technology fees, etc.). Through 7 calendar days...... 50 From 8 to 14 calendar days...... 25 Student health insurance is also nonrefundable if the student withdraws after 31 days of the start of the semester, as the After 14 calendar days...... 0 policy continues to provide coverage even though the student Refunds are paid within 30 days following the student’s is no longer enrolled at the University. official date of withdrawal or grant of a leave of absence as documented by the University. Please see “Room and Board” section of this academic catalog for descriptions of applicable refund policy. Room and damage deposit

Tuition refunds DAMAGE DEPOSIT AND CANCELLATION FEE 16 Week Full Semester A refundable $200 damage deposit must be on file with the (GoArmyEd students: Please see 8-12 week refund Office of Student Financial Services prior to the issuance schedule, below.) of keys to the room. No portion of the $200 deposit will be Date of withdrawa refunded if the application is canceled more than 30 days from Percentage of tuition charges dropped the date it is submitted; after August 1, regardless of the date Prior to first day of term and from 1 to 10 calendar days. 100 submitted; or if requested more than 30 days after officially checking out of the halls. Cancellations between 31-60 days From 11 to 17 calendar days...... 75 after contract submission will result in forfeiture of the $200 From 18 to 24 calendar days ...... 50 deposit and a $300 cancellation fee. A student who withdraws From 25 to 31 calendar days...... 25 from housing after fall add/drop but within the first 30 days of After 31 calendar days...... 0 the semester will be charged a $300 cancellation fee, forfeit the deposit, and be prorated for the number of days in residence. Students who withdraw from the University or leave housing after the 30th day of the semester receive no refund.

After taking occupancy, if the applicant stays the entire contract period and applies to return to the residence halls the following academic year, their damage deposit will automatically be carried over to the following academic year. 336 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES 337 Reservations not claimed by noon of the fourth day of classes The room damage deposit may be refunded only after the online students with prior work experiences. Saint Martin’s-JBLM also course would meet for 32 hours, and a 1.0 unit course for 16 may be terminated by the University. A resident who does not form is submitted to the Office of Housing and Residence Life. offers a limited number of general education/core courses which hours. Short term courses (6, 8, or 12 week) are still required check out in accordance with the procedures described in the The online form must be completed no later than 30 days after students need to take in order to complete graduation requirements. to meet the minimum class time requirement for the credit student handbook and Housing and Residence Life bulletins a student officially stops living in the residence hall. assigned to the course, and will do so through longer individual and correspondence will be subject to fines and/or forfeiture TUITION AND FEES meeting times (ex. 8 week course for 3.0 credits would meet for The deposit is refundable if: of all or part of the deposit. Tuition and fees are currently based on the campus in which 6.0 hours a week to meet the 48 hour requirement). a course is undertaken; the University reserves the right to a. The resident follows the check-out policy outlined in Two to three hours of outside preparation and/or study time Board (meal) plans modify this fee structure in future years. Students should be the student handbook. are expected of the student for each lecture class period. All residents who do not live in apartment spaces and are b. Room keys are properly checked in with the Office of aware that registering for classes at a separate campus may ineligible to do so must purchase a traditional (bronze, silver, Housing and Residence Life. affect their enrollment status, financial aid, and fees charged. or gold) meal plan. Those who are eligible for apartments but c. No damages or excess cleaning charges are associated ONLINE LEARNING POLICY choose to live in suites must have a meal plan, but may select with the resident’s room at check-out. a commuter/apartment plan. Meal plan options and prices are Saint Martin’s University teaches students in different available at the Housing and Residence Life and Bon Appétit d. The resident does not have an outstanding balance on modalities to reach the needs and different learning styles webpages. Board plans do not include meals during vacation their student account. of the students. Online and blended online courses for our periods (Christmas, spring, and summer breaks), but food e. The student fulfills the Housing Contract Terms of students extend the university’s mission beyond campus service is available on a limited, cash basis during these times. Residence and does not cancel their reservation more borders, providing high-quality options that meet a variety Residents who live in apartments on campus are not required than 30 days from the date it is signed or after August 1. of student needs while fostering strong student-faculty to purchase a meal plan; however, all meal plan options are relationships and learning communities. The student’s advisor available to apartment residents. Enrollment & transfer between Saint Martin’s will help the students find the modality that best suits the University Lacey and Saint Martin’s-JBLM learning style and needs of the student. No matter the modality, Meal plans may be selected and changed by submitting an online campus the courses offer the same depth and breadth to all students. request before the add/drop date, but no changes will be made thereafter. Fall meal plan balances carry over to spring with the INTRODUCTION CLASS LOADS AND CREDIT HOURS purchase of a traditional (bronze, silver, or gold) meal plan. At the end Most students applying to Saint Martin’s University are Six semester hours per eight-week session is considered to be of the spring semester, all balances expire. If a student leaves housing admitted to the University’s main campus in Lacey, which full-time at the Saint Martin’s-JBLM campus. The maximum or the University before the end of the semester, board charges are has a full array of degree programs in the humanities, social student load at the Saint Martin’s-JBLM campus is nine prorated at a daily rate based on the ratio of full days used (to and sciences, and sciences, as well as in professional disciplines semester hours per eight-week session. No exceptions are including the official withdrawal date) to total days covered by the such as business, computer science, engineering, counseling, made to this policy without prior approval from the dean for student’s board contract. Please refer to the Saint Martin’s University nursing, RN to BSN, and education. Saint Martin’s-JBLM. dining services brochure or visit http://saintmartin.cafebonappetit. com for additional meal plan policy information. The University’s nontraditional campus is Saint Martin’s- To be considered a full-time student for financial aid purposes, JBLM whose mission and primary purpose is to provide a student must be enrolled for a total of 12 credit hours Room refunds educational opportunities to military personnel, their (cumulative of all sessions) for fall semester, and a total of spouses and dependents, transitioning military, and veterans. 12 credit hours (cumulative of all sessions) for spring semester. Room charges are prorated if a student officially withdraws from the University and checks out according to contract by Currently, full Bachelor of Arts degrees are offered at Saint Credit hours for face-to-face courses are based on the hours a the 30th day of the semester. Room charges are not refundable Martin’s-JBLM in the following disciplines: Accounting, Business course meets in a given semester and/or session. The standard if a student is not leaving the University or if the student Administration, Computer Science, Criminology and Criminal calculation method for face-to-face courses is based on a 16 withdraws after the 30th day of the semester. Additionally, a Justice, Elementary Education, History, Information Technology, week semester and requires an hour of class time (50 minute $300 cancellation fee is charged if the contract is terminated Political Science, Psychology, Secondary Education and Special sessions) per week for each credit assigned to the course. As more than 30 days after the housing application is submitted. Education. Degree requirements at Saint Martin’s-JBLM include co- such, a 3.0 unit course would meet for 48 hours, a 2.0 unit curricular components designed to meet the needs of non-traditional

338 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY STUDENT FINANCIAL SERVICES 339 STUDENT SUPPORT OFFICES CAMPUS LIFE students as they grow in their faith and spirituality through programs and activities that are rooted in our core values of Various campus organizations and activities contribute to faith, reason, service and community. the intellectual, moral and social development of students. All students are urged to participate in out-of-class and Campus Ministry is greatly influenced by the centuries-old community activities as part of their University education. traditions, customs and spirit of Benedictine monasticism, Saint Martin’s believes co-curricular activities provide especially the tradition of hospitality. Retreats, small faith- experience, enrichment, knowledge and opportunities for sharing groups, educational programs, liturgy and prayer personal growth not always available in the classroom. They services are among the many ways students can explore, also contribute to the well-being of the University community strengthen, celebrate and encourage one another on their and its neighbors. faith journeys. Campus Ministry also coordinates community service and justice advocacy opportunities for students as well Student activities are coordinated through the Office of as service immersion trips. Members of our community from Campus Life. Activities include social and educational all (or no) religious traditions or backgrounds are invited and excursions, the Benedictine Leaders Program, cultural events, encouraged to share in all that Campus Ministry does. sporting events, lectures, dances and traditional activities such as Homecoming. Off-campus outdoor excursions are offered including ski/snowboard trips, rock climbing, and hiking. CAREER DEVELOPMENT Students interested in intramural sports can participate at the The Career Center helps students define their career goals team or individual level. Activities vary from year to year, but and objectives as they relate to future employment or graduate often include flag football, volleyball, basketball, table tennis, school opportunities. Career planning begins when the student soccer, bowling, dodgeball and softball. enters Saint Martin’s and continues through graduation. The Career Center’s services are available to all students The University recognizes and supports the vital contributions and alumni at the University’s Lacey campus and extended made possible by students’ participation in student government, the campuses. Those services and programs include an online Associated Students of Saint Martin’s University (ASSMU). ASSMU database (Handshake) for internships and jobs; resume, cover represents the needs of the students to the faculty, administration letter, interviewing, negotiating and other skill-building and board of trustees. All currently enrolled undergraduate students workshops; graduate school testing information; major and are members of ASSMU and can participate in the election of career exploration sessions for pre-major students; on-campus representatives and executive officers. interviewing and recruiting; career guidance testing; career Individual student clubs and organizations are officially fairs; career resource library; assistance finding scholarship recognized through ASSMU. These organizations are typically opportunities; peer advisors; social media; etiquette dinners; formed around recreational interests, academic majors, social mock interviews; networking socials and class presentations. issues or personal development activities. We access our network of thousands of Saint Martin’s alumni to help students make connections for future employment and CAMPUS MINISTRY professional development. The Office of Campus Ministry at Saint Martin’s University The “Saints Promise” engages students in taking steps in career is dedicated to promoting and teaching about our Catholic development each year with the goal of each student having identity in the context of Benedictine spirituality and supports a solid plan of action for life after Saint Martin’s. Students

340 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY STUDENT SUPPORT OFFICES 341 receive incentives for attending recruiting events, completing image, problems related to alcohol or drug use, sexual assault and Students wishing to request appropriate accommodations are with a better understanding of American culture and an a resume, cover letter, LinkedIn profile, and participating in trauma, as well as other concerns. We treat each student with responsible for initiating contact with the office. The office will opportunity to explore the Pacific Northwest. experiential learning. sensitivity and compassion, providing strength-based counseling assess the individual needs of each student, assist him or her services that value diversity and respect of each individual. in communicating those needs to faculty and staff and help the student obtain materials, services and the assistance necessary to O’GRADY LIBRARY CENTER FOR STUDENT SUCCESS Our professional team of licensed counselors and graduate successfully pursue their higher education. The O’Grady Library supports student success by bringing The Center for Student Success serves as a hub for academic trainees provide services such as: brief solution-focused together technology, resources, and librarians who provide one- support for all Saint Martin’s students. Located on the lower individual counseling; care coordination with community Students who need special housing accommodations on on-one research assistance. Students also have access to a variety level of the O’Grady Library building, the Center for Student providers and campus services; referral coordination for those campus due to a disability also find assistance through the of learning spaces, including 10 study rooms that can be reserved Success is home to the following units: requiring specialized or longer-term treatment; risk assessment Office of Disability Support Services. online. Books, journals, reference materials, and videos are and crisis intervention; supportive drop-in consultations; and available both in the library and online or off-campus. Students • Tutoring Center: Peer tutors provide both individual and care plan meetings to sustain student well-being and academic DIVERSITY AND EQUITY CENTER also can check out Surface Pro tablets, and variety of multimedia small group tutoring sessions in many subjects including success. Group counseling, wellness, and outreach programs equipment supporting audio, video, and still media creation. science, technology, engineering, and math, as well as business, offer informal, creative ways to cultivate skills used for coping, The Diversity and Equity Center (DEC) of Saint Martin’s Additionally, the Multimedia Lab has the full Adobe Creative accounting, economics, psychology, and world languages. stress management, interpersonal communication, healthy University is committed to fostering an inclusive, supportive, suite for media editing. • Writing Center: Peer readers work closely with students to relationships, and adjustment to college. and equitable learning environment for all members of the assist them in their academic, creative and professional writing. campus community. Inspired by our Catholic, Benedictine The library extends its resources through participation in Integrating faith, reason and service, we empower students tradition, which honors the dignity of each person and strives for Summit the shared catalog of the Orbis Cascade Alliance, • Advising Center: Professional advisors work with to develop self-awareness and mental wellness, along with peace and justice in our world, the DEC seeks to build a campus which makes available to Saint Martin’s students more than students on academic advising, connecting with campus knowledge and skills, necessary to make informed decisions community that engenders inclusive excellence, facilitates nine million titles from 38 academic libraries in the Pacific support resources, transition and self-exploration that promote resilience, belonging and relationships to enhance intercultural understanding, and promotes social justice. Northwest, with courier delivery to the O’Grady Library. guidance, personalized academic improvement plans, community development in a diverse, multicultural world. learning workshops, and support major change. The Advising Center staff also works closely with the All services are confidential and provided at no additional cost INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS AND DEVELOPMENT PUBLICATIONS to students enrolled at Saint Martin’s University. University’s Saints Care program. The Office of International Programs and Development (OIPD) The Belltower is the periodic newspaper written and edited by • Disability Support Services (DSS): DSS staff support The CWC is here to support students and our community. Access fosters and promotes international understanding and cultural Saint Martin’s students. It serves the student community by any student with a disability who is interested in using services through email at [email protected], phone diversity by offering a variety of cross-cultural activities and communicating student, faculty, and staff news and views on their accommodations. These students can connect call 360-412-6123, and/or drop-in during open hours at the international programs to the Saint Martin’s community. The issues on campus, in the community, and around the world. with the DSS coordinator who will evaluate the Saint Raphael Center - Building 4. Hours of operation 9 a.m. – 5 mission of OIPD is to develop international partnerships Insights, a publication of the Office of Marketing and documentation, determine appropriate accommodations, p.m., Monday through Friday; some workshops and groups are and to provide a supportive living/learning environment to Communications, provides news about the University, Abbey and and serve as a learning resource and advocate with provided in evening hours. Over the holidays and semester breaks international students to facilitate a smooth transition from alumni to alumni, families of students, and friends of the University. assisting students in meeting their academic goals. the CWC is closed. During the summer, the hours and scope of their home countries to Saint Martin’s. OIPD supports this services at the CWC are significantly reduced. mission through numerous programs designed to foster Other communications concerning the University and its COUNSELING AND WELLNESS CENTER inclusion and advance international education. students include periodic newsletters for parents and a variety of The Counseling and Wellness Center (CWC) is committed to DISABILITY SUPPORT SERVICES Specifically, programs and services offered by OIPD include the news and information that is carried on the University’s website, www.stmartin.edu. supporting the holistic and developmental needs of our diverse Saint Martin’s University is committed to providing a campus following: international undergraduate and ESL admissions; student population. CWC services support and enhance individual environment that is accessible to all students. The Office of international student orientation; F-1 and J-1 immigration growth and skills to cope with the life and learning challenges Disability Support Services handles coordination of services advising, international student academic support; the ESL STUDENT AFFAIRS students may experience during their college experience. program; the conversation partner program; the student and academic accommodations for students with disabilities. The Office of Student Affairs supports the overall quality of campus cultural ambassador program; summer cultural exchange life through programming based on Catholic Benedictine tradition, Students seek counseling services for a wide variety of reasons, programs; home-stay opportunities; service-learning the hallmarks of which are hospitality, respect for the individual, including: depression, anxiety, stress, sleep issues, relationship opportunities; and events such as the Multicultural Carnival commitment to service, and development of the whole person. The concerns, grief and loss or other life transitions, academic and International Education Week. OIPD also offers student- department supports the needs of a diverse student population. challenges, identity development, disordered eating and body- centered cultural activities that provide international students

342 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY STUDENT SUPPORT OFFICES 343 Collaboration among students, faculty, and staff enhance each center at no additional charge. Graduate students may utilize the All students must choose the courses they wish to take while student’s overall growth and development through coordinated Student Health Center for a fee paid at the time of visit. abroad prior to beginning the study abroad program. In addition, programs, activities and services. Structured experiences help students are required to select three to seven additional back up students develop and refine leadership skills, make responsible The Student Health Center is open 10 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday, classes for approval. All selected courses and their Saint Martin’s choices, celebrate common values, embrace diversity, respect Wednesday, Thursdays and Friday. course equivalencies must be approved prior to beginning the the rights of others, resolve conflicts, explore and define study abroad program. Any courses taken during the study personal goals, recognize civil and social responsibilities, and STUDY ABROAD abroad program that were not pre-approved will only be eligible develop other characteristics expected of university graduates. for credit transfer on a case-by-case basis. Mission These experiences, and the services provided by the University, Students must seek course approvals from all appropriate enrich Saint Martin’s learning environment. They are key factors The Office of Study Abroad is committed to developing advisors, including their major- and/or minor-specific in preparing graduate students to pursue their career choices and students as global citizens through experiences overseas, academic advisor(s) and the designated advisor for approving become educated citizens, involved community members and whether by education abroad, cultural exchange, service- core requirements and language course approvals. future leaders. learning, and/or research projects in countries outside the U.S. Please visit the website of the Office of Study Abroad for exact Vision dates and deadlines or if you have any further questions. STUDENTS AND MILITARY SERVICE Due to the fact that non-credit-bearing education abroad The Office of Study Abroad strives to ensure that all students The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC) Program opportunities vary each year, the deadlines for these programs who want to study abroad are able to do so, regardless of is available in cooperation with Pacific Lutheran University will be announced at a later date via email to all staff, faculty, financial need. Additionally, the Office of Study Abroad strives and other area colleges; the U.S. Air Force ROTC is available in and students. to ensure that the students who are studying abroad represent cooperation with the University of Washington. For information the diversity of Saint Martin’s student population. Study abroad applications and scholarship deadlines will be on the Army ROTC program send an email to [email protected] posted on the Study Abroad website. Please visit the website or call 253-535-8740. The Air Force ROTC program can be Study Abroad Advising for the latest and most updated information. contacted at 206-543-2360 or [email protected] or afrotc.uw.edu Visit our Study Abroad website and make an appointment with STUDENT HEALTH CENTER our Office of Study Abroad. Saint Martin’s Student Health Center, located in room 102 Financial Aid and Scholarships for Study Abroad of Burton Hall, is dedicated to the wellness of Saint Martin’s students. Staffed by physician assistants, an RN and a Please meet with the director of financial aid to discuss using registered dietitian, the Student Health Center assists students your financial aid for study abroad. A comprehensive list of in developing a commitment to healthy lifestyles and becoming scholarships can be found on the study abroad webpage. advocates for their own health care. Services include: Academic Policies and Credit Transfer Policies • Acute care for colds, flu and other medical concerns All students must maintain a full course load while abroad, • Writing of prescriptions equivalent to 12 or more Saint Martin’s University credits each • Management for chronic health problems, such as asthma, semester. Students must earn a passing grade of at least a “C” in diabetes, high blood pressure and disordered eating order for credit to transfer. management. • Referrals for services that extend beyond the scope of the center

All enrolled Lacey campus undergraduate students are assessed a Student Health Center fee and may use the services of the

344 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY STUDENT SUPPORT OFFICES 345 SAINT MARTIN’S SIGNATURE STUDY ABROAD PROGRAMS Saint Martin’s Faculty Led Programs: Trips that are led by faculty and/or staff that are connected to a Spring or Summer Semester course. Students take a Saint Martin’s University course and earn credit for it, and then participate in an international trip during break periods. Global Partner Schools: These universities have partnerships with Saint Martin’s University so that students can choose to study abroad at them for a short-term, semester, or year-long program. Students pay tuition to Saint Martin’s University directly, and are able to use their institutional, state, and federal financial aid. Sister Universities: Location: CEFET/RJ Brazil Cheongju University South Korea Chung Shan Medical University Taiwan Kobe International University Japan Konkuk University Glocal Campus South Korea Mukogawa Women's University Japan National Tainan Junior College of Nursing Taiwan Okazaki Women's University Japan Reitaku University Japan Shanghai Maritime University China Shanghai University of Traditional Chinese China Medicine Sogang University South Korea Somaiya Vidyavihar India UERJ Brazil University of Duisburg-Essen Germany UTFPR Brazil Partners: Third-party providers partner with Saint Martin’s so students can participate in programs not offered directly with the university. Third-party providers offer an array of study abroad options around the world ranging for two to four week programs and as long as an entire academic year. Students pay a program fee in addition to: tuition, housing, and other fees. Students pay these costs to the third-party provider and are able to use their state and federal aid. Saint Martin’s Ambassadors Abroad Non-credit-bearing education abroad opportunities may be offered through the Office of International Programs and Development, partners, or sister universities. These are program that usually take place during the summer ranging from two to eight weeks depending on the program. Education abroad programs offered will vary from year to year. Examples of past programs: Location: JCET – Japan Cultural Exchange Tour Japan Volunteer Teaching in Vietnam Vietnam KCEP – Korea Cultural Exchange Program Korea CCEP – China Cultural Exchange Program China

346 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY STUDENT SUPPORT OFFICES 347 ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS

Saint Martin’s is a founding member of the NCAA Division II Great Northwest Athletic Conference. The University sponsors 15 athletic teams that participate in men’s and women’s basketball, golf, soccer, cross country, and outdoor and indoor track and field; women’s volleyball and softball; and men’s baseball.

The Hal and Inge Marcus Pavilion is the University’s indoor athletics facility that seats 3,500. The facility hosts GNAC conference playoffs, and high school district and state tournaments. Saint Martin’s outdoor track-and- field and soccer facilities were completed in the spring of 2009. Baseball and softball teams also compete on campus, while the men’s and women’s golf teams have an on-campus indoor practice facility, plus access to several local courses.

The University’s athletic fields and courts, as well as nearby public golf courses, lakes, shores and mountains, offer opportunities for many sports and activities for student participation.

In the fall of 2009, Saint Martin’s opened the 36,000-square-foot Charneski Recreation Center. This facility includes three multi- purpose courts, a four-lane running track, a batting cage and a 9,000-square-foot fitness center equipped with weights, cardio equipment, a multi-purpose classroom and an aerobics-dance studio. The Charneski Recreation Center also offers wellness classes throughout the year, including youth karate and yoga.

Students interested in intramural sports can participate at the team or individual level. Intramural Sports include flag football, volleyball, basketball, badminton, floorball, soccer, dodgeball and softball. Off-campus outdoor excursions are offered through the Saints Outdoor Adventure Program (SOAR) and include ski/snowboard trips, rock climbing and hiking throughout the Puget Sound region

348 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL PROGRAMS 349 CAMPUS DINING SERVICES

All food service at Saint Martin’s University is managed by Bon Appétit Management Company, an award-winning company known for its standards of excellence and innovation in sustainable food service. Bon Appétit brings made-from- scratch restaurant-style dining to Saint Martin’s University. Breaking bread together helps to create a sense of community and comfort. The Bon Appétit staff recognizes the important role they fill and take great care to honor their position on the Saint Martin’s campus. Food is purchased with high ethical standards and environmental impact in mind; eggs are cage- free, beef is range-fed, fish adhere to Seafood Watch guidelines, and produce is organic and grown locally whenever possible. Bon Appétit encourages feedback and gladly works with individual students to meet special dietary needs.

For more information on Bon Appétit’s principles and standards, visit www.bamco.com. To learn more about Bon Appétit’s food service at Saint Martin’s University, visit www. cafebonappetit.com/saintmartin.

Visit the Monk’s Bean Coffee Bar located in Harned Hall open until 6pm and the convenience store located in Parsons Hall open until 11pm.

350 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CAMPUS DINING SERVICES 351 EVENT SERVICES

Saint Martin’s University Event Services operates and manages the Norman Worthington Conference Center and the Hal and Inge Marcus Pavilion. These two facilities are available for use by students, faculty and staff for a variety of internal campus events. Available space includes conference rooms, classrooms, playing fields, basketball and volleyball courts, and locker rooms. The versatility of both facilities offers several options for equipment, technology and room layout.

As rental spaces, the Norman Worthington Conference Center and Marcus Pavilion are also available to the public for community meetings, conferences, banquets, receptions, graduations and other activities. For athletic events, the Hal and Inge Marcus Pavilion can provide seating for 3,100 guests. Event Services manages the scheduling of these facilities and offers a one-stop-shop conferencing and event experience that meets the needs of those using the space. On-campus catering services are provided exclusively by Bon Appétit Management Company, the University’s food service provider.

352 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY EVENT SERVICES 353 RESIDENCE LIFE

Serving students so that they may serve others, the Office of Regardless of class standing, single undergraduate Housing and Residence Life at Saint Martin’s University acts as international students, including English-as-a-Second- a catalyst for the formation of a community in which members Language (ESL) students, are required to live on-campus support and encourage one another by sharing their gifts and for a minimum of two consecutive semesters unless they are challenge each other to recognize and fulfill their full potential. living with a prearranged host family for the duration of their The residence halls are an integral part of the University stay; have received a letter of permission from their country’s community and complement its educational programs. The embassy; have attended a community college or university in Office of Housing and Residence Life provides an environment the United States for at least one complete quarter or semester; that helps students learn and grow. The halls are maintained or will be 23 years of age or older on or before the last official by professional and paraprofessional staff members specifically day of registration for the semester. employed to assist students. Procedures and policies for the residence halls are outlined in All undergraduate students are required to live in university the student handbook and the housing contract. Residents are residence halls while enrolled for classes at Saint Martin’s responsible for familiarizing themselves with this handbook University unless the student is married or a parent; has and contract, and for complying with terms and conditions of reached junior status (60 semester or 90 quarter credits, not each document. including Running Start or AP credits) prior to registering for the current semester; will be 21 years of age or older on Additional information about the University’s residence or before the last official day of registration for the semester; halls is available from the Office of Admissions or the Office is residing at home within 30 miles of the university with of Housing and Residence Life. Housing and Residence Life parent(s) or legal guardian(s); is taking eight or fewer credits policies, procedures, forms, and facilities information is during the semester in question; has attained an associate available at https://www.stmartin.edu/student-life/housing- degree or completed two full years of education at the college and-dining. or university level (not including Running Start); or has lived in a university residence hall for four or more complete semesters.

354 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SAINT MARTIN’SRESIDENCE UNIVERSITY LIFE 355 STUDENT CONDUCT

Saint Martin’s University believes in honoring the freedom of the individual and respecting the rights of the group. A Code of Student Conduct is necessary to ensure this is possible. As a Roman Catholic university, Saint Martin’s not only expects students, staff, and faculty to follow appropriate civil laws, but also encourages each individual to participate in building a positive and welcoming community.

Students at Saint Martin’s are expected to conduct themselves in a responsible manner that reflects favorably on themselves and the Saint Martin’s community. University policies, guidelines, and expectations as they pertain to student membership in the university community are outlined in the Saint Martin’s University student handbook available at https:// www.stmartin.edu/about/policies. While the University is not directly responsible for individual students’ behavior, students will be held accountable for that which is detrimental to the educational objectives of the University or inconsistent with its values or mission through appropriate disciplinary action as outlined in the student handbook. Academic policies and procedures are outlined in this undergraduate catalog.

Policies may be amended from time to time, and students are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the most up-to- date regulations as outlined in the online version of the student handbook. The University reserves the right to suspend, expel or otherwise discipline a student whose conduct is inappropriate, disruptive, or dangerous to the University or members of the Saint Martin’s community.

356 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SAINT MARTIN’SSTUDENT UNIVERSITY CONDUCT 357 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY EQUAL 0PPORTUNITY EMPLOYMENT The principles of the Catholic Benedictine tradition, equal employment opportunity, and nondiscrimination are fundamental to the mission, goals, and objectives of Saint Martin’s University. The University does not discriminate in employment or in the delivery or administration of its educational programs, policies, scholarship and loan programs, athletic or other University programs on the basis of sex, sexual orientation, race, color, religion (except as a bona fide occupational qualification for certain select positions), marital status, national or ethnic origin, military or veteran status, age, or disability.

Students or employees with concerns or complaints about discrimination on the basis of sex in employment or an education program or activity, or any other inquiries related to the University’s non-discrimination policy, may contact the Melanie Richardson, Dean of Students or Cynthia Johnson, Associate Vice President for Human Resources/ Title IX Coordinator, 5000 Abbey Way SE, Lacey WA 98503, 360-688-2290. Consistent with the requirements of Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 and the regulations adopted under that law, the University has designated the above individual as the University’s Title IX Officer, responsible for coordinating the University’s Title IX compliance. Individuals may also contact the Office for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Education, 915 2nd Avenue, Room 3310, Seattle, WA 98174-1099, Telephone: 206-220-7900, TDD: 206-220-7907.

358 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY EQUALSAINT OPPORTUNITY MARTIN’S EMPLOYMENT UNIVERSITY 359 CAMPUS FACILITIES

SAINT MARTIN’S ABBEY: The Abbey, home of the Benedictine monks, licensed with a variety of up-to-date software, including HARNED HALL: Opened in 2008, Harned Hall is shared by students OLD MAIN: Old Main, the University’s primary academic building, is across from Old Main, the University’s oldest building. Microsoft Office Professional, programming languages, and faculty in every division. This technology-rich building contains most faculty and administrative offices, many classrooms library reference materials, statistical software and features eight general classrooms, a computer classroom, a small and laboratories, the Computer Resource and Copy Center, the ABBEY CHURCH: The Abbey Church is the spiritual center of Saint engineering applications. computer lab, a tiered lecture hall, the Monk’s Bean Coffee Shop, University bookstore, and the student and monastic dining rooms. Martin’s. A beautiful, modern structure adjacent to the Abbey, its the Diversity Center, the Veteran’s Center, and The Belltower. The dining area, St. Gertrude Café, is managed by Bon Appétit • Print, copy and scanning. Several locations are available surrounding gardens and serene atmosphere draw many people Wireless access is available throughout the building. Management Company, known for its standards of excellence and for students to scan materials to data formats, and students from on campus and the nearby community. The church is used innovation in sustainable food service. Bon Appétit encourages have easy access to laser printers. Per-page print and copy for daily services as well as for small concerts and other activities. KREIELSHEIMER HALL: Kreielsheimer Hall, the University’s arts feedback and gladly works with individual student to meet special charges are modest and are partially subsidized by the A bronze statue of the Benedictine Order’s patron saint, Saint education building, contains classroom, rehearsal and shop space, dietary need. Breaking bread together helps to create a sense of University. In addition, students are given a $10 credit Benedict of Nursia, stands near the church entrance. as well as practice rooms for Saint Martin’s music and theatre arts community and comfort. Old Main’s south wing, the University’s toward their printing each semester. Copies can be made in programs. The 5,000-square-foot building opened in 1998. oldest structure, was completed in 1913, and the west wing in 1923. CEBULA HALL: Cebula Hall, completed in 2012 and opened to the Computer Resource and Copy Center at $.05 for black It was seismically updated in 2000. students in 2013, is a LEED-platinum state of the art building. and white copies and $.25 for color copies; see the staff LACEY MAKERSPACE: The Lacey MakerSpace is a partnership It houses the Hal and Inge Marcus School of Engineering. for assistance. Black and white or color copies can also be between the University, the City of Lacey and the Thurston PANOWICZ FOUNDRY: The Panowicz Foundry for Innovation Cebula Hall contains engineering classrooms and offices, an made at the O’Grady Library and Harned Hall utilizing a Economic Development Council. The Lacey MakerSpace, hosting the E. L. Wiegand Laboratories, is a brand new engineering computer center and engineering laboratories. Its card or coin vending unit attached to the copiers. located on the Saint Martin’s University campus at Zaverl Hall, laboratory facility with over 17,000 square feet. It supports name honors Father Richard Cebula, O.S.B. (1916-2004), who is a hub for innovation and entrepreneurship that provides the mechanical engineering, civil engineering, and computer • Email, Internet and research tools. While on campus, served as the engineering department chair for many years. a place for community members and businesses to access science undergraduate programs and the MSCS, MCE, MEM, students have easy access to the University’s network knowledge and equipment; it features cutting-edge, industrial- MEV and MME graduate programs. The building includes a CHARNESKI RECREATION CENTER: Opened in the fall of 2009, this and to the Internet. Email accounts and library database quality equipment and a space for people with similar interests fluids lab, a soils and materials lab, a robotics lab, two computer 36,000-square-foot facility houses three multi-purpose courts, information also can be accessed off-campus via the to collaborate on ideas. labs, and fabrication lab. There is also a senior project area a four-lane running track, a batting cage and a fitness center Internet. The residence halls provide wired ethernet for student capstone design. Spaces are provided for student equipped with weights, cardio equipment, a multi-purpose connections for each resident. Wireless Internet access is LAMBERT LODGE: Lambert Lodge, on the shores of Puget Sound, clubs, especially the ASCE concrete canoe and steel bridge classroom and an aerobics-dance studio. also provided in common areas and in many classrooms. belongs to the Saint Martin’s monastic community and is used as a recreational retreat. It is the site for occasional University competition projects. Major pieces of equipment include three- COMPUTER RESOURCE AND COPY CENTER: To access University ERNSDORFF CENTER: The new science and mathematics building activities and retreats. axes milling machines, CNC milling machine, laser printer, computer resources, a student must first complete a one-time completed in April 2019, is a 31,873 sq. ft. standalone, pre- robotics fabrication materials, MTS 1000 kN Static Hydraulic computer/email account application. This includes the student engineered metal building. The new building will include MARCUS PAVILION: The Hal and Inge Marcus Pavilion, originally test system, a Particle Image Velocimetry System, compression agreeing to comply with the University’s acceptable use policy. laboratories, classrooms, collaborative research spaces dedicated as “Saint Martin’s Pavilion” in 1968, is the site for and compacting devices, a wind tunnel, and other apparatus. Students who violate that policy will quickly lose all access to and offices. Mathematics, physics, biology and chemistry many University, alumni and community activities. Student The Foundry also houses faculty offices and research space. University systems. Inappropriate uses such as pornography, departments, all call this new building home. It is strategically activities there range from physical education classes and RESIDENCE HALLS: Saint Martin’s has four residence halls offering copyright violations, or piracy will result in immediate loss of located near Cebula Hall and adjacent to the Panowicz intramurals to team practices and weight-lifting. The facility a variety of housing arrangements to students living on campus. privileges. Foundry for Innovation and the E.L. Wiegand Laboratories. also is the site for numerous sporting events, concerts, conferences and exhibitions, as well as commencement All halls are coeducational, and all rooms and apartments A wide variety of computer resources are available to Saint Naming of the new building was in honor of Fr. Bede Ernsdorff, ceremonies for Saint Martin’s and area high schools. house same-gender roommates. The four halls have a variety Martin’s students. These include: O.S.B. (1909 – 1982) and the naming of the Department of of amenities that foster the sense of community for which Saint Natural Sciences was in honor of Fr. Placidus Reischman, O.S.B. O’GRADY LIBRARY: The 43,000 square foot O’Grady Library is Martin’s is noted. Halls are smoke-free and furnished, and all • General-purpose computers. Computers are available (1926 – 2000). Fr. Bede served as the head of the Saint Martin’s home to the library, the Center for Student Success, and the have laundry facilities. Rooms/apartments in all four residence in the Computer Resource Center in Old Main, O’Grady Chemistry Department from 1938 to 1982 and Fr. Placidus ITS Help Desk. Designed by internationally renowned architect, halls are equipped for Internet and cable TV access; Spangler, Library, Harned Hall, Trautman Student Union Building, served as chair of the Saint Martin’s Biology Department Michael Graves, and named in honor of Saint Martin alumnus Baran and Burton Halls are also equipped for phone access. Parsons Hall and Cebula Hall. These computers are from 1959 to 1987. and benefactor, Tom O’Grady, the building opened in 2001.

360 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY CAMPUS FACILITIES 361 • Baran Hall, located in a forested setting, was renovated Saint Martin’s-JBLM Campus: Saint Martin’s University in 2011 and houses primarily second-year students. It operates accelerated 8-week academic programs at nearby offers spacious single and double rooms, and includes Joint Base Lewis-McChord. Saint Martin’s-JBLM campus two computer labs, a prayer room, game room, and study programs provide educational access at the undergraduate lounges on each floor. The Great Room provides an ideal and graduate level to military personnel, their families, setting for social activities, and is the most frequently used veterans, and, on a space-available basis, area residents. site for Residence Life-sponsored events. Baran Hall also While Saint Martin’s-JBLM campus operates on different includes a community kitchen for student use and card-key schedules from the University’s Lacey campus, Saint Martin’s security locks on the outer doors. facilities and resources are open to all students, regardless of where they are enrolled. • Burton Hall, provides on-campus apartment-style living for juniors and seniors. The hall is comprised of furnished TENNIS COURTS: The tennis courts, completed in September of four-bedroom apartments housing approximately 90 2018, are located near Charneski Recreation Center and the students, includes a large community room for activities Marcus Pavilion. The tennis courts represents the University’s and gatherings, and is also home to the University Health commitment to our students by providing recreational Center on the first floor. opportunities outside of academics for their growth and development. The Director of Recreation Services will • Parsons Hall, Saint Martin’s newest residence hall, oversee the use of the tennis courts and will serve as the point provides traditional-style housing for first-year students of contact for tennis lessons and intramural tennis club. with double rooms, community bathrooms, and suite-style housing for sophomores, juniors and seniors. Built in 2008, TRAUTMAN STUDENT UNION BUILDING (TUB): Dedicated in 1965, the the hall features an espresso stand, convenience store, Student Union Building is a center for student activities, mail room, computer lab, fitness room, conference room, student government and clubs. It offers meeting and activity fireplace, community kitchen, and Housing and Residence space for students, a game room, and a relaxing environment Life offices. for connecting with the community.

• Spangler Hall, provides on-campus residential space TRACK AND FIELD FACILITY: Saint Martin’s track and field facility, for 142 students. Furnished suites are primarily for dedicated in 2009, features an all-weather running track, an sophomores, and apartments are primarily for juniors irrigated infield and a soccer field. and seniors. Hall amenities include a student lounge on each floor, a fitness room, a prayer room, a game room, a NORMAN WORTHINGTON CONFERENCE CENTER: Completed in 1992, conference room, and card-key security locks on exterior the University’s beautiful conference center adjoins the Hal doors. The hall also houses a mailroom and a kitchen/patio and Inge Marcus Pavilion and is a popular venue for area area for social gatherings. Spangler Hall has Housing and events. In addition to housing a large conference room that Residence Life offices where students can check out games, can be divided into smaller areas, the Norman Worthington pool sticks, vacuum cleaners, etc. and find professional staff Conference Center features a skylit lobby, offices and a kitchen. members to assist them as needed. The University’s primary location for meetings, conferences and social events, it is sometimes used for the performing arts. SAINT RAPHAEL CENTER: Originally built in 1924 to house the brothers of the monastery, the Saint Raphael Center is now ZAVERL HALL: Zaverl Hall, built in 2006, houses the Custodial and home to the St. Martin’s Abbey Guest House on the top level. Grounds Department and the Lacey MakerSpace. The level just below the guest facilities is home for some abbey administration offices and the Saint Martin’s University Counseling and Wellness Center.

362 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY SAINT MARTIN’SCAMPUS UNIVERSITY FACILITIES 363 FACULTY AND STAFF

364 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY 365 Floraliza Bornasal ’09 (2015) Julia Chavez (2011) Patrick Cooper (2018) Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering Associate Professor, English Assistant Professor, Religious Studies DIRECTORY B.S. (2009) Saint Martin’s University; M.S. B.A. (1992) DePauw University; J.D.(1995) B.A. (2006) Shimer College; M.A. (2009) (2012) Oregon State University; Ph.D. Indiana University School of Law, Catholic University of Louvain; M.A.S. Shahlaa Al Wakeel (2019) Todd Barosky (2012) (2015) Oregon State University. Bloomington; M.A. (2001) University (2010) Catholic University of Louvain; DEANS of Wisconsin, Madison; Ph.D. (2008) Ph.D. (2014) Catholic University of Instructor, Mechanical Engineering Associate Professor, English Year following name indicates when dean Eric Boyer (2016) University of Wisconsin, Madison. Louvain. B.S. Technology University; M.S. (1996) B.A. (2003) The College of the Holy joined Saint Martin’s University. Assistant Professor, Education Technology University; Ph.D. (2017) Cross; Ph.D. (2010) The Graduate Center B.A. (2002) University of Puget Sound; Xuguang Chen (2016) Emily Coyle (2016) University of Colorado. of the City University of New York. Dr . Jeff Crane (2016) M.A.E. (2005) Loyola Marymount Assistant Professor, Computer Science Associate Professor, Psychology Dean, College of Arts and Sciences Richard Beer (2010) University; Ph.D. (2015) Seattle Pacific B.S. (1996) LiaoningUniversity; M.A.S. B.S. (2010) Washington and Lee B.A. (1993) The Evergreen State College; Bonnie Amende (2007) University. (2004) University of Regina; Ph.D. (2014) University; M.S. (2012) The Pennsylvania Professor, Computer Science M.A. (1998) Washington State University; Professor, Mathematics University of Regina. State University; Ph.D. (2015) The B.S. (1976) Technische Fachhochschule Ph.D. (2004) Washington State University. B.S.(1994) University of Wyoming; M.S. Michael Butler (2008) Pennsylvania State University. Berlin; M.A. (1980) Wake Forest (1997) University of Utah; Ph.D. (2005) Professor, Psychology Jae Ho Chung (2016) University; M.S. (1983) University of Dr . Fumie Hashimoto (2018) University of Oregon. B.S. (1996) University of Illinois, Urbana- Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering Shelbie Davis MME’17 (2016) Minnesota; Ph.D. (1987) Technical Interim Dean, College of Education and Champaign; M.A. (1999) American B.E. (2005) Kwangwoon University; M.S. Engineering Lab Instructor, Engineering University of Berlin. Counseling Gina Armer (2014) University; M.A. (2001) Fordham University; (2010) Columbia University; Ph.D. (2015) B.S. (2014) Seattle Pacific University; Assistant Professor, Business B.A. (1992) Eastern Oregon; M.Ed. (1993) Diane Bingaman (2010) Ph.D. (2006) Fordham University. University of Florida. M.M.E (2017) Saint Martin’s University Heritage College; Ph.D. (1997) Washington B.A. (1978) University of Puget Sound; Associate Professor, Accounting, Business State University. M.B.A. (1988) Pacific Lutheran University; Rex Casillas (1987) Jackie Clark (2018) Marcela de Souza (2017) B.S. (1983) University of Mary Hardin; B.S. (2001) Central Washington Associate Professor, History Assistant Professor, Education and Assistant Professor, Education M.Acc. (1999) Belmont University. Dr . Chung-Shing Lee (2020) University; Ph.D. (2009) University of B.A. (1975) Western Washington Counseling B.A. (1994) Universidad Nacional de Idaho, Moscow. Dean, School of Business Jeff Birkenstein (2004) University; M.A. (1977) Western B.A. (1993) Randolph-Macon Woman’s Mar Del Plata; M.A. (2000) Chapman B.A. National Taiwan University; M.A. Washington University; Ph.D. (1983) College; M.A. (1995) Virginia Polytechnic University; M.A. (2004) University of Professor, English (1985) University of Maryland; D.Sc. Andrew Barenberg (2017) University of Utah. Institute and State University; Ph.D. (2017) California, Santa Barbara; Ph.D. (2006) B.A. (1993) University of California, (1997) The George Washington University. Assistant Professor, Economics University of Georgia. University of California, Santa Barbara. B.A. (2005) University of Missouri, Los Angeles; M.A. (1996) California State Suzanne Chaille (2018) University, Long Beach; M.A. (2002) Dr . David H . Olwell (2015) Kansas City; M.A. (2008) University of Assistant Professor, Accounting Aaron Coby (2007) Br . Luke Devine, O .S .B . ’01 (2015) University of Kentucky; Ph.D. (2003) Dean, School of Engineering Massachusetts, Amherst; Ph.D. (2016) B.S. (1991) California State University, Professor, Biology Assistant Professor, Religious Studies University of Kentucky. B.S. (1980) U.S. Military Academy; M.S. University of Massachusetts, Amherst. Hayward; M.B.A. (1994) California State B.S. (1995) Saint Xavier University; B.A. (2001) Saint Martin’s University; M. (1989) University of Minnesota; Ph.D. University, Hayward; M.Acc & Fin Mgmt M.S.E.S. (2000) Indiana University; M.P.A. Theological Studies (2008) Boston College Brian Barnes (2008) Kayla Blyman (2020) (1996) University of Minnesota. Assistant Professor (2008) Keller Graduate School of Business (2000) Indiana University; Ph.D. (2005) of Theology & Ministry; Ph.D. (2016) Associate Professor, History Indiana University. Graduate Theological Union. Amy Stewart-Mailhiot (2018) B.A. (2000) University of California, Robert Bode (2014) Ernesto Chavez (2019) Dean, Library and Learning Resources Santa Barbara; M.Ed. (2001) University Associate Professor, Biology Instructor, Arts & Sciences Donald Conant ‘02 (2012) Tam Dinh (2012) B.S. (1999) Western Oregon University; of California, Santa Barbara; M.A. (2003) B.S. (2005) Hope College; Ph.D. (2011) A.B. (1991) University of Michigan; J.D. Associate Professor, Business Associate Professor, Social Work M.L.I.S. (2001) University of Washington University of Washington; Ph.D. (2008) Cornell University. (1995) Indiana University. B.A. (1985) Northwest University B.A. (1997) University of Washington; University of Washington. B.A.(1992) The State University of Leiden; M.S.W. (1998) University of Washington; Darrell Born (2003) M.B.A. (2002) Saint Martin’s University; Ph.D. (2008) University of Southern FACULTY Associate Professor, Music Ph.D. (2007) Gonzaga University. California. Year following name indicates when B.M. (1997) Biola University; M.M. (1999) faculty member joined Saint Martin’s Wichita State University. University.

366 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY 367 Shawn Duan (2014) Ronald Gordon (2018) Robert Hauhart (2006) Andrea Kunder (2017) Father Kilian J . Malvey, O .S .B . ’64 (1961) Harold Nelson (2010) Professor, Mechanical Engineering Assistant Professor, Education and Professor, Criminal Justice Assistant Professor, Physics Professor, Religious Studies, English Instructor, Computer Science B.S. (1982), Kunming University of Science Counseling B.S. (1972) Southern Illinois University; B.A. (2003) Willamette University; Ph.D. B.A. (1964) Saint Martin’s College; M.A. B.S. (1965) University of Notre Dame; and Technology; M.S. (1988) Tianjin B.A. (2005) Western Washington A.M. (1973) Washington University; J.D. (2009) Dartmouth College. (1970) Marquette University; D.Min. M.S. (1967) University of Kentucky; Ph.D. University; Ph.D. (1999) Rensselaer University; M.A. (2007) Pacific Lutheran (1981) University of Baltimore School of (1980) University of California, Berkeley; (1977) University of California, San Diego. Polytechnic Institute. University. Ph.D. (2018) Concordia Law; Ph.D. (1982) University of Virginia. Nathalie Kuroiwa-Lewis (2007) M.T.S. (1984) Boston Theological Institute. University. Associate Professor, English Shawn Newman (2018) Daniel Einstein (2016) Theresa Hickey (2018) B.A. (1992) College of St. Scholastica; M.A. Kathleen McKain (1993) Instructor, School of Business Assistant Professor, Mechanical Keri Graham ’06 (2016) Assistant Professor, Education (1995) State University of New York, Albany; Associate Professor, French B.S. (1980) Ohio State University; J.D. Engineering Instructor, Gender & Identity Studies, B.A. (1988) Marquette University; M.A. M.A. (1998) St. Cloud State University; Ph.D. B.A. (1985) Pacific Lutheran University; (1983) University of Notre Dame B.S. (1996) University of Massachusetts; History, ESL (1993) Marquette University; M.A.T. (2011) (2007) University of Arizona. M.A. (1988) Middlebury College. Ph.D. (2002) University of Washington. B. A. (2006) Saint Martin’s University; Seattle Pacific University; Ph.D. (2018) Jeremy Newton (2011) M.A. (2010) University of North Caroline, Seattle Pacific University. Brother Boniface V . Lazzari, O .S .B . ’67 (1975) Stephen Mead (1986) Associate Professor, Psychology Brandy Fox ’06 (2016) Greensboro. Associate Professor, Spanish Professor, Englis. B.S. (2000) University of Georgia; Ph.D. Assistant Professor, Chemistry Matthew Jenkins (2019) B.A. (1967) Saint Martin’s College; M.A. B.A. (1978) S.U.N.Y., Purchase; M.A. (1981) (2010) University of California, Davis. B.S. (2006) Saint Martin’s University; M.S. Heather Grob (2005) Visiting Assistant Professor, Political Science (1973) Universidad Nacional Autonoma Indiana University; M.A. (1983) Indiana (2008) University of Oregon; Ph.D. (2011) Associate Professor, Business B.A. (2005) University of California; M.A. de Mexico; S.T.B. (1987) Universidad University; Ph.D. (1986) Indiana University. Leticia Nieto (1992) University of Oregon. B.A. (1990) University of Denver; Ph.D. (2014) Chonnam National University; Pontificia Comillas. Professor, Counseling Psychology (1998) University of Notre Dame. M.A. (2017) University of California; Ph.D. Lindsay Meyer (2017) B.A. (1981) George Fox University; M.A. Samuel Fox (2015) (2019) University of California. Timothy Madeley (2019) Assistant Professor, Psychology (1983) Azuza Pacific University; Psy.D. Associate Professor, Biology Mario Guimarães (2016) Assistant Professor, Accounting B.A. (2010) University of Montana; M.A. (1987) Ryokan College. B.S. (1997) Oregon State University; M.S. Professor, Computer Science Prashant Joshi (2019) B.A. (1986) University of Washington; (2013) University of Montana; Ph.D. (2006) University of Central Florida; Ph.D. B.S. (1981) Universidade Federaldo Assistant Professor, Finance M.B.A. (2015) Brandman University. (2016) University of Montana. Margaret Olney (2005) (2011) Oregon State University. Rio de Janeiro; M.S. (1984) Pontifica B.E. (1995) M S University; M.B.A. (1998) Professor, Biology Universidade Católica do Rio de Janeiro; University of Pune; PGDRM (2008) Dintie Mahamah (1984) Razvan Mezei (2018) B.A. (1992) Swarthmore College; Ph.D. Megan Friesen (2019) Ph.D. (1995) Pontifica Universidade Veer Narmad South Gujarat University; Professor, Civil Engineering Assistant Professor, Engineering (1999) Stanford University. Assistant Professor, Biology Católica do Rio de Janeiro. Ph.D. (2009) Veer Narmad South Gujarat B.S. (1977) University of Science and B.S. (2005) University of Oradea; M.S. B.S. & B.A. (2008) Seattle Pacific University. Technology; M.S. (1980) Washington State (2007) University of Oradea; M.S. (2008) Jamie Olson (2008) University; M.Sc. (2012) University of Diane Hamilton ’91 (2015) University; Ph.D. (1984) Washington State University of Memphis; M.S. (2001) Professor, English California; Ph.D. (2017) University of Assistant Professor, Nursing Isaac Jung MBA’07 (1991) University. University of Memphis; M.S. (2015) B.A. (2002) The College of Saint Auckland. B.S.N. (1991) Saint Martin’s University; Associate Professor, Mechanical Lenoir-Rhyne University; Ph.D. (2011) Scholastica; M.A. (2004) University of M.N. (2000) University of Washington; Engineering Linda Maier (2013) University of Memphis. Michigan; Ph.D. (2008) University of Irina Gendelman (2007) DNP (2015) American Sentinel University. B.S. (1974) Seoul National University; Associate Professor, Education Michigan. Professor, Communication M.S. (1984) University of Florida; M.B.A. B.A. (1977) Calvin College; M.Ed. (1981) Shannon Michael (2018) B.A. (1991) University of Michigan; M.A. Mary Jo Hartman (2005) (2007) Saint Martin’s University; Ph.D. Western Washington University; Ph.D. Instructor, History K . Alexandra Onno (2018) (2002) University of Washington; Ph.D. Associate Professor, Biology (1991) University of Florida. (2011) University of Washington. B.A. (2005) University of Montana; M.A. Associate Professor, Education (2008) University of Washington. B.S. (1986) University of Iowa; M.S. (1994) (2007) University of Montana. B.A. (1988) Evergreen State College; M.A. Western Washington University; Ph.D. Travis Knowles (2019) Joseph Mailhot (1986) (1995) Bastyr University; Ph.D. (2009) Aaron Goings ’02 (2012) (2003) University of South Carolina. Visiting Assistant Professor, Chemistry Associate Professor, Mathematics Gregory Milligan (2002) Pacifica Graduate Institute. Associate Professor, History B.S. (2011) Southern Adventist University; B.A. (1984) Western Washington University; Professor, Chemistry B.A. (2002) Saint Martin’s University; M.A. (2013) University of Denver; Ph.D. M.S. (1986) Western Washington University. B.S. (1983) University of Oregon; Ph.D. M.A. (2005) Central Washington (2017) University of Northern Colorado. (1990) University of Washington. University; Ph.D. (2011) Simon Fraser University.

368 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY 369 Stephen Parker (2009) David Price (1994) William Stadler (2018) David Wacyk (2019) Teresa Winstead (2007) J . Richard Beer, Ph .D . (2018) Associate Professor, Physics. Professor, Sociology, Cultural Anthropology. Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice. Assistant Professor, Music. Associate Professor, Sociology, Cultural Dean Emeritus, Dean of the School of Business. B.A. (1991) Lawrence University; M.S. B.A. (1983) The Evergreen State College; B.A. (2000) University of Missouri, B.M. (2007) Western Michigan University; Anthropology. B.S. (1976) Technische Fachhochschule (1993) University of Washington; Ph.D. M.A. (1985) University of Chicago; Ph.D. Kansas City; M.S. (2005) University M.M. (2012) University of Maryland; D.M. B.A. (1994) Augustana College; M.A. Berlin; M.A. (1980) Wake Forest (2001) University of Washington. (1993) University of Florida. of Missouri, Kansas City; Ph.D. (2010) (2019) University of Maryland. (2005) Indiana University; Ph.D. (2013) University; M.S. (1984) University of University of Cincinnati. Indiana University. Minnesota; Dr.Eng. (1987) Technische Benjamin Peet (2018) Karen Rizzo (2020) Alexis Walker (2016) Fachochschule Berlin. Assistant Professor, Mathematics. Assistant Professor, Special Education. Sheila Steiner (2008) Assistant Professor, Political Science. Teri Woo (2018) B.A. (2006) University of Bath; M.A. B.A. (2002) Edinboro University; M.A. Professor, Psychology. B.A. (2006) Willamette University; M.A. Director of Nursing, Nursing. Chris Allaire (1996) (2009) University of Bath; Ph.D. (2018) (2010) Mercyhurst University; Ph.D. B.A. (1988) Central Washington (2012) Cornell University; Ph.D. (2014) B.S. (1985) Oregon Health Sciences Associate Professor Emeritus, Civil Saint Louis University. (2018) Pennsylvania State University. University; M.S. (1990) Central Cornell University. University; M.S. (1989) Oregon Health Engineering. Washington University; M.A. (1993) Sciences University; P.N.P. (1993) Oregon B.S. (1956) U.S. Military Academy; M.S. Rico Picone (2014) Father George J . Seidel, O .S .B . ’55 (1961) University of California, Davis; Ph.D. Jill Walsh (2015) Health Sciences University; Ph.D. (2008) (1961) Texas A & M University. Associate Professor, Mechanical Professor, Philosophy. (1998) University of California, Davis. Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering. University of Colorado, Denver. Engineering. B.A. (1955) Saint Martin’s College; M.A. B.S. (1995) California State University, Olivia Archibald, Ph .D . (2018) B.S. (2008) University of Nevada, Las Vegas; (1960) University of Toronto; Ph.D. (1962) Christopher Strople (2019) Fresno; M.S. (1998) University of Mark Wright (2017) Professor Emeritus, English. M.S. (2010) University of Washington; Ph.D. University of Toronto. Assistant Professor, Education. California, San Diego; Ph.D. (2002) Instructor, Computer Science. B.A. (1971) Marshall University; M.A. (2014) University of Washington. B.A. (1993) Loyola Marymount University; University of California, San Diego. B.A. (1995) Brigham Young University; (1973) Marshall University; Ph.D. (1998) Michael Shohan (1988) M.A. (2005) Chapman University; M.A. M.S. (1999) University of Phoenix, Provo. University of Iowa. Katherine Porter (2000) Instructor, ESL. (2009) Chapman University; Ph.D. (2013) Corrie Walton-Macaulay (2018) Associate Professor, Mathematics, B.A. (1983) The Evergreen State College. Chapman University. Assistant Professor, Civil Engineering. Dustin Zemel (2018) Darrell Axtell, Ph .D . (2016) B.S. (1983) Montana College of Mineral B.A (1995) University of Arkansas; M.S. Assistant Professor, Communications. Associate Professor Emeritus, Chemistry. Science and Technology; M.S. (1987) Lori Sirs (2017) Cameron Sweet (2018) (1997) University of Arkansas; Ph.D. B.A. (2003) Washington University in B.A. (1967) Linfield College; Ph.D. (1973) University of Delaware; M.S. (1998) Assistant Professor, Social Work. Assistant Professor, Mathematics. (2015) University of Kentucky. St. Louis; M.F.A. (2008) Montana State Oregon State University. University of Alabama, Huntsville; Ph.D. B.A. (2005) Boise State University; M.A. B.A. (2010) Whitworth University; M.S. University. (1999) University of Alabama, Huntsville. (2006) Boise State University; D. of Social (2016) Washington State University Frank Washko (2014) Anthony de Sam Lazaro, Ph .D . (2010) Work (2017) University of Tennessee, Associate Professor, Mechanical Peggy Zorn (1995) Professor Emeritus, Engineering. Johanna Powell (2019) Knoxville Celeste Trimble (2017) Engineering. Associate Professor, Counseling Psychology. B.S. (1963) University of Madras, India; Assistant Professor, Education. Assistant Professor, Education. B.S. (1994) Wayne State University; M.S. B.A. (1978) San Diego State University; M.S. (1973) University of Moscow, B.A. (2008) Trevecca Nazarene David Slotwinski (2012) B.A. (1997) Mills College; M.S. (1998) The (1995) Wayne State University; M.B.A. M.A. (1985) Human Relations Institute. Russia; M.Sc. (1978) University of University; M.A. (2011) Trevecca Instructor, Business. London Institute; M.F.A. (2006) University of (2001) Wayne State University; Ph.D. Madras; Ph.D. (1989) University of Nazarene University; Ph.D. (2019) B.A. (1974) Widener University; M.A. Arizona; Ph.D. (2016) University of Arizona. (2003) Wayne State University; J.D. (2007) Wales, Cardiff, United Kingdom. Trevecca Nazarene University. (1984) Webster University; Ph.D. (2010) Georgetown University. FACULTY AND STAFF EMERITI Capella University. Father Peter Tynan, O .S .B . (2005) David R . Spangler, Ph .D . (2005) James Harmon (2001) Elisabeth Power (2015) Library Archivist. Ian Werrett ’96 (2006) President Emeritus, President. Associate Professor Emeritus, Assistant Professor, Business. Arwyn Smalley (2008) B.S. (1992) University of Nebraska, Professor, Religious Studies. B.S. (1962) U.S. Military Academy; M.S. Civil Engineering. B.S. (1997) Northern Michigan University; Professor, Chemistry. Lincoln; M.A. (1999) Gonzaga University; B.A. (1996) Saint Martin’s College; M.A. (1966) University of Illinois; Ph.D. (1977) B.S. (1961) U.S. Military Academy; M.S. (1998) Syracuse University; M.B.A. B.S. (1998) Western Washington University; M.L.I.S. (2001) University of Wisconsin, (2000) Trinity Western University; Ph.D. University of Illinois. M.S. (1964) Princeton University. (2013) Western Governors University; M.S. (2001) University of Oregon; Ph.D. Milwaukee; M.A., M. Div. (2011) Mount (2006) University of St. Andrews. Ph.D. (2016) Gonzaga University. (2005) University of Oregon. Angel Seminary. Fumie Hashimoto, Ph .D . (2018) Professor Emeritus, Education. B.A. (1992), Eastern Oregon State College; M.Ed. (1993), Heritage College; Ph.D. (1997), Washington State University.

370 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY 371 Robert Harvie, J .D . (2006) David Suter, Ph .D . (2015) Roy F . Heynderickx, Ph .D . Gerry Gallagher ’83 A . Richard Panowicz G . Michael Cronk HS’61, ’64 Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice. Professor Emeritus, Religious Studies. President, Saint Martin’s University Vice President of Sales & Marketing, GM Vice Chair Chairman and CEO, Purchasing Solutions, B.S. (1962) Washington State University; B.A. (1964) Davidson College; B.D. (1967) Lacey, Washington Nameplate Retired LLC M.A. (1973) University of Illinois; J.D. University of Chicago; M.A. (1970) Seattle, Washington Olympia, Washington Oak Brook, Illinois (1972) University of Oregon. University of Chicago; Ph.D. (1977) Joseph Alongi, HS’62, ’64 University of Chicago. Alongi Contracting Stephen R . Lanza, LTG, George A . Parker, Ph .D ., ’71 Mary Gentry ’73 Pius Igharo, Ph .D . (2018) Olympia, Washington Honorary Ph.D. ’15 Lead Engineer/Senior Chemist, Boeing Attorney (Retired) Associate Professor Emeritus, Civil Haldon Wilson (2014) U. S. Army (Retired) Shoreline, Washington Olympia, Washington Engineering. Professor Emeritus, Business. Sam Armour, CPA, CVA Lacey, Washington B.S. (1963) Swarthmore College; M.S. B.A. (1966) The Citadel; M.P.A. (1978) Armour & Associates, PS Gerald Pumphrey, Ed .D . Terry Monaghan, PE, CEng . ’62 (1965) Columbia University; Ph.D. (1971) University of Puget Sound; M.B.A. (1980) Tumwater, Washington Brother Boniface V . Lazzari, O .S .B . ’67 Former President, South Puget Sound President, Veco Engineering Group University of Pittsburgh. University of Puget Sound. Corporation Secretary, Saint Martin’s Community College (Retired) Armandino A . Batali ’59, Honorary Ph D. . ’16 Abbey Olympia, Washington Palm Desert, CA Gloria Martin, Ph .D . (2012) Dan Windisch, Ed .D . (2017) Boeing (Retired) Lacey, Washington Olympia, WA Professor Emeritus, English. Professor Emeritus, Education. Seattle, Washington Cliff Quisenberry B.S. (1964) Edinboro State College; M.A. B.A. (1970) Western Washington Father Justin McCreedy, O .S .B ., HS’55, ’64 CIO, Caravan Capital Management, LLC (1966) Purdue University; Ph.D. (1982) University; M.S. (1974) Old Dominion Kathy Beecher Saint Martin’s Abbey Seattle, Washington SAINT MARTIN’S ABBEY University of Wisconsin, Madison. University; Ed.D. (1983) Washington State Human Resources (Retired) University Place, Washington Abbot Marion Q . Nguyen, O .S .B . University. Richland, Washington Jay C . Rudd, MD Abbot Mary Lou Peltier (2011) Brother Bede Nicol, O .S .B . Ophthalmologist, Clarus Eye Center Lacey, Washington Professor Emeritus, Biology. Josephine Yung (2018) Ed Billma, HS’65, ’73 Saint Martin’s Abbey Olympia, Washington B.A. (1965) Immaculate Heart College, Vice President Emeritus, Office of Owner/President, Billman & Associates, Inc. Lacey, Washington Brother Boniface V . Lazzari, O .S .B . ’67 Los Angeles; M.A (1969) Immaculate International Programs. Naperville, IL Perry Shea ’84 Corporation Secretary Heart College, Los Angeles. B.A. (1972) University of Hong Kong; Kathleen C . O’Grady Principal Engineer and President Lacey, Washington M.Ed. (1975) University of Washington. Scott Bond President and Trustee, The O’Grady Shea, Carr & Jewell (SCJ) Alliance Chun Kyung Seong, Ph .D . (2018) Healthcare Administration (Retired) Foundation Tenino, Washington Brother Ramon Newell, O .S .B . Professor Emeritus, Civil Engineering. BOARD OF TRUSTEES Olympia, Washington New York, New York Subprior B.S. (1970) Seoul National University; Jessica Van Hatcher MBA’12 Lacey, Washington M. S. (1975) Seoul National University; Joseph S . Williams John B . Carr, Ph .D ., ’59 John O’Halloran Director of Marketing & Business Ph.D. (1983) Lehigh University. Chair Retired Rainier Investment Management (Retired) Development, DTI Brother Nicolaus Wilson, O .S .B . President/CEO, Williams Group, LLC Wilmington, Delaware Seattle, Washington Kirkland, Washington Prior Norma Shelan (2006) Yelm, Washington Lacey, WA Professor Emeritus, Community Services, Father Bede Classick, O .S .B . Dan O’Neill HS’68 Brother Nicolaus Wilson, O .S .B . Sociology. B.A. (1970) University of Texas; Medrice Coluccio Treasurer President, O’Neill & Sons, Inc. Saint Martin’s Abbey UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION M.S.W. (1978) University of Washington. Regional Chief Executive, Saint Martin’s Abbey Owner, The Barn Nursery and Great Lacey, Washington Providence Health & Services (Retired) Lacey, Washington Western Supply Abbot Marion Q . Nguyen, O .S .B . Roger Snider, Ph D. . (2015) Tumwater, Washington Olympia, Washington Brother Luke Devine, O .S .B . ’01 TRUSTEE EMERITI Chancellor Associate Professor Emeritus, History, Lacey, Washington Political Science. Abbot Marion Q . Nguyen, O .S .B . Saint Martin’s Abbey Katie Opitz Lillian Cady B.S. (1967) The College of Idaho; M.A. Chancellor, Abbot, Saint Martin’s Abbey Lacey, Washington LTC, U.S. Army Nurse Corps (Retired) VPAA, Saint Martin’s University (Retired) Roy F . Heynderickx, Ph .D . (1969) University of Idaho; Ph.D. (1975) Lacey, Washington Owner, The Wave Car Wash Seattle, Washington President University of Idaho. Lori G . Drummond Lacey, Washington CEO, Olympia Federal Savings Olympia, Washington

372 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY 373 Kathleen M . Boyle, Ph .D . Assessment and Accreditation Center for Student Success Graduate Admissions, Office of Website / www .stmartin .edu Saint Martin’s University at JBLM Provost/VPAA Sheila Steiner 360-438-4569 Chantelle Petrone Marker, M.A. Carl Lew, Director of Web Strategy Cruz Arroyo Director [email protected] Director of Graduate Admissions 360-438-4461 Associate Dean of Administration Father Bede Classick, O .S .B . 360-923-8724 [email protected] [email protected] 253-964-4688 Treasurer [email protected] Counseling and Wellness, Office of [email protected] 360-438-4371 Housing and Residence Life, Office of O’Grady Library Genevieve Canceko Chan Athletics Department Justin Stern Amy Stewart-Mailhiot Katherine Porter Vice President for Marketing and Bob Grisham Disability Support Services, Office of Associate Dean of Students Dean Ph.D., Associate Dean of Academic Communications Athletic Director Geoff Brown Director of Housing and Residence Life 360-688-2250 Programs 360-438-4305 Coordinator 360-688-2920 [email protected] Pamela Holsinger-Fuchs, Ph .D . 360-438-4312 [email protected] 360-438-4580 [email protected] [email protected] Dean of Enrollment TTY: 360-438-4556 President, Office of the Benedictine Institute [email protected] Human Resources, Office of Roy F. Heynderickx Cecilia Loveless Mercedes Garrido Patrick Cooper Cynthia Johnson Ph.D., President Campus Manager Vice President for Institutional Director Diversity and Equity Center, Office of Associate Vice President for Human 360-438-4307 253-584-3533 Advancement 360-412-6155 John Hopkins Resources Title IX Coordinator [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] Director 360-688-2290 Melanie R . Richardson 360-486-8847 [email protected] Provost, Office of the Student Financial Service Center Dean of Students Business, School of [email protected] Kathleen M. Boyle Debbie Long Chung-Sing Lee, Ph.D. Institutional Advancement, Office of Ph.D., Provost Sarah Saavedra Assistant Dean Dean Education and Counseling, College of Cecilia Loveless 360-438-4310 360-438-4389 Vice President for Finance Fumie Hashimoto Vice President [email protected] [email protected] Campus Life, Office of Ph.D. Interim Dean 360-438-4586 ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES 360-438-4512 360-438-4333 [email protected] Public Safety, Office of Student Affairs, Office of Alexis Nelson [email protected] Will Stakelin Melanie Richardson University General Information 360-438-4577 Integrated Technology Services, Office of 360-486-8876 Dean of Students 360-491-4700 [email protected] Engineering, Hal and Inge Marcus School of Greg Davis [email protected] 360-438-4367 FAX: 360-459-4124 David H. Olwell Ph.D. Associate Vice President [email protected] Campus Ministry, Office of Dean 360-438-8772 Registrar, Office of the Academic Affairs, Office of Colleen Dunne 360-438-4320 [email protected] Cindy Juarez Veteran’s Benefit Certification Official 360-438-4310 Director [email protected] Registrar Ronda Vandergriff 360-412-6155 International Programs and Development, Office of 360-438-4356 Assistant Registrar Admissions, Office of [email protected] Finance Office Roger Douglas [email protected] 360-438-4356 800-368-8803 / 360-438-4311 Sarah Saavedra Associate Dean [email protected] Career Development CFO/VP 360-438-4375 Alumni Relations, Office of Ann Adams 360-438-4390 800-220-7722 / 360-486-8885 Associate Dean Marketing and Communications, Office of 360-486-8842 Financial Aid, Office of Genevieve Canceko Chan Arts and Sciences, College of [email protected] (Student Financial Service Center) Vice President Julie Anderson Jeff Crane, Ph.D., 360-438-4332 Center for Scholarship and Teaching Director Dean [email protected] Julia Chavez 360-486-886 360-438-4564 Director [email protected] [email protected] 360-412-6132 [email protected] 374 SAINT MARTIN’S UNIVERSITY DIRECTORY 375